Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2015

Registration No. 333-            


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Form F-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



MANCHESTER UNITED PLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant's name into English)



Cayman Islands
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  98-1063519
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Old Trafford
Sir Matt Busby Way
Manchester M16 0RA
United Kingdom
+44 (0) 161 868 8000

(Address and telephone number of Registrant's principal executive offices)

Corporation Service Company
1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210
New York, NY 10036
(800) 927-9801
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

Copies to:

Marc Jaffe, Esq.
Ian D. Schuman, Esq.
Stelios G. Saffos, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 906-1281

 

Mitchell S. Nusbaum, Esq.
Christopher R. Rodi, Esq.
Woods Oviatt Gilman LLP
2 State Street
700 Crossroads Building
Rochester, NY 14614
(585) 987-2800

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
From time to time after the effective date of this registration statement.

              If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box.     o

              If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     ý

              If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

              If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

              If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction I.C. or a post-effective amendment thereto that shall become effective on filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act, check the following box.     o

              If this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction I.C. filed to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box.     o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of each class of securities
to be registered

  Amount to be
registered(1)

  Proposed maximum
offering price per
unit

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price

  Amount of
registration fee

 

Primary Offering:

               
 

Class A Ordinary Shares

               
 

Debt Securities

               
 

Warrants

               
 

Total Primary Offering

  $400,000,000   (2)   $400,000,000 (4)   $0 (5)
 

Secondary Offering:

               
 

Class A Ordinary Shares(6)

  24,000,000   $17.78 (3)   $426,720,000 (3)   $33,017.25 (5)
 

Total Registration Fee

          $826,720,000   $33,017.25 (7)

 

(1)
There are being registered hereunder such indeterminate number of the securities of each identified class being registered as may be sold by the registrant from time to time at indeterminate prices, with any initial aggregate public offering price not to exceed $400,000,000. In addition, up to 24,000,000 Class A ordinary shares may be sold by selling shareholders who will be named in a supplement to the prospectus forming part of this registration statement. If any debt securities are issued at an original issue discount, then the offering price of such debt securities shall be in such greater principal amount as shall result in a maximum aggregate offering price not to exceed $400,000,000, less the aggregate dollar amount of all securities previously issued hereunder.

(2)
The proposed maximum aggregate offering price of each class of securities will be determined from time to time by the registrant in connection with the issuance by the registrant of the securities registered hereunder and is not specified as to each class of securities pursuant to the General Instruction II.C. of Form F-3 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

(3)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act based on the average of the high and low sale prices per share of the Class A ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange on September 14, 2015.

(4)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act. In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities sold by the registrant from time to time pursuant to this registration statement exceed $400,000,000.

(5)
Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6) under the Securities Act, the securities registered under this registration statement include unsold primary and secondary securities previously registered under the registrant's Registration Statement on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-191225), filed with the SEC on September 18, 2013, and declared effective on October 30, 2013 (as amended, the "Prior Registration Statement"). The Prior Registration Statement registered the offer and sale by the registrant of an indeterminate number of its Class A ordinary shares, debt securities and warrants with an initial aggregate offering price not to exceed $400,000,000, of which all $400,000,000 of such securities (the "Primary Unsold Securities") remain unsold as of the date of this registration statement and are being included in this registration statement. Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6) under the Securities Act, the registration fee of $54,560.00 relating to the Primary Unsold Securities under the Prior Registration Statement will continue to be applied to such securities registered under this registration statement. The Prior Registration Statement also registered the offer and sale by selling shareholders of 23,019,033 Class A ordinary shares, of which 8,019,033 Class A ordinary shares (the "Secondary Unsold Securities" and, together with the Primary Unsold Securities, the "Unsold Securities") remain unsold as of the date of this registration statement and are being included in this registration statement. Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6) under the Securities Act, the registration fee of $18,610.94 previously paid in connection with the Secondary Unsold Securities will continue to be applied to such securities registered under this registration statement. In addition to the Unsold Securities, there are also being registered under this registration statement 15,980,967 new Class A ordinary shares (the "New Securities") to be offered and sold by selling shareholders. To the extent that, after the date hereof and prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, any Unsold Securities are sold pursuant to the Prior Registration Statement, the registrant will identify in a pre-effective amendment to this registration statement the updated amount of Unsold Securities from the Prior Registration Statement to be included in this registration statement pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6) and the updated amount of New Securities to be registered on this registration statement. Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6) under the Securities Act, the offering of the Unsold Securities under the Prior Registration Statement will be deemed terminated as of the date of effectiveness of this registration statement.

(6)
These Class A ordinary shares may be sold by selling shareholders who will be named in a prospectus supplement or a report filed under Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(7)
A registration fee of $73,170.94 relating to the Unsold Securities was previously paid in connection with the filing of the Prior Registration Statement. See footnote (5) above. A registration fee of $33,017.25 relating to the New Securities is being paid in connection with the filing of this registration statement.

               The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated September 17, 2015.

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

Manchester United plc
$400,000,000
Class A Ordinary Shares
Debt Securities
Warrants
24,000,000 Shares
Class A Ordinary Shares
Offered by the Selling Shareholders

        We may offer and sell up to $400,000,000 in the aggregate of the securities identified above, and the selling shareholders may offer and sell up to 24,000,000 shares in the aggregate of Class A ordinary shares identified above, in each case from time to time in one or more offerings. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A ordinary shares by the selling shareholders.

        Each time we or any of the selling shareholders offer and sell securities, we or such selling shareholders will provide a supplement to this prospectus that contains specific information about the offering and, if applicable, the selling shareholders, as well as the amounts, prices and terms of the securities. The supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus with respect to that offering. You should carefully read this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, together with the documents we incorporated by reference, before you invest in any of our securities.

        We may offer and sell the securities described in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement to or through one or more underwriters, dealers and agents, or directly to purchasers, or through a combination of these methods. In addition, the selling shareholders may offer and sell Class A ordinary shares from time to time, together or separately. If any underwriters, dealers or agents are involved in the sale of any of the securities, their names and any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between or among them will be set forth, or will be calculable from the information set forth, in the applicable prospectus supplement. See the sections of this prospectus entitled "About this Prospectus" and "Plan of Distribution" for more information. No securities may be sold without delivery of this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of such securities.

         INVESTING IN OUR SECURITIES INVOLVES RISKS. SEE THE " RISK FACTORS " SECTION ON PAGE 5 OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND ANY SIMILAR SECTION CONTAINED IN THE APPLICABLE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT CONCERNING FACTORS YOU SHOULD CONSIDER BEFORE INVESTING IN OUR SECURITIES.

        Our Class A ordinary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "MANU." On September 16, 2015, the last reported sale price of our Class A ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange was $18.38 per share.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2015.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

    1  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    2  

OUR COMPANY

    3  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    4  

RISK FACTORS

    5  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    5  

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

    6  

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

    6  

DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES

    15  

DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

    23  

GLOBAL SECURITIES

    24  

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

    26  

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

    27  

LEGAL MATTERS

    29  

EXPERTS

    29  

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

    29  

Table of Contents


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

        This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, using a "shelf" registration process. By using a shelf registration statement, we may sell securities from time to time and in one or more offerings up to a total dollar amount of $400,000,000 and the selling shareholders to be named in a supplement to this prospectus may sell up to 24,000,000 Class A ordinary shares from time to time in one or more offerings as described in this prospectus. Each time that we or the selling shareholders offer and sell securities, we or the selling shareholders will provide a prospectus supplement to this prospectus that contains specific information about the securities being offered and sold and the specific terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus with respect to that offering. If there is any inconsistency between the information in this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, you should rely on the prospectus supplement. Before purchasing any securities, you should carefully read both this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, together with the additional information described under the heading "Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference."

        Neither we, nor the selling shareholders, have authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information other than that contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Neither we, nor the selling shareholders, take any responsibility, and can make no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the selling shareholders will not make an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement to this prospectus is accurate as of the date on its respective cover, and that any information incorporated by reference is accurate only as of the date of the document incorporated by reference, unless we indicate otherwise. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

        We have historically conducted our business through Red Football Shareholder Limited, a private limited company incorporated in England and Wales, and its subsidiaries. Prior to the Reorganization Transactions described below, Red Football Shareholder Limited was a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Red Football LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. On April 30, 2012, Red Football LLC formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Manchester United Ltd., an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the Companies Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and restated from time to time, or the Companies Law. On August 8, 2012, Manchester United Ltd. changed its legal name to Manchester United plc.

        On August 9, 2012, Red Football LLC contributed all of the equity interest of Red Football Shareholder Limited to Manchester United plc. As a result of these reorganization transactions, Red Football Shareholder Limited became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Red Football Holdings Limited, which is in turn, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Manchester United plc, and our business is now conducted through Manchester United plc and its subsidiaries. In this prospectus, we refer to all of these events as the "Reorganization Transactions."

        Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, the terms "Manchester United," the "Company," "we," "us," "our," "our company" and "our business" refer, prior to the Reorganization Transactions discussed above, to Red Football Shareholder Limited and, after the Reorganization Transactions, to Manchester United plc, in each case together with its consolidated subsidiaries as a consolidated entity.

1


Table of Contents


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Available Information

        We are subject to the periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Under the Exchange Act, we file annual reports and other information with the SEC. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from, among other things, the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

        Information filed with the SEC by us can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at prescribed rates. Further information on the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a web site that contains reports and information statements and other information about issuers, such as us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov .

        Our web site address is www.manutd.com . The information on our web site, however, is not, and should not be deemed to be, a part of this prospectus.

        This prospectus and any prospectus supplement are part of a registration statement that we filed with the SEC and do not contain all of the information in the registration statement. The full registration statement may be obtained from the SEC or us, as provided below. Forms of the indenture and other documents establishing the terms of the offered securities are or may be filed as exhibits to the registration statement. Statements in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement about these documents are summaries and each statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. You should refer to the actual documents for a more complete description of the relevant matters. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement at the SEC's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. or through the SEC's website, as provided above.

Incorporation by Reference

        The SEC's rules allow us to "incorporate by reference" information into this prospectus, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this prospectus, and subsequent information that we file with the SEC will automatically update and supersede that information. Any statement contained in a previously filed document incorporated by reference will be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in this prospectus modifies or replaces that statement.

        This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement incorporate by reference the documents set forth below that have previously been filed with the SEC:

2


Table of Contents

        We are also incorporating by reference all subsequent annual reports on Form 20-F that we file with the SEC and certain reports on Form 6-K that we furnish to the SEC after the date of this prospectus (if they state that they are incorporated by reference into this prospectus) prior to the termination of this offering. In all cases, you should rely on the later information over different information included in this prospectus or any accompanying prospectus supplement.

        Unless expressly incorporated by reference, nothing in this prospectus shall be deemed to incorporate by reference information furnished to, but not filed with, the SEC. Copies of all documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus, other than exhibits to those documents unless such exhibits are specially incorporated by reference in this prospectus, will be provided at no cost to each person, including any beneficial owner, who receives a copy of this prospectus on the written or oral request of that person made to:

Old Trafford
Sir Matt Busby Way
Manchester M16 0RA
United Kingdom
+44 (0) 161 868 8000
Attention: Investor Relations

        Exhibits to the filings will not be sent, however, unless those exhibits have specifically been incorporated by reference in this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement.


OUR COMPANY

Overview

        We are one of the most popular and successful sports teams in the world, playing one of the most popular spectator sports on Earth. Through our 137-year heritage we have won 62 trophies, including a record 20 English league titles, enabling us to develop what we believe is one of the world's leading sports brands and a global community of 659 million followers. Our large, passionate community provides Manchester United with a worldwide platform to generate significant revenue from multiple sources, including sponsorship, merchandising, product licensing, mobile & content, broadcasting and matchday. We attract leading global companies such as adidas, Aon and General Motors (Chevrolet) that want access and exposure to our community of followers and association with our brand.

        On April 30, 2012 Manchester United Ltd., an exempted company with limited liability, was incorporated under the Companies Law. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies whose operations are conducted mainly outside the Cayman Islands. On August 8, 2012, Manchester United Ltd. changed its legal name to Manchester United plc.

        Our principal executive office is located at Sir Matt Busby Way, Old Trafford, Manchester M16 0RA, United Kingdom and our telephone number is +44 (0) 161 868 8000. Our website is www.manutd.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be a part of this prospectus. Our agent in the United States is Corporation Services Company, 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210, New York, New York 10036.

Recent Developments

        On September 17, 2015, our board of directors announced that it had approved the payment of a regular quarterly cash dividend on our outstanding Class A and Class B ordinary shares. For the first quarter of 2016, a dividend of $0.045 per share will be payable on October 15, 2015, to shareholders of record on September 30, 2015. The shares will begin to trade ex-dividend on September 28, 2015. The declaration and payment of future quarterly dividends, if any, will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors or a committee thereof based on its consideration of various factors, including our operating results, financial condition and anticipated capital requirements.

3


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus and accompanying prospectus supplements contain or incorporate by reference estimates and forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Our estimates and forward-looking statements are mainly based on our current expectations and estimates of future events and trends, which affect or may affect our businesses and operations. Although we believe that these estimates and forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, they are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties and are made in light of information currently available to us. Many important factors, in addition to the factors described in this prospectus and accompanying prospectus supplements, may adversely affect our results as indicated in forward-looking statements. You should read this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplements (including the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein) and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part completely, with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different and worse from what we expect.

        All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. The words "may," "might," "will," "could," "would," "should," "expect," "plan," "anticipate," "intend," "seek," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "potential," "continue," "contemplate," "possible" and similar words are intended to identify estimates and forward-looking statements.

        Our estimates and forward-looking statements may be influenced by various factors, including without limitation:

4


Table of Contents

        Other sections of this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplements (including the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein) include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Therefore, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

        Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements contained, or incorporated by reference, in this prospectus or in any accompanying prospectus supplement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should refer to our periodic and current reports filed with the SEC for specific risks which could cause actual results to be significantly different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

        The "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus directs you to a description of the principal contingencies and uncertainties to which we believe we are subject.


RISK FACTORS

        Investing in any securities offered pursuant to this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement involves risks. You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth in our most recent Annual Report on Form 20-F incorporated by reference into this prospectus and in our updates, if any, to those risk factors in our reports on Form 6-K, and all other information contained or incorporated by reference into this prospectus and the risk factors and other information contained in the applicable prospectus supplement before acquiring any of such securities. The occurrence of any of these risks might cause you to lose all or part of your investment in the offered securities.


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of the securities as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of Class A ordinary shares being offered by the selling shareholders.

5


Table of Contents


RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

        The following table sets forth the historical ratios of earnings to fixed charges for Manchester United plc and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods indicated.

 
  Year Ended June 30,   Nine Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2010   2011   2012   2013   2014   2015  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

    (1)   1.27     (1)   (1)   2.42     1.24  

Amount of the coverage deficiency

  £  44,273       £    4,664   £    8,793        
 

(1)
The ratio coverage was less than 1:1.


DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

        The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. The following description may not contain all of the information that is important to you and we therefore refer you to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

General

        We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability. Our affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law.

        Our register of shareholders is maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

        Our authorized share capital consists of 650,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.0005 per share. As of September 16, 2015, there were 39,873,074 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding and 124,000,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

Ordinary Shares

General

        Walkers, Cayman Islands counsel to the Company, has confirmed that all of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates representing our outstanding ordinary shares are generally not issued and legal title to our issued shares is recorded in registered form in the register of members. Our issued and outstanding ordinary shares consist of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights other than with respect to voting and conversion rights. Holders of our ordinary shares have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights (except as described below under the heading "—Conversion").

        Our board of directors may provide for other classes of shares, including series of preferred shares, out of our authorized but unissued share capital, which could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise capital for corporate purposes or for use in employee benefit plans. Such additional classes of shares shall have such rights, restrictions, preferences, privileges and payment obligations as determined by our board of directors. If we issue any preferred shares, the rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of such preferred shares.

6


Table of Contents

Dividends

        The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors subject to the Companies Law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Dividends and other distributions on issued and outstanding ordinary shares may be paid out of the funds of the Company lawfully available for such purpose, subject to any preference of any outstanding preferred shares. Dividends and other distributions will be distributed among the holders of our ordinary shares on a pro rata basis.

Voting rights

        Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to 10 votes, on all matters upon which the ordinary shares are entitled to vote. Voting at any shareholders' meeting is by show of hands, unless voting by way of poll demanded by the chairman of the board of directors or any shareholder present or voting by proxy.

        A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of (a) with respect to any meeting convened to consider or adopt a special resolution, holders with at least 67% of the votes eligible to be cast at any such general meeting of the Company and (b) with respect to any meeting to consider any other resolution or take any other action, holders with at least a majority of the votes eligible to be cast at any such general meeting of the Company. A special resolution will be required for important matters such as a merger or consolidation of the Company, change of name or making changes to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or the voluntary winding up of the Company.

        An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast in a general meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast attaching to the ordinary shares.

        At any time that the holders of the Class B ordinary shares together hold Class B ordinary shares representing at least 10% of the total number of Class A and Class B ordinary shares outstanding, the voting power permitted to be exercised by the holders of the Class B shares will be weighted such that the Class B shares shall represent, in the aggregate, 67% of the voting power of all shareholders entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at any meeting convened to consider a special resolution.

Conversion

        Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time at the option of the holder of such Class B ordinary share. Each Class B ordinary share shall be automatically and immediately converted into one Class A ordinary share upon any transfer thereof to a person or entity that is not an affiliate of the holder of such Class B ordinary share. Further, our Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into our Class A ordinary shares upon the date when holders of all Class B ordinary shares cease to hold Class B ordinary shares representing, in the aggregate, at least 10% of the total number of Class A and Class B ordinary shares outstanding.

Variation of rights

        The rights attached to any class of shares (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of that class), such as voting, dividends and the like, may be varied only with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting or by the written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class shall not (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of that class) be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking in priority to or pari passu with such previously existing shares.

7


Table of Contents

Transfer of ordinary shares and notices

        Any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our board of directors, subject to the applicable restrictions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, such as the suspension of transfers for a period immediately preceding a general meeting, or the determination that a proposed transfer is not eligible.

        In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prohibit the transfer of shares to any person where such transfer would be in breach of the rules of the Premier League or the rules of certain other relevant governing bodies. The rules of the Premier League prohibit any person who holds an interest of 10% or more of the total voting rights exercisable in a Premier League football club from holding an interest in voting rights exercisable in any other Premier League football club. If any shareholder is determined by us, at our absolute discretion, to be holding any Class A ordinary shares in violation of this rule or the rules of certain other relevant governing bodies, we have the right to repurchase shares from such person or to direct that shareholder to transfer those shares to another person.

        If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

        The registration of transfers may, on 14 days' notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year.

        Certain transfers of Class B ordinary shares to non-affiliates of the holder of such Class B ordinary shares will also result in the conversion of such Class B ordinary shares to Class A ordinary shares. See "—Conversion" above.

Liquidation

        On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of ordinary shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares shall be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares on a pro rata basis.

Directors

        The management of our Company is vested in a board of directors. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our board of directors, which must be composed of at least one member, can be appointed and removed and/or replaced by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders or by written notice delivered to the Company from time to time by shareholders permitted to exercise more than 50% of the voting power capable of being exercised at any general meeting.

        The quorum necessary for any meeting of our board of directors shall consist of at least a majority of the members of our board of directors.

Indemnity of directors and officers

        Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our board of directors and officers shall be indemnified from and against all liability which they incur in execution of

8


Table of Contents

their duty in their respective offices, except liability incurred by reason of such director's or officer's dishonesty, willful default or fraud.

Differences in Corporate Law

        Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Law. The Companies Law is modeled on English law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of some significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and, for comparison purposes, the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the State of Delaware and their shareholders.

Mergers and similar arrangements

        The Companies Law allows for the merger of two companies into either one consolidated company or one company merged into another so as to form a single surviving company. The merger or consolidation of two or more companies under Cayman Islands law requires the directors of the companies to enter into and to approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must also be authorized by a special resolution of each constituent company, in which regard see "—Voting rights" above. In relation to any merger or consolidation under the Companies Law, dissenting shareholders have certain limited appraisal rights in circumstances which are similar to those available to dissenting shareholders of a Delaware corporation, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares. Appraisal rights are ordinarily available where the consideration offered under the merger is payable in cash or, in some instances, the unlisted securities of a third party.

        The Companies Law also includes statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that such a scheme of arrangement is approved by shareholders or creditors who represent a majority in number and 75% in value of each such class of shareholders who attend and vote, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting or meetings convened for that purpose. The convening of meetings to consider any such scheme of arrangement, and the implementation of the sanction, must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

        If a scheme of arrangement is thus approved, the dissenting shareholders would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

        When a tender offer to acquire shares is made and accepted (within four months) by holders of not less than 90% of the shares subject to such offer, the offeror may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

9


Table of Contents

Shareholders' suits

        We are not aware of any reported class action or derivative action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, there are exceptions to the foregoing principle, including when:

Fiduciary duties of directors

        Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components, the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director must act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. A director must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interests of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

        As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he owes the following duties to the company: a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company; a duty not to make a profit out of his position as director (unless the company permits him to do so); a duty to exercise his powers for the purposes for which they are conferred; and a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his personal interest or his duty to a third party. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care, and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

        Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, directors who are in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with our company must declare the nature of their interest at a meeting of the board of directors. Following such declaration, a director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract notwithstanding his interest; provided that, in exercising any such vote, such director's duties remain as described above.

Written consent of shareholders

        Under Delaware corporate law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of a corporation may be taken by

10


Table of Contents

written consent of the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take that action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote were present and voted. In addition, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent through amendment to its certificate of incorporation.

        Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that shareholders may approve the appointment or removal of directors by way of written resolution signed by or on behalf of shareholders holding a majority of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares.

        Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association also provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters that are not the appointment or removal of directors by way of unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

Shareholder proposals

        Under Delaware corporate law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the shareholders at the annual meeting, provided that such shareholder complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

        Under the laws of the Cayman Islands, a shareholder can only put a proposal before the shareholders at any general meeting in respect of any matter requiring a special resolution if it is set out in the notice calling the meeting. There is no right to introduce new business in respect of any matter requiring a special resolution at any meeting. A general meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the memorandum and articles of association, but shareholders may be precluded from calling general meetings. General meetings shall also be convened on the requisition in writing of any shareholder or shareholders entitled to attend and vote at general meetings of the company and to exercise at least a majority of the voting power permitted to be exercised at any such meeting, deposited at the office specifying the objects of the meeting for a date no later than 21 days from the date of deposit of the requisition signed by such shareholders, and if the directors do not convene such meeting for a date not later than 45 days after the date of such deposit, such shareholders themselves may convene the general meeting in the same manner, as nearly as possible, as that in which general meetings may be convened by the directors, and all reasonable expenses incurred by such shareholders as a result of the failure of the directors to convene the general meeting shall be reimbursed to them by the Company. As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders' annual general meetings.

        Under Delaware corporate law, a corporation is required to set a minimum quorum of one-third of the issued and outstanding shares for a shareholders meeting. Cayman Islands law permits a company's articles to have any quorum. See "—Voting rights."

Cumulative voting

        Under Delaware corporate law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation's certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits a minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which such shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases such shareholder's voting power with respect to electing such director.

        There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands, but our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide for cumulative

11


Table of Contents

voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Election and removal of directors

        Under Delaware corporate law, unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of a corporation, directors are elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on the election of directors and may be removed with or without cause (or, with respect to a classified board, only with cause unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise) by the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

        Similarly, as permitted by the Companies Law and pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, directors can be appointed and removed and/or replaced by a vote of, or written notice delivered to the Company from time to time by, shareholders permitted to exercise more than 50% of the voting power capable of being exercised at any general meeting.

Written consent of directors

        Under Delaware corporate law, a written consent of the directors must be unanimous to take effect. The position under Cayman Islands law is the same in this regard.

Indemnification of directors and executive officers and limitation of liability

        Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company's memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our board of directors and officers shall be indemnified from and against all liability which they incur in execution of their duty in their respective offices, except liability incurred by reason of such directors' or officers' dishonesty, willful default or fraud. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under Delaware corporate law.

Enforcement of civil liabilities

        The Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides less protection to investors. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the Federal courts of the United States. Although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize a foreign judgment as the basis for a claim at common law in the Cayman Islands provided such judgment:

        As a result of recent English case law, which will likely be highly persuasive in the Cayman Islands, the Cayman Islands Courts may also have discretion to enforce judgments obtained in foreign

12


Table of Contents

bankruptcy proceedings in other circumstances. This area of law is still developing and remains untested in the Cayman Islands.

Anti-money laundering—Cayman Islands

        In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

        We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

        We also reserve the right to refuse to make any distribution payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment of such distribution to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

        If any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reason for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of their business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Law, 2008 (2014 Revision) if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or (ii) to a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Law (2011 Revision) if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

Variation of rights of shares

        Under Delaware corporate law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise.

        Under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class with either the written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of such class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Sale of assets

        Under Delaware corporate law, a vote of the shareholders is required to approve a sale of assets only when all or substantially all assets are being sold to a person other than a subsidiary of the Company.

        The Companies Law contains no specific restrictions on the powers of directors to dispose of assets of a company. As a matter of general law, in the exercise of those powers, the directors must

13


Table of Contents

discharge their duties of care and to act in good faith, for a proper purpose and in the interests of the company.

Transactions with interested shareholders

        The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an "interested shareholder" for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target's outstanding voting stock within the past three years.

        This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target's board of directors.

        Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders

        There are no limitations imposed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. As similarly provided under Delaware corporate law, there are no restrictions on foreign or non-resident ownership or management of a Cayman Islands company under Cayman Islands law. In addition, there are no provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Dissolution and winding up

        Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation's outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with a dissolution initiated by the board of directors. Under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our company may be voluntarily dissolved, liquidated or wound up only by a special resolution of our shareholders, in which regard see "—Voting rights" above. In addition, a company may be wound up by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands if the company is unable to pay its debts or if the court is of the opinion that it is just and equitable that our company is wound up.

Inspection of books and records

        Our shareholders will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or corporate records except our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

14


Table of Contents

        Under Delaware corporate law, any shareholder of a corporation may for any proper purpose inspect or make copies of the corporation's stock ledger, list of shareholders and other books and records.

Amendment of governing documents

        Under Delaware corporate law, a corporation's certificate of incorporation may be amended only if adopted and declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, and the bylaws may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote and may, if so provided in the certificate of incorporation, also be amended by the board of directors. As permitted by Cayman Islands law, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may be amended with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for the ordinary shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.


DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES

        The following description, together with the additional information we include in any applicable prospectus supplement, summarizes certain general terms and provisions of the debt securities that we may offer under this prospectus. When we offer to sell a particular series of debt securities, we will describe the specific terms of the series in a supplement to this prospectus. We will also indicate in the supplement to what extent the general terms and provisions described in this prospectus apply to a particular series of debt securities.

        We may issue debt securities either separately, or together with, or upon the conversion or exercise of or in exchange for, other securities described in this prospectus. Debt securities may be our senior, senior subordinated or subordinated obligations and, unless otherwise specified in a supplement to this prospectus, the debt securities will be our direct, unsecured obligations and may be issued in one or more series.

        The debt securities will be issued under an indenture. We have summarized select portions of the indenture below. The summary is not complete. The form of the indenture has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement and you should read the indenture for provisions that may be important to you. In the summary below, we have included references to the section numbers of the indenture so that you can easily locate these provisions. Capitalized terms used in the summary and not defined herein have the meanings specified in the indenture.

        As used in this section only, "Manchester United," "we," "our" or "us" refer to Manchester United plc excluding our subsidiaries, unless expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

General

        The terms of each series of debt securities will be established by or pursuant to a resolution of our board of directors and set forth or determined in the manner provided in a resolution of our board of directors, in an officer's certificate or by a supplemental indenture. (Section 2.2) The particular terms of each series of debt securities will be described in a prospectus supplement relating to such series (including any pricing supplement or term sheet).

        We can issue an unlimited amount of debt securities under the indenture that may be in one or more series with the same or various maturities, at par, at a premium, or at a discount. (Section 2.1) We will set forth in a prospectus supplement (including any pricing supplement or term sheet) relating

15


Table of Contents

to any series of debt securities being offered, the aggregate principal amount and the following terms of the debt securities, if applicable:

16


Table of Contents

        We may issue debt securities that provide for an amount less than their stated principal amount to be due and payable upon declaration of acceleration of their maturity pursuant to the terms of the indenture. We will provide you with information on the material federal income tax considerations and other special considerations applicable to any of these debt securities in the applicable prospectus supplement.

        If we denominate the purchase price of any of the debt securities in a foreign currency or currencies or a foreign currency unit or units, or if the principal of and any premium and interest on any series of debt securities is payable in a foreign currency or currencies or a foreign currency unit or units, we will provide you with information on the restrictions, elections, general material tax considerations, specific terms and other information with respect to that issue of debt securities and such foreign currency or currencies or foreign currency unit or units in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Transfer and Exchange

        Each debt security will be represented by either one or more global securities registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, or the Depositary, or a nominee of the Depositary (we will refer to any debt security represented by a global debt security as a "book-entry debt security"), or a certificate issued in definitive registered form (we will refer to any debt security represented by a certificated security as a "certificated debt security") as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. Except as set forth under the heading "Global Debt Securities and Book-Entry System" below, book-entry debt securities will not be issuable in certificated form.

        Certificated Debt Securities.     You may transfer or exchange certificated debt securities at any office we maintain for this purpose in accordance with the terms of the indenture. (Section 2.4) No service charge will be made for any transfer or exchange of certificated debt securities, but we may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection with a transfer or exchange. (Section 2.7)

17


Table of Contents

        You may effect the transfer of certificated debt securities and the right to receive the principal of, premium and interest on certificated debt securities only by surrendering the certificate representing those certificated debt securities and either reissuance by us or the trustee of the certificate to the new holder or the issuance by us or the trustee of a new certificate to the new holder.

        Global Debt Securities and Book-Entry System.     Each global debt security representing book-entry debt securities will be deposited with, or on behalf of, the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary. Please see "Global Securities."

Covenants

        We will set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement any restrictive covenants applicable to any issue of debt securities. (Article IV)

No Protection in the Event of a Change of Control

        Unless we state otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the debt securities will not contain any provisions which may afford holders of the debt securities protection in the event we have a change in control or in the event of a highly leveraged transaction (whether or not such transaction results in a change in control) which could adversely affect holders of debt securities.

Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets

        We may not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of our properties and assets to any person (a "successor person") unless:

        Notwithstanding the above, any of our subsidiaries may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties to us. (Section 5.1)

Events of Default

        "Event of Default" means with respect to any series of debt securities, any of the following:

18


Table of Contents

        No Event of Default with respect to a particular series of debt securities (except as to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization) necessarily constitutes an Event of Default with respect to any other series of debt securities. (Section 6.1) The occurrence of certain Events of Default or an acceleration under the indenture may constitute an event of default under certain indebtedness of ours or our subsidiaries outstanding from time to time.

        We will provide the trustee written notice of any Default or Event of Default within 30 days of becoming aware of the occurrence of such Default or Event of Default, which notice will describe in reasonable detail the status of such Default or Event of Default and what action we are taking or propose to take in respect thereof. (Section 6.1)

        If an Event of Default with respect to debt securities of any series at the time outstanding occurs and is continuing, then the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series may, by a notice in writing to us (and to the trustee if given by the holders), declare to be due and payable immediately the principal of (or, if the debt securities of that series are discount securities, that portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that series) and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all debt securities of that series. In the case of an Event of Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, the principal (or such specified amount) of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all outstanding debt securities will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holder of outstanding debt securities. At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to debt securities of any series has been made, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the trustee, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series may rescind and annul the acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of accelerated principal and interest, if any, with respect to debt securities of that series, have been cured or waived as provided in the indenture. (Section 6.2) We refer you to the prospectus supplement relating to any series of debt securities that are discount securities for the particular provisions relating to acceleration of a portion of the principal amount of such discount securities upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.

        The indenture provides that the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture unless the trustee receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any cost, liability or expense which might be incurred by it in exercising such right or power. (Section 7.1(e)) Subject to certain rights of the trustee, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee with respect to the debt securities of that series. (Section 6.12)

        No holder of any debt security of any series will have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy under the indenture, unless:

19


Table of Contents

        Notwithstanding any other provision in the indenture, the holder of any debt security will have an absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of, premium and any interest on that debt security on or after the due dates expressed in that debt security and to institute suit for the enforcement of payment. (Section 6.8)

        The indenture requires us, within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year, to furnish to the trustee a statement as to compliance with the indenture. (Section 4.3) If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the securities of any series and if it is known to a responsible officer of the trustee, the trustee shall mail to each Securityholder of the securities of that series notice of a Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. The indenture provides that the trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any series of any Default or Event of Default (except in payment on any debt securities of that series) with respect to debt securities of that series if the trustee determines in good faith that withholding notice is in the interest of the holders of those debt securities. (Section 7.5)

Modification and Waiver

        We and the trustee may modify and amend the indenture or the debt securities of any series without the consent of any holder of any debt security:

        We may also modify and amend the indenture with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of each series affected by the modifications or amendments. We may not make any modification or amendment without the consent of the holders of each affected debt security then outstanding if that amendment will:

20


Table of Contents

        Except for certain specified provisions, the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series may on behalf of the holders of all debt securities of that series waive our compliance with provisions of the indenture. (Section 9.2) The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series may on behalf of the holders of all the debt securities of such series waive any past default under the indenture with respect to that series and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of, premium or any interest on any debt security of that series; provided, however, that the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from the acceleration. (Section 6.13)

Defeasance of Debt Securities and Certain Covenants in Certain Circumstances

        Legal Defeasance.     The indenture provides that, unless otherwise provided by the terms of the applicable series of debt securities, we may be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the debt securities of any series (subject to certain exceptions). We will be so discharged upon the deposit with the trustee, in trust, of money and/or U.S. government obligations or, in the case of debt securities denominated in a single currency other than U.S. Dollars, government obligations of the government that issued or caused to be issued such currency, that, through the payment of interest and principal in accordance with their terms, will provide money or U.S. government obligations in an amount sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or investment bank to pay and discharge each installment of principal, premium and interest on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the debt securities of that series on the stated maturity of those payments in accordance with the terms of the indenture and those debt securities.

        This discharge may occur only if, among other things, we have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel stating that we have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling or, since the date of execution of the indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the holders of the debt securities of that series will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred. (Section 8.3)

21


Table of Contents

        Defeasance of Certain Covenants.     The indenture provides that, unless otherwise provided by the terms of the applicable series of debt securities, upon compliance with certain conditions:

        The conditions include:

        Covenant Defeasance and Events of Default.     In the event we exercise our option to effect covenant defeasance with respect to any series of debt securities and the debt securities of that series are declared due and payable because of the occurrence of any Event of Default, the amount of money and/or U.S. government obligations or foreign government obligations on deposit with the trustee will be sufficient to pay amounts due on the debt securities of that series at the time of their stated maturity but may not be sufficient to pay amounts due on the debt securities of that series at the time of the acceleration resulting from the Event of Default. However, we shall remain liable for those payments. (Section 8.4).

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees or Shareholders

        None of our past, present or future directors, officers, employees or shareholders, as such, will have any liability for any of our obligations under the debt securities or the indenture or for any claim based on, or in respect or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. By accepting a debt security, each holder waives and releases all such liability. This waiver and release is part of the consideration for the issue of the debt securities. However, this waiver and release may not be effective to waive liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Governing Law

        The indenture and the debt securities, including any claim or controversy arising out of or relating to the indenture or the securities, will be governed by the laws of the State of New York. (Section 10.10)

22


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

        We may issue warrants for the purchase of our Class A ordinary shares or of debt securities. We may issue warrants independently or together with other securities, and the warrants may be attached to or separate from any offered securities. Each series of warrants will be issued under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and the investors or a warrant agent. The following summary of material provisions of the warrants and warrant agreements are subject to, and qualified in their entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the warrant agreement and warrant certificate applicable to a particular series of warrants. The terms of any warrants offered under a prospectus supplement may differ from the terms described below. We urge you to read the applicable prospectus supplement and any related free writing prospectus, as well as the complete warrant agreements and warrant certificates that contain the terms of the warrants.

        The particular terms of any issue of warrants will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to the issue. Those terms may include:

        Holders of equity warrants will not be entitled:

        Each warrant will entitle its holder to purchase the principal amount of debt securities or the number of Class A ordinary shares at the exercise price set forth in, or calculable as set forth in, the applicable prospectus supplement. Unless we otherwise specify in the applicable prospectus supplement, holders of the warrants may exercise the warrants at any time up to the specified time on the expiration date that we set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, unexercised warrants will become void.

        A holder of warrant certificates may exchange them for new warrant certificates of different denominations, present them for registration of transfer and exercise them at the corporate trust office of the warrant agent or any other office indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement. Until any warrants to purchase debt securities are exercised, the holder of the warrants will not have any rights of holders of the debt securities that can be purchased upon exercise, including any rights to receive payments of principal, premium or interest on the underlying debt securities or to enforce covenants in

23


Table of Contents

the applicable indenture. Until any warrants to purchase Class A ordinary shares are exercised, the holders of the warrants will not have any rights of holders of the underlying Class A ordinary shares, including any rights to receive dividends or payments upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up on the Class A ordinary shares, if any.


GLOBAL SECURITIES

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

        Unless we indicate differently in a prospectus supplement, the securities initially will be issued in book-entry form and represented by one or more global notes or global securities, or, collectively, global securities. The global securities will be deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, as depositary, or DTC, and registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC. Unless and until it is exchanged for individual certificates evidencing securities under the limited circumstances described below, a global security may not be transferred except as a whole by the depositary to its nominee or by the nominee to the depositary, or by the depositary or its nominee to a successor depositary or to a nominee of the successor depositary.

        DTC has advised us that it is:

        DTC holds securities that its participants deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the settlement among its participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry changes in participants' accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. "Direct participants" in DTC include securities brokers and dealers, including underwriters, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other organizations. DTC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation, or DTCC. DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are registered clearing agencies. DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available to others, which we sometimes refer to as indirect participants, that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a direct participant, either directly or indirectly. The rules applicable to DTC and its participants are on file with the SEC.

        Purchases of securities under the DTC system must be made by or through direct participants, which will receive a credit for the securities on DTC's records. The ownership interest of the actual purchaser of a security, which we sometimes refer to as a beneficial owner, is in turn recorded on the direct and indirect participants' records. Beneficial owners of securities will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchases. However, beneficial owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing details of their transactions, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the direct or indirect participants through which they purchased securities. Transfers of ownership interests in global securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of participants acting on behalf of beneficial owners. Beneficial owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in the global securities, except under the limited circumstances described below.

        To facilitate subsequent transfers, all global securities deposited by direct participants with DTC will be registered in the name of DTC's partnership nominee, Cede & Co., or such other name as may

24


Table of Contents

be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of securities with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other nominee will not change the beneficial ownership of the securities. DTC has no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the securities. DTC's records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose accounts the securities are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners. The participants are responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

        So long as the securities are in book-entry form, you will receive payments and may transfer securities only through the facilities of the depositary and its direct and indirect participants. We will maintain an office or agency in the location specified in the prospectus supplement for the applicable securities, where notices and demands in respect of the securities and the indenture may be delivered to us and where certificated securities may be surrendered for payment, registration of transfer or exchange.

        Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to direct participants, by direct participants to indirect participants and by direct participants and indirect participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any legal requirements in effect from time to time.

        Redemption notices will be sent to DTC. If less than all of the securities of a particular series are being redeemed, DTC's practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each direct participant in the securities of such series to be redeemed.

        Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (or such other DTC nominee) will consent or vote with respect to the securities. Under its usual procedures, DTC will mail an omnibus proxy to us as soon as possible after the record date. The omnibus proxy assigns the consenting or voting rights of Cede & Co. to those direct participants to whose accounts the securities of such series are credited on the record date, identified in a listing attached to the omnibus proxy.

        So long as securities are in book-entry form, we will make payments on those securities to the depositary or its nominee, as the registered owner of such securities, by wire transfer of immediately available funds. If securities are issued in definitive certificated form under the limited circumstances described below, we will have the option of making payments by check mailed to the addresses of the persons entitled to payment or by wire transfer to bank accounts in the United States designated in writing to the applicable trustee or other designated party at least 15 days before the applicable payment date by the persons entitled to payment, unless a shorter period is satisfactory to the applicable trustee or other designated party.

        Redemption proceeds, distributions and dividend payments on the securities will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC's practice is to credit direct participants' accounts upon DTC's receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us on the payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC records. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the account of customers in bearer form or registered in "street name." Those payments will be the responsibility of participants and not of DTC or us, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements in effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds, distributions and dividend payments to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC, is our responsibility, disbursement of payments to direct participants is the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of payments to the beneficial owners is the responsibility of direct and indirect participants.

        Except under the limited circumstances described below, purchasers of securities will not be entitled to have securities registered in their names and will not receive physical delivery of securities.

25


Table of Contents

Accordingly, each beneficial owner must rely on the procedures of DTC and its participants to exercise any rights under the securities and the indenture.

        The laws of some jurisdictions may require that some purchasers of securities take physical delivery of securities in definitive form. Those laws may impair the ability to transfer or pledge beneficial interests in securities.

        DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depositary with respect to the securities at any time by giving reasonable notice to us. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor depositary is not obtained, securities certificates are required to be printed and delivered.

        As noted above, beneficial owners of a particular series of securities generally will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in those securities. However, if:

        we will prepare and deliver certificates for such securities in exchange for beneficial interests in the global securities. Any beneficial interest in a global security that is exchangeable under the circumstances described in the preceding sentence will be exchangeable for securities in definitive certificated form registered in the names that the depositary directs. It is expected that these directions will be based upon directions received by the depositary from its participants with respect to ownership of beneficial interests in the global securities.

        We have obtained the information in this section and elsewhere in this prospectus concerning DTC and DTC's book-entry system from sources that are believed to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy of this information.


SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

        This prospectus also relates to the possible resale by certain of our shareholders, who we refer to in this prospectus as the "selling shareholders," of up to 24,000,000 of our Class A ordinary shares that were either issued and outstanding prior to the original date of filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, or that will be issued immediately prior to their resale upon the automatic conversion of any Class B ordinary shares held by the selling shareholders into Class A ordinary shares in accordance with the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. See "Description of Share Capital—Ordinary Shares—Conversion." The selling shareholders originally acquired the ordinary shares included in this prospectus pursuant to the Reorganization Transactions or as a donee, transferee or other successor in interest to a shareholder who originally acquired the ordinary shares included in this prospectus pursuant to the Reorganization Transactions.

        Information about the selling shareholders, where applicable, including their identities, the amount of ordinary shares owned by each selling shareholder prior to the offering, the number of Class A ordinary shares to be offered by each selling shareholder and the amount of ordinary shares to be owned by each selling shareholder after completion of the offering, will be set forth in an applicable prospectus supplement, documents incorporated by reference or in a free writing prospectus we file with the SEC. The applicable prospectus supplement will also disclose whether any of the selling

26


Table of Contents

shareholders has held any position or office with, has been employed by or otherwise has had a material relationship with us during the three years prior to the date of the prospectus supplement.

        The selling shareholders may not sell any Class A ordinary shares pursuant to this prospectus until we have identified such selling shareholders and the ordinary shares being offered for resale by such selling shareholders in a subsequent prospectus supplement. However, the selling shareholders may sell or transfer all or a portion of their ordinary shares pursuant to any available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        We or the selling shareholders may sell the securities from time to time pursuant to underwritten public offerings, negotiated transactions, block trades or a combination of these methods or through underwriters or dealers, through agents and/or directly to one or more purchasers. The securities may be distributed from time to time in one or more transactions:

        Each time that we or any of the selling shareholders sell securities covered by this prospectus, we or the selling shareholders will provide a prospectus supplement or supplements that will describe the method of distribution and set forth the terms and conditions of the offering of such securities, including the offering price of the securities and the proceeds to us or the selling shareholders, if applicable.

        Offers to purchase the securities being offered by this prospectus may be solicited directly. Agents may also be designated to solicit offers to purchase the securities from time to time. Any agent involved in the offer or sale of our securities will be identified in a prospectus supplement.

        If a dealer is utilized in the sale of the securities being offered by this prospectus, the securities will be sold to the dealer, as principal. The dealer may then resell the securities to the public at varying prices to be determined by the dealer at the time of resale.

        If an underwriter is utilized in the sale of the securities being offered by this prospectus, an underwriting agreement will be executed with the underwriter at the time of sale and the name of any underwriter will be provided in the prospectus supplement that the underwriter will use to make resales of the securities to the public. In connection with the sale of the securities, we, or the selling shareholders, or the purchasers of securities for whom the underwriter may act as agent, may compensate the underwriter in the form of underwriting discounts or commissions. The underwriter may sell the securities to or through dealers, and those dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for which they may act as agent. Unless otherwise indicated in a prospectus supplement, an agent will be acting on a best efforts basis and a dealer will purchase securities as a principal, and may then resell the securities at varying prices to be determined by the dealer. The selling shareholders may be deemed underwriters.

        Any compensation paid to underwriters, dealers or agents in connection with the offering of the securities, and any discounts, concessions or commissions allowed by underwriters to participating dealers will be provided in the applicable prospectus supplement. Underwriters, dealers and agents participating in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions received by them and any profit realized by

27


Table of Contents

them on resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions. We may enter into agreements to indemnify underwriters, dealers and agents against civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments they may be required to make in respect thereof and to reimburse those persons for certain expenses.

        Any Class A ordinary shares will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, but any other securities may or may not be listed on a national securities exchange. To facilitate the offering of securities, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the securities. This may include over-allotments or short sales of the securities, which involve the sale by persons participating in the offering of more securities than were sold to them. In these circumstances, these persons would cover such over-allotments or short positions by making purchases in the open market or by exercising their over-allotment option, if any. In addition, these persons may stabilize or maintain the price of the securities by bidding for or purchasing securities in the open market or by imposing penalty bids, whereby selling concessions allowed to dealers participating in the offering may be reclaimed if securities sold by them are repurchased in connection with stabilization transactions. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. These transactions may be discontinued at any time.

        If indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, underwriters or other persons acting as agents may be authorized to solicit offers by institutions or other suitable purchasers to purchase the securities at the public offering price set forth in the prospectus supplement, pursuant to delayed delivery contracts providing for payment and delivery on the date or dates stated in the prospectus supplement. These purchasers may include, among others, commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies and educational and charitable institutions. Delayed delivery contracts will be subject to the condition that the purchase of the securities covered by the delayed delivery contracts will not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of any jurisdiction in the United States to which the purchaser is subject. The underwriters and agents will not have any responsibility with respect to the validity or performance of these contracts.

        We may engage in at the market offerings into an existing trading market in accordance with Rule 415(a)(4) under the Securities Act. In addition, we may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement so indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third party in such sale transactions will be an underwriter and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement (or a post-effective amendment). In addition, we may otherwise loan or pledge securities to a financial institution or other third party that in turn may sell the securities short using this prospectus and an applicable prospectus supplement. Such financial institution or other third party may transfer its economic short position to investors in our securities or in connection with a concurrent offering of other securities.

        The specific terms of any lock-up provisions in respect of any given offering will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

        In compliance with the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, the maximum consideration or discount to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker dealer may not exceed 8% of the aggregate proceeds of the offering.

28


Table of Contents

        The underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with us, or perform services for us, in the ordinary course of business for which they receive compensation.


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the debt securities and warrants offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York, counsel to Manchester United. The validity of the Class A ordinary shares offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Walkers, Cayman Islands, Cayman Islands counsel to Manchester United. Additional legal matters may be passed upon for any underwriters, dealers or agents by counsel that we will name in the applicable prospectus supplement.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements incorporated in this prospectus by reference to the Annual Report on Form 20-F/A for the year ended June 30, 2014 have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales. The current address of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is 101 Barbirolli Square, Lower Mosley Street, Manchester M2 3PW, United Kingdom.


ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

        We are registered under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. A substantial portion of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, many of our directors and officers are residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on us or those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in United States courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability or other provisions of the United States securities laws or other laws.

        We have appointed Corporation Service Company as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any state in the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

        In addition, uncertainty exists as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would:

        Walkers, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, has informed us that the uncertainty with regard to Cayman Islands law relates to whether a judgment obtained from the United States courts under civil liability provisions of the securities laws will be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands as penal or punitive in nature. If such a determination is made, the courts of the Cayman Islands will not recognize or enforce the judgment against a Cayman Islands company. Because the courts of the Cayman Islands have yet to rule on whether such judgments are penal or punitive in nature, it is uncertain whether they would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands. Walkers has further advised us that a final and conclusive judgment in the federal or state courts of the United States under which a sum of money is payable, other than a sum payable in respect of taxes, fines, penalties or similar charges, will ordinarily be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands without re-examination of the merits, at common law.

29


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 8.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company's memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our board of directors and officers shall be indemnified from and against all liability which they incur in execution of their duty in their respective offices, except liability incurred by reason of such directors' or officers' dishonesty, willful default or fraud.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.

        Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides:

        "Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles), Secretary, assistant Secretary, or other officer for the time being and from time to time of the Company (but not including the Company's auditors) and the personal representatives of the same (each an "Indemnified Person") shall be indemnified and secured harmless against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such Indemnified Person, other than by reason of such Indemnified Person's own dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of the Company's business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Person in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

        No Indemnified Person shall be liable:

            (a)   for the acts, receipts, neglects, defaults or omissions of any other Director or officer or agent of the Company; or

            (b)   for any loss on account of defect of title to any property of the Company; or

            (c)   on account of the insufficiency of any security in or upon which any money of the Company shall be invested; or

            (d)   for any loss incurred through any bank, broker or other similar Person; or

            (e)   for any loss occasioned by any negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust, error of judgment or oversight on such Indemnified Person's part; or

            (f)    for any loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which may happen in or arise from the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities, or discretions of such Indemnified Person's office or in relation thereto;

unless the same shall happen through such Indemnified Person's own dishonesty, willful default or fraud."

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 9.     Exhibits

(a)
Exhibits

        A list of exhibits filed with this registration statement on Form F-3 is set forth on the Exhibit Index and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 10.     Undertakings

        (a)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

            (1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

                (i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

               (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

              (iii)  To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

    provided , however , that paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), and (a)(1)(iii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is a part of the registration statement.

            (2)   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

            (3)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

            (4)   To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 need not be furnished, provided , that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration statements on Form F-3, a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 or Rule 3-19 of Regulation S-K if such financial statements and information

II-2


Table of Contents

    are contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the SEC by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in this Form F-3.

            (5)   That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

              (A)  Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

              (B)  Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.

            (6)   That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:

              (A)  The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

                  (i)  Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

                 (ii)  Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

                (iii)  The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

                (iv)  Any other communications that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

        (b)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of

II-3


Table of Contents

1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (c)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (d)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act (the "Act") in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the SEC under section 305(b)(2) of the Act.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Rochester, New York, on September 17, 2015.

    MANCHESTER UNITED PLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JOEL GLAZER

        Name:   Joel Glazer
        Title:   Executive Co-Chairman


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Joel Glazer and Edward Woodward, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to file and sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments and any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective under Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, to this registration statement, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and indicated on September 17, 2015.

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ AVRAM GLAZER

Avram Glazer
  Executive Co-Chairman and Director

/s/ JOEL GLAZER

Joel Glazer

 

Executive Co-Chairman (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

/s/ EDWARD WOODWARD

Edward Woodward

 

Executive Vice Chairman (Principal Financial Officer) and Director

/s/ RICHARD ARNOLD

Richard Arnold

 

Group Managing Director and Director

/s/ JAMIESON REIGLE

Jamieson Reigle

 

Commercial Director and Director

Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ KEVIN GLAZER

Kevin Glazer
  Director

/s/ BRYAN GLAZER

Bryan Glazer

 

Director

/s/ DARCIE GLAZER KASSEWITZ

Darcie Glazer Kassewitz

 

Director

/s/ EDWARD GLAZER

Edward Glazer

 

Director

/s/ ROBERT LEITAO

Robert Leitão

 

Director

/s/ MANU SAWHNEY

Manu Sawhney

 

Director

/s/ JOHN HOOKS

John Hooks

 

Director

/s/ JOEL GLAZER

Joel Glazer

 

Authorized Representative in the United States

Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.
        
  4.1   Amended and Restated Memorandum & Articles of Association of Manchester United plc, dated as of August 8, 2012 (included as Exhibit 1.1 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-35627), filed with the SEC on October 25, 2012).
        
  4.2   Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate of Manchester United plc (included as Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 2 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-182535), filed with the SEC on July 30, 2012, as amended).
        
  4.3   Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 27, 2015, among MU Finance plc, the guarantors party thereto, the purchasers listed therein and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Paying Agent.
        
  4.4   Form of 3.79% Senior Secured Note due June 26, 2027 (included as Exhibit 1 to Exhibit 4.3).
        
  4.5   Form of Indenture.
        
  4.6 * Form of Note.
        
  4.7 * Form of Warrant.
        
  4.8 * Form of Warrant Agreement.
        
  5.1   Opinion of Walkers.
        
  5.2   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
        
  10.1   Amendment and Restatement Agreement, dated May 15, 2015, among Red Football Limited, Bank of America, N.A., as Original Lender and Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, as Agent and Lender.
        
  10.2   Revolving Facilities Agreement, dated May 22, 2015, among Red Football Limited, MU Finance plc, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Arranger, the Original lenders named therein and Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, as Agent and Security Trustee.
        
  10.3   Term Facility Amendment Letter, dated June 26, 2015, between Red Football Limited and Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, as Agent and Lender.
        
  12.1   Statement Regarding the Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
        
  23.1   Consent of Walkers (included in Exhibit 5.1).
        
  23.2   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2).
        
  23.3   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
        
  23.4   Consent of Kantar Media, dated September 17, 2015.
        
  24.1   Powers of Attorney (incorporated herein by reference to the signature page hereto).
        
  25.1 ** Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of the Trustee under the indenture filed as Exhibit 4.5 above.

*
To be filed by amendment or incorporated by reference in connection with the offering of the securities.

**
To be filed in accordance with Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.



Exhibit 4.3

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

MU FINANCE PLC

 

$425,000,000
3.79% Guaranteed Senior Secured Notes due June 26, 2027

 


 

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 


 

Dated May 27, 2015

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION 1.

Authorization of Notes; Guaranty and Security

1

 

 

 

 

Section 1.1.

Authorization of Notes

1

 

Section 1.2.

Guaranty and Security

1

 

Section 1.3.

Creditor Representative

2

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

Sale and Purchase of Notes

2

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

Closing

2

 

 

 

SECTION 4.

Conditions to Closing

2

 

 

 

 

Section 4.1.

Representations and Warranties

3

 

Section 4.2.

Performance; No Default

3

 

Section 4.3.

Compliance Certificates

3

 

Section 4.4.

Opinions of Counsel

3

 

Section 4.5.

Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc.

3

 

Section 4.6.

Sale of Other Notes

4

 

Section 4.7.

Payment of Special Counsel Fees

4

 

Section 4.8.

Private Placement Number

4

 

Section 4.9.

Changes in Corporate Structure

4

 

Section 4.10.

Funding Instructions

4

 

Section 4.11.

Acceptance of Appointment to Receive Service of Process

4

 

Section 4.12.

Transaction Security

4

 

Section 4.13.

Transaction Documents

4

 

Section 4.14.

Rating Requirement

5

 

Section 4.15.

Retirement of Certain Indebtedness

5

 

Section 4.16.

Absence of Material Adverse Effect

5

 

Section 4.17.

Other Deliveries

5

 

Section 4.18.

Proceedings and Documents

6

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

Representations and Warranties of the Note Parties

6

 

 

 

 

Section 5.1.

Organization; Power and Authority

6

 

Section 5.2.

Authorization, Etc.

6

 

Section 5.3.

Disclosure

6

 

Section 5.4.

Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates

7

 

Section 5.5.

Financial Statements; Material Liabilities

7

 

Section 5.6.

Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc.

7

 

Section 5.7.

Governmental Authorizations, Etc.

8

 

Section 5.8.

Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders

8

 

Section 5.9.

Taxes

9

 

Section 5.10.

Title to Property; Leases

10

 

Section 5.11.

Licenses, Permits, Etc.

10

 

Section 5.12.

Compliance with ERISA

10

 

Section 5.13.

Private Offering by the Company

11

 

Section 5.14.

Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations

11

 

Section 5.15.

Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens

12

 

i



 

 

Section 5.16.

Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.

12

 

Section 5.17.

Status under Certain Statutes

13

 

Section 5.18.

Environmental Matters

13

 

Section 5.19.

Ranking of Obligations

14

 

Section 5.20.

Solvency

14

 

Section 5.21.

Security

14

 

Section 5.22.

Accounting Reference Date

15

 

Section 5.23.

Centre of Main Interests and Establishments

15

 

Section 5.24.

No Adverse Consequences

15

 

Section 5.25.

Pensions

15

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

Representations of the Purchasers

16

 

 

 

 

Section 6.1.

Purchase for Investment

16

 

Section 6.2.

Source of Funds

16

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

Information as to Company

18

 

 

 

 

Section 7.1.

Financial and Business Information

18

 

Section 7.2.

Officer’s Certificate

21

 

Section 7.3.

Visitation

22

 

Section 7.4.

Electronic Delivery

22

 

Section 7.5.

Limitation on Disclosure Obligation

23

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

Payment and Prepayment of the Notes

24

 

 

 

 

Section 8.1.

Maturity

24

 

Section 8.2.

Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount

24

 

Section 8.3.

Prepayment for Tax Reasons

25

 

Section 8.4.

Prepayment in Connection with a Noteholder Sanctions Event

26

 

Section 8.5.

Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer

28

 

Section 8.6.

Change of Control Prepayment Offer

28

 

Section 8.7.

Allocation of Partial Prepayments

30

 

Section 8.8.

Maturity; Surrender, Etc.

30

 

Section 8.9.

Purchase of Notes

30

 

Section 8.10.

Make-Whole Amount and Modified Make-Whole Amount

30

 

Section 8.11.

Payments Due on Non-Business Days

32

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

Affirmative Covenants

32

 

 

 

 

Section 9.1.

Compliance with Laws

32

 

Section 9.2.

Insurance

32

 

Section 9.3.

Maintenance of Properties

33

 

Section 9.4.

Payment of Taxes and Claims

33

 

Section 9.5.

Corporate Existence, Etc.

33

 

Section 9.6.

Books and Records

33

 

Section 9.7.

Evidence of Insurance

34

 

Section 9.8.

Priority of Obligations

34

 

Section 9.9.

Further Assurances

34

 

ii



 

SECTION 10.

Negative Covenants

35

 

 

 

 

Section 10.1.

Transactions with Affiliates

35

 

Section 10.2.

Merger, Consolidation, Etc.

37

 

Section 10.3.

Asset Sales

39

 

Section 10.4.

Indebtedness; Preferred Stock

42

 

Section 10.5.

Liens

47

 

Section 10.6.

Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

47

 

Section 10.7.

Restricted Payments

48

 

Section 10.8.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

53

 

Section 10.9.

Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness

56

 

Section 10.10.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

57

 

Section 10.11.

Limitation on Company Activities

58

 

Section 10.12.

Limitation on Holding Company Activities

59

 

Section 10.13.

Financial Condition

60

 

Section 10.14.

Line of Business

61

 

Section 10.15.

Economic Sanctions, Etc.

62

 

 

 

 

SECTION 11.

Events Of Default

62

 

 

 

SECTION 12.

Remedies on Default, Etc.

65

 

 

 

 

Section 12.1.

Acceleration

65

 

Section 12.2.

Other Remedies

65

 

Section 12.3.

Rescission

66

 

Section 12.4.

No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc.

66

 

 

 

 

SECTION 13.

Tax Indemnification; FATCA Information

66

 

 

 

SECTION 14.

Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes

73

 

 

 

 

Section 14.1.

Registration of Notes

73

 

Section 14.2.

Transfer and Exchange of Notes

73

 

Section 14.3.

Replacement of Notes; No Transfer to Competitors

74

 

Section 14.4.

Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

74

 

 

 

 

SECTION 15.

Payments on Notes

74

 

 

 

 

Section 15.1.

Place of Payment

74

 

Section 15.2.

Payment by Wire Transfer

75

 

 

 

 

SECTION 16.

Expenses, Etc.

75

 

 

 

 

Section 16.1.

Transaction Expenses

75

 

Section 16.2.

Certain Taxes

76

 

Section 16.3.

Survival

76

 

iii



 

SECTION 17.

Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement

76

 

 

 

SECTION 18.

Amendment and Waiver

76

 

 

 

 

Section 18.1.

Requirements

76

 

Section 18.2.

Solicitation of Holders of Notes

77

 

Section 18.3.

Binding Effect, Etc.

78

 

Section 18.4.

Notes Held by Company, Etc.

78

 

 

 

 

SECTION 19.

Notices; English Language

78

 

 

 

SECTION 20.

Reproduction of Documents

79

 

 

 

SECTION 21.

Confidential Information

79

 

 

 

SECTION 22.

Substitution of Purchaser

80

 

 

 

SECTION 23.

Guaranty

81

 

 

 

 

Section 23.1.

Guaranty

81

 

Section 23.2.

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

82

 

Section 23.3.

Releases

83

 

Section 23.4.

Release of Guarantors’ Right of Contribution

84

 

Section 23.5.

Guarantee Limitations

84

 

 

 

 

SECTION 24.

Miscellaneous

84

 

 

 

 

Section 24.1.

Successors and Assigns

84

 

Section 24.2.

Accounting Terms

85

 

Section 24.3.

Severability

85

 

Section 24.4.

Construction, Etc.

85

 

Section 24.5.

Counterparts

86

 

Section 24.6.

Governing Law

86

 

Section 24.7.

Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial

86

 

Section 24.8.

Obligation to Make Payment in Dollars

87

 

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

 

SCHEDULE A

-

Information Relating to Purchasers

SCHEDULE B

-

Defined Terms

SCHEDULE 5.3

-

Disclosure Materials

SCHEDULE 5.4

-

Organization and Ownership of Subsidiary Stock; Affiliates

SCHEDULE 5.5

-

Financial Statements

SCHEDULE 5.15

-

Existing Debt

SCHEDULE 10.13

-

Table of Values for X

EXHIBIT 1

-

Form of Note

EXHIBIT 2

-

Form of Note Guaranty Joinder Agreement

 

iv



 

MU FINANCE PLC
Old Trafford
Sir Matt Busby Way
Manchester M16 0RA
United Kingdom

 

$425,000,000 3.79% Guaranteed Senior
Secured Notes due June 26, 2027

 

May 27, 2015

 

TO EACH OF THE PURCHASERS LISTED IN

THE PURCHASER SCHEDULE HERETO:

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

MU FINANCE PLC (registration number 07088267), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability (the “ Company ” or “ MUF ”), and each of (i) RED FOOTBALL LIMITED (registration number 5370076), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability (“ Parent ”), (ii) MANCHESTER UNITED LIMITED (registration number 02570509), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability (“ MUL ”), (iii) RED FOOTBALL JUNIOR LIMITED (registration number 05370078), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability (“ RFJ ”), and (iv) MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED (registration number 95489), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability (“ MUFC ”, MUFC together with Parent, MUL and RFJ being sometimes referred to herein, each individually, as a “ Guarantor ” and, collectively, as the “ Guarantors ”), hereby agree with you and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Paying Agent as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                                          AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES; GUARANTY AND SECURITY .

 

Section 1.1.                                                 Authorization of Notes . The Company will authorize the issue and sale of $425,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.79% Guaranteed Senior Secured Notes due June 26, 2027 (the “ Notes ”). The Notes shall be substantially in the form set out in Exhibit 1.  Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B and, for purposes of this Agreement, the rules of construction set forth in Section 24.4 shall govern. References to a “ Schedule ” or an “ Exhibit ” are, unless otherwise specified, to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement.

 

Section 1.2.                                                 Guaranty and Security . The payment by the Company of all amounts due with respect to the Notes, this Agreement and the other Note Documents, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Note Documents, will be absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to Section 23 hereof. The obligations of the Note Parties under the Note Documents will be secured by the Transaction Security under and pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Security Documents.

 

1



 

Section 1.3.                                                 Creditor Representative . The Purchasers shall appoint a Creditor Representative pursuant to the terms of the representative deed (the “ Representative Deed ”) to be entered into on or about the date of the Closing, between the Purchasers and a Creditor Representative to be named therein. Pursuant to the terms of the Representative Deed, the Creditor Representative will (a) execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of all of the holders from time to time of the Notes, (b) act as the Purchaser’s and each holder of a Note’s agent under and in connection with the Note Documents and (c) exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions under and with respect to the Note Documents specifically given to the Creditor Representative under the Representative Deed.

 

SECTION 2.                                          SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES .

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the Closing provided for in Section 3, Notes in the principal amount specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in the Purchaser Schedule at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. The Purchasers’ obligations hereunder are several and not joint obligations and no Purchaser shall have any liability to any Person for the performance or non-performance of any obligation by any other Purchaser hereunder.

 

SECTION 3.                                          CLOSING .

 

The sale and purchase of the Notes to be purchased by each Purchaser shall occur at the offices of Greenberg Traurig, LLP, 200 Park Avenue, New York New York 10166, commencing at 5:00 a.m., eastern time, at a closing (the “ Closing ”) on June 26, 2015 or on such other Business Day thereafter on or prior to July 15, 2015 as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers (the “ Closing Date ”).  At the Closing the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of a single Note (or such greater number of Notes in denominations of at least $100,000 as such Purchaser may request) dated the date of the Closing and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company to the account identified in the funding instructions letter delivered pursuant to Section 4.10. If at the Closing the Company shall fail to tender such Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at its election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of any of the conditions specified in Section 4 not having been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s satisfaction or such failure by the Company to tender such Notes.

 

SECTION 4.                                          CONDITIONS TO CLOSING .

 

Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be sold to such Purchaser at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, prior to or at the Closing, of the following conditions:

 

2



 

Section 4.1.                                                 Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Note Parties in this Agreement shall be correct when made and at the Closing.

 

Section 4.2.                                                 Performance; No Default . Each Note Party shall have performed and complied in all Material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Note Documents required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing and from the date of this Agreement to the Closing assuming that Sections 9 and 10 are applicable from the date of this Agreement.  From the date of this Agreement until the Closing, before and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.14), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Neither Parent nor any Parent Subsidiary shall have entered into any transaction since the date of the Memorandum that would have been prohibited by Section 10 had such Section applied since such date.

 

Section 4.3.                                                 Compliance Certificates .

 

(a)                                  Officer’s Certificates . Each Note Party shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of the Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.9 have been fulfilled.

 

(b)                                  Secretary’s or Director’s Certificates . Each Note Party shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, a Director or another appropriate person, dated the date of the Closing, certifying as to (i) the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings (of each Note Party and any necessary shareholders of any Note Party) relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of (in the case of the Company) the Notes, this Agreement and the other Note Documents, (ii) such Note Party’s organizational documents as then in effect, (iii) a specimen of the signature of each person authorized by the resolutions referred to in clause (i) above in relation to the Note Documents.

 

Section 4.4.                                                 Opinions of Counsel . Such Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser, dated the date of the Closing (a) from (i) Latham & Watkins LLP, U.S. special counsel for the Note Parties, and (ii) Latham & Watkins (London) LLP, English special counsel for the Note Parties, substantially in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers and their special counsel (and the Note Parties hereby instruct counsel to deliver such opinions to the Purchasers) and (b) from Greenberg Traurig, LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, covering such matters incident to such transactions as such Purchaser may reasonably request.

 

Section 4.5.                                                 Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc . On the date of the Closing such Purchaser’s purchase of Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation in effect on the date

 

3



 

hereof. If requested by such Purchaser in writing, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.

 

Section 4.6.                                                 Sale of Other Notes . Contemporaneously with the Closing, the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at the Closing as specified in the Purchaser Schedule.

 

Section 4.7.                                                 Payment of Special Counsel Fees . Without limiting Section 16.1, the Company shall have paid on or before the Closing the fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.4 to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least one Business Day prior to the Closing.

 

Section 4.8.                                                 Private Placement Number . A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for the Notes.

 

Section 4.9.                                                 Changes in Corporate Structure . The Company shall not have changed its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as applicable, or been a party to any merger or consolidation or succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity, at any time following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Schedule 5.5.

 

Section 4.10.                                          Funding Instructions . At least three Business Days prior to the date of the Closing, each Purchaser shall have received written instructions signed by a Responsible Officer on letterhead of the Company confirming the information specified in Section 3 including (i) the name and address of the transferee bank, (ii) such transferee bank’s ABA number/Swift Code/IBAN and (iii) the account name and number into which the purchase price for the Notes is to be deposited.

 

Section 4.11.                                          Acceptance of Appointment to Receive Service of Process . Such Purchaser shall have received evidence of the acceptance by Corporation Service Company of the appointment and designation provided for by Section 24.7(e) for the period from the date of the Closing to June 26, 2028 (and the payment in full of all fees in respect thereof).

 

Section 4.12.                                          Transaction Security . The Transaction Security Documents shall constitute in favor of the Security Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, a valid and perfected security interest in the Transaction Security intended to be subject thereto.

 

Section 4.13.                                          Transaction Documents . The Company shall have furnished each Purchaser with true, correct and complete copies of each of the following documents in full force and effect and, in the case of (iii) and (viii) to (xi) inclusive only, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to each Purchaser:

 

(i)                                      the RCF Facilities Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   the Term Facility Agreement;

 

4



 

(iii)                                the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(iv)                               the English law debenture dated January 29, 2010 between the Parent, RFJ, MUL, MUFC and the Company and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited;

 

(v)                                  the English law mortgage dated January 29, 2010 between MUL and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited;

 

(vi)                               the English law mortgage dated January 29, 2010 between MUFC and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited;

 

(vii)                            the English law mortgage dated April 23, 2010 between MUL and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited;

 

(viii)                         an English law governed supplemental debenture executed by the Note Parties party thereto (the “ Supplemental Debenture ”);

 

(ix)                               an English law governed supplemental mortgage executed by MUL;

 

(x)                                  an English law governed supplemental mortgage executed by MUFC; and

 

(xi)                               an English law governed mortgage executed by MUL.

 

Section 4.14.                                          Rating Requirement . The Notes shall have been assigned an investment grade debt rating of BBB- or higher by DBRS Limited, and each Purchaser shall have received a copy of a letter from DBRS Limited confirming such rating.

 

Section 4.15.                                          Retirement of Certain Indebtedness . On the Closing Date the Note Parties shall have (a) made arrangements satisfactory to the Purchasers for the application of proceeds from the sale of the Notes to the retirement on the Closing Date of all outstanding obligations under the Existing Note Documents and shall provide to the Purchasers evidence of such application and repayment and (b) provided a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent confirming that the Total Commitments under, and as defined in, the Term Loan Facility have been prepaid and cancelled to reduce the outstanding Indebtedness thereunder to an aggregate principal amount of $225 million (or its equivalent) on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

Section 4.16.                                          Absence of Material Adverse Effect . There shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect since the date of the most recent audited financial statements referred to in Section 5.5.

 

Section 4.17.                                          Other Deliveries . The Purchasers shall have received copies of the Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet, the Group Structure Chart, a list of all Specified Contracts (which Specified Contracts shall have been reviewed by the Purchasers’ special counsel) and the Funds Flow Statement.

 

5


 

Section 4.18.                                          Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory to such Purchaser and its special counsel, and such Purchaser and its special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or such special counsel may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 5.                                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE NOTE PARTIES.

 

Each Note Party represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:

 

Section 5.1.                                                 Organization; Power and Authority . Each Note Party is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and, where applicable, is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, in each case, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Note Party has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, to execute and deliver this Agreement and (in the case of the Company) the Notes and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof.

 

Section 5.2.                                                 Authorization, Etc . This Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Note Parties and the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. Subject to the Legal Reservations, (i) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Note Parties enforceable against the Note Parties in accordance with its terms, and (ii) upon execution and delivery thereof as provided herein each Note will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

Section 5.3.                                                 Disclosure . The Company, through its agent, Banc of America Merrill Lynch, has delivered to each Purchaser a copy of a Confidential Private Placement Memorandum, dated April 2015 (the “ Memorandum ”), relating to the transactions contemplated hereby. The Memorandum fairly describes, in all material respects, the general nature of the business and principal properties of Parent and the Parent Subsidiaries. This Agreement, the Memorandum, the financial statements listed in Schedule 5.5 and the documents, certificates or other writings delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Company prior to May 6, 2015 in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and identified in Schedule 5.3 (this Agreement, the Memorandum and such documents, certificates or other writings and such financial statements delivered to each Purchaser being referred to, collectively, as the “ Disclosure Documents ”), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, each Note Party represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time in light of all facts and circumstances then existing and known to its Responsible Officers, and on information generally known and available in the industry, it being understood that such

 

6



 

projected financial information is not a guarantee of financial performance and actual results may be different from such projected financial information. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, since March 31, 2015, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business, properties or prospects of Parent or any Parent Subsidiary except changes that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.4.                                                 Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 5.4 contains (except as noted therein) complete and correct lists of (i) Parent’s Subsidiaries, showing, as to Parent and each Parent Subsidiary, the name thereof, the jurisdiction of its organization, and the percentage of shares of each class of its capital stock or similar equity interests outstanding owned by Parent and each other Parent Subsidiary and whether such Subsidiary is a Guarantor and (ii) Parent’s directors.

 

(b)                                  All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Parent Subsidiary shown in Schedule 5.4 as being owned by Parent and the Parent Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by Parent or a Parent Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien that is prohibited by this Agreement.

 

Section 5.5.                                                 Financial Statements; Material Liabilities . The Company has delivered to each Purchaser copies of the financial statements of MU Cayman and its subsidiaries (including Parent and the Parent Subsidiaries) listed on Schedule 5.5. All of such financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of MU Cayman and its subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified in such Schedule and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in conformity with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee interpretations and the Companies Act 2006, or GAAP, as applicable, consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments). Parent and its Subsidiaries do not have any Material liabilities that are not disclosed in the Disclosure Documents.

 

Section 5.6.                                                 Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Note Parties of this Agreement and by the Company of the Notes will not (i) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of Parent or any Parent Subsidiary under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter, memorandum of association, articles of association, regulations or by-laws, shareholders agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which Parent or any Parent Subsidiary is bound or by which Parent or any Parent Subsidiary or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to Parent or any Parent Subsidiary or (iii) violate any provision of any

 

7



 

statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to Parent or any Parent Subsidiary.

 

Section 5.7.                                                 Governmental Authorizations, Etc .

 

(a)                                  No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or, other than the satisfaction of the Perfection Requirements, performance by the Note Parties of the Note Documents to which they are respectively parties (including without limitation the execution, delivery and performance of the Notes by the Company), including any thereof required in connection with the obtaining of Dollars to make payments under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Note Documents and the payment of such Dollars to Persons resident in the United States of America. Subject to the Legal Reservations, it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence in England and Wales of this Agreement, the Notes or the other Note Documents that any thereof or any other document be filed, recorded or enrolled with any Governmental Authority, or that any such agreement or document be stamped with any stamp, registration or similar transaction tax.

 

(b)                                  Under the laws of England and Wales it is not necessary that the Note Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in such jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid upon the execution of the Note Documents or the sale and purchase of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement except any filing, recording or enrolling or any Tax or fee payable in connection with the Transaction Security.

 

(c)                                   Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of New York law as the governing law of this Agreement and the Notes will be recognized and enforced in the Relevant Jurisdictions of each Note Party.

 

(d)                                  Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in England and Wales in relation to a Note Document will be recognized and enforced in the Relevant Jurisdictions of each Note Party.

 

Section 5.8.                                                 Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders .

 

(a)                                  There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Note Parties, threatened against or affecting Parent or any Parent Subsidiary or any property of Parent or any Parent Subsidiary in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  Neither Parent nor any Parent Subsidiary is (i) in default under any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (ii) in violation of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority or (iii) in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority (including Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act or any

 

8


 

of the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16), in each case, which default or violation could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   No labor disputes are current or, to each Note Party’s knowledge, threatened against Parent or any Parent Subsidiary which have or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.9.                                                 Taxes .

 

(a)                                  The Note Parties have filed all tax returns that are required to have been filed by them in any jurisdiction, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes and assessments relating to taxes required to be paid by them that are levied upon them or their properties, assets, income or franchises pursuant to applicable law, to the extent such taxes and assessments relating to taxes have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent, except for any taxes and assessments relating to taxes (i) the amount of which, individually or in the aggregate, is not Material or (ii) the amount, applicability or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which Parent or a Parent Subsidiary, as the case may be, has established adequate reserves in accordance with IFRS or GAAP, as applicable. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of Parent and its Subsidiaries in respect of federal, national, state or other taxes for all fiscal periods have been calculated in accordance with IFRS or GAAP, as applicable.

 

(b)                                  (i) No liability for any Tax, directly or indirectly, imposed, assessed, levied or collected by or for the account of any Governmental Authority of the United Kingdom or the United States or any political subdivision thereof will be incurred by any Note Party or any holder of a Note as a result of the execution or delivery of this Agreement or the Notes, (ii) no deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes imposed by or for the account of the United Kingdom is required to be made from any payment by the Note Parties under this Agreement or the Notes to any Holder of a Note which is (A) a Qualifying Purchaser falling with paragraph (E) of the definition of “Qualifying Purchaser”, or (B) a Qualifying Purchaser falling within paragraph (B), (C) or (D) of the definition of “Qualifying Purchaser” where the relevant Note Party has a “reasonable belief” as defined for the purposes of section 930 of the ITA, or (C) a Treaty Purchaser and the payment is one specified in a direction given by the Commissioners of Revenue and Customs under Regulation 2 of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations 1970 (SI 1970/488), (iii) no deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes imposed by or for the account of the United States is required to be made from any payment of interest, principal or premium by the Note Parties under this Agreement or the Notes to any Holder of a Note which is either (A) a U.S. Person that timely provides a properly completed IRS Form W-9 or (B) a holder that is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty between the United States and the jurisdiction where such holder is resident for tax purposes which provides a full exemption from withholding taxes on payments of interest and timely provides a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN-E and (iv) to the knowledge of the Note Parties, no deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes imposed by or for the account of any Taxing Jurisdiction other than the United Kingdom

 

9



 

or the United States is required to be made from any payment by the Note Parties under this Agreement or the Notes.

 

Section 5.10.                                          Title to Property; Leases . Parent and the Parent Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to their respective properties, including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in Section 5.5 or purported to have been acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary after such date (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens, except as permitted under the Note Documents and to the extent the failure to have such title or the existence of such liens, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or affect the validity of the security interest in any of the Collateral. All leases to which Parent or any of the Parent Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them is bound are valid and enforceable against Parent or the Parent Subsidiaries, and are valid and enforceable against the other party or parties thereto and are in full force and effect with only such exceptions as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.11.                                          Licenses, Permits, Etc .

 

(a)                                  Parent and its Subsidiaries own, possess or have the right to use pursuant to license, sublicense, agreement or other permission all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, that individually or in the aggregate are Material, without known conflict with the rights of others.

 

(b)                                  To the knowledge of the Note Parties, no product or service of the Note Parties infringes in any Material respect any license, permit, franchise, authorization, patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned by any other Person.

 

(c)                                   To the knowledge of the Note Parties, there is no Material violation by any Person of any right of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any license, permit, franchise, authorization, patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(d)                                  No consent, approval or any other action by, or on behalf of, the Premier League, the Football Association, the Union of European Football Associations or the Federation Internationale de Football Association is required in connection with the Note Parties entering into and performing their respective obligations under the Note Documents.

 

Section 5.12.                                          Compliance with ERISA .

 

(a)                                  Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or is obligated to maintain or contribute to, or has, at any time within the past six years, maintained, contributed to or been obligated to maintain or contribute to, any employee benefit plan which is subject to Title I or Title IV of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code (a “ U.S. Plan ”). Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate is, or has ever been at any

 

10



 

time within the past six years, a “party in interest” (as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in section 4975 of the Code) with respect to any U.S. Plan.

 

(b)                                  All Non-U.S. Plans have been established, operated, administered and maintained in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders applicable thereto, except where failure so to comply could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All premiums, contributions and any other amounts required by applicable Non-U.S. Plan documents or applicable laws to be paid or accrued by Parent and its Subsidiaries have been paid or accrued as required, except where failure so to pay or accrue could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Non-U.S. Plan that is funded, determined as of the end of Parent’s most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of reasonable actuarial assumptions, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by an amount that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The term “ benefit liabilities ” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms “ current value ” and “ present value ” have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.

 

(d)                                  The Company and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred any obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Non-U.S. Plan that individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.13.                                          Private Offering by the Company . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered the Notes or any similar Securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy the Notes or any similar Securities from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any Person other than the Purchasers and not more than 15 other Institutional Investors, each of which has been offered the Notes at a private sale for investment. Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction, including the jurisdiction of organization of the Company.

 

Section 5.14.                                          Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations . The Company will apply the proceeds of the sale of the Notes hereunder (i) to the redemption of the Existing Notes, (ii) to the prepayment of the Term Loan Facility to reduce the outstanding Indebtedness thereunder to an aggregate principal amount of $225 million (or its sterling equivalent) and (iii) to the extent any proceeds remain following the use of proceeds in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), to the making of Proceeds Loans pursuant to the Proceeds Loan Agreement to MUL for application in turn by MUL for general corporate purposes.  No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any Securities under such circumstances as to involve the Note Parties in a violation of Regulation X of said Board

 

11



 

(12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute more than 5% of the value of the consolidated assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries and the Note Parties do not have any present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 5% of the value of such assets. As used in this Section, the terms “ margin stock ” and “ purpose of buying or carrying ” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

 

Section 5.15.                                          Existing Indebtedness; Future Liens .

 

(a)                                  Except as described therein, Schedule 5.15 sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Indebtedness of Parent and its Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2015 (including descriptions of the obligors and obligees, principal amounts outstanding, any collateral therefor and any Guaranties thereof), since which date there has been no Material change in the amounts, interest rates, sinking funds, installment payments or maturities of the Indebtedness of Parent or its Subsidiaries except as described in the Disclosure Documents. Neither Parent nor any Parent Subsidiary is in default and no waiver of default is currently in effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any Indebtedness of Parent or such Subsidiary and no event or condition exists with respect to any Indebtedness of Parent or any Parent Subsidiary that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Indebtedness to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment.

 

(b)                                  Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15, neither Parent nor any Parent Subsidiary has agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien that secures Indebtedness not permitted by Section 10.5.

 

(c)                                   Neither Parent nor any Parent Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Indebtedness of Parent or such Subsidiary, any agreement relating thereto or any other agreement (including its charter or any other organizational document) which limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes restrictions on the incurring of, Indebtedness of any Note Party, except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15.

 

Section 5.16.                                          Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc .

 

(a)                                  Neither Parent nor any Controlled Entity (i) is a Blocked Person, (ii) has been notified that its name appears or may in the future appear on a State Sanctions List or (iii) is a target of sanctions that have been imposed by the United Nations or the European Union.

 

(b)                                  Neither Parent nor any Controlled Entity (i) has violated, been found in violation of, or been charged or convicted under, any applicable U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws or Anti-Corruption Laws or (ii) to any Note Party’s knowledge, is under investigation by any Governmental Authority for

 

12



 

possible violation of any U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws or Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

(c)                                   No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder:

 

(i)                                      constitutes or will constitute funds obtained on behalf of any Blocked Person or will otherwise be used by Parent or any Controlled Entity, directly or indirectly, (A) in connection with any investment in, or any transactions or dealings with, any Blocked Person, (B) for any purpose that would cause any Purchaser to be in violation of any U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws or (C) otherwise in violation of any U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws;

 

(ii)                                   will be used, directly or indirectly, in violation of, or cause any Purchaser to be in violation of, any applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws; or

 

(iii)                                will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of making any improper payments, including bribes, to any Governmental Official or commercial counterparty in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in each case which would be in violation of, or cause any Purchaser to be in violation of, any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

(d)                                  Parent has established procedures and controls which it reasonably believes are adequate (and otherwise comply with applicable law) to ensure that Parent and each Controlled Entity is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

Section 5.17.                                          Status under Certain Statutes . Neither Parent nor any Parent Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Section 5.18.                                          Environmental Matters .

 

(a)                                  No Note Party has knowledge of any claim or has received any notice of any claim and no proceeding has been instituted asserting any claim against Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective real properties or other assets now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them, alleging any damage to the environment or violation of any Environmental Laws, except, in each case, such as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  No Note Party has knowledge of any facts which would give rise to any claim, public or private, of violation of Environmental Laws or damage to the environment emanating from, occurring on or in any way related to real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or to other assets or their use, except, in each case, such as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

13



 

(c)                                   Neither Parent nor any Parent Subsidiary has stored any Hazardous Materials on real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them in a manner which is contrary to any Environmental Law that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)                                  Neither Parent nor any Parent Subsidiary has disposed of any Hazardous Materials in a manner which is contrary to any Environmental Law that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)                                   All buildings on all real properties now owned, leased or operated by Parent or any Parent Subsidiary are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, except where failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.19.                                          Ranking of Obligations . The Note Parties’ payment obligations under this Agreement and the Notes will, upon issuance of the Notes, rank at least pari passu, without preference or priority, with all other unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Note Parties. Subject to the Legal Reservations, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and to any Lien which is permitted under this Agreement, the Transaction Security will rank in priority as specified in the relevant Transaction Security Document relating thereto and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Lien provided that no representation or warranty is given concerning whether any Transaction Security is of a fixed or floating nature.

 

Section 5.20.                                          Solvency . No:

 

(a)                                  corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Section 11(g); or

 

(b)                                  creditors’ process described in Section 11(h),

 

has been taken or, to the knowledge of the Note Parties, threatened in relation to Parent or any Parent Subsidiary and none of the circumstances described in Section 11(g) applies to Parent or any Parent Subsidiary.

 

Section 5.21.                                          Security .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the Legal Reservations, each Transaction Security Document to which each Note Party is a party validly creates (or will create, upon the completion of any applicable Perfection Requirements) the Lien which is expressed to be created by that Transaction Security Document and evidences the Lien it is expressed to evidence provided that no representation or warranty is given concerning whether any Lien is of a fixed or floating nature.

 

(b)                                  As at the time any Note Party enters into a Transaction Security Document, it is the sole legal and beneficial owner or lessee or licensee of or is otherwise entitled to use all of the Material assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted, including, in the case of any shares of any Parent Subsidiary which are the

 

14



 

subject of the Transaction Security (but subject to any registrations required to be made by the board of directors of such Parent Subsidiary), absolute legal and (where relevant) beneficial ownership thereof.

 

(c)                                   As at the time any Note Party enters into a Transaction Security Document the entire share capital of MUL is legally and beneficially owned by Parent and RFJ free from any claims, third party rights or competing interests other than pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

 

Section 5.22.                                          Accounting Reference Date . The accounting reference date of Parent and each Parent Subsidiary is the Accounting Reference Date.

 

Section 5.23.                                          Centre of Main Interests and Establishments . Each Note Party incorporated in the European Union has its “centre of main interests” (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “ Regulation ”)) in the jurisdiction of its incorporation as at the date hereof and such Note Party has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 5.24.                                          No Adverse Consequences .

 

(a)                                  It is not necessary under the laws of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any Note Party:

 

(i)                                      in order to enable any holder of a Note to enforce its rights under any Note Document; or

 

(ii)                                   by reason of the execution of any Note Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Note Document,

 

that any holder of a Note should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any Relevant Jurisdiction of any Note Party.

 

(b)                                  No holder of a Note is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any Relevant Jurisdiction of any Note Party by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Note Document.

 

Section 5.25.                                          Pensions . Except for the Football League Limited Pension and Life Assurance Scheme and the Professional Footballers’ Pension Scheme (and in the case of Parent only in so far as it is aware):

 

(a)                                  neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is or has at any time been an employer (for the purposes of sections 38 to 51 of the Pensions Act 2004) of an occupational pension scheme which is not a money purchase scheme (both terms as defined in the Pension Schemes Act 1993); and

 

15



 

(b)                                  neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is or has at any time been “connected” with or an “associate” of (as those terms are used in sections 38 and 43 of the Pensions Act 2004) such an employer.

 

SECTION 6.                                          REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.

 

Section 6.1.                                                 Purchase for Investment . Each Purchaser severally represents that such Purchaser is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to the distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or their property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or their control. Such Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Company is not required to register the Notes. Such Purchaser (i) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its prospective investment in the Notes, (ii) is an “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act), and (iii) acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to discuss the information available to it relating to the sale of the Notes with such advisors as it has deemed appropriate.

 

Section 6.2.                                                 Source of Funds . Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “ Source ”) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:

 

(a)                                  the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption (“ PTE ”) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the “ NAIC Annual Statement ”)) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or

 

(b)                                  the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or

 

16



 

(c)                                   the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or

 

(d)                                  the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part V of PTE 84-14 (the “ QPAM Exemption ”)) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part V of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are included in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Section V(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, exceed 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM maintains an ownership interest in the Company that would cause the QPAM and the Company to be “related” within the meaning of Part VI(h) of the QPAM Exemption and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of all employee benefit plans whose assets are included in such investment fund when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization, represent ten percent (10%) or more of the assets of such investment fund, have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or

 

(e)                                   the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Section IV of PTE 96-23 (the “ INHAM Exemption ”)) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section IV(d) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 10% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or

 

(f)                                    the Source is a governmental plan; or

 

(g)                                   the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or

 

(h)                                  the Source does not include “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR 2510.3-101, as modified by section 3(42) of ERISA.

 

17



 

As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan,” “governmental plan,” and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in Section 3 of ERISA.

 

SECTION 7.                                          INFORMATION AS TO COMPANY.

 

Section 7.1.                                                 Financial and Business Information . Parent shall deliver to each Purchaser and each holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor (and for purposes of this Agreement the information required by this Section 7.1 shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such information in the English language or the date of delivery of an English translation thereof):

 

(a)                                  Interim Statements — within 60 days (or, if earlier, the date on which such financial statements are delivered under any Material Credit Facility) after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of Parent (other than the last quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year), reports containing the following information:

 

(i)                                      an unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal period, and

 

(ii)                                   unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Parent and its Subsidiaries, for such fiscal period and (in the case of the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter,

 

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period in the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with IFRS applicable to interim financial statements generally, and certified by a Senior Financial Officer of Parent (other than in a case of delivery in accordance with Section 7.4(a)) as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments, together with condensed footnote disclosure and accompanied by reports containing the following information:

 

(A)                                pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of Parent, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations (excluding acquisitions or dispositions of player registrations) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal quarter as to which such quarterly report relates, and

 

(B)                                an operating and financial review of the unaudited financial statements (including a discussion by business segment), including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Parent and any material change between the current quarterly period and the corresponding period of the prior year;

 

18



 

provided, however , that if Parent has designated any Parent Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and one or more of such Subsidiaries are Significant Subsidiaries, then the interim financial statements and other information required to be furnished pursuant to this Section 7.1(a) will include a reasonably detailed presentation (either on the face of the financial statements, in the footnotes thereto, or by separate delivery) of the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Parent; provided, further , that delivery pursuant to Section 7.4(a) (if such delivery satisfies all of the requirements of this Section 7.1(a)) shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(a) in full, including, but not limited to, the requirement that the financial statements are certified by a Senior Financial Officer of Parent;

 

(b)                                  Annual Statements — within 120 days (or, if earlier, the date on which such financial statements are delivered under any Material Credit Facility) after the end of each fiscal year of Parent, duplicate copies of annual reports containing the following information with a level of detail that is substantially comparable and similar in scope to the most recently generated annual statement delivered to the Purchasers prior to the Closing Date (with appropriate revisions, as reasonably determined by Parent, to reflect segment reporting):

 

(i)                                      an audited consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, and

 

(ii)                                   audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such year,

 

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with IFRS, and accompanied by (x) an opinion thereon (without any qualification or exception as to the scope of the audit on which such opinion is based) of independent public accountants of recognized international standing, which opinion shall generally indicate that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with IFRS, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances and (y) copies of

 

(A)                                pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of Parent, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations (excluding acquisitions or dispositions of player registrations) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such annual report relates,

 

(B)                                an operating and financial review of the audited financial statements, including a discussion of the results of operations (including a

 

19



 

discussion by business segment), financial condition and liquidity and capital resources, and a discussion of material commitments and contingencies and critical accounting policies, and

 

(C)                                a description of all Material affiliate transactions and a description of all Material debt instruments of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

provided , however , that if Parent has designated any Parent Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and one or more of such Subsidiaries are Significant Subsidiaries, then the annual financial statements and other information required to be furnished pursuant to this Section 7.1(b) will include a reasonably detailed presentation (either on the face of the financial statements, in the footnotes thereto, or by separate delivery) of the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Parent; provided, further , that delivery pursuant to Section 7.4(a) (if such delivery satisfies all of the requirements of this Section 7.1(b)) shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(b) in full;

 

(c)                                   Certain Other Reports — promptly upon their becoming available, one copy of (i) each financial statement, report, circular, notice, proxy statement or similar document sent by Parent or any Subsidiary (x) to its creditors under any Material Credit Facility (excluding information sent to such creditors in the ordinary course of administration of a credit facility, such as information relating to pricing, borrowing availability, projections and budgeting) or (y) to its public securities holders generally, and (ii) each regular or periodic report, each registration statement (without exhibits except as expressly requested by such Purchaser or holder), and each prospectus and all amendments thereto filed by Parent or any Subsidiary with the SEC or any similar Governmental Authority or securities exchange and of all press releases and other statements made available generally by Parent or any Subsidiary to the public concerning developments that are Material;

 

(d)                                  Notice of Default or Event of Default — promptly, and in any event within 5 days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default hereunder or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default of the type referred to in Section 11(f), a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action Parent is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

(e)                                   Employee Benefits Matters — promptly, and in any event within 5 days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of the receipt by Parent or any of its Affiliates of notice of the imposition of a Material financial penalty (which for this purpose shall mean any tax, penalty or other liability, whether by way of indemnity or otherwise) with respect to one or more Non-U.S. Plans, (a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that Parent or any of its Affiliates proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

20



 

(f)                                    Notices from Governmental Authority — promptly, and in any event within 30 days of receipt thereof, copies of any notice to Parent or any Subsidiary from any Governmental Authority relating to any order, ruling, statute or other law or regulation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(g)                                   Resignation or Replacement of Auditors — within 10 days following the date on which Parent’s auditors resign or Parent elects to change auditors, as the case may be, notification thereof, together with such supporting information as the Required Holders may request;

 

(h)                                  Certain Material Transactions — promptly after the closing of any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (in each case, excluding players unless publicly announced), or any senior management (other than the club manager unless publicly announced) changes at Parent or any other Note Party, or any other material event that Parent announces publicly, in each case, a report containing a description of such event; and

 

(i)                                      Requested Information — with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, corporate affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of any Note Party to perform its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under any other Note Document as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such Purchaser or holder of a Note, including information readily available to Parent explaining Parent’s financial statements if such information has been requested by the SVO in order to assign or maintain a designation of the Notes.

 

Section 7.2.                                                 Officer’s Certificate . Each set of financial statements delivered to a Purchaser or a holder of a Note pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer:

 

(a)                                  Covenant Compliance — setting forth the information from such financial statements that is required in order to establish whether Note Parties were in compliance with the requirements of Section 10 during the interim or annual period covered by the financial statements then being furnished (including with respect to each such provision that involves mathematical calculations, the information from such financial statements that is required to perform such calculations), and detailed calculations of the maximum or minimum amount, ratio or percentage, as the case may be, permissible under the terms of such Section, and the calculation of the amount, ratio or percentage then in existence. In the event that Parent or any Subsidiary has made an election to measure any financial liability using fair value (which election is being disregarded for purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 24.2) as to the period covered by any such financial statement, such Senior Financial Officer’s certificate as to such period shall include a reconciliation from IFRS with respect to such election;

 

(b)                                  Event of Default — certifying that such Senior Financial Officer has reviewed the relevant terms hereof and has made, or caused to be made, under his or her supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of Parent and its Subsidiaries

 

21



 

from the beginning of the interim or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished to the date of the certificate and that such review shall not have disclosed the existence during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or, if any such condition or event existed or exists (including any such event or condition resulting from the failure of Parent or any Subsidiary to comply with any Environmental Law), specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action Parent shall have taken or proposes to take with respect thereto; and

 

(c)                                   Guarantors — setting forth a list of all Parent Subsidiaries that are Guarantors and certifying that each Parent Subsidiary that is required to be a Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.9 is a Guarantor, in each case, as of the date of such certificate of Senior Financial Officer.

 

Section 7.3.                                                 Visitation .  Parent shall permit the representatives of each Purchaser and each holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor:

 

(a)                                  No Default — if no Default or Event of Default then exists, upon a prior written notice by any such Purchaser or such holder that is not a Competitor and at the expense of the respective participating holders, to visit the principal executive office of Parent, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries with Parent’s Specified Officers and (with the consent of Parent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to visit the other offices and properties of Parent and each Restricted Subsidiary, all at such reasonable times (during normal business hours (excluding any match days)) within 45 days of such written notice as provided by the Parent pursuant to a written notice to all holders of the Notes that are Institutional Investors and not a Competitor delivered at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior to such visit;  provided , that such visitation rights are limited to no more than one (1) visit per Season (beginning with the Season commencing July 1, 2015) for all holders of the Notes that are Institutional Investors in the aggregate; but, provided further , that, if, at the option of Parent, Parent elects to meet with such holder who provides notice pursuant to this Section 7.3(a) without providing notice to each other holder of the Notes that is an Institutional Investor, then such visit shall not constitute a visit pursuant to this Section 7.3(a); and

 

(b)                                  Default — if a Default or Event of Default then exists, at the reasonable expense of Parent to visit and inspect any of the offices or properties of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision Parent authorizes said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Parent and its Subsidiaries), all at such reasonable times (during normal business hours (excluding any match days) with three Business Days prior notice being deemed reasonable hereunder) and as often as may be reasonably requested with regard for the need to keep disruption to the business to a minimum.

 

Section 7.4.                                                 Electronic Delivery . Financial statements, opinions of independent certified public accountants, other information and Officer’s Certificates that are required to be

 

22



 

delivered by Parent pursuant to Sections 7.1(a), (b) or (c) and Section 7.2 shall be deemed to have been delivered if Parent satisfies any of the following requirements with respect thereto:

 

(a)                                  such reports satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a), Section 7.1(b) or Section 7.1(c) have been filed with the SEC and such reports are publicly available on the SEC’s website or (2) Parent may elect, in lieu of providing the reports referred to in Section 7.1(a), Section 7.1(b) or Section 7.1(c), to make available on the SEC’s website (provided such reports are publicly available) the annual and quarterly reports (for the first three quarters of any fiscal year) of MU Cayman; provided, however, that with respect to any financial statements of MU Cayman, if the audited consolidated financial statements and quarterly consolidated financial statements contain any material differences in the financial condition or results of operations as between MU Cayman and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and Parent and the Parent Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such periods (other than differences relating to differences in ownership structure (including any employee equity or incentive plans or arrangements or any Subordinated Shareholder Funding)), Parent shall deliver (in accordance with the methods specified in Section 7.4(b) or Section 7.4(c)) to each Purchaser or holder of a Note (or make available on the SEC’s website) a description of such differences;

 

(b)                                  such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a) or (b) and related Officer’s Certificate satisfying the requirements of Section 7.2 and any other information required under Section 7.1(c) are delivered to each Purchaser or holder of a Note by e-mail at the e-mail address set forth in such holder’s Purchaser Schedule or as communicated from time to time in a separate writing delivered to Parent; or

 

(c)                                   such financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) and related Officer’s Certificate(s) satisfying the requirements of Section 7.2 and any other information required under Section 7.1(c) are timely posted by or on behalf of Parent on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each Purchaser or holder of Notes has free access or are made available on its home page on the internet, (which is located at http://www.manutd.com as of the date of this Agreement);

 

provided however , that in no case shall access to such financial statements, other information and Officer’s Certificates be conditioned upon any waiver or other agreement or consent (other than confidentiality provisions consistent with Section 21 of this Agreement); provided further , that (x) in the case of clause (c), Parent shall have given each Purchaser or holder of a Note prior written notice, which may be by e-mail or in accordance with Section 19, of such posting or availability in connection with each delivery; and (y) upon request of any holder to receive paper copies of such forms, financial statements, other information and Officer’s Certificates or to receive them by e-mail, Parent will promptly e-mail them or deliver such paper copies, as the case may be, to such holder.

 

Section 7.5.                                                 Limitation on Disclosure Obligation . Parent shall not be required to disclose the following information pursuant to Section 7.1(c)(i)(x), 7.1(e), 7.1(f), 7.1(h) or 7.3:

 

23



 

(a)                                  information that Parent determines after consultation with counsel qualified to advise on such matters that, notwithstanding the confidentiality requirements of Section 21, it would be prohibited from disclosing by applicable law or regulations without making public disclosure thereof; or

 

(b)                                  information that, notwithstanding the confidentiality requirements of Section 21, Parent is prohibited from disclosing by the terms of an obligation of confidentiality contained in any agreement with any non-Affiliate binding upon Parent and not entered into in contemplation of this clause (b), provided that Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consent from the party in whose favor the obligation of confidentiality was made to permit the disclosure of the relevant information.

 

Promptly after determining that Parent is not permitted to disclose any information as a result of the limitations described in this Section 7.5, Parent will provide each of the holders with an Officer’s Certificate describing generally the requested information that Parent is prohibited from disclosing pursuant to this Section 7.5 and the circumstances under which Parent is not permitted to disclose such information.

 

Section 7.6.                                                 Public Debt Meetings . Parent will invite each holder of Notes to all public calls (to the extent held) for the holders of any Public Debt and give each holder of Notes reasonable notice of such calls, provided that no such holder may speak during such calls other than to register their attendance.

 

SECTION 8.                                          PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES .

 

Section 8.1.                                                 Maturity . As provided therein, the entire unpaid principal balance of each Note shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date thereof.

 

Section 8.2.                                                 Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount . The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes, in an amount not less than 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding in the case of a partial prepayment, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, and the Make-Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount. The Company will give each holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than two Business Days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment unless the Company and the Required Holders agree to another time period pursuant to Section 18. Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.7), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.

 

24



 

Section 8.3.                                                 Prepayment for Tax Reasons .

 

(a)                                  If at any time as a result of a Change in Tax Law (as defined below) the Company is or becomes obligated to make any Additional Payments (as defined below) in respect of any payment of interest on account of any of the Notes in an aggregate amount for all affected Notes equal to 5% or more of the aggregate amount of such interest payment on account of all of the Notes, the Company may give the holders of all affected Notes irrevocable written notice (each, a “ Tax Prepayment Notice ”) of the prepayment of such affected Notes on a specified prepayment date (which shall be a Business Day not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days after the date of such notice) and the circumstances giving rise to the obligation of the Company to make any Additional Payments and the amount thereof and stating that all of the affected Notes shall be prepaid on the date of such prepayment at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid together with interest accrued thereon to the date of such prepayment plus an amount equal to the Modified Make-Whole Amount for each such Note, except in the case of an affected Note if the holder of such Note shall, by written notice given to the Company no more than 20 days after receipt of the Tax Prepayment Notice, reject such prepayment of such Note (each, a “ Rejection Notice ”). Such Tax Prepayment Notice shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Modified Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. The form of Rejection Notice shall also accompany the Tax Prepayment Notice and shall state with respect to each Note covered thereby that execution and delivery thereof by the holder of such Note shall operate as a permanent waiver of such holder’s right to receive the Additional Payments arising as a result of the circumstances described in the Tax Prepayment Notice in respect of all future payments of interest on such Note (but not of such holder’s right to receive any Additional Payments that arise out of circumstances not described in the Tax Prepayment Notice or which exceed the amount of the Additional Payment described in the Tax Prepayment Notice), which waiver shall be binding upon all subsequent transferees of such Note. The Tax Prepayment Notice having been given as aforesaid to each holder of the affected Notes, the principal amount of such Notes together with interest accrued thereon to the date of such prepayment plus the Modified Make-Whole Amount shall become due and payable on such prepayment date, except in the case of Notes the holders of which shall timely give a Rejection Notice as aforesaid. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of a Note being so prepaid a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Modified Make-Whole Amount as of such prepayment date.

 

(b)                                  No prepayment of the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall affect the obligation of the Company to pay Additional Payments in respect of any payment made on or prior to the date of such prepayment. For purposes of this Section 8.3, any holder of more than one affected Note may act separately with respect to each affected Note so held (with the effect that a holder of more than one affected Note may accept such offer with respect to one or more affected Notes so held and reject such offer with respect to one or more other affected Notes so held).

 

25


 

(c)           The Company may not offer to prepay or prepay Notes pursuant to this Section 8.3 until the Company shall have taken commercially reasonable steps to mitigate the requirement to make the related Additional Payments, and any Tax Prepayment Notice given pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall certify to the foregoing and describe such mitigation steps, if any.

 

(d)           For purposes of this Section 8.3: “ Additional Payments ” means additional amounts required to be paid to a holder of any Note pursuant to Section 13 by reason of a Change in Tax Law; and a “ Change in Tax Law ” means (individually or collectively with one or more prior changes) (i) an amendment to, or change in, any law, treaty, rule or regulation of any Taxing Jurisdiction after the date of the Closing, or an amendment to, or change in, an official interpretation or application of such law, treaty, rule or regulation after the date of the Closing, which amendment or change is in force and continuing and meets the opinion requirements described below or (ii) in the case of any other jurisdiction that becomes a Taxing Jurisdiction after the date of the Closing, an amendment to, or change in, any law, treaty, rule or regulation of such jurisdiction, or an amendment to, or change in, an official interpretation or application of such law, treaty, rule or regulation, in any case after such jurisdiction shall have become a Taxing Jurisdiction, which amendment or change is in force and continuing and meets such opinion requirements. No such amendment or change shall constitute a Change in Tax Law unless the same would (as supported by a written opinion of counsel having recognized expertise in the field of taxation in the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, which shall be delivered to all holders of the Notes prior to or concurrently with the Tax Prepayment Notice in respect of such Change in Tax Law) affect the deduction or require the withholding of any Tax imposed by such Taxing Jurisdiction on any payment payable on the Notes.

 

Section 8.4.                 Prepayment in Connection with a Noteholder Sanctions Event.

 

(a)           Upon the Company’s receipt of notice from any Affected Noteholder that a Noteholder Sanctions Event has occurred (which notice shall refer specifically to this Section 8.4(a) and describe in reasonable detail such Noteholder Sanctions Event), the Company shall promptly, and in any event within 10 Business Days, make an offer (the “ Sanctions Prepayment Offer ”) to prepay the entire unpaid principal amount of Notes held by such Affected Noteholder (the “ Affected Notes ”), together with interest thereon to the prepayment date selected by the Company with respect to each Affected Note but without payment of any Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount with respect thereto, which prepayment shall be on a Business Day not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days after the date of the Sanctions Prepayment Offer (the “ Sanctions Prepayment Date ”). Such Sanctions Prepayment Offer shall provide that such Affected Noteholder notify the Company in writing by a stated date (the “ Sanctions Prepayment Response Date ”), which date is not later than 10 Business Days prior to the stated Sanctions Prepayment Date, of its acceptance or rejection of such prepayment offer. If such Affected Noteholder does not notify the Company as provided above, then the holder shall be deemed to have accepted such offer.

 

26



 

(b)           Subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (c) and (d) of this Section 8.4, the Company shall prepay on the Sanctions Prepayment Date the entire unpaid principal amount of the Affected Notes held by such Affected Noteholder who has accepted (or has been deemed to have accepted) such prepayment offer (in accordance with subparagraph (a)), together with interest thereon to the Sanctions Prepayment Date with respect to each such Affected Note, but without payment of any Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount with respect thereto.

 

(c)           If a Noteholder Sanctions Event has occurred but Parent and/or its Controlled Entities have taken such action(s) in relation to their activities so as to remedy such Noteholder Sanctions Event (with the effect that a Noteholder Sanctions Event no longer exists, as reasonably determined by such Affected Noteholder) prior to the Sanctions Prepayment Date, then the Company shall no longer be obliged or permitted to prepay such Affected Notes in relation to such Noteholder Sanctions Event. If Parent and/or its Controlled Entities shall undertake any actions to remedy any such Noteholder Sanctions Event, the Company shall keep the holders reasonably and timely informed of such actions and the results thereof.

 

(d)           If any Affected Noteholder that has given written notice to the Company of its acceptance of (or has been deemed to have accepted) the Company’s prepayment offer in accordance with subparagraph (a) also gives notice to the Company prior to the relevant Sanctions Prepayment Date that it has determined (in its sole discretion) that it requires clearance from any Governmental Authority in order to receive a prepayment pursuant to this Section 8.4, the principal amount of each Note held by such Affected Noteholder, together with interest accrued thereon to the date of prepayment, shall become due and payable on the later to occur of (but in no event later than the Maturity Date of the relevant Note) (i) such Sanctions Prepayment Date and (ii) the date that is 10 Business Days after such Affected Noteholder gives notice to the Company that it is entitled to receive a prepayment pursuant to this Section 8.4 (which may include payment to an escrow account designated by such Affected Noteholder to be held in escrow for the benefit of such Affected Noteholder until such Affected Noteholder obtains such clearance from such Governmental Authority), and in any event, any such delay in accordance with the foregoing clause (ii) shall not be deemed to give rise to any Default or Event of Default.

 

(e)           Promptly, and in any event within 5 Business Days, after the Company’s receipt of notice from any Affected Noteholder that a Noteholder Sanctions Event shall have occurred with respect to such Affected Noteholder, the Company shall forward a copy of such notice to each other Purchaser or holder of Notes.

 

(f)            The Company shall promptly, and in any event within 10 Business Days, give written notice to the Purchasers or holders after Parent or any Controlled Entity having been notified that (i) its name appears or may in the future appear on a State Sanctions List or (ii) it is in violation of, or is subject to the imposition of sanctions under, any U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws, in each case which notice shall describe the facts and circumstances thereof and set forth the action, if any, that Parent or a Controlled Entity proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

27



 

(g)           The foregoing provisions of this Section 8.4 shall be in addition to any rights or remedies available to any Purchaser or holder of Notes that may arise under this Agreement as a result of the occurrence of a Noteholder Sanctions Event; provided , that, if the Notes shall have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1 as a result of the events, conditions or actions of Parent or its Controlled Entities that gave rise to a Noteholder Sanctions Event, the remedies set forth in Section 12 shall control.

 

Section 8.5.                 Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer . In the event the Company obtains Excess Proceeds from an Asset Sale in accordance with Section 10.3(c), the Company shall offer to prepay (an “ Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer ”) each outstanding Note in a principal amount which equals the Ratable Portion for such Note, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of such prepayment, but without any Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount. The Company shall give written notice of such offer of prepayment to the holders of all outstanding Notes, which notice shall (i) refer specifically to this Section 8.5 and describe in reasonable detail the event or condition giving rise to such offer to prepay the Notes, (ii) specify the Ratable Portion of each Note being offered to be prepaid, (iii) specify a date (which must be a Business Day) for such prepayment not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days after the date of such notice (the “ Disposition Prepayment Date ”) and specify the Disposition Response Date (as defined below) and (iv) offer to prepay on the Disposition Prepayment Date such Ratable Portion of each Note together with interest accrued thereon to the Disposition Prepayment Date. Each holder of a Note shall notify the Company of such holder’s acceptance or rejection of such offer by giving written notice of such acceptance or rejection to the Company ( provided , however , that any holder who fails to so notify the Company shall be deemed to have rejected such offer) on a date at least 10 days prior to the Disposition Prepayment Date (such date 10 days prior to the Disposition Prepayment Date being the “ Disposition Response Date ”), and the Company shall prepay on the Disposition Prepayment Date such Ratable Portion of each Note held by the holders who have accepted such offer in accordance with this Section 8.5, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of such prepayment, but without any Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount. If, in connection with an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer, the Company offers to prepay or prepays any Pari Passu Debt with a make-whole amount, yield maintenance or other premium, then in connection with the Company’s offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.5, the Company shall also include in such offer of prepayment the Make-Whole Amount with respect to the Ratable Portion for each Note ( provided , however , that in the case where the Make-Whole Amount is included in such offer of prepayment, any holder who fails to notify the Company of its acceptance or rejection of such offer shall be deemed to have accepted such offer). In the case where the Make-Whole Amount is included in such offer of prepayment, the notice of offer of prepayment shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such offer of prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes that has accepted (or that has been deemed to have accepted) the offer of prepayment, a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.

 

Section 8.6.                 Change of Control Prepayment Offer . Promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) after a Change of Control has occurred, the Company shall give

 

28



 

written notice (the “ Change of Control Prepayment Notice ”) of such fact to all holders of the Notes.

 

(a)           The Change of Control Prepayment Notice shall (i) describe the facts and circumstances of such Change of Control in reasonable detail, (ii) refer to this Section 8.6 and the rights of the holders hereunder and (iii) contain an offer to prepay the entire unpaid principal amount of Notes held by each holder at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes, together with interest accrued thereon to the prepayment date selected by the Company, but without any Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount, which prepayment shall be on a date therein specified (the “ Change of Control Prepayment Date ”), which shall be a Business Day following the Change of Control Response Date referred to in subparagraph (c) below and in any event not more than 60 days after the date of such Change of Control Prepayment Notice.

 

(b)           Each holder of a Note will notify the Company of such holder’s acceptance or rejection of the offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.6 by giving written notice of such acceptance or rejection to the Company on or before the date for such notice specified in the Change of Control Prepayment Notice (the “ Change of Control Response Date ”), which specified date shall be not less than 30 days after the date of receipt by such holder of such Change of Control Prepayment Notice. A failure by any holder of Notes to respond to an offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.6 on or before the Change of Control Response Date shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of such offer by such holder. If any holder shall reject (or be deemed to have rejected) such offer with respect to any Note held by such holder on or before the Change of Control Response Date, such holder shall be deemed to have waived its rights under this Section 8.6 to require prepayment of such Note for which such offer was rejected (or deemed rejected) in respect of such Change of Control but not in respect of any subsequent Change of Control.

 

(c)           The Company shall prepay on the Change of Control Prepayment Date all of the Notes held by the holders as to which such offer has been so accepted, at 100% of the principal amount of each such Note, together with interest accrued thereon to the Change of Control Prepayment Date, but without any Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount.

 

(d)           The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Agreement applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof with respect to the entire principal amount of the Notes outstanding, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable prepayment price.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the

 

29



 

consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

 

Section 8.7.                 Allocation of Partial Prepayments . In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.5, the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

 

Section 8.8.                 Maturity; Surrender, Etc . In the case of each prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment, together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

 

Section 8.9.                 Purchase of Notes . The Company will not and will not permit any Affiliate to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with this Agreement and the Notes. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or any Affiliate pursuant to any payment or prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.

 

Section 8.10.               Make-Whole Amount and Modified Make-Whole Amount.

 

The terms “ Make-Whole Amount ” and “ Modified Make-Whole Amount ” mean, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that neither the Make-Whole Amount nor the Modified Make-Whole Amount may in any event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount and/or Modified Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Applicable Percentage ” in the case of a computation of the Modified Make-Whole Amount for purposes of Section 8.3 means 1.00% (100 basis points), and in the case of a computation of the Make-Whole Amount for any other purpose means 0.5% (50 basis points).

 

Called Principal ” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5 or 8.6 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

 

30



 

Discounted Value ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

 

Reinvestment Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the sum of the (x) Applicable Percentage plus (y) the yield to maturity implied by the “ Ask Yield(s) ” reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “ Page PX1 ” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities (“ Reported ”) having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. If there are no such U.S. Treasury securities Reported having a maturity equal to such Remaining Average Life, then such implied yield to maturity will be determined by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between the “ Ask Yields ” Reported for the applicable most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities with the maturities (1) closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note. If such yields are not Reported or the yields Reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), then “ Reinvestment Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the sum of (x) the Applicable Percentage plus (y) the yield to maturity implied by the U.S. Treasury constant maturity yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for the U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date. If there is no such U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to such Remaining Average Life, such implied yield to maturity will be determined by interpolating linearly between (1) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

 

Remaining Average Life ” means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years, computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and calculated to two decimal places, that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

 

31



 

Remaining Scheduled Payments ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6 or 12.1.

 

Settlement Date ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5 or 8.6 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.

 

Section 8.11.               Payments Due on Non-Business Days . Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, (x) except as set forth in clause (y), any payment of interest on any Note that is due on a date that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; and (y) any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount on any Note (including principal due on the Maturity Date of such Note) that is due on a date that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

 

SECTION 9.               AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

 

From the date of this Agreement until the Closing and thereafter, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Note Parties covenant and agree that:

 

Section 9.1.                 Compliance with Laws . Without limiting Section 10.15, each Note Party will, and Parent will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations to which each of them is subject (including ERISA, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act and the other laws and regulations that are referred to in Section 5.16), and will obtain and maintain in effect all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case to the extent necessary to ensure that non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 9.2.                 Insurance . Each Note Party will (and Parent shall ensure that each member of the Restricted Group will) maintain insurances (other than in respect of permanent disability for players occurring when players are playing, practicing or training for a member of the Restricted Group) on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business. All insurances must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters.

 

32



 

Section 9.3.                 Maintenance of Properties . Each Note Party will, and Parent will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained and kept, their respective properties in good repair, working order and condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, provided that this Section 9.3 shall not prevent Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation and the maintenance of any of its properties if such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business and the Board of Directors of Parent has concluded that such discontinuance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 9.4.                 Payment of Taxes and Claims . Each Note Party will, and Parent will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, file all tax returns required to be filed by them in any jurisdiction and to pay and discharge all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other taxes, assessments relating to taxes, governmental charges, or levies required to be paid by them that are imposed on them or any of their properties, assets, income or franchises pursuant to applicable law, to the extent the same have become due and payable and before they have become delinquent and all claims for which sums have become due and payable that have or might become a Lien on properties or assets of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that neither Parent nor any such Restricted Subsidiary need pay any such tax, assessment relating to taxes, charge, levy or claim if (i) the amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary on a timely basis in good faith and in appropriate proceedings, and Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary has established adequate reserves therefor and for the costs of such contest in accordance with IFRS or GAAP, as applicable, on the books of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the nonpayment of all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies and claims could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Parent will in any event ensure that (i) no Note Party changes its residence for tax purposes where to do so would be, in the reasonable judgment of the Parent, materially prejudicial to the holders of Notes under the Note Documents and (ii) the Company does not become a U.S. Person.

 

Section 9.5.                 Corporate Existence, Etc. . Subject to Section 10.2, each Note Party will at all times preserve and keep its corporate existence in full force and effect. Subject to Sections 10.2 and 10.3, Parent will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence of each of its Subsidiaries (unless merged into Parent or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) and all rights and franchises of Parent and its Subsidiaries unless, in the good faith judgment of Parent, the termination of or failure to preserve and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence, right or franchise could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 9.6.                 Books and Records . Parent will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account in conformity with IFRS or GAAP, as applicable, and all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having legal or regulatory jurisdiction over Parent or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. Parent will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail, accurately reflect all transactions and dispositions of assets.

 

33



 

Section 9.7.                 Evidence of Insurance . Parent shall use all reasonable efforts to procure that the Purchasers are provided with evidence that the Security Trustee has been named, pursuant to Clause 11 of the Supplemental Debenture, the sole loss payee with respect to the policies of insurance required by Section 9.2, within thirty (30) Business Days of the Closing Date.

 

Section 9.8.                 Priority of Obligations . Each Note Party shall ensure that its payment obligations under this Agreement and the Notes, and Parent shall ensure that the payment obligations of each other Guarantor (including each Additional Guarantor, if any), will at all times rank at least pari passu , without preference or priority, with the claims of all of its unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies and the Group’s Football Creditors in relation to matters set out in Rule E.34 (or any equivalent provision) of the “Rules of the Premier League” in the Premier League Handbook.  Subject to the Legal Reservations, each Note Party shall ensure that, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and to any Lien which is permitted under this Agreement, the Transaction Security will rank in priority as specified in the relevant Transaction Security Document relating thereto and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Lien; provided , that no undertaking is given concerning whether any Transaction Security is of a fixed or floating nature.

 

Section 9.9.                 Further Assurances .

 

(a)           Each Note Party shall (and Parent shall procure that each member of the Restricted Group shall) at all times promptly do all such acts and execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Required Holders or the Security Trustee may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Required Holders or the Security Trustee may reasonably require in favor of the Security Trustee or its nominee(s)):

 

(i)            to perfect the Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights powers and remedies of the Security Trustee or the holders of the Notes provided by or pursuant to the Note Documents or by law;

 

(ii)           to confer on the Security Trustee or confer on the holders of the Notes over any property and assets of such Note Party or other member of the Restricted Group, as the case may be, located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents; and/or

 

(iii)          following the initiation of an enforcement action under Section 12 or otherwise, to facilitate the realization of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

34



 

(b)           Each Note Party shall (and Parent shall procure that each member of the Restricted Group shall) at all times take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Trustee or the holders of the Notes by or pursuant to the Note Documents.

 

(c)           Parent need only perform its obligations under paragraphs (a) and (b) above, to the extent it is not unlawful and would not result in personal liability for the directors or other management of the involved member of the Restricted Group.  Each Note Party must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable efforts lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability.

 

Section 9.10.               Sponsorship Contracts and Arrangements . Parent shall ensure that no Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Parent will (a) enter into any sponsorship contract and/or arrangement; or (b) have transferred, assigned or novated to it any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements by any member of the Restricted Group. For the avoidance of doubt, sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements shall not include contracts and/or arrangements relating to (i) paragraphs (a) and (c) of the definition of “New Holdco Business” or (ii) the provision or supply of content, services or other products.

 

Section 9.11.               Rating Requirement . On a date not later than the anniversary of the Closing Date in the year 2016 and in each year thereafter, for so long as any Notes shall remain outstanding, the Company shall cause a Major Rating Agency to furnish a written affirmation of the rating of the Notes as of such date to each holder of Notes.

 

Although it will not be a Default or an Event of Default if any Note Party fails to comply with any provision of Section 9 on or after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing, if such a failure occurs, then any of the Purchasers may elect not to purchase the Notes on the date of Closing that is specified in Section 3.

 

SECTION 10.            NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

 

From the date of this Agreement until the Closing and thereafter, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Note Parties covenant and agree that:

 

Section 10.1.               Transactions with Affiliates . Parent will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Parent (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless:

 

(a)           the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person who is not an Affiliate of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

35


 

(b)           Parent delivers to each holder of Notes:

 

(i)            with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of £10.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of Parent set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 10.1 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Parent or, if there are no disinterested directors in respect of such Affiliate Transaction, an opinion as to the fairness to Parent or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing; and

 

(ii)           with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of £20.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to Parent or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing;

 

provided , however , that the following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.1:

 

(1)           any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement, consultant agreement, employee benefit arrangements with any employee, consultant, officer or director of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including under any stock option, stock appreciation rights, stock incentive or similar plans, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)           transactions between or among Parent and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(3)           transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of Parent) that is an Affiliate of Parent solely because Parent owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

 

(4)           payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursements of expenses (pursuant to indemnity arrangements or otherwise) of officers, directors, employees or consultants of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(5)           any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of Parent to Affiliates of Parent;

 

36



 

(6)           Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of Section 10.7;

 

(7)           Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments described in clauses (c), (m) and (o) of the definition thereof);

 

(8)           transactions pursuant to, or contemplated by, any agreement in effect on the Closing Date and transactions pursuant to any amendment, modification or extension to such agreement, so long as such amendment, modification or extension, taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

 

(9)           transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Note Documents that are fair to Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of Parent or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated Person;

 

(10)         any payments or other transactions pursuant to a tax sharing agreement or arrangement relating to taxes between Parent and any other Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent and any other Person with which Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries files a consolidated tax return or with which Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is part of a group for tax purposes or any tax advantageous group contribution made pursuant to applicable legislation; provided , however , that any such tax sharing or arrangement and payment does not permit or require payments in excess of the amounts of tax that would be payable by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis; and

 

(11)         Permitted Reorganizations.

 

Section 10.2.               Merger, Consolidation, Etc .

 

(a)           Parent will not, directly or indirectly: (x) consolidate or merge with or into another Person, whether or not Parent is the surviving corporation, or (y) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

 

(i)            either:

 

37



 

(A)          Parent is the surviving corporation; or

 

(B)          the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of any Permitted Jurisdiction;

 

(ii)           the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of Parent under the Note Documents to which Parent is a party pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders;

 

(iii)          immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

 

(iv)          Parent, or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (i) would be permitted to incur at least £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 10.4(a) or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be less than it was prior to such transaction; and

 

(v)           Parent delivers to each holder of a Note an Officers’ Certificate and opinion of counsel, in each case, stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and assumption of obligations under the Note Documents comply with this Section 10.2.

 

(b)           Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.2, a Guarantor (other than Parent or any Guarantor whose Note Guarantee is to be released in accordance with the Note Documents) may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company, Parent or another Guarantor, unless:

 

(i)            either:

 

(A)          the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (x) is organized under the laws of a Permitted Jurisdiction, (y) assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under the Note Documents to which such Guarantor is a party pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders and (z) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; or

 

38



 

(B)          the Net Proceeds of such sale are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Note Documents.

 

(c)           In addition, no Note Party will, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 10.2 will not restrict the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of (w) the Company or any Guarantor with, into or to any Guarantor, (x) any non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary with, into or to the Company or any Guarantor or with, into or to any non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary, (y) any Permitted Reorganization and (z) Section 10.2(a)(iv) will not apply to any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of the Company or any Guarantor with, into or to an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company or such Guarantor in a Permitted Jurisdiction for tax reasons, provided , that (i) any such transaction is consummated in accordance with Section 9.4 and (ii) the Company does not become a U.S. Person.

 

Section 10.3.               Asset Sales .

 

(a)           Parent will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

(i)            Parent (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(ii)           at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

(A)          any liabilities, as shown on Parent’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation or indemnity agreement that releases Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary from or indemnifies against further liability;

 

(B)          any securities, notes or other obligations received by Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 90 days following the closing of the Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion;

 

39



 

(C)          Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or preferred stock of a Note Party other than Parent, in each case that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries following such Asset Sale are released from any guarantee of such Indebtedness or preferred stock in connection with such Asset Sale;

 

(D)          consideration consisting of Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or preferred stock of a Note Party other than Parent which is either repaid in full or cancelled in connection with such Asset Sale; and

 

(E)           any Capital Stock or assets of the kind referred to in clause (b)(ii) or clause (b)(iv) of this Section 10.3;

 

provided that, in no event will Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of the Specified Asset other than to a Note Party.

 

(b)           Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, Parent (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:

 

(i)            to repay, repurchase, prepay or redeem (A) Indebtedness of any Note Party incurred pursuant to clause (b)(i) of Section 10.4 that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral and that is not subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Note Parties hereunder (including without limitation Section 23 hereof) or under any other Note Document, and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, (B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is not a Guarantor, (C) the Notes pursuant to an offer to all holders of Notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, to the date of purchase pursuant to Section 8.2 (a “ Notes Offer ”) or (D) obligations under any pari passu Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks equal to the Lien on the Collateral securing the Notes and that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes hereunder (including without limitation Section 23 hereof) or under any other Note Document, and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, concurrently with an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer pursuant to Section 8.5;

 

(ii)           to acquire (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, provided that such commitment will be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition will be consummated within 180 days after the end of such 360 day period) all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after

 

40



 

giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent;

 

(iii)          to make a Capital Expenditure; or

 

(iv)          to acquire (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, provided that such commitment will be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition will be consummated within 180 days after the end of such 360 day period) other assets (other than Capital Stock) that are not classified as current assets under IFRS and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business;

 

provided , however , that pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, Parent (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Note Documents.

 

(c)           Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in clause (b) of this Section 10.3 will constitute “ Excess Proceeds. ” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds £15.0 million, within five Business Days thereof, the Company will make an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer to all holders of Notes and may make an offer to all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Note Guaranty containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Agreement with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with Section 8.5 hereof to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (plus accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of prepayment. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer, Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by Note Documents. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into (or required to be prepaid or redeemed in connection with) such Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, or if the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered pursuant to a Notes Offer exceeds the amount of Net Proceeds to be so applied, such Net Proceeds shall be allocated to prepay such Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be prepaid on a pro rata basis based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed. For the purposes of calculating the principal amount of any such Indebtedness not denominated in U.S. Dollars, such Indebtedness shall be calculated by converting any such principal amounts into their U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the Business Day immediately prior to the date on which the Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer is announced. Upon completion of each Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

 

41



 

Section 10.4.               Indebtedness; Preferred Stock .

 

(a)           Parent will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and Parent will not, and will not permit any other Note Party to, issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided , however , that:

 

(i)            subject to clause (c) of this Section 10.4, Parent may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, the Note Parties (other than Parent) may issue Disqualified Stock, and the Note Parties (other than Parent) and New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Parent’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period provided that, if the Indebtedness to be incurred is to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) the creditor(s) or, as the case may be, representative of such creditor(s) of such Indebtedness shall have become parties to the Intercreditor Agreement or entered into an intercreditor agreement providing for pro-rata sharing of enforcement proceeds or payments upon default among such creditors and the holders of Notes and otherwise satisfactory to the Required Holders (acting reasonably and in good faith), provided that the terms of such intercreditor agreement are no more onerous to New Holdco and its Subsidiaries than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(ii)           if the Indebtedness to be incurred is Senior Secured Indebtedness, subject to clause (c) of this Section 10.4, the Note Parties and New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may incur such Senior Secured Indebtedness if the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for Parent’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred is less than 4.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if such Indebtedness had been incurred at the

 

42



 

beginning of such four-quarter period provided that, if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to be incurred is to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) the creditor(s) or, as the case may be, representative of such creditor(s) of such Indebtedness shall have become parties to the Intercreditor Agreement or entered into an intercreditor agreement providing for pro-rata sharing of enforcement proceeds or payments upon default among such creditors and the holders of Notes and otherwise satisfactory to the Required Holders (acting reasonably and in good faith), provided that the terms of such intercreditor agreement are no more onerous to New Holdco and its Subsidiaries than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(b)           Subject to clause (c) of this Section 10.4, clause (a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, the “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

(i)            the incurrence by the Note Parties of additional Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this Section 10.4(b)(i) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed £150 million.

 

(ii)           the incurrence by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness; provided that, on or prior to the Closing Date the Indebtedness of the Note Parties evidenced by the Existing Notes and guaranteed pursuant to the Existing Note Guarantees shall be repaid in full;

 

(iii)          the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the Note Guaranty;

 

(iv)          the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, lease, installation or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment used or useful in a Permitted Business, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which were used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed £50.0 million at any time outstanding;

 

(v)           the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge

 

43



 

any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Note Documents to be incurred under clause (a) or any of clauses (b)(ii), (b)(iii), (b)(iv), (b)(v) or (b)(xii) of this Section 10.4;

 

(vi)          the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among Parent and any of such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that:

 

(A)          if any Note Party is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not a Note Party, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations then due with respect to the Notes and the Note Documents; and

 

(B)          (x) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent and (y) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither Parent nor a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (b)(vi);

 

(vii)         the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to Parent or to any of Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided , however , that:

 

(A)          any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(B)          any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (vii);

 

(viii)        the incurrence by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(ix)          the Guaranty by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that the guaranteed Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 10.4(b); provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the Guarantee must be subordinated or pari passu , as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

 

44



 

(x)           the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, customs, VAT and other tax guarantees, performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xi)          the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

 

(xii)         Indebtedness of any Person outstanding on the date on which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with (including pursuant to any acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities) Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness incurred to provide all or any portion of the funds used to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or was otherwise acquired by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided , however , with respect to this clause (xii), that at the time of the acquisition or other transaction pursuant to which such Indebtedness was deemed to be incurred Parent would have been able to incur £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a)(i) of this Section 10.4 after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (xii);

 

(xiii)        Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for customary indemnification, obligations in respect of earnouts or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary, provided that the maximum liability of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the Fair Market Value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

(xiv)        the Incurrence by New Holdco, Sponsorship Newco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco of Intra-Group Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) or Subordinated Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement); and

 

(xv)         the incurrence by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding not to exceed £50.0 million;

 

45


 

provided, however, that New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) shall not be permitted to incur Indebtedness pursuant to paragraphs (i), (iv) and (xv) of this Section 10.4(b).

 

(c)           No Note Party will incur any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Note Parties unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Note Guaranty on substantially identical terms; provided , however , that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of any Note Party solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis.

 

(d)           For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 10.4, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (b)(i) through (b)(xv) hereof, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to clause (a) hereof, Parent will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 10.4. The accrual of interest or preferred stock dividends, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on preferred stock or Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 10.4; provided , in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of Parent as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 10.4, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Section 10.4 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

 

(e)           The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

 

(i)            the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 

(ii)           the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

 

(iii)          in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 

(A)          the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

 

(B)          the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

 

46



 

(f)            For purposes of determining compliance with any sterling-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Sterling Equivalent of the principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of Indebtedness incurred under a revolving credit facility; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than sterling, and such refinancing would cause the applicable sterling-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such sterling-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced; and (ii) if and for so long as any such Indebtedness is subject to an agreement intended to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness, if denominated in sterling, will be the amount of the principal payment required to be made under such currency agreement and, otherwise, the Sterling Equivalent of such amount plus the Sterling Equivalent of any premium which is at such time due and payable but is not covered by such currency agreement.

 

Section 10.5.               Liens.

 

Parent will not and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, except (i) in the case of any property or asset that does not constitute Collateral, Permitted Liens and (ii) in the case of any property or asset that constitutes Collateral, Permitted Collateral Liens.

 

Section 10.6.               Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

 

Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction with a Person other than Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; provided that any Note Party may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

 

(a)           such Note Party could have (i) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in Section 10.4(a)(i) and (ii) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 10.5 hereof;

 

(b)           the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Parent of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and

 

(c)           the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with Section 10.3 hereof.

 

47



 

Section 10.7.               Restricted Payments .

 

(a)           Parent will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(i)            declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of Parent’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of Parent’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent and other than dividends or distributions payable to Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries);

 

(ii)           purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Parent) any Equity Interests of Parent or any direct or indirect parent entity of Parent;

 

(iii)          make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guaranty (excluding (x) any intercompany Indebtedness between or among Parent and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guaranty purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement);

 

(iv)          make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; or

 

(v)           make any Restricted Investments;

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in the foregoing clauses (a)(i) through (a)(v) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(A)          no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

 

(B)          Parent would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have

 

48



 

been permitted to incur at least £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 10.4(a)(i); and

 

(C)          such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi), (xiii) and (xiv) of Section 10.7(b)) is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)           50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Parent for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after June 30, 2015 to the end of Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

 

(2)           100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by Parent since the Closing Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock and Excluded Contributions) or from Subordinated Shareholder Funding or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock of Parent or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of Parent, in each case that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of Parent (including such cash proceeds received in connection with any such conversion or exchange) (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of Parent), excluding, in each case, any such contribution that constitutes Relevant Equity; plus

 

(3)           to the extent that Restricted Investments which were made after the Closing Date are sold for cash and/or Cash Equivalents or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash and/or Cash Equivalents, the lesser of (x) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investments (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (y) the initial amount of such Restricted Investments; plus

 

(4)           to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of Parent designated as such after the Closing Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value of Parent’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (y) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; plus

 

49



 

(5)           upon the full and unconditional release of a Restricted Investment that is a guarantee made by Parent or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person, an amount equal to the amount of such guarantee; plus

 

(6)           the initial amount of any Restricted Investment made after the Closing Date in a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; plus

 

(7)           100% of any dividends received in cash by Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of Parent for such period.

 

(b)           If no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment, t he provisions of Section 10.7(a) will not prohibit:

 

(i)            the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of the Note Documents;

 

(ii)           the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of or with the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Parent) of, Equity Interests of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital or Subordinated Shareholder Funding to Parent (excluding any such contribution that constitutes Relevant Equity); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from Section 10.7(a)(C)(2);

 

(iii)          the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of (A) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guaranty with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; or (B) Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guaranty (other than any Indebtedness so subordinated and held by Affiliates of the Company) upon a Change of Control or an Asset Sale to the extent required by the agreements governing such Indebtedness, but only if, prior to offering to purchase, purchasing or repaying such Indebtedness, (x) the Company shall have complied with its obligations under Section 8.5, Section 8.6 or Section 10.3, as the case may be, and shall have prepaid the full principal amount of Notes required to be

 

50



 

prepaid under such Sections and (y) the Note Parties shall have otherwise complied with the terms of this Agreement;

 

(iv)          the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Parent, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement, employment agreements, or similar agreements or stock option plans; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed £3.0 million in any twelve month period; but provided , further , that such amount in any twelve-month period may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds received by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests of Parent, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity to current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of Parent, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the making of Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 10.7(a)(C) and do not constitute Relevant Equity;

 

(v)           the repurchase of Equity Interests of Parent or any Parent Entity deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;

 

(vi)          the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Parent or any preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued on or after the Closing Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of Section 10.4(a);

 

(vii)         payments of cash, dividends, distributions, advances or other Restricted Payments by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon (x) the exercise of options or warrants or (y) the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

 

(viii)        the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

 

(ix)          payments pursuant to any tax sharing agreement or arrangement relating to taxes among Parent and its Subsidiaries and other Persons with which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is required or permitted

 

51



 

to file a consolidated tax return or with which Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a part of a group for tax purposes; provided , however , that such payments will not exceed the amount of tax that Parent and its Subsidiaries would owe on a standalone basis and the related tax liabilities of Parent and its Subsidiaries are relieved thereby;

 

(x)           the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions, or the making of loans, by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Parent Entity in amounts and at times required to pay:

 

(A)          franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any Parent Entity;

 

(B)          general corporate overhead expenses of any Parent Entity to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries or related to the proper administration of such Parent Entity, including (1) fees and expenses properly incurred in the ordinary course of business to auditors and legal advisors; and (2) payments in respect of services provided by directors, officers or employees of any such Parent Entity, not to exceed £3.0 million in any calendar year;

 

(C)          any income taxes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, United Kingdom corporation tax), to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income or ownership of Parent and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received in cash from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income or ownership of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

(D)          costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the Note Documents or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

 

(E)           fees and expenses of any Parent Entity incurred in relation to any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness (1) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (2) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed; or (3) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so

 

52



 

long as any Parent Entity will cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed;

 

(xi)          so long as the Consolidated EBITDA of Parent is equal to or greater than £250.0 million for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment, any Restricted Payment;

 

(xii)         following a Public Equity Offering that results in a Public Market of the Capital Stock of Parent or any Parent Entity, the payment of dividends on the Capital Stock of Parent up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by Parent in any such Public Equity Offering or any subsequent public offering of such Capital Stock, or the net cash proceeds of any such Public Equity Offering or subsequent public offering of such Capital Stock of any Parent Entity that are contributed in cash to Parent’s equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock); provided that if such Public Equity Offering was of Capital Stock of a Parent Entity, the net proceeds of any such dividend are used to fund a corresponding dividend in equal or greater amount on the Capital Stock of such Parent Entity;

 

(xiii)        to the extent constituting a Restricted Payment, any transfer, assignment or novation by MUL and/or any other member of the Restricted Group of all or any portion of the assets described in paragraph (a) of the definition of “New Holdco Business” to any member of the New Holdco Group made in accordance with a Permitted Reorganization, including without limitation the transfer of employees, assets (including goodwill) and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts; or

 

(xiv)        other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed £160.0 million since the Closing Date.

 

(c)           The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

 

Section 10.8.               Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)           Parent will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(i)            pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to Parent or any of Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Parent or any of Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

53



 

(ii)           make loans or advances to Parent or any of Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(iii)          sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Parent or any of Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(b)           The restrictions in Section 10.8(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(i)            agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and the Revolving Credit Facility or any other agreement as in effect at or entered into on the Closing Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Closing Date;

 

(ii)           the Existing Note Indenture, the Existing Notes and the Existing Note Guarantees, the Existing RCF Agreement, the Term Loan Facility, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents;

 

(iii)          agreements governing other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 10.4 and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the restrictions therein are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Note Documents;

 

(iv)          applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

 

(v)           any agreement or instrument of or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such agreement or instrument was entered into or incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition) and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of any such agreement or instrument, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are (A) no more restrictive or (B) not materially less favorable as determined in good faith by Parent, than the dividend and other payment restrictions contained in such instrument at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness,

 

54



 

such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the Note Documents to be incurred;

 

(vi)          customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vii)         purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in Section 10.8(a)(iii) hereof;

 

(viii)        any agreement for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or all or substantially all of the property and assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

(ix)          Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(x)           Liens permitted to be incurred under Section 10.5 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 

(xi)          provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements (including agreements entered into in connection with a Restricted Investment) entered into with the approval of Parent’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

 

(xii)         restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xiii)        Hedging Obligations entered into from time to time;

 

(xiv)        any mortgage financing or mortgage refinancing that imposes restrictions on the real property (including any heritage building rights) securing such Indebtedness; and

 

(xv)         agreements governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (b)(iv) or clause (b)(xv) of Section 10.4 by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is an Excluded Subsidiary under paragraph (d) of the definition thereof, provided that any encumbrance or restriction in any such agreement

 

55


 

is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any other Person, other than such Restricted Subsidiary or its property or assets.

 

Section 10.9.                                          Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness.

 

(a)                                  Parent will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are not Note Parties, directly or indirectly, to guarantee, assume or in any manner become liable, whether as a borrower, an additional or co-borrower or otherwise, for or in respect any other Indebtedness of Parent or any of Parent’s other Restricted Subsidiaries unless such specified Restricted Subsidiary shall simultaneously:

 

(i)                                      enter into (A) a Note Guaranty Joinder Agreement, and thereby become a party to this Agreement as a Guarantor hereunder, (B) a Debtor Accession Deed (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), and thereby become a party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Debtor thereunder, and (C) all such security agreements, mortgages, deeds, debentures and other agreements and instruments as shall be required or reasonably requested by the Required Holders, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders, in order to effectively pledge all of such Subsidiary’s assets and property to secure its obligations under and in respect of the Note Guaranty (and, in connection therewith, Parent will cause all of the Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiary owned by Parent and its Subsidiaries to be pledged to secure the Notes and the Note Guaranty and execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered such additional Security documents as shall be required for such purpose), provided, that (x) no security will be required over the assets of New Holdco and/or any New Holdco Subsidiary (including for the avoidance of doubt any Capital Stock of a New Holdco Subsidiary) and (y) no obligation under this Agreement or under any Note Document of a U.S. Note Party may be, directly or indirectly, (A) secured by any assets of a CFC (including any stock held directly or indirectly by a CFC); or (B) secured by a pledge in excess of 65% of the stock (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting stock) of a CFC, and in no event shall any CFC Note Party grant or be permitted to grant security over any assets of such CFC Note Party with respect to any obligation of a U.S. Note Party; and

 

(ii)                                   deliver the following to each holder of a Note:

 

(A)                                an executed counterpart of each of such Note Guaranty Joinder Agreement, Debtor Accession Deed and Transaction Security Documents;

 

(B)                                a certificate signed by an authorized responsible officer of such Subsidiary containing representations and warranties on behalf of such Subsidiary to the same effect, mutatis mutandis , as those contained in Section 5 of this Agreement, excluding Sections 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.13 and

 

56



 

5.14 (but only with respect to such Subsidiary and such documents required to be entered into by it pursuant to the foregoing clause (a)(i) (such Subsidiary’s “ Joinder Documents ”) rather than the Note Parties);

 

(C)                                all documents as may be reasonably requested by the Required Holders to evidence the due organization, continuing existence and, if applicable, good standing of such Subsidiary and the due authorization by all requisite action on the part of such Subsidiary of the execution and delivery of such Subsidiary’s Joinder Documents and the performance by such Subsidiary of its obligations thereunder;

 

(D)                                an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders covering such matters relating to such Subsidiary and such Subsidiary’s Joinder Documents as the Required Holders may reasonably request; and

 

(E)                                 evidence of the acceptance by Corporation Service Company of the appointment of designation provided for by Section 6 of such Note Guaranty Joinder Agreement, as such Subsidiary’s agent to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process, for the period from the date of such Note Guaranty Joinder Agreement to June 26, 2028 (and the payment in full of all fees in respect thereof);

 

notwithstanding the foregoing, without becoming a Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.9, New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume or in any manner become liable, whether as borrower, an additional or co-borrower or otherwise, for or in respect any Indebtedness of New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) permitted to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) under Section 10.4.

 

(b)                                  Any additional Note Guarantee will automatically and unconditionally be released under the same conditions and circumstances that the guarantee of other Indebtedness will be released, so long as no Default or Event of Default is existing or would arise as a result and no other Indebtedness is at that time guaranteed by the relevant Guarantor that would have resulted in the requirement that such Guarantor provide a Note Guarantee pursuant to this Section 10.9.

 

Section 10.10.                                   Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)                                  The Board of Directors of Parent may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount

 

57



 

available for Restricted Payments under Section 10.7 or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by Parent. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of Parent may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

 

(b)                                  Any designation of a Subsidiary of Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the holders of the Notes by filing with each such holder a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted under Section 10.7. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Note Documents and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 10.4, Parent will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of Parent may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 10.4 calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

 

Section 10.11.                                   Limitation on Company Activities.

 

(a)                                  The Company will not engage in any business activity or undertake any other activity, except any activity (i) reasonably relating to the offering, sale, issuance and servicing, purchase, redemption, refinancing or retirement of the Existing Notes, the Existing RCF Agreement, the Notes, Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility, Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility or the incurrence of other Indebtedness permitted by the terms of the Note Documents, and distributing, lending or otherwise advancing funds to Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) undertaken with the purpose of fulfilling any other obligations under the Existing Notes, the Existing RCF Agreement, the Notes, Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility, Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility, the Proceeds Loan Agreement or other Indebtedness permitted by the terms of the Note Documents, the “ Finance Documents ” (as that term is defined in the Term Loan Facility as of the Closing Date) any Transaction Security Document to which it is a party or the Intercreditor Agreement; and (iii) other activities not specifically enumerated above that are de minimis in nature. The Company will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien over any of its property or assets, or any proceeds therefrom, to secure Indebtedness, except for Liens to secure the Existing Notes, the Existing RCF Agreement, the Notes, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Term Loan Facility or other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Note Documents

 

58



 

to the extent Liens securing such Indebtedness are permitted to be incurred under the Note Documents.

 

(b)                                  The Company will at all times remain a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of MUL. The Company will not merge, consolidate, amalgamate or otherwise combine with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) or, other than in connection with the incurrence of a Permitted Collateral Lien, sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any material property or assets to any Person in one or more related transactions.

 

(c)                                   For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will commence or take any action or facilitate a winding-up, liquidation or other analogous proceeding in respect of the Company.

 

(d)                                  For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will not (i) change the Stated Maturity of any Proceeds Loan, (ii) reduce the rate of interest on any Proceeds Loan, (iii) change the currency for payment of any amount under any Proceeds Loan, (iv) prepay or otherwise reduce or permit the prepayment or reduction of any Proceeds Loan (save to facilitate a corresponding payment of principal on the Notes), (v) assign or novate any Proceeds Loan or any rights or obligations under the Proceeds Loan Agreement (other than to secure the Notes and the Note Guaranty), or (vi) amend, modify or alter any Proceeds Loan or the Proceeds Loan Agreement in any manner materially adverse to the holders of the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Proceeds Loans may be prepaid or reduced to facilitate or otherwise accommodate or reflect a prepayment of outstanding Notes.

 

Section 10.12.                                   Limitation on Holding Company Activities.

 

(a)                                  Parent will not, at any time, own any assets or property other than cash and Cash Equivalents, the Carrington Premises, Capital Stock in RFJ and MUL, assets that will be used to make a Restricted Payment (other than a Restricted Investment) permitted by Section 10.7 promptly following receipt thereof by Parent, and other assets that are de minimis in nature.

 

(b)                                  RFJ will not, at any time, own any assets or property other than Capital Stock in MUL and other assets that are de minimis in nature.

 

(c)                                   In addition, neither Parent nor RFJ will trade, undertake any activity, carry on any business, own any assets, enter into any arrangement or incur any liability other than:

 

(i)                                      the ownership of shares of MUL and, in the case of Parent, RFJ or any other direct Subsidiary of the Parent and/or RFJ (an “ Additional Subsidiary ”) that is a member of the Group, in each case to the extent such shares are subject to Transaction Security and provided that any Additional Subsidiary is the only member of the Group (other than RFJ) in which the Parent directly owns shares;

 

59



 

(ii)                                   the provision of administrative services (excluding treasury services) to its Subsidiaries of a type customarily provided by a holding company to its Subsidiaries and the receipt of any amounts related thereto to the extent expressly permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(iii)                                incurring Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.4 (including activities reasonably incidental thereto, including performance of the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness, to the extent such activities are otherwise permissible under the Note Documents);

 

(iv)                               rights and obligations arising under the Note Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), the Transaction Security Documents, the Existing Note Documents, the Existing RCF Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility Documents, any Finance Document (as defined in the Term Loan Facility) or any other agreement existing on the Closing Date to which it is a party relating to the issue and sale of the Notes issued on the Closing Date or the application of the proceeds therefrom;

 

(v)                                  directly related or reasonably incidental to the establishment and/or maintenance of its corporate existence; or

 

(vi)                               the holding of bank accounts and the making of loans (including activities reasonably incidental thereto) permitted by the Note Documents, and the entry into any agreement in relation thereto.

 

Section 10.13.                                   Financial Condition .

 

(a)                                  Parent will not permit, for any Relevant Period, Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for such Relevant Period to be less than £65,000,000, subject, however, to Section 10.13(c).

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 10.13(c), the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.13(a) shall be calculated in accordance with IFRS and tested by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and/or each compliance certificate delivered pursuant to Section 7.2.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of calculating the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.13(a), if a Champions League Non Qualification Event occurs:

 

(i)                                      Parent may elect, at any time prior to the end of the Financial Year in which such Champions League Non Qualification Event occurs, to adjust the definition of Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for each Financial Quarter falling in the Financial Year in respect of which the first team of MUFC is not in the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League by adding back an amount equal to “ X ” in each such Financial Quarter (each, an “ Adjusted Quarter ”) where: “ X

 

60



 

corresponds to the amount set out in Schedule 10.13 ( Table of Values for X ) for that Financial Quarter minus (x) the net amount received by the Restricted Group in that Financial Quarter in respect of matches (both home and away) and media payments relating to UEFA cup performances; and (y) the net amount of any reduction to player salaries in that Financial Quarter arising out of the existing contractual provisions as a result of the Champions League Non Qualification Event.

 

(ii)                                   At the same time as Parent makes an election under clause (i) of this Section 10.13(c), it shall furnish to each holder of Notes a certificate signed by a director of Parent (ix) confirming the value of X and the amount of each such Adjustment and setting out (in reasonable detail) computation of those amounts and (x) attaching a copy of the Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet (following the Adjustments).

 

(iii)                                If the Required Holders give notice to Parent that they do not agree with the calculations of any of the Adjustments contained in the certificate described in paragraph (c)(ii) above (acting reasonably), Parent and the holders of the Notes will consult in good faith for a period of not more than 10 Business Days with a view to correcting the calculations of the Adjustments.

 

(iv)                               If agreement has not been reached within the 10 Business Day period referred to in paragraph (c)(iii) above then, at the request of the Required Holders (and at the expense of Parent), Parent will appoint a firm of independent public accountants of recognized international standing to determine the amount of the Adjustments (and, consequently, the value of “ X ”) and such determination shall (in the absence of manifest error) be binding on the Note Parties and the each holder of Notes.

 

(v)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculating the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.13(a) only, Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA in any Relevant Period which contains one or more Adjusted Quarters shall be calculated using the adjusted values of Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA set out in paragraph (c)(i) above for each such Adjusted Quarter.

 

(vi)                               An election by Parent pursuant to clause (i) above of this Section 10.13(c) (x) may not be made more than twice during the period the Notes are outstanding and (y) may not be made during two consecutive Financial Years.

 

Section 10.14.                                   Line of Business . Parent will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to engage in any business if, as a result, the general nature of the business in which Parent, the Note Parties or the Restricted Group (taken as a whole), would then be engaged would be substantially changed from the general nature of the business in which Parent, the Note Parties or the

 

61



 

Restricted Group (taken as a whole), are engaged on the date of this Agreement as described in the Memorandum.

 

Section 10.15.                                   Economic Sanctions, Etc . Parent will not and will not permit any Controlled Entity to (a) become (including by virtue of being owned or controlled by a Blocked Person), own or control a Blocked Person or (b) directly or indirectly have any investment in or engage in any dealing or transaction (including any investment, dealing or transaction involving the proceeds of the Notes) with any Person if such investment, dealing or transaction would be in violation of, or could result in the imposition of sanctions under, any U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws applicable to the Company or such Controlled Entity, except, in the case of this clause (b), to the extent that such violation or sanctions, if imposed, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Although it will not be a Default or an Event of Default if any Note Party fails to comply with any provision of Section 10 before or after giving effect to the issuance of the Notes on a pro forma basis, if such a failure occurs, then any of the Purchasers may elect not to purchase the Notes on the date of Closing that is specified in Section 3.

 

SECTION 11.                                   EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

 

An “ Event of Default ” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:

 

(a)                                  the Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or

 

(b)                                  the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note or any amount payable pursuant to Section 13 for more than five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or

 

(c)                                   the Company or any other Note Party defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 7.1(d), Section 9.5 or Section 10; or

 

(d)                                  the Company or any other Note Party defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein (other than those referred to in Sections 11(a), (b), (c) and (k)) and such default is not remedied within 60 days after the earlier of (i) a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this Section 11(d)); or

 

(e)                                   (i) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company or by any officer of the Company in this Agreement or any other Note Document or any writing furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made, and, if the circumstances causing such false or incorrect representation or

 

62



 

warranty are capable of remedy within such period, the Company shall have failed to remedy such circumstances within 60 days after the earlier of (x) a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of such false or incorrect representation or warranty or (y) the Company receiving written notice of such false or incorrect representation or warranty from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this Section 11(e)), or (ii) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of any Guarantor or by any officer of such Guarantor in this Agreement or any writing furnished in connection with this Agreement or any other Note Document proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made and, if the circumstances causing such false or incorrect representation or warranty are capable of remedy within such period, such Guarantor shall have failed to remedy such circumstances within 60 days after the earlier of (x) a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of such false or incorrect representation or warranty or (y) the Guarantor receiving written notice of such false or incorrect representation or warranty from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this Section 11(e)); or

 

(f)                                    (i) any member of the Restricted Group is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make-whole amount or interest on any Indebtedness that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of at least £25.0 million (or its equivalent in the relevant currency of payment) beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or (ii) any member of the Restricted Group is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of any Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least £25.0 million (or its equivalent in the relevant currency of payment) or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Indebtedness has become, or has been declared (or one or more Persons are entitled to declare such Indebtedness to be), due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iii) as a consequence of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the holder of Indebtedness to convert such Indebtedness into equity interests), (x) any member of the Restricted Group has become obligated to purchase or repay Indebtedness before its regular maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least £25.0 million (or its equivalent in the relevant currency of payment), or (y) one or more Persons have the right to require any member of the Restricted Group so to purchase or repay such Indebtedness; or

 

(g)                                   any member of the Restricted Group (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction (other than a solvent liquidation or reorganization of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Party or, for the avoidance of doubt, a Permitted Reorganization on a solvent basis), (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with

 

63



 

respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or

 

(h)                                  a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction, without consent by any member of the Restricted Group, enters an order appointing a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of any member of the Restricted Group, or any such petition shall be filed against any member of the Restricted Group and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or

 

(i)                                      any event occurs with respect to any member of the Restricted Group which under the laws of any jurisdiction is analogous to any of the events described in Section 11(g) or Section 11(h), provided that the applicable grace period, if any, which shall apply shall be the one applicable to the relevant proceeding which most closely corresponds to the proceeding described in Section 11(g) or Section 11(h); or

 

(j)                                     one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money aggregating in excess of £25.0 million (or its equivalent in the relevant currency of payment), including any such final order enforcing a binding arbitration decision, are rendered against one or more members of the Restricted Group and which judgments are not, within 60 days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within 60 days after the expiration of such stay; or

 

(k)                                  except as permitted by the terms of the Note Documents, any Guaranty shall cease to be in full force and effect, any Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor shall contest in any manner the validity, binding nature or enforceability of any Guaranty, or the obligations of any Guarantor under any Guaranty are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with the terms of such Guaranty; or

 

(l)                                      (i) any security interest created by any Note Document ceases to be in full force and effect (except as permitted by the terms of the Note Documents) with respect to Collateral having a Fair Market Value in excess of £5.0 million in the aggregate, or an assertion by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that any Collateral having a Fair Market Value in excess of £5.0 million in the aggregate is not subject to a valid, perfected security interest (except as permitted by the terms of the Note Documents) and any such Default continues for 10 days; or (ii) the repudiation by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in writing of any of its material obligations under any Note Document; or (i) any Subordinated Creditor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) fails to comply with the provisions of, or does not perform its obligations under, the Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) a representation or warranty given by a Subordinated Creditor in the Intercreditor Agreement is incorrect in any material respect, and, in either case, if the non-compliance or circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation are capable of

 

64



 

remedy, it is not remedied within 15 Business Days of the earlier of the Creditor Representative or a holder of a Note giving notice to such Subordinated Creditor or such Subordinated Creditor becoming aware of the non-compliance or misrepresentation; or

 

(m)                              the Company or any Guarantor repudiates any Note Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Note Document; or

 

(n)                                  any event or circumstance occurs which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 12.                                   REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.

 

Section 12.1.                                          Acceleration .

 

(a)                                  If an Event of Default with respect to the Company described in Section 11(g), (h) or (i) (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of Section 11(g) or described in clause (vi) of Section 11(g) by virtue of the fact that such clause encompasses clause (i) of Section 11(g)) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

 

(b)                                  If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Required Holders may at any time at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

 

(c)                                   If any Event of Default described in Section 11(a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.

 

Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (x) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (y) the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount, shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount or, solely with respect to a prepayment, Modified Make-Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

 

Section 12.2.                                          Other Remedies . If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note or Guaranty, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms

 

65


 

hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.

 

Section 12.3.                                          Rescission . At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1(b) or (c), the Required Holders, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) neither the Company nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 18, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 12.4.                                          No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc . No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement, any Note or any other Note Document upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 16, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements and any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees.

 

SECTION 13.                                   TAX INDEMNIFICATION; FATCA INFORMATION.

 

(a)                                  All payments whatsoever under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Note Documents will be made by the Note Parties in lawful currency of the United States of America free and clear of, and without liability for withholding or deduction for or on account of, any present or future Taxes of whatever nature imposed or levied thereon or with respect thereto unless the withholding or deduction of such Tax is compelled by law.

 

(b)                                  If any deduction or withholding for any Tax imposed by or on behalf of any jurisdiction in which a Note Party is then incorporated or resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision thereof or therein or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by or on behalf of a Note Party or any political subdivision thereof or therein (including for avoidance of doubt, so long as any Note Party is treated as a U.S. Person, any political subdivision or taxing authority of or in the United States) (hereinafter a “ Taxing Jurisdiction ”), shall at any time be required in respect of any amounts to be paid by the Note Parties under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Note

 

66



 

Documents, the Note Parties will pay to the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction the full amount required to be withheld, deducted or otherwise paid before penalties attach thereto or interest accrues thereon and pay to each holder of a Note such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts paid to such holder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Notes or the other Note Documents after such deduction, withholding or payment (including any required deduction or withholding of Tax on or with respect to such Additional Amount), shall be not less than the amounts then due and payable to such holder under the terms of this Agreement, the Notes or the other Note Documents before the assessment of such Tax, provided that no payment of any Additional Amounts shall be required to be made for or on account of:

 

(i)                                      any Tax that would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between a holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member of, shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such holder, if such holder is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation or any Person other than the holder to whom the Notes or any amount payable thereon is attributable for the purposes of such Tax) and the Taxing Jurisdiction, other than the mere holding of the relevant Note or the receipt of payments thereunder or in respect thereof or the exercise of remedies in respect thereof, including such holder (or such other Person described in the above parenthetical) being or having been a citizen or resident or national thereof, or being or having been incorporated, present or engaged in trade or business therein or having or having had an establishment, office, fixed base or branch therein, provided that this exclusion shall not apply with respect to a Tax that would not have been imposed but for any Note Party, after the date of the Closing, opening an office in, moving an office to, reincorporating in, or changing the Taxing Jurisdiction from or through which payments on account of this Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document are made to, the jurisdiction imposing the relevant Tax;

 

(ii)                                   any Tax that would not have been imposed but for the delay or failure by such holder or beneficial owner (following a written request by the Paying Agent or the Company) in the accurate filing with the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (or, if relevant, with the jurisdiction of tax residence of the relevant holder or beneficial owner) of Forms (as defined below) that are required to be filed by such holder or beneficial owner to avoid or reduce such Taxes (including for such purpose any refilings or renewals of filings that may from time to time be required by the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction), provided that the filing of such Forms, other than Forms required under Section 13(d)(i) or Section 13(d)(ii), would not (in such holder’s reasonable judgment) result in any confidential or proprietary income tax return information being revealed, either directly or indirectly, to any Person and such delay or failure could have been lawfully avoided by such holder and, provided further, that such holder shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this clause (b)(ii) upon the good faith completion and submission of such Forms (other than Forms required under Section 13(d)(i)

 

67



 

or Section 13(d)(ii)), including refilings or renewals of filings of such Forms, as may be specified in a written request of the Paying Agent or the Company no later than 30 days after receipt by such holder of such written request (accompanied by copies of such Forms and related instructions, if any, all in the English language or with an English translation thereof);

 

(iii)                                any Tax imposed under FATCA; or

 

(iv)                               any combination of clauses (i) through (iii) above;

 

and provided further that in no event shall any Note Party be obligated to pay Additional Amounts to any holder (i) by reason of any withholding or deduction for or on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom, if on the date on which the payment falls due, such payment could have been made to the holder without any such withholding or deduction if that holder had been a Qualifying Purchaser (and, in the case of a Treaty Purchaser, if H.M. Revenue and Customs had issued a direction to the relevant Note Party authorizing it to make the relevant payment without withholding or deduction on account of Tax), but on that date that holder is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Purchaser (other than as a result of any Change in Tax Law after the date it became a holder under this Agreement), (ii) by reason of any withholding or deduction for or on account of Tax imposed by the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) on amounts payable to or for the account of such holder pursuant to the law in effect on the date on which such holder becomes a holder of the Note under this Agreement or changes its applicable lending office, (iii) which is not an original Purchaser on the date of Closing, if and to the extent that, as a result of circumstances (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the status of such holder) existing on the date when such holder acquired the relevant Notes, such Note Party would, but for this proviso, be obliged to pay Additional Amounts to such holder and such Additional Amounts would exceed the Additional Amounts (if any) which would have been payable by such Note Party to such holder’s assignor pursuant to this Section 13 if the relevant Notes had not been assigned to such holder, or (iv) registered in the name of a nominee if under the law of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (or the current regulatory interpretation of such law) securities held in the name of a nominee do not qualify for an exemption from the relevant Tax and the Paying Agent or the Company shall have given timely notice of such law or interpretation to such holder.

 

In this Section 13:

 

Change in Tax Law ” shall have the same meaning as in section 8.3, but for the avoidance of doubt the last sentence of section 8.3(d), and any related references in section 8.3(d) to the opinion requirements of that subsection, shall not apply for the purposes of this section 13.

 

Qualifying Purchaser ” means a Purchaser which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to such Purchaser under the Notes and is:

 

(A)                                a Treaty Purchaser; or

 

68



 

(B)                                a Purchaser which is a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes, unless in respect of such Purchaser a direction under section 931 of the ITA has been given to the Company and a copy of such direction has been provided to such Purchaser; or

 

(C)                                a Purchaser which is a company which is not resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes but which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the interest on the Notes which are held by or for the purposes of that permanent establishment, unless in respect of such Purchaser a direction under section 931 of the ITA has been given to the Company and a copy of such direction has been provided to such Purchaser; or

 

(D)                                a Purchaser which is a partnership each member of which is:

 

(1)                                  a company which is resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or

 

(2)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable on the Notes which is attributed to it under Part 17 of the CTA,

 

unless in respect of such Purchaser or members of such Purchaser a direction under section 931 of the ITA has been given to the Company and a copy of such direction has been provided to such Purchaser; or

 

(E)                                 a Purchaser:

 

(1)                                  which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax in respect of any payments of interest made on the Notes held by it or would be within such charge in respect of such payments apart from section 18A of the CTA; or

 

(2)                                  which holds Notes that were issued to a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) at the time when they were issued and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax in respect of any payments of interest made to it on such Notes; and

 

Treaty Purchaser ” means a holder which is:

 

(A)                                resident in a jurisdiction which has a double taxation treaty (a “ Treaty ”) with the United Kingdom which makes full provision for full exemption from Tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest payable under the Notes;

 

(B)                                does not hold its Notes through or for the purposes of any permanent establishment in the United Kingdom; and

 

69



 

(C)                                satisfies any other condition in the Treaty which is relevant to the exemption referred to in limb (A) if and to the extent that such condition relates to such holder (including its residence and tax status), and for such purposes any procedural formalities relevant to such exemption shall be deemed to have been completed.

 

(c)                                   By acceptance of any Note, the holder of such Note agrees, subject to the limitation of clause (b)(ii) above, that it will from time to time with reasonable promptness (x) duly and accurately complete and deliver to or as reasonably directed by the Paying Agent or the Company all such forms, certificates, documents and returns (collectively, together with instructions for completing the same, “ Forms ”) required to be filed by or on behalf of such holder in order to avoid or reduce any such Tax pursuant to the provisions of an applicable statute, regulation or administrative practice of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or of a tax treaty between the United States, United Kingdom or other jurisdiction, as applicable, and such Taxing Jurisdiction and (y) provide the Paying Agent and the Company with such information with respect to such holder as the Paying Agent or the Company may reasonably request in order to complete any such Forms or comply with any backup withholding and information reporting requirements, provided that nothing in this Section 13 shall require any holder to provide information with respect to any such Form or otherwise if in the opinion of such holder such Form or disclosure of information would involve the disclosure of tax return or other information that is confidential or proprietary to such holder, and provided further that each such holder shall be deemed to have complied with its obligation under this paragraph with respect to any Form if such Form shall have been duly and accurately completed and delivered by such holder to the Paying Agent or the Company or, if relevant, mailed by registered post to the appropriate taxing authority, whichever is applicable, within 30 days following a written request of the Company (which request shall be accompanied by copies of such Form and English translations of any such Form not in the English language).

 

(d)                                  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

 

(i)                                      any holder of a Note shall deliver to the Paying Agent and the Company on or before the date it becomes a holder (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Paying Agent or the Company) executed copies of (A) if the holder is a U.S. Person, IRS Form W-9 certifying that such holder is a U.S. person exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax and providing its U.S. taxpayer identification number, or (B) if the holder is not a U.S. Person, IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or any other applicable Form W-8, together with any required attachments, including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to beneficial owners) properly establishing full exemption from, or reduction in, U.S. withholding taxes in respect of payments under the Notes, together with any other statements or certifications reasonably necessary to establish the applicable exemption or reduction;

 

(ii)                                   each holder shall deliver to the Paying Agent and the Company at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times

 

70



 

reasonably requested by the Paying Agent and the Company such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Paying Agent or the Company as may be necessary for the Paying Agent and the Company to comply with its obligations under FATCA and to determine that such holder has complied with such holder’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this clause (ii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement;

 

(iii)                                each holder agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Paying Agent and Company in writing of its legal inability to do so; and

 

(iv)                               each holder shall deliver to the Paying Agent or the Company at such time or times reasonably requested by the Paying Agent or the Company, as applicable (having regard to whether there is any proposed acquisition, or has been any recent acquisition, of Notes by such holder and whether it appears to the Paying Agent or the Company that there has been any change in the residence or tax status of such holder, any change in the branch or office through which such holder holds its Notes or any other change in circumstances or law, including any tax treaty, which the Paying Agent or the Company reasonably considers might realistically affect whether such holder is a Qualifying Purchaser) written confirmation (but without liability to the Paying Agent or the Company and without prejudice to its rights under this section 13) of (A) whether or not it is a Qualifying Purchaser, (B) if it is a Qualifying Purchaser, which limb of the Qualifying Purchaser definition it falls within and (C) if it is a Treaty Purchaser, which jurisdiction it is resident in and whether or not it wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme to apply in relation to its holding of Notes (and, if it so wishes, what its relevant treaty passport details are).

 

(e)                                   If any payment of Additional Amounts is made by a Note Party to a holder pursuant to this Section 13, then, if such holder determines that it has received or been granted a refund, relief, remission or repayment of Taxes related to the relevant Additional Amount, such holder shall without unreasonable delay reimburse to the Note Parties such amount as such holder shall determine to be attributable to the relevant Additional Amount or Taxes or deduction or withholding related to the relevant Additional Amount such that such holder is in the same after-Tax position that it would have been in if the relevant Taxes, deduction or withholding had not been payable or imposed. Without prejudice to the generality of the preceding sentence, in the event that: (x) United Kingdom Taxes are deducted or withheld by a Note Party from payments to a holder under a Note in satisfaction of such Note Party’s obligations under applicable law; (y) Additional Amounts are, in connection with such deduction or withholding, paid by a Note Party to such holder pursuant to this Section 13; and (z) such holder is a Treaty

 

71



 

Purchaser, then such holder shall reasonably cooperate with the relevant Note Party in order to obtain a refund of the United Kingdom Taxes so withheld from H.M. Revenue and Customs (and, in the event that such Taxes are refunded to such holder, such holder shall without unreasonable delay reimburse such Taxes to the relevant Note Party net of any reasonable out of pocket expenses such that such holder is in the same after-Tax position that it would have been in if such Taxes had not been so deducted or withheld). Subject to Section 13(h), nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of the holder of any Note to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit and, in particular, no holder of any Note shall be under any obligation to claim relief from its corporate profits or similar Tax liability in respect of such Taxes, withholding or deduction in priority to any other claims, reliefs, credits or deductions available to it or (other than as set forth in Section 13(b)(ii)) disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof.  Any reference in this subsection (e) to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the relevant holder (without any implied duty of reasonableness or other restriction).

 

(f)                                    The Company will furnish the holders of Notes, promptly and in any event within 60 days after the date of any payment by the Note Parties of any Tax in respect of any amounts paid under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Note Documents, the original tax receipt issued by the relevant taxation or other authorities involved for all amounts paid as aforesaid (or if such original tax receipt is not available or must legally be kept in the possession of the Company, a duly certified copy of the original tax receipt or any other reasonably satisfactory evidence of payment), together with such other documentary evidence with respect to such payments as may be reasonably requested from time to time by any holder of a Note.

 

(g)                                   If the Note Parties are required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of the taxation or other authority of any relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, to make any deduction or withholding of any Tax in respect of which the Note Parties would be required to pay any Additional Amounts under this Section 13, but for any reason does not make such deduction or withholding with the result that a liability in respect of such Tax is assessed directly against the holder of any Note, and such holder pays such liability, then the Note Parties will promptly reimburse such holder for such payment (including any related interest or penalties to the extent such interest or penalties arise by virtue of a default or delay by the Note Parties, and any Additional Amount required as a result of any deduction or withholding of any Tax required in respect of such payment) upon demand by such holder accompanied by an official receipt (or a duly certified copy thereof) issued by the taxation or other authority of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction.

 

(h)                                  If any of the Note Parties make payment to or for the account of any holder of a Note, including for the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to clause 13(g) above, and such holder is entitled to a refund of the Tax to which such payment is attributable upon the making of a filing (other than a Form described above), then such holder shall, as soon as practicable after receiving written request from the Company (which shall specify in reasonable detail and supply the refund forms to be filed) use reasonable efforts to complete and deliver such refund forms to or as directed by the Company, subject, however, to the same limitations with respect to Forms as are set forth above..

 

72



 

(i)                                      The obligations of the Note Parties under this Section 13 shall survive the payment or transfer of any Note and the provisions of this Section 13 shall also apply to successive transferees of the Notes.

 

SECTION 14.                                   REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES.

 

Section 14.1.                                          Registration of Notes . The Paying Agent, solely, for this purpose acting as a non-fiduciary agent of the Company, shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. If any holder of one or more Notes is a nominee, then (a) the name and address of the beneficial owner of such Note or Notes shall also be registered in such register as an owner and holder thereof and (b) at any such beneficial owner’s option, either such beneficial owner or its nominee may execute any amendment, waiver or consent pursuant to this Agreement. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and neither the Company nor the Paying Agent shall be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Paying Agent shall give to the Company and any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.

 

Section 14.2.                                          Transfer and Exchange of Notes; No Transfer to Competitors .

 

(a)                                  Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 19(a)(iii) or to any transfer agent appointed by the Company and identified in writing to the Holders (including pursuant to Section 14.4)), for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other information for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), within 10 Business Days thereafter, the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes (as requested by the holder thereof) in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or other similar tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes. Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than $100,000, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes, one Note may be in a denomination of less than $100,000.  Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representations set forth in Section 6.

 

73



 

(b)                                  Without limiting the foregoing, each Purchaser agrees, and each subsequent holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, shall be deemed to have agreed, that it will not, directly or indirectly, transfer any Note purchased by it to a Person which is a Competitor (it being understood that such Purchaser or subsequent holder, as the case may be,  shall advise any broker or intermediary acting on its behalf in connection with any such transfer that such transfer to a Competitor is limited hereby).

 

Section 14.3.                                          Replacement of Notes . Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 19(a)(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and

 

(a)                                  in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it ( provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $50,000,000 or a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

 

(b)                                  in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,

 

within 10 Business Days thereafter, the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver (or direct any transfer agent appointed by the Company to deliver), in lieu thereof, a new Note, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.

 

Section 14.4                             Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent.  As of the date hereof, The Bank of New York Mellon has been appointed by the Company to act as registrar, paying agent and transfer agent for the Notes (in addition to its other agent duties, obligations and responsibilities described hereunder). Until such time as the Company notifies the Holders in writing of the appointment of another registrar, paying agent and/or transfer agent, (a) all notices from the Holders for changes of name, address, contact details or payment details of the Holders shall be sent to The Bank of New York Mellon at the address set forth below in Section 19 and (b) all transfers, exchanges, amendments, replacements or cancellations of Notes shall be addressed to The Bank of New York Mellon as the transfer agent.  The Company may replace the registrar, the paying agent or transfer agent from time to time by providing at least 30 days prior written notice to the Holders.

 

SECTION 15.                                   PAYMENTS ON NOTES.

 

Section 15.1.                                          Place of Payment . Subject to Section 15.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in New York, New York at the principal office of the Paying Agent in such jurisdiction. The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such

 

74



 

place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.

 

Section 15.2.                                          Payment by Wire Transfer . So long as any Purchaser or its nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 15.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will, or will cause the Paying Agent to, pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount, if any, interest and all other amounts becoming due hereunder by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in the Purchaser Schedule, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company and the Paying Agent in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company or the Paying Agent made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 15.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by a Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes pursuant to Section 14.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 15.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 15.2.

 

SECTION 16.                                   EXPENSES, ETC.

 

Section 16.1.                                          Transaction Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a special counsel and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) incurred by the Purchasers and each other holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including: (a) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document, or by reason of being a holder of any Note, (b) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of any Note Party or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Note Documents, (c) the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the initial filing of this Agreement and all related documents and financial information with the SVO provided , that such costs and expenses under this clause (c) shall not exceed $3,000, and (d) if required by the NAIC, the cost of obtaining and maintaining a Legal Entity Identifier (LEI). The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, (i) all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes) and, (ii) any and all wire transfer fees that

 

75


 

any bank deducts from any payment under such Note to such holder or otherwise charges to a holder of a Note with respect to a payment under such Note.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not pay any travel costs and expenses incurred by the Purchasers in connection with this Agreement, the Notes, the Notes Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby, except in connection with the exercise of any visitation rights under Section 7.3(b).

 

Section 16.2.                                          Certain Taxes . The Company agrees to pay all stamp, documentary or similar taxes or fees which may be payable in respect of the execution and delivery or the enforcement of this Agreement or any other Note Document or the execution and delivery (but not the transfer) or the enforcement of any of the Notes in the United States or the United Kingdom or any other jurisdiction of organization of the Company or any other Note Party or any other jurisdiction where the Company or any other Note Party has assets or of any amendment of, or waiver or consent under or with respect to, this Agreement, any Note or any other Note Document and to pay an amount equal to any irrecoverable value added tax due and payable in respect of reimbursement of costs and expenses by the Company pursuant to this Section 16, except in each case for any such taxes or fees arising out of a transfer or assignment of the Notes (or any other interest in any Note Document) by or on behalf of any Purchaser, and will save each holder of a Note to the extent permitted by applicable law harmless against any loss or liability resulting from nonpayment or delay in payment of any such tax or fee required to be paid by the Company hereunder.

 

Section 16.3.                                          Survival . The obligations of the Company under this Section 16 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document, and the termination of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 17.                                   SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

 

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Note Documents, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of any Note Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of such Note Party made as of the date of delivery of such certificate or other instrument (except as otherwise provided therein) under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement, the Notes and the other Note Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Note Parties and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

SECTION 18.                                   AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

 

Section 18.1.                                          Requirements . This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that:

 

76



 

(a)                                  no amendment or waiver of any of Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 22 or 23 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing;

 

(b)                                  no amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of each Purchaser and the holder of each Note at the time outstanding, (i) subject to Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of (x) interest on the Notes or (y) the Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any amendment or waiver or the principal amount of the Notes that the Purchasers are to purchase pursuant to Section 2 upon the satisfaction of the conditions to Closing that appear in Section 4, or (iii) amend any of Sections 8 (except as set forth in the second sentence of Section 8.2), 11(a), 11(b), 12, 13, 18, 21 or 24.8; and

 

(c)                                   Section 8.9 may be amended or waived to permit offers to purchase made by the Company or an Affiliate pro rata to the holders of all Notes at the time outstanding upon the same terms and conditions only with the written consent of the Company and the Super-Majority Holders.

 

Section 18.2.                                          Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

 

(a)                                  Solicitation . The Company will provide each Purchaser and each holder of a Note with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required (in the reasonable discretion of the holders of Notes), to enable such Purchaser and such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes or any other Note Document. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 18 to each Purchaser and each holder of a Note promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite Purchasers or holders of Notes.

 

(b)                                  Payment . The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any Purchaser or holder of a Note as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by such Purchaser or holder of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof or of any Note or any other Note Document unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each Purchaser and each holder of a Note even if such Purchaser or holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.

 

(c)                                   Consent in Contemplation of Transfer . Any consent given pursuant to this Section 18 by a holder of a Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer its Note to the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate or to any other Person in connection with,

 

77



 

or in anticipation of, an acquisition of, tender offer for or merger with the Company and/or any of its Affiliates (either pursuant to a waiver under Section 18.1(c) or subsequent to Section 8.9 having been amended pursuant to Section 18.1(c)) in connection with such consent shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder.

 

Section 18.3.                                          Binding Effect, Etc . Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 18 applies equally to all Purchasers and holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Note Parties without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Note Parties and any Purchaser or holder of a Note and no delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note or any other Note Document shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any Purchaser or holder of such Note.

 

Section 18.4.                                          Notes Held by Company, Etc . Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in the Notes or any other Note Document to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

 

SECTION 19.                                   NOTICES; ENGLISH LANGUAGE.

 

(a)                                  Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 7.4, all notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (x) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by an internationally recognized commercial delivery service (charges prepaid), (y) by an internationally recognized commercial delivery service (charges prepaid) or (z) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

 

(i)                                      if to any Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in the Purchaser Schedule, or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing,

 

(ii)                                   if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing,

 

(iii)                                if to any Note Party, to the Company at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of Edward Woodward, Executive Vice

 

78



 

Chairman, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing, or

 

(iv)                               if to the Paying Agent, to The Bank of New York Mellon, at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 7E, New York, New York 10286, USA, Attn: International Corporate Trust.

 

Notices under this Section 19 will be deemed given only when actually received.

 

(b)                                  Each document, instrument, financial statement, report, notice or other communication delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be in English or accompanied by an English translation thereof.

 

(c)                                   This Agreement, the Notes and the other Note Documents have been prepared and signed in English and the parties hereto agree that the English version hereof and thereof (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) shall be the only version valid for the purpose of the interpretation and construction hereof and thereof notwithstanding the preparation of any translation into another language hereof or thereof, whether official or otherwise or whether prepared in relation to any proceedings which may be brought in England and Wales or any other jurisdiction in respect hereof or thereof.

 

SECTION 20.                                   REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS.

 

This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at the Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital, or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Note Parties agree and stipulate that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 20 shall not prohibit the Note Parties or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

 

SECTION 21.                                   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

 

For the purposes of this Section 21, “ Confidential Information ” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Note Parties in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary or confidential in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of the Note Parties, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or

 

79



 

omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, provided, that such source is not known to such Purchaser to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with any Note Party or otherwise prohibited from transmitting the information to such Purchaser by a contractual or legal obligation, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by any Note Party or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, trustees and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its auditors, financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with this Section 21, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by this Section 21), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any security of the Note Parties (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by this Section 21), (vi) upon the request of any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes, this Agreement or any other Note Document. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 21 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying this Section 21.

 

In the event that as a condition to receiving access to information relating to the Note Parties in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, any Purchaser or holder of a Note is required to agree to a confidentiality undertaking (whether through IntraLinks, another secure website, a secure virtual workspace or otherwise) which is different from this Section 21, this Section 21 shall not be amended thereby and, as between such Purchaser or such holder and the Note Parties, this Section 21 shall supersede any such other confidentiality undertaking.

 

SECTION 22.                                   SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER.

 

Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates or another Purchaser or any one of such other Purchaser’s Affiliates (a “ Substitute Purchaser ”) as the

 

80



 

purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Substitute Purchaser, shall contain such Substitute Purchaser’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Substitute Purchaser of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6. Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Section 22), shall be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser in lieu of such original Purchaser. In the event that such Substitute Purchaser is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Substitute Purchaser thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Substitute Purchaser, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Substitute Purchaser as a “ Purchaser ” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 22), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Substitute Purchaser, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.

 

SECTION 23.                                   GUARANTY.

 

Section 23.1.                                          Guaranty .

 

(a)                                  Subject to this Section 23, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Agreement, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

 

(i)                                      the principal of, interest, Make-Whole Amount (if any), Modified Make-Whole Amount (if any) and any amount payable pursuant to Section 13, if any, on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full, in Dollars, when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, interest Make-Whole Amount (if any), Modified Make-Whole Amount (if any) and any amount payable pursuant to Section 13, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof;

 

(ii)                                   in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full in Dollars when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise; and

 

(iii)                                the prompt performance and observance by the Company of all covenants, agreements and conditions on its part to be performed and observed hereunder and under the Notes, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

 

(b)                                  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and

 

81



 

severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and performance and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(c)                                   The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Agreement, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  If any Holder is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid to such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

(e)                                   Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 12 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Section 12 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any nonpaying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

 

Section 23.2.                                          Limitation on Guarantor Liability .                           Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 23, each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Section 23,

 

82



 

result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

Section 23.3.                                          Releases .

 

(a)                                  The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor (other than Parent) will be released:

 

(1)                                  in connection with any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger, consolidation, amalgamation or combination) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 10.2 or 10.3;

 

(2)                                  in connection with any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 10.2 or 10.3 and the Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the sale or other disposition;

 

(3)                                  if Parent designates any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 10.10;

 

(4)                                  upon repayment in full of the Notes;

 

(5)                                  upon the completion of an enforcement sale of the Capital Stock or all of the assets of such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(6)                                  in connection with a Permitted Reorganization; or

 

(7)                                  as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 10.2.

 

The Note Guarantee of Parent and RFJ will be released:

 

(1)                                  upon repayment in full of the Notes;

 

(2)                                  in connection with an enforcement sale pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(3)                                  pursuant to an amendment under Section 18;

 

(4)                                  in connection with a Permitted Reorganization; or

 

(5)                                  as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 10.2.

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, if a Guarantor or, as the case may be, its assets, is or is proposed to be the subject of release pursuant to this Section 23.3 or a Permitted Reorganization then:

 

(a)                                  where that Guarantor created Transaction Security over any of its assets or business (including the assets or business of any of its Subsidiaries that is to cease to be a

 

83



 

member in favor of the Security Trustee of the Restricted Group as a result of the release), or Transaction Security was created over the shares (or equivalent) of that Guarantor (or any of its Subsidiaries that is to cease to be a member of the Restricted Group as a result of the release), the Security Trustee shall, at the cost and request of the Company, release those assets, business or shares (or equivalent) and issue certificates of non-crystallisation in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(b)                                  the resignation of that Guarantor and related release of Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (a) above shall not become effective until the date of that release or Permitted Reorganization, as applicable; and

 

(c)                                   if the release or Permitted Reorganization of that Guarantor is not made, the release of Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (a) above shall have no effect and the obligations of the Guarantor and the Transaction Security created or intended to be created by or over that Guarantor and its Subsidiaries shall continue in such force and effect as if that release had not been effected.

 

Section 23.4.                                          Release of Guarantors’ Right of Contribution :  If any Guarantor (a “ Retiring Guarantor ”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Note Documents then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor (a) that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Note Documents and (b) each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Note Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Holders under any Note Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Note Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.

 

Section 23.5.                                          Guarantee Limitations .

 

(a)                                  This guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of sections 678 or 679 of the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006 or any equivalent and applicable provisions under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Guarantor and, with respect to any Additional Guarantor, is subject to any limitations set out in the relevant Note Guarantee Joinder Agreement applicable to such Additional Guarantor.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Note Document, Parent shall not cause or allow the Company to become a U.S. Note Party and, with respect to any obligation of a U.S. Note Party, no CFC Note Party shall guarantee a U.S. Note Party’s obligations.

 

SECTION 24.                                   MISCELLANEOUS.

 

Section 24.1.                                          Successors and Assigns . All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of

 

84



 

their respective successors and assigns (including any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not, except that, subject to Section 10.2, the Company may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under the Notes without the prior written consent of each holder. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 24.2.                                          Accounting Terms . All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with IFRS; provided , that any provisions with respect to the Parent’s Subsidiaries that are expressly determined in accordance with GAAP under this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with GAAP.  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, (i) all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with IFRS, and (ii) all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with IFRS.  For purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement (including Section 9, Section 10 and the definition of “ Indebtedness ”), any election by the Parent to measure any financial liability using fair value (as permitted by International Accounting Standard 39 — Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement , International Accounting Standard 9 — Financial Instruments or any similar accounting standard) shall be disregarded and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made.

 

Section 24.3.                                          Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 24.4.                                          Construction, Etc . Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

 

Defined terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein) and, for purposes of the Notes, shall also include any such notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 14, (b) subject to Section 24.1, any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be

 

85


 

construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Sections and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Sections of, and Schedules to, this Agreement, and (e) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Section 24.5.                                          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

 

Section 24.6.                                          Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

Section 24.7.                                          Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a)                                  Each Note Party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Note Party irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

(b)                                  Each Note Party agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that a final judgment in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 24.7(a) brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon it subject to rights of appeal, as the case may be, and may be enforced in the courts of the United States of America or the State of New York (or any other courts to the jurisdiction of which it or any of its assets is or may be subject) by a suit upon such judgment.

 

(c)                                   Each Note Party consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 24.7(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered, certified, priority or express mail, postage prepaid, return receipt or delivery confirmation requested, or delivering a copy thereof in the manner for delivery of notices specified in Section 19, to Corporation Service Company, as its agent for the purpose of accepting service of any process in the United States. Each Note Party agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

 

86



 

(d)                                  Nothing in this Section 24.7 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Note Parties in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

 

(e)                                   The Company hereby irrevocably appoints Corporation Service Company to receive for it, and on its behalf, service of process in the United States.

 

(f)                                    The parties hereto hereby waive trial by jury in any action brought on or with respect to this Agreement, the Notes or any other document executed in connection herewith or therewith.

 

Section 24.8.                                          Obligation to Make Payment in Dollars . Any payment on account of an amount that is payable hereunder or under the Notes in Dollars which is made to or for the account of any holder in any other currency, whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the realization of any security or the liquidation of the Company or any other Note Party, shall constitute a discharge of the obligation of the Note Parties under this Agreement or the Notes only to the extent of the amount of Dollars which such holder could purchase in the foreign exchange markets in London, England, with the amount of such other currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the London Banking Day following receipt of the payment first referred to above. If the amount of Dollars that could be so purchased is less than the amount of Dollars originally due to such holder, the Note Parties agree to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and save harmless such holder from and against all loss or damage arising out of or as a result of such deficiency. This indemnity shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Agreement and the Notes, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by such holder from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under the Notes or under any judgment or order. As used herein the term “ London Banking Day ” shall mean any day other than Saturday or Sunday or a day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in London, England.

 

87



 

If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Company, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement between you, the Company and the Guarantors.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

MU FINANCE PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Ed Woodward

 

 

Name:

Ed Woodward

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Ed Woodward

 

 

Name:

Ed Woodward

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

RED FOOTBALL JUNIOR LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Ed Woodward

 

 

Name:

Ed Woodward

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MANCHESTER UNITED LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Ed Woodward

 

 

Name:

Ed Woodward

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Ed Woodward

 

 

Name:

Ed Woodward

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Paying Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Catherine F. Donohue

 

 

Name:

Catherine F. Donohue

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

Address:

101 Barclay Street

 

 

 

New York, NY 10236 USA

 

 

Fax:

212-815-5390

 

 

Attention:

International Corporate Trust

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

This agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date hereof.

 

 

 

 

 

AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

THE VARIABLE ANNUITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

AMERICAN HOME ASSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

NATIONAL UNION FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF PITTSBURGH, PA

 

 

 

UNITED GUARANTY RESIDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

AIG Asset Management (U.S.) LLC, Investment Adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Gerald F. Herman

 

 

 

Name:

Gerald F. Herman

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

Babson Capital Management LLC as Investment Adviser

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Mark Ackerman

 

 

 

Name:

Mark Ackerman

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CM LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Babson Capital Management LLC as Investment Adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Mark Ackerman

 

 

 

Name:

Mark Ackerman

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

By:

Northwestern Mutual Investment Management Company, LLC, its Investment Adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Mark E. Kishler

 

 

 

Name:

Mark E. Kishler

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, for its Group Annuity Separate Account

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Mark E. Kishler

 

 

 

Name:

Mark E. Kishler

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Representative

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

USAA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ James F. Jackson, Jr.

 

 

Name:

James F. Jackson, Jr.

 

 

Title:

Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

USAA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW
YORK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ James F. Jackson, Jr.

 

 

Name:

James F. Jackson, Jr.

 

 

Title:

Executive Director

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

By:

Delaware Investment Advisers, a series of Delaware

 

 

Management Business Trust, Attorney in Fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Frank LaTorraca

 

 

 

Name:

Frank LaTorraca

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW YORK

 

 

 

 

By:

Delaware Investment Advisers, a series of Delaware

 

 

Management Business Trust, Attorney in Fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Frank LaTorraca

 

 

 

Name:

Frank LaTorraca

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

VOYA RETIREMENT INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

 

 

 

RELIASTAR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

VOYA INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

 

 

 

SECURITY LIFE OF DENVER INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

By:

Voya Investment Management LLC, as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Christopher P. Lyons

 

 

 

Name:

Christopher P. Lyons

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

AMERICAN FIDELITY ASSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

By:

Voya Investment Management Co. LLC, as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Christopher P. Lyons

 

 

 

Name:

Christopher P. Lyons

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 


 

TRANSAMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

AEGON USA Investment Management, LLC, its investment manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Bill Henricksen

 

 

Name:

Bill Henricksen

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

TRANSAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

AEGON USA Investment Management, LLC, its investment manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Bill Henricksen

 

 

Name:

Bill Henricksen

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

STONEBRIDGE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

AEGON USA Investment Management, LLC, its investment manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Bill Henricksen

 

 

Name:

Bill Henricksen

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

TRANSAMERICA CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

AEGON USA Investment Management, LLC, its investment manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Bill Henricksen

 

 

Name:

Bill Henricksen

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

PACIFIC LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Cathy L. Schwartz

 

 

Name:

Cathy L. Schwartz

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Matthew A. Levene

 

 

Name:

Matthew A. Levene

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

UNUM LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

 

 

By:

Provident Investment Management, LLC, its Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Ben Vance

 

 

 

Name:

Ben Vance

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Senior Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

COLONIAL LIFE & ACCIDENT INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

Provident Investment Management, LLC, its Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Ben Vance

 

 

 

Name:

Ben Vance

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Senior Managing Director

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

GENWORTH LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Anne Finucane

 

 

Name:

Anne Finucane

 

 

Title:

Investment Officer

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

THE GUARDIAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Thomas M. Donohue

 

 

Name:

Thomas M. Donohue

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

HARTFORD LIFE AND ACCIDENT INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

HARTFORD ACCIDENT AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, Separate Account B, a separate account of HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

Hartford Investment Management Company Their Agent and Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ John Knox

 

 

 

Name:

John Knox

 

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE SOUTHWEST

 

 

 

By:

Sentinel Asset Management, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Chris P. Gudmastad

 

 

Name:

Chris P. Gudmastad, CFA

 

 

Title:

Vice-President

 

 

[MU FINANCE PLC Note Purchase Agreement]

 



 

SCHEDULE B

 

DEFINED TERMS

 

As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:

 

PART I — GENERAL DEFINITIONS

 

Accounting Reference Date ” means, for any year, June 30.

 

Additional Amounts ” is defined in Section 13(b).

 

Additional Payments ” is defined in Section 8.3.

 

Additional Guarantor ” means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Section 10.9.

 

Affected Noteholder ” is defined within the definition of “Noteholder Sanctions Event.”

 

Affected Notes ” is defined in Section 8.4.

 

Affiliate ” means, at any time, and with respect to any Person, any other Person that at such time directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person, and, with respect to Parent, shall include any Person beneficially owning or holding, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of voting or equity interests of Parent or any Subsidiary or any Person of which Parent and its Subsidiaries beneficially own or hold, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of voting or equity interests.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of Parent.

 

Agreement ” means this Note Purchase Agreement, including all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means any law or regulation in a U.S. or any non-U.S. jurisdiction regarding bribery or any other corrupt activity, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010.

 

Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” means any law or regulation in a U.S. or any non-U.S. jurisdiction regarding money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes, including the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (otherwise known as the Bank Secrecy Act) and the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

Applicable Percentage ” is defined in Section 8.10.

 

SCHEDULE B
(TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT)

 



 

Authorization ” means an authorization, consent, approval, resolution, license, exemption, filing, notarization or registration.

 

Blocked Person ” means (i) a Person whose name appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons published by OFAC, (ii) a Person, entity, organization, country or regime that is blocked or a target of sanctions that have been imposed under U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws or (iii) a Person that is an agent, department or instrumentality of, or is otherwise beneficially owned by, controlled by or acting on behalf of, directly or indirectly, any Person, entity, organization, country or regime described in clause (i) or (ii).

 

Business Day ” means (a) for the purposes of Section 8.11 only, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York City are required or authorized to be closed, and (b) for the purposes of any other provision of this Agreement, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or London, England are required or authorized to be closed.

 

Called Principal ” is defined in Section 8.10.

 

CFC ” means a “controlled foreign corporation” (as defined in Section 857(a) of the Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

CFC Note Party ” means a Note Party that is a CFC.

 

Change of Control Prepayment Date ” is defined in Section 8.6.

 

Change of Control Prepayment Notice ” is defined in Section 8.6.

 

Change of Control Response Date ” is defined in Section 8.6.

 

Change in Tax Law ” is defined in Section 8.3.

 

Closing ” and “ Closing Date ” are defined in Section 3.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Company ” or “ MUF ” means MU Finance PLC (registration number 07088267), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

Competitor ” means any Person (or an Affiliate of a Person) who (a) is engaged in the ownership or operation of a professional football club or the media broadcast, or production for broadcast, of professional sporting events or (b) has the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to cast, or control the casting of, more than 50% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting (or equivalent) of an entity which falls within clause (a) above or who holds beneficially more than 50% of the issued share

 

BI- 2



 

capital (or equivalent) of an entity which falls within paragraph (a) above (any such Person, a “ Competitor Shareholder ”), any Affiliate of a Competitor Shareholder, any trust of which a Competitor Shareholder or any of its Affiliates is a trustee, any partnership of which a Competitor Shareholder or any of its Affiliates is a partner and any trust, fund or other entity which is managed by, or is under the control of, a Competitor Shareholder or any of its Affiliates; provided, however , that:

 

(i)            the provision of investment advisory services by a Person to a Plan or Non-U.S. Plan which is owned or controlled by a Person which would otherwise be a Competitor shall not of itself cause such Person providing such services to be deemed a Competitor if such Person has established procedures which will prevent confidential information supplied to such Person by any Note Party from being transmitted or otherwise made available to such Plan or Non-U.S. Plan or Person owning or controlling such Plan or Non-U.S. Plan; and

 

(ii)                                   in no event shall an Institutional Investor which maintains passive investments in any Person which is a Competitor for that reason alone be deemed a Competitor (it being understood that neither the normal administration of such investments nor the exercise of rights in respect thereof shall be deemed to cause such Institutional Investor to be a “Competitor”).

 

Confidential Information ” is defined in Section 21.

 

continuing ” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

 

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ Controlled ” and “ Controlling ” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Controlled Entity ” means (i) any of the Subsidiaries of Parent and any of their or Parent’s respective Controlled Affiliates and (ii) if Parent has a parent company, such parent company and its Controlled Affiliates.

 

Credit Facilities ” means, one or more debt facilities or arrangements or ancillary facilities (including, without limitation, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility), or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities or indentures or trust deeds or note purchase agreements, in each case, with banks, investment banks, insurance companies, mutual funds and/or other institutional lenders, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables) or letters of credit, bonds, note debentures or other corporate debt instruments or other Indebtedness in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors), in whole or in part from time to time (whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent

 

BI- 3


 

or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original Revolving Credit Facility or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and, in each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “ Credit Facilities ” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of Parent as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

 

Creditor Representative ” means the entity appointed under the Representative Deed pursuant to Section 1.3.

 

Default ” means an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” means that rate of interest per annum that is the greater of (i) 2.00% above the rate of interest stated in clause (a) of the first paragraph of the Notes or (ii) 2.00% over the rate of interest publicly announced by JP Morgan Chase Bank in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

 

Disclosure Documents ” is defined in Section 5.3.

 

Discounted Value ” is defined in Section 8.10.

 

Disposition Prepayment Date ” is defined in Section 8.5.

 

Disposition Response Date ” is defined in Section 8.5.

 

Dollars ” or “ $ ” means lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Environmental Laws ” means any and all federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to Hazardous Materials.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with Parent under section 414 of the Code.

 

European Union ” means the European Union as of 1 January 2004, including the countries of Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy,

 

BI- 4



 

Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom, but not including any country which becomes a member of the European Union after 1 January 2004.

 

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 11.

 

Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer ” is defined in Section 8.5.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

Exhibit ” is defined in Section 1.

 

Existing Note Documents ” means the Existing Note Indenture, the Existing Notes and the Existing Note Guarantees (whether contained in the Existing Note Indenture or otherwise).

 

Existing Note Guarantees ” means the “ Note Guarantees ” as defined in the Existing Note Indenture.

 

Existing Note Indenture ” means the indenture governing the Existing Notes dated on or about May 20, 2013, and made between, among others, the Existing Note Trustee, the Security Trustee, the Company and the senior note guarantors.

 

Existing Notes ” means the senior notes due 2017 issued or to be issued by the Company under the Existing Note Indenture.

 

Existing Note Trustee ” means The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee under the Existing Note Indenture.

 

Existing RCF Agreement ” means the £75,000,000 revolving facilities agreement dated January 29, 2010, and made between, among others, MUL and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited acting as agent and security trustee.

 

FATCA ” means (a) Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), together with any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, (b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the United States of America and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of the foregoing clause (a), and (c) any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

 

Football Creditors has the meaning given to such term in rule E.35 (or any equivalent provision) of the Premier League Handbook.

 

Forms ” is defined in Section 13.

 

Governmental Authority ” means

 

BI- 5



 

(a)                         the government of

 

(i)                           the United States of America or the United Kingdom or any state or other political subdivision of either thereof, or

 

(ii)                           any other jurisdiction in which Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of Parent or any Parent Subsidiary, or

 

(b)        any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

 

Governmental Official ” means any governmental official or employee, employee of any government-owned or government-controlled entity, political party, any official of a political party, candidate for political office, official of any public international organization or anyone else acting in an official capacity.

 

Guarantors ” means Parent, MUFC, MUL, RFJ and any Additional Guarantor, collectively, and each individually a “ Guarantor ”.

 

Guaranty ” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

 

Hazardous Materials ” means any and all pollutants, toxic or hazardous wastes or other substances that might pose a hazard to health and safety, the removal of which may be required or the generation, manufacture, refining, production, processing, treatment, storage, handling, transportation, transfer, use, disposal, release, discharge, spillage, seepage or filtration of which is or shall be restricted, prohibited or penalized by any applicable law, including asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum, petroleum products, lead based paint, radon gas or similar restricted, prohibited or penalized substances.

 

holder ” or “ Holder ” means, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1, provided, however, that if such Person is a nominee, then for the purposes of Sections 7, 12, 18.2 and 19 and any related definitions in this Schedule BI or in Schedule BII, “holder” shall mean the beneficial owner of such Note whose name and address appears in such register.

 

Institutional Investor ” means (a) any Purchaser of a Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding (together with one or more of its affiliates) more than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance

 

BI- 6



 

company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form, and (d) any Related Fund of any holder of any Note.

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the intercreditor agreement dated January 29, 2010, as amended and restated on or about the date hereof (as may be amended and/or restated or supplemented from time to time) and made between, among others, Parent, the Debtors (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the Security Trustee (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the RCF Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the Hedge Counterparties (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and the Intra-Group Lenders (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

Legal Opinion ” means any legal opinion delivered to the Purchasers under Section 4.4 or Section 10.9.

 

Legal Reservations ” means:

 

(a)                                  the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganization and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

(b)                                  the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defenses of set-off or counterclaim;

 

(c)                                   similar principles, rights and defenses under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

(d)                                  any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the Legal Opinions.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof.

 

Limitation Acts ” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

 

London Banking Day ” is defined in Section 24.8.

 

Make-Whole Amount ” is defined in Section 8.10.

 

Material ” means material in relation to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets, properties, or prospects of Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

BI- 7



 

Material Adverse Effect ” means an event or circumstance (taking into account all the resources, including funds, insurance and other claims and indemnities, available to the Group) (a) which has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets of the Group (taken as a whole) or financial condition of the Group (taken as a whole), (b) which has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Group (taken as a whole) to perform its payment obligations under the Note Documents or (c) which, subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements , affects the validity or the enforceability of any of the Transaction Security Documents in a manner which is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders and, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 20 Business Days of the earlier of Parent becoming aware of the issue or being given notice of the issue by a Noteholder.

 

Material Credit Facility ” means, as to Parent and the Parent Subsidiaries,

 

(a)                                  the Revolving Credit Facility, the Term Loan Facility and until the Closing, the Existing Indenture and Existing Notes; and

 

(b)                                  any other Credit Facility in a principal amount outstanding or available for borrowing equal to or greater than £25.0 million (or the equivalent of such amount in the relevant currency of payment, determined as of the date of the closing of such facility based on the exchange rate of such other currency) .

 

Maturity Date ” is defined in the first paragraph of each Note.

 

Memorandum ” is defined in Section 5.3.

 

Modified Make-Whole Amount is defined in Section 8.10.

 

MU Cayman ” means Manchester United plc, an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and restated from time to time.

 

MUF ” or the “ Company ” means MU Finance PLC (registration number 07088267), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

MUFC ” means Manchester United Football Club Limited (registration number 95489), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

MUL ” means Manchester United Limited (registration number 02570509), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

 

NAIC ” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

 

BI- 8



 

Non-U.S. Plan ” means any plan, fund or other similar program that (a) is established or maintained outside the United States of America by Parent or any Parent Subsidiary primarily for the benefit of employees of Parent or one or more Parent Subsidiaries residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and (b) is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

 

Note Guarantee ” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

Note Guaranty Joinder Agreement ” means a note guaranty joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.

 

Noteholder Sanctions Event ” means, with respect to any Purchaser or holder of a Note (an “ Affected Noteholder ”), such Purchaser or holder or any of its affiliates being in violation of or subject to sanctions (a) under any U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws as a result of Parent or any Controlled Entity becoming a Blocked Person or, directly or indirectly, having any investment in or engaging in any dealing or transaction (including any investment, dealing or transaction involving the proceeds of the Notes) with any Blocked Person or (b) under any similar laws, regulations or orders adopted by any State within the United States as a result of the name of Parent or any Controlled Entity appearing on a State Sanctions List.

 

Notes Offer ” is defined in Section 10.3(b).

 

Note Parties ” means the Company and the Guarantors.

 

Notes ” is defined in Section 1.

 

Note Documents ” means the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Representative Deed and the Transaction Security Documents.

 

Note Purchase Agreement ” means this Agreement.

 

OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

 

OFAC Sanctions Program ” means any economic or trade sanction that OFAC is responsible for administering and enforcing.  A list of OFAC Sanctions Programs may be found at http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions/Programs/Pages/Programs.aspx.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of the Company or other Note Party, as applicable, whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.

 

BI- 9



 

Parent ” means Red Football Limited (registration number 05370076), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

Parent Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of Parent, including the Company.

 

Pari Passu Debt ” is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Paying Agent ” means The Bank of New York Mellon, as paying agent for the Company under this Agreement, or any replacement thereof selected by the Company.

 

Perfection Requirements ” means the making of appropriate registrations, filings, endorsements, stampings, intimation in accordance with local laws, notations in stock registries, notarizations, legalization, notices and other actions and steps in any relevant jurisdiction in order to perfect the security created or purported to be created pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents or in order to achieve the relevant priority for such Transaction Security.

 

Permitted Jurisdiction ” means (a) the United Kingdom, (b) the United States of America or any state thereof, (c) Switzerland, (d) Canada, (e) the Cayman Islands and (f) any country that was a member of the European Union on April 30, 2004 (other than Greece Spain, Italy or Portugal).

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

Plan ” means an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

 

Preferred Stock ” means any class of capital stock of a Person that is preferred over any other class of capital stock (or similar equity interests) of such Person as to the payment of dividends or the payment of any amount upon liquidation or dissolution of such Person.

 

Premier League Handbook ” means the Premier League Handbook (as updated and/or amended from time to time) published by The Football Association Premier League Limited or any successor or replacement organization thereof.

 

property ” or “ properties ” means, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.

 

Purchaser ” or “ Purchasers ” means each of the purchasers that has executed and delivered this Agreement to the Company and such Purchaser’s successors and assigns (so long as any such assignment complies with Section 14.2), provided, however, that any Purchaser of a Note that ceases to be the registered holder or a beneficial owner (through a nominee) of such

 

BI- 10



 

Note as the result of a transfer thereof pursuant to Section 14.2 shall cease to be included within the meaning of “Purchaser” of such Note for the purposes of this Agreement upon such transfer .

 

Purchaser Schedule ” means the Purchaser Schedule to this Agreement listing the Purchasers of the Notes and including their notice and payment information.

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer ” means any Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of such term as set forth in Rule 144A(a)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

Qualifying Purchaser ” is defined in Section 13.

 

“Ratable Portion” for any Note means an amount equal to the product of (x) the aggregate proceeds subject to an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer multiplied by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Note and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount of all Pari Passu Debt (other than outstanding amounts under or in respect of any Hedging Obligations) being prepaid or offered to be prepaid in connection with such Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer.

 

Real Property means :

 

(e)                                   any freehold, leasehold or immovable property, (including the freehold and leasehold property in England and Wales specified in the Transaction Security Documents); and

 

any buildings, fixtures, fittings, fixed plant or machinery from time to time situated on or forming part of that freehold, leasehold or immovable property.

 

Reinvestment Yield ” is defined in Section 8.10.

 

Rejection Notice ” is defined in Section 8.3.

 

Regulation ” is defined in Section 5.23.

 

Related Fund ” means, with respect to any holder of any Note, any fund or entity that (i) invests in Securities or bank loans, and (ii) is advised or managed by such holder, the same investment advisor as such holder or by an affiliate of such holder or such investment advisor.

 

Relevant Jurisdiction means , in relation to any Note Party:

 

(a)          its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

(b)          any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to the Transaction Security to be created by it is situated;

 

(c)           any jurisdiction where it conducts a material part of its business; and

 

BI- 11



 

(d)          the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Transaction Security Documents entered into by it.

 

Remaining Average Life ” is defined in Section 8.10.

 

Remaining Scheduled Payments ” is defined in Section 8.10.

 

Reported ” is defined in Section 8.10.

 

Representative Deed ” is defined in Section 1.3.

 

Required Holders ” means at any time (i) prior to the Closing, the Purchasers and (ii) on or after the Closing, the holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates).

 

Responsible Officer ” means any Senior Financial Officer and any other officer of the Company (or other applicable Note Party) with responsibility for the administration of the relevant portion of this Agreement.

 

“Restricted Group” means Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Retiring Guarantor ” is defined in Section 23.4.

 

Revolving Credit Facility means the revolving credit facility under the RCF Facilities Agreement.

 

Revolving Credit Facility Documents means the RCF Facilities Agreement and any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced in any manner (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

 

RFJ ” means Red Football Junior Limited (registration number 05370078), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

Sanctions Prepayment Date ” is defined in Section 8.4.

 

Sanctions Prepayment Offer ” is defined in Section 8.4.

 

Sanctions Prepayment Response Date ” is defined in Section 8.4.

 

Schedule ” is defined in Section 1.

 

Season ” means the period from and including July 1 st  in each calendar year to and including June 30 th  in the immediately succeeding calendar year.

 

BI- 12



 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States.

 

Securities ” or “ Security ” shall have the meaning specified in section 2(1) of the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

Security Trustee ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

“Senior Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Company or other applicable Note Party.

 

Settlement Date ” is defined in Section 8.10.

 

Specified Contract means :

 

(a)                                  up to (and including) its expiry or termination, the sponsorship agreement dated November 2, 2000, with effect on August 1, 2002, and entered into between Manchester United Merchandising Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of Nike), MUL (named Manchester United PLC at time of signing of the contract) and MUFC (named Manchester United Football Club PLC at time of signing of the contract);

 

(b)                                  from (and including) its effective date, the sponsorship agreement dated June 18, 2014 between adidas (UK) Limited and MUFC (as may be amended and/or restated, novated, modified or supplemented from time to time)or any replacement or successor contract thereof; and

 

(c)                                   (i) the global sponsorship agreement dated July 27, 2011 between MUFC and General Motors Holdings LLC and (ii) the shirt sponsorship agreement dated July 26, 2012 between MUFC and General Motors Holdings LLC or, in each case, any replacement or successor contract thereof.

 

Specified Officer ” means Parent’s Head of Investor Relations, Head of Corporate Finance, Head of Corporate Development, and the Chief Financial Officer.

 

Stadium ” means the football stadium at Old Trafford Stadium, Sir Matt Busby Way, Manchester M16 0RA, England owned by MUL.

 

State Sanctions List ” means a list that is adopted by any state Governmental Authority within the United States of America pertaining to Persons that engage in investment or other commercial activities in Iran or any other country that is a target of economic sanctions imposed under U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

BI- 13


 

(a)                                  any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50 per cent. of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

(b)                                  any partnership or limited liability company of which (i) more than 50 per cent. of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (ii) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

Substitute Purchaser ” is defined in Section 22.

 

Super-Majority Holders means at any time (i) prior to the Closing, the Purchasers and (ii) on or after the Closing Date, the holders of at least 66-2/3% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates).

 

Supplemental Debenture ” is defined in Section 4.13.

 

SVO ” means the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC.

 

Tax ” means any tax (whether income, documentary, sales, stamp, registration, issue, capital, property, excise or otherwise), duty, assessment, levy, impost, fee, charge or withholding imposed by a Governmental Authority, together with any interest or any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax. “ Taxes ” and “ Taxation ” shall be construed to have corresponding meanings.

 

Taxing Jurisdiction is defined in Section 13(b).

 

Tax Prepayment Notice ” is defined in Section 8.3.

 

Term F acility Agreement ” means the term facility agreement, dated May 20, 2013 as amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated August 11, 2014, and as further amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement, dated May 15, 2015 by and between Parent, the Company, certain Subsidiaries of Parent and Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, as agent, as further amended and/or amended and restated from time to time.

 

Term Loan Facility ” means the facility made available under the Term Facility Agreement.

 

BI- 14



 

Transaction Security ” means the security created or expressed to be created in favor of the Security Trustee pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

 

Transaction Security Documents ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Treaty ” is defined in Section 13.

 

Treaty Purchaser ” is defined in Section 13.

 

USA PATRIOT Act ” means United States Public Law 107-56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws ” means those laws, executive orders, enabling legislation or regulations administered and enforced by the United States pursuant to which economic sanctions have been imposed on any Person, entity, organization, country or regime, including the Trading with the Enemy Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the Iran Sanctions Act, the Sudan Accountability and Divestment Act and any other OFAC Sanctions Program.

 

U.S. Note Party ” means a Note Party that is a U.S. Person.

 

U.S. Person ” means “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and includes an entity whose sole owner is a U.S. Person if the entity is disregarded as being an entity separate from such owner for US federal tax purposes. As of the date of this Agreement, each of the Note Parties (other than the Company) is treated as a U.S. Person.

 

U.S. Plan is defined in Section 5.12.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any Subsidiary all of the equity interests (except directors’ qualifying shares) and voting interests of which are owned by any one or more of Parent and Parent’s other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries at such time.

 

BI- 15



 

PART II —COVENANT DEFINITIONS

 

Acceptable Bank means:

 

(a)                                  a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognized credit rating agency; or

 

(b)                                  any other bank or financial institution approved by the Required Holders.

 

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person :

 

(a)                                  Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(b)                                  Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

“Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any Relevant Period, the consolidated profits of the Restricted Group from ordinary activities before taxation in respect of that Relevant Period and (without double counting):

 

(a)                                  before deducting any amount attributable to the amortization or impairment of intangible assets (including goodwill) or the depreciation or impairment of tangible assets;

 

(b)                                  before deducting any Consolidated Net Finance Charges;

 

(c)                                   before deducting any one-off expenses or charges incurred in connection with the incurrence or issuance of (i) any Financial Indebtedness under or which is permitted by the Note Documents or (ii) any other equity issuance which is permitted by the Note Documents;

 

(d)                                  before taking into account any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items;

 

(e)                                   before taking into account any accrued interest received by or owing to any member of the Restricted Group;

 

(f)                                    before taking into account any realized and unrealized exchange gains and losses including those arising on translation of currency debt;

 

BII- 1



 

(g)                                   before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any asset or arising from the acquisition or disposal of player registrations,

 

(h)                                  after deducting the amount of any profit of any member of the Restricted Group which is attributable to minority interests;

 

(i)                                      after deducting the amount of any profit of any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the Restricted Group) in which any member of the Restricted Group has an ownership interest to the extent that the amount of such profit included in the financial statements of the Restricted Group exceeds the amount (net of applicable withholding tax) received in cash by members of the Restricted Group through distributions by such investment or entity;

 

(j)                                     after excluding the amount of any profit or loss which is attributable to any Material Disposal made in the Relevant Period; and

 

(k)                                  after deducting, to the extent not already taken into account, all rent and other property costs of a revenue nature,

 

in each case, to the extent added, deducted, taken into account or excluded, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining profits of the Restricted Group from ordinary activities before taxation.

 

Additional Guarantor ” means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Section 9.7.

 

Adjusted Quarter ” has the meaning given to it in Section 10.13(c).

 

Adjustments ” is defined in Schedule 10.13.

 

Affiliate Transaction is defined in Section 10.1.

 

Asset Sale ” means:

 

(a)                                  the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 8.6 and Section 10.2 and not by the provisions of Section 10.3; and

 

(b)                                  the issuance of Equity Interests by any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or the sale by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of Parent’s Subsidiaries in each case other than directors’ qualifying shares.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

 

BII- 2



 

(a)                                  any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than £1.0 million;

 

(b)                                  a transfer of assets between or among Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                   an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to Parent or to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent made in accordance with Section 10.3;

 

(d)                                  the sale, lease, assignment or other transfer of products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment or other disposition of intellectual property that is, in the reasonable judgment of Parent, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as whole);

 

(e)                                   licenses and sublicenses by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of software in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                    any surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)                                   the granting of Liens not prohibited under Section 10.5;

 

(h)                                  the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(i)                                      a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 10.7 or a Permitted Investment;

 

(j)                                     the disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

 

(k)                                  the sale, lease, assignment, disposal or other transfer of player registrations;

 

(l)                                      any license or other right of occupation that allows the beneficiary to attend one or more sporting events (including without limitation association football matches) or other events in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)                              any license or other right of use of any intellectual property or other right if entered into in connection with the commercial exploitation of such intellectual property or other rights in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)                                  the monetization of any contract or arrangement related to (l) and (m) above;

 

BII- 3



 

(o)                                  the foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets or a surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

 

(p)                                  the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of the Company with or into an Affiliate solely for purposes of reincorporating the Company in a Permitted Jurisdiction for tax reasons; provided any such transaction is consummated in accordance with Section 10.2(d); and

 

(q)                                  the transfer of employees and assets in accordance with the definition of “Permitted Reorganization.”

 

Attributable Debt ” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.  Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with IFRS; provided, however , that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation” below.

 

Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the Closing Date, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time.  The terms “ Beneficially Owns ” and “ Beneficially Owned ” have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board of Directors ” means:

 

(a)                                  with respect to a corporation, the board of directors (or analogous governing body) of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

 

(b)                                  with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

 

(c)                                   with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

 

(d)                                  with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

BII- 4



 

Borrowings ” means, at any time, the outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount (including any capitalised interest accretions in respect of any instrument issued at a discount and any other similar amount) of any Financial Indebtedness (other than under paragraph (f) of the definition thereof).

 

Capital Expenditure ” means any expenditur e or obligation in respect of expenditure which, in accordance with IFRS, is treated as capital expenditure.

 

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the Closing Date, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

Capital Stock ” means:

 

(a)                                  in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(b)                                  in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(c)                                   in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

 

(d)                                  any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

 

Carrington Premises ” means the property known as the Trafford Training Centre and Academy at Carrington Manchester (title number GM785864), including any real property and fixtures related thereto but not any personal property.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

(a)                                  direct obligations (or certificates representing an interest in such obligations) issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the government of a member state of a Permitted Jurisdiction, the payment of which is backed by the full faith and credit of such Permitted Jurisdiction and which are not callable or redeemable at Parent’s option;

 

(b)                                  overnight bank deposits, time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and money market deposits with maturities (and similar instruments)

 

BII- 5



 

of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under, or authorized to operate as a bank or trust company under, the laws of a Permitted Jurisdiction; provided that such bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of £500 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof as of the date of such investment) and whose long-term debt is rated “A-3” or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or “A—“ or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or the equivalent rating category of another internationally recognized rating agency;

 

(c)                                   repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for underlying securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (b) above;

 

(d)                                  commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least P-1 by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and

 

(e)                                   money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in paragraph (a) to (d) of this definition.

 

Cash Equivalent Investments means at any time:

 

(a)                                  certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank;

 

(b)                                  any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating which:

 

(i)                                      matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

 

(ii)                                   is not convertible or exchangeable to any other security, provided that the relevant issuer or guarantor is rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 by Fitch Ratings or P-1 by Moody’s Investor Services Limited;

 

(c)                                   open market commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

 

(i)                                      for which a recognized trading market exists;

 

(ii)                                   issued by an issuer incorporated in a Permitted Jurisdiction;

 

BII- 6



 

(iii)                                which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

 

(iv)                               which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its unsecured and non credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

 

(d)                                  sterling bills of exchange issued eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);

 

(e)                                   investments accessible within 30 days in money market funds which:

 

(i)                                      have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited; and

 

(ii)                                   invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (e) above; or

 

(f)                                    any other debt security approved by the Required Holders,

 

in each case, to which any member of the Restricted Group is beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Restricted Group or subject to any Security (other than the Transaction Security Documents).

 

Champions League ” means the UEFA Champions League and any successor or replacement competition.

 

Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet means the spreadsheet delivered pursuant to Section 4.17.

 

Champions League Non Qualification Event ” means the failure by the first team of Manchester United Football Club to qualify (in any season) for the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(a)                                  the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (including any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal;

 

BII- 7



 

(b)                                  the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of Parent;

 

(c)                                   the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any Person (including any “person” as defined above), other than a Principal and/or any of its Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Parent, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

 

(d)                                  the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Parent are not Continuing Directors; provided, however , that this clause (d) shall not apply to members of the Board of Directors nominated or re-elected by employees pursuant to co-determination and similar statutes providing for employee representatives on supervisory or similar boards;

 

(e)                                   the first day on which (i) Parent fails to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Capital Stock of MUL or (ii) MUL fails to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Capital Stock of the Company;

 

(f)                                    MU Cayman (alone or together with one or more Affiliates controlled by it) ceases to own (directly or indirectly) a larger percentage than does any other Person of the share capital in, and shareholder loans to, Parent; or

 

(g)                                   The Original Investors cease to have the power to control more than one-half of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of Parent or to appoint or remove a majority of directors of Parent or give directions with respect to operating and financial policies of Parent.

 

Collateral ” means any and all assets from time to time in which a security interest has been or will be granted pursuant to any Transaction Security Document to secure the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under the Note Documents.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

 

(a)                                  all gains (losses) realized in connection with any Asset Sale or the disposition of securities or the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, together with any related provision for taxes on any such gain; plus

 

(b)                                  provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(c)                                   the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Consolidated Interest Expense were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

BII- 8


 

(d)                                  depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges or expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash charge or expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges or expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(e)                                   all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness to the extent such costs and premiums were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(f)                                    any foreign currency translation gains or losses (including gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such gains or losses were taken into account in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(g)                                   the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary in such period or any prior period, except to the extent of dividends declared or paid on, or other cash payments in respect of, Equity Interests held by such parties; minus

 

(h)                                  non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue or the reversal of a reserve for cash charges in a future period in the ordinary course of business,

 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with IFRS.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(a)                                  the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates (excluding any non-cash interest expense on Subordinated Shareholder Funding); plus

 

BII- 9



 

(b)                                  the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

 

(c)                                   any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent paid or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Lien is called upon; plus

 

(d)                                  the product of (i) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS.

 

Consolidated Net Finance Charges ” means, for any Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of interest, all regular or periodic commission, fees or discounts in the nature of interest accrued in respect of Borrowings of the Restricted Group in respect of that Relevant Period and (without double counting):

 

(a)                                  excluding any such obligations owed to any other member of the Restricted Group;

 

(b)                                  including the interest element whether paid or payable, in respect of leasing and hire purchase payments under lease or hire purchase arrangements which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as finance or capital leases;

 

(c)                                   including any accrued commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments paid or payable by any member of the Restricted Group under any interest rate hedging arrangement;

 

(d)                                  deducting any accrued commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments owing to or received by any member of the Restricted Group under any interest rate hedging instrument;

 

(e)                                   deducting any accrued interest owing to or received by any member of the Restricted Group on any deposit or bank account or in respect of Cash Equivalent Investments; and

 

(f)                                    excluding any up-front arrangement fees, up-front underwriting fees, up-front commitment fees, up-front participation fees or up-front agency fees paid in connection with the Term Loan Facility, the RCF Facilities Agreement or the

 

BII- 10



 

Notes issued on the Closing Date by any member of the Restricted Group (except where any such fee is in excess of a reasonable market rate).

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with IFRS; provided that:

 

(a)                                  the net income (loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person and the net income (if negative) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary will be included only to the extent that such loss has been funded with cash by the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person;

 

(b)                                  solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 10.7(a)(C)(1), any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to Parent by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders; except that Parent’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);

 

(c)                                   the net income (loss) arising from the sale, assignment, disposal or other transfer of player registrations will be excluded;

 

(d)                                  any extraordinary or exceptional gain, loss or charge or any profit or loss on Asset Sales, asset impairments or early extinguishment of Indebtedness, or any charges or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy, integration or severance or any expenses, charges, reserves or other costs related to acquisitions will be excluded;

 

(e)                                   non-cash tax charges that are set off by group relief by a Parent Entity will be excluded;

 

(f)                                    the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and

 

(g)                                   any intangible asset impairment charge and amortization of player registrations and amortization of goodwill will be excluded.

 

BII- 11



 

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the total amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage of Parent on such date to (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of Parent for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is made (the “ CSSLR Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of Parent) to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

 

For purposes of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA for such period:

 

(a)                                  acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the CSSLR Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the CSSLR Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of Parent and may include anticipated expense and cost reduction synergies) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

 

(b)                                  the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the CSSLR Calculation Date, will be excluded;

 

(c)                                   any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the CSSLR Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; and

 

BII- 12



 

(d)                                  any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the CSSLR Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period.

 

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of Parent who:

 

(a)                                  was a member of such Board of Directors on the Closing Date; or

 

(b)                                  was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company or any Guarantor to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company or any Guarantor may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 10.7.  The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the Note Documents will be the maximum amount that Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

 

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

Excess Proceeds ” is defined in Section 10.3(c).

 

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds received by Parent after the Closing Date from (a) contributions to its common equity capital or (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate (which shall be designated no later than the date on which such Excluded Contribution has been received by Parent), the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 10.7(a)(C)(2).

 

Excluded Subsidiary means :

 

(a)                                  MUTV;

 

BII- 13



 

(b)                                  Alderley Urban Investments Limited (a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 03132053);

 

(c)                                   each member of the New Holdco Group;

 

(d)                                  provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has been designated by the Company by written notice to the Agent as an Excluded Subsidiary, a Restricted Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of holding one or more assets or properties that are to be financed, in whole or in part, with Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.4(b)(iv) or Section 10.4(b)(xv) if the only assets and properties (other than assets that are de minimis in value) owned by such Restricted Subsidiary are financed, in whole or in part, with Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.4(b)(iv) or Section 10.4(b)(xv) for so long as any such Indebtedness remains outstanding and an obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that promptly upon the retirement or repayment of such Indebtedness or the assumption of such Indebtedness by a Person other than such Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall, become an Additional Guarantor (to the extent it would otherwise be required to do so)); and

 

(e)                                   provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has been designated by Parent by written notice to the holders of Notes as an Excluded Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date as a result of the acquisition of such Person by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than RFJ) where such Person will have outstanding, following the consummation of such acquisition, Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 10.4(b)(xii)  and such Person would be required to obtain the consent of the holders of such Indebtedness to become an Additional Guarantor or grant Security pursuant to (and as defined in) the Term Facility Agreement, for so long as any such Indebtedness remains outstanding and an obligation of such Person (it being understood that promptly upon the retirement or repayment of such Indebtedness or the assumption of such Indebtedness by a Person other than such Person, such Person shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall become an Additional Guarantor pursuant to (and as defined in) the Note Documents (to the extent it would otherwise be required to do so)).

 

Nothing in any Note Document shall require any Excluded Subsidiary to be a Guarantor or become an Additional Guarantor for so long as it is an Excluded Subsidiary.

 

Existing Hedging Agreements ” means the interest rate transactions entered into between Parent and Bank of America, N.A., on October 25, 2013, in each case documented under and subject to the terms of a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.) and Schedule thereto, dated as of May 20, 2013.

 

BII- 14



 

Existing Indebtedness ” means all Indebtedness of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date after giving effect to the use of proceeds hereunder, until such amounts are repaid.

 

Fair Market Value ” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in an arm’s length transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Parent (unless otherwise provided in the Note Documents).

 

Finance Documents ” has the meaning given to it in Section 10.11(a).

 

Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness for or in respect of, and without double counting:

 

(a)                                  monies borrowed or raised (other than Subordinated Shareholder Funding provided by a Principal or a Related Party);

 

(b)                                  any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or by a bill discounting or factoring credit facility;

 

(c)                                   any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d)                                  the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract or other agreement which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

(e)                                   receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f)                                    any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account, together with the effect of any applicable netting arrangement);

 

(g)                                   any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

(h)                                  any amount raised by the issue of shares in the Company or any other member of the Restricted Group which is not held by another member of the Restricted Group which by their terms are redeemable (mandatorily or at the holder’s option);

 

BII- 15



 

(i)                                      any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement in respect of a fixed asset if such agreement was demonstrably entered into primarily as a method of raising finance;

 

(j)                                     any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement but not in relation to deferred payments for players) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; and

 

(k)                                  the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss for any of the items referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this definition.

 

Financial Quarter ” means the period commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date.

Financial Year ” means the annual accounting period of the Restricted Group ending on or about June 30 in each year.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ FCCR Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of Parent) to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

 

(a)                                  acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the FCCR Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of Parent and may include anticipated expense and cost reduction synergies) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

 

BII- 16



 

(b)                                  the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, will be excluded;

 

(c)                                   the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Consolidated Interest Expense will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the FCCR Calculation Date;

 

(d)                                  any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the FCCR Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

 

(e)                                   any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the FCCR Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

 

(f)                                    if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the FCCR Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the FCCR Calculation Date in excess of 12 months, or, if shorter, at least equal to the remaining term of such Indebtedness).

 

Funds Flow Statement ” means a funds flow statement in agreed form.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles applicable in the United Kingdom, as in effect on the date of any calculation or determination required hereunder.  At any time after the date of this Agreement, the Parent Subsidiaries may elect to apply IFRS for all purposes of this Agreement, in lieu of GAAP, and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP with respect to the Parent Subsidiaries will be thereafter be construed to mean IFRS, as in effect of the date of such election; provided that any such election once made will be irrevocable.  For the avoidance of doubt, the making of an election referred to in this definition will not be treated as resulting in an incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

Group ” means Parent and each of its Subsidiaries.

 

Group Structure Chart ” means the group structure chart showing the Group as of the Closing Date in the agreed form.

 

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

BII- 17



 

(a)                                  interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

 

(b)                                  other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

 

(c)                                   other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

 

IFRS ” means International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the European Union or any variation thereof with which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are, or may be, required to comply.  Except as otherwise set forth in the Note Documents, all ratios and calculations based on IFRS contained in the Note Documents shall be computed in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

 

(a)                                  in respect of borrowed money;

 

(b)                                  evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(c)                                   in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

 

(d)                                  representing Capital Lease Obligations;

 

(e)                                   representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed;

 

(f)                                    representing any Hedging Obligations;

 

(g)                                   representing Attributable Debt; and

 

(h)                                  representing liabilities under the Existing Hedging Agreements, if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guaranty by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

 

BII- 18


 

In addition, for the purpose of avoiding duplication in calculating the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness for purposes of Section 10.4, Indebtedness arising solely by reason of the existence of a Lien to secure other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 10.4 will not be considered incremental Indebtedness.

 

The term “ Indebtedness ” shall not include:

 

(a)                                  in connection with the purchase by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 30 days thereafter;

 

(b)                                  any contingent obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes; or

 

(c)                                   Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

 

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations, but excluding advances or extensions of credit to customers or suppliers made in the ordinary course of business), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to Officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as Investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with IFRS.  If Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of Parent such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, Parent will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of Parent’s Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 10.7.  The acquisition by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 10.7.  Except as otherwise provided in the Note Documents, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

Joinder Documents ” is defined in Section 10.9(a)(ii)(B).

 

Major Rating Agency ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, Fitch Ratings or DBRS Limited (including their respective successors), or if

 

BII- 19



 

none of them shall any longer be performing the functions of a rating agency with respect to securities such as the Notes, such other nationally recognized (in the United States of America) statistical rating agency as shall be designated by the Company and approved by the Required Holders.

 

Material Disposal ” means any disposal in respect of which the disposal proceeds exceed £5,000,000 (or equivalent).

 

MU Interactive ” mean Manchester United Interactive Limited (registration number 04365059), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

MUTV ” means MUTV Limited (registration number 03418853), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and any reserve for adjustment or indemnification obligations in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with IFRS.

 

New Holdco ” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is formed as a direct or indirect Subsidiary of MUL and that is the (direct or indirect) Holding Company of the New Holdco Subsidiaries.

 

New Holdco Business ” means (a) retail, merchandising, apparel, intellectual property licensing and soccer school business (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any ticket sales (including season tickets), and match day concessions, parking or hospitality), (b) any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into after the date of this Agreement or any other similar business and/or (c) the digital, media and mobile or any other similar business (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any centrally negotiated broadcasting rights with the Premier League (in relation to domestic and international television and radio broadcasting rights) and UEFA (in relation to European club competition television and radio broadcasting rights) and (ii) any domestic cup television and radio broadcasting rights, in each case, of or in relation to the Group and/or the first team of MUFC).

 

New Holdco Group ” means New Holdco and each New Holdco Subsidiary.

 

New Holdco Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is formed as a direct or indirect Subsidiary of New Holdco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any New Holdco Business or acting as a direct or indirect Holding Company of another member of the New Holdco Group, including holding any assets or properties in relation thereto.

 

BII- 20



 

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness :

 

(a)                                  as to which neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and

 

(b)                                  as to which the holders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary).

 

Notes Offer ” is defined in Section 10.3(b)(i).

 

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief of Staff, the Treasurer , any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Managing Director, Director or any Vice-President of such Person.

 

Original Investors ” means all or any of the following persons (with such proportionate interests all taken together, as they may determine):

 

(a)                                  Linda Glazer, the widow of Malcolm I. Glazer, and any children of Malcolm I. Glazer;

 

(b)                                  any of the children and remoter issue and the spouses, widowers and widows (whether or not such widowers and widows have remarried) of such children and remoter issue of any of the persons referred to in (a) above; and

 

(c)                                   any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other collective entity which is 50.1% or more controlled by any or all of the persons referred to above whether the control is exercised or the economic interest is held directly or indirectly through any number of additional trusts, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies or other collective entities or any combination thereof.

 

Parent Entity ” means any direct or indirect parent company or entity of Parent.

 

Permitted Business ” means (i) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and (ii) any other business or activity which is ancillary, reasonably related or complementary thereto.

 

Permitted Collateral Liens means :

 

(a)                                  Liens on the Collateral to secure the Existing Notes (or the Existing Note Guarantees) and the Existing RCF Agreement (or any guarantee thereof) until the Closing, the Notes (or the Note Guarantees) and any Permitted Refinancing

 

BII- 21



 

Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement); provided further that all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness secures the Notes or the Note Guarantees on a senior or pari passu basis;

 

(b)                                  Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness: (i) under the Finance Documents; (ii) under the Credit Facilities that is permitted by Section 10.4(b)(i); (iii) permitted by Section 10.4(b)(iv) or 10.4(b)(xv); and (iv) permitted by Section 10.4(a) and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that, in each case, all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Indebtedness also secures the Notes or any Note Guaranty on a senior or pari passu basis; provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

(c)                                   Liens on the Collateral securing Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations under (i) Hedging Obligations (other than Hedging Obligations in respect of commodity prices and only to the extent such Hedging Obligations relate to Indebtedness referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above and such Indebtedness is also secured by the Collateral) permitted by Section 10.4(b)(viii), and (ii) the Existing Hedging Agreements and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that the assets and properties securing such Indebtedness will also secure the Notes or any Note Guaranty on a senior or pari passu basis; provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

(d)                                  Liens on the Collateral arising by operation of law that are described in one or more of clauses (d), (g), (h), (i), (l), (n) and (o) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and that, in each case, would not materially interfere with the ability of the Security Trustee to enforce any Lien over the Collateral; and

 

(e)                                   Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that in total do not exceed £5.0 million at any one time outstanding and that (i) are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation from Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s business.

 

BII- 22



 

Permitted Debt ” is defined in Section 10.4(b).

 

Permitted Investments means:

 

(a)                                      any Investment in Parent or in a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent;

 

(b)                                      any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(c)                                       any Investment by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

(i)                                      such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; or

 

(ii)                                   such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent;

 

(d)                                      any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 10.3;

 

(e)                                       any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent;

 

(f)                                        any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including settlement of delinquent obligations pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of, or other foreclosure with respect to, any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

 

(g)                                   Investments in receivables owing to Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)                                  Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

 

(i)                                      loans or advances to officers, directors or employees made in the ordinary course of business of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed £5.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(j)                                     repurchases of the Notes in accordance with Section 8;

 

(k)                                  any Guaranty of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 10.4;

 

(l)                                      any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Closing Date and any Investment consisting of an extension, modification

 

BII- 23



 

or renewal of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under the Note Documents;

 

(m)                              Investments acquired after the Closing Date as a result of the acquisition by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 10.2 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

(n)                                  Investments made with the Excluded Contributions;

 

(o)                                  other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (o) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed £50 million, provided that if an Investment is made pursuant to this clause in a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent and such Person subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or is subsequently designated a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.10, such Investment, if applicable, shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraph (c) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” and not this clause.

 

Permitted Liens means:

 

(a)                                  Liens in favor of the Note Parties;

 

(b)                                  Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or is merged with or into or consolidated with Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or is merged with or into or consolidated with Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                   Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

 

BII- 24



 

(d)                                  Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, insurance, surety or appeal bonds, workers’ compensation obligations, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens to secure letters of credit issued to assure payment of such obligations);

 

(e)                                   Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 10.4(b)(iv) covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

 

(f)                                    Liens existing on the Closing Date;

 

(g)                                   Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with IFRS has been made therefor;

 

(h)                                  Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)             survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(j)                                     Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note Guarantees) and the Revolving Credit Facilities;

 

(k)                                  Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Note Documents; provided, however , that:

 

(i)                                      the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

 

(ii)            the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (1) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

 

BII- 25



 

(l)             bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff, Liens arising out of judgments or awards not constituting an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

 

(m)                              Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness;

 

(n)                                  Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods (and the proceeds thereof) of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(o)                                  any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublicensee under any operating lease, license or sublicense, as applicable;

 

(p)                                  Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

 

(q)                                  Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(r)                                     Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.4(b)(xv);

 

(s)                                    Liens to secure Indebtedness of New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiaries that are Subsidiaries of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) permitted by Section 10.4; and

 

(t)                               Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations (other than Indebtedness) that do not exceed £25.0 million at any one time outstanding.

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

 

(a)                                  the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees, commissions and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

 

(b)                                  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date not earlier than the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity

 

BII- 26



 

that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

 

(c)                                   if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations under the Note Documents, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations under the Note Documents on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

 

(d)                                  such Indebtedness is incurred either by an Note Party (if the Note Party was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged) or by the Restricted Subsidiary that was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged and is guaranteed only by Persons who were obligors on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

 

Permitted Reorganization ” means:

 

(a)                                  an amalgamation, merger, demerger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganization, winding up or corporate restructuring or reconstruction of a member of the Restricted Group or involving the business, operations, assets or shares of (or other interests in) any member of the Restricted Group or any other transfer or disposition of the business, operations, assets or shares of (or other interests in) any member of the Restricted Group (a “ Reorganization ”), in each case, on a solvent basis, where:

 

(i)                                      all of the assets of that member remain within the Restricted Group and the value or percentage of any minority interest in any member of the Restricted Group held by any person which is not a member of the Restricted Group is not increased; and

 

(ii)                                   if its assets or the shares in it were subject to security in favor of the holders of Notes immediately prior to such Reorganization, Parent certifies that the holders of Notes will, enjoy the same or substantially equivalent guarantees from such member of the Restricted Group (or its successor, if any) and the same or substantially equivalent security over the same assets (except the shares in the entity that is not the successor entity, provided that the shares in the successor entity (if any) are subject to equivalent security) and over the shares in it (or in each case its successor, if any) after such Reorganization;

 

BII- 27



 

(b)                                  any Reorganization and/or any other step, action and/or event undertaken by any member of the Restricted Group to enable, facilitate and/or implement any of the following:

 

(i)                                      the establishment, formation and/or organisation of any member of the New Holdco Group;

 

(ii)            the transfer, assignment or novation by MUL and/or any other member of the Restricted Group of all or any portion of the New Holdco Business and/or any related arrangements or assets (including goodwill) to any member of the New Holdco Group, including the transfer of employees and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts; and/or

 

(iii)           the transfer, assignment or novation of MUTV and/or MU Interactive (including its assets) or all or any portion of the business of MUTV and/or MU Interactive and/or any related arrangements or assets (including goodwill) to any member of the New Holdco Group, including the transfer of employees and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts, provided, in each case under this clause (b), that:

 

(A)                                (1) New Holdco shall, at all times, remain the direct or indirect Holding Company of the New Holdco Subsidiaries; and (2) within the later of 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Security Trustee (acting reasonably) and Parent) of (x) the date of it becoming a member of the Restricted Group and (y) the Closing Date (unless an existing Transaction Security Document is effective to create Security over such shares), Security shall be granted over 65% of New Holdco’s shares (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares);

 

(B)                                New Holdco and Sponsorship Newco shall, at all times, remain Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(C)                                any direct or indirect Holding Company of Sponsorship Newco that is also a Subsidiary of New Holdco, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(D)           any Subsidiary that is formed as a Subsidiary of Sponsorship Newco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements of the Group and/or the first team of MUFC, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary (a “ Sponsorship Subsidiary ”);

 

(E)            any member of the Restricted Group and any member of the New Holdco Group that enters into or, as the case may be, has transferred, assigned or novated to it any sponsorship contracts

 

BII- 28


 

and/or arrangements, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(F)            there shall be no transfer, assignment, novation, amendment, modification, restatement, extension or replacement (prior to the expiration of their respective terms) of the Specified Contracts or any other sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into by any member of the Restricted Group prior to the date of this Agreement that results in any member of the New Holdco Group becoming a party to or entitled to compensation, rights or benefits under any such Specified Contract or other such sponsorship contract or arrangement; and

 

(G)           to the extent there is any transfer, assignment or novation of any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into by any member of the Restricted Group on or after the date of this Agreement to the New Holdco Group, such sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements shall be transferred, assigned or novated (as applicable) to a member of the Restricted Group, Sponsorship Newco and/or a Sponsorship Subsidiary only (for the avoidance of doubt, any member of the Restricted Group may enter into sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements from time to time); or

 

(c)                                   any other reorganization of one or more members of the Restricted Group approved by the Required Holders (acting reasonably),

 

not in breach of any applicable law and provided that the surviving entity is an entity that is incorporated in a Permitted Jurisdiction.

 

Premier League ” means The Football Association Premier League (and any successors) or any replacement league.

 

Principal ” means the six lineal descendants of Malcom Glazer who are Avram Glazer, Joel Glazer, Bryan Glazer, Edward Glazer, Darcie Glazer Kassewitz and Kevin Glazer.

 

Proceeds Loan Agreement ” means a loan agreement, dated the Closing Date between the Company and MUL, pursuant to which the Company loans a portion of the proceeds of the issue and sale of the Notes hereunder to MUL.

 

Proceeds Loan ” means a loan by the company to MUL pursuant to the Proceeds Loan Agreement.

 

Public Debt ” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (i) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (ii) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC for public resale.

 

BII- 29



 

The term Public Debt (i) shall not include the Notes and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than 10 Persons (provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten), or any Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility, commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Capital Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering” under the Securities Act.

 

Public Equity Offering ” means a bona fide underwritten public offering of the Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent or a Parent Entity, either:

 

(a)                                  pursuant to a flotation on the London Stock Exchange or any other nationally recognized stock exchange or listing authority in a member state of the European Union; or

 

(b)                                  pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests issued or issuable under any employee benefit plan).

 

Public Market ” means any time after:

 

(a)                                  a Public Equity Offering has been consummated; and

 

(b)                                  at least 20% of the total issued and outstanding ordinary shares or common equity of Parent or a Parent Entity has been distributed to investors other than the Principals or any of their respective Affiliates or any other direct or indirect shareholders of Parent as of the Closing Date pursuant to one or more Public Equity Offerings.

 

Qualified Capital Stock ” means Capital Stock other than Disqualified Stock.

 

Quarter Date ” means each of March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

 

RCF Facilities Agreement” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Related Party ” means:

 

(a)                                  Red Football Limited Partnership, a limited partnership formed in the state of Nevada, United States of America;

 

(b)                                  the parents or spouse of a Principal, the parents of a Principal’s spouse and any of a Principal’s, his or her spouse’s or their parents’ direct descendants; or

 

BII- 30



 

(c)                                   any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a 50.1% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph (b).

 

Relevant Equity ” means new equity or Subordinated Shareholder Funding invested into the Restricted Group by any Principal or any Related Party or their respective Affiliates and applied within one Business Day of the date of such investment (provided that the Parent shall use its reasonable endeavors to procure that it is applied on the same day) in prepayment, purchase, defeasance or redemption of the Notes, any Replacement Debt or other Term Debt).

 

Relevant Period ” means each period of twelve months ending on the last day of each Financial Quarter.

 

Replacement Debt ” means Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness where the proceeds are applied within one Business Day of incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (provided that the Parent shall use its reasonable endeavors to procure that it is applied on the same day) in prepayment, purchase, defeasance or redemption of (a) the Notes, the Existing Notes or any Term Debt; or (b) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.

 

Restricted Group ” means Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Payment ” is defined in Section 10.7.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of Parent other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Senior Secured Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien and Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is not a Guarantor.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means, at the date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that together with its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent (i) for the most recent fiscal year, accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Parent or (ii) as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter, was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Parent.

 

Specified Asset ” means Old Trafford Stadium and grounds and any real property related thereto.

 

Sponsorship Newco ” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is formed as a Subsidiary of New Holdco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any sponsorship contracts and/or

 

BII- 31



 

arrangements entered into after the date of this Agreement or any other similar business of the Group and/or the first team of MUFC.

 

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Closing Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Sterling ” or “ £ ” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

Sterling Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than sterling, at any time of determination thereof by Parent or the Required Holders, the amount of sterling obtained by converting such currency other than sterling involved in such computation into sterling at the spot rate for the purchase of sterling with the applicable currency other than sterling as published in The Financial Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times , such source as may be selected in good faith by Parent) on the date of such determination.

 

Subordinated Shareholder Funding ” means, collectively, any funds provided to Parent by any Parent Entity or any Principal or Related Party, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding:

 

(a)                                  does not (including upon the happening of any event) mature or require any amortization or other payment of principal prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes (other than through conversion or exchange of any such security or instrument for Qualified Capital Stock or for any other security or instrument meeting the requirements of the definition);

 

(b)                                  does not (including upon the happening of any event) require the payment of cash interest prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes;

 

(c)                                   does not (including upon the happening of any event) provide for the acceleration of its maturity nor confers on its shareholders any right (including upon the happening of any event) to declare a default or event of default or take any enforcement action, in each case, prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes;

 

(d)                                  is not secured by a lien on any assets of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary and is not guaranteed by any Subsidiary of Parent;

 

BII- 32



 

(e)                                   is subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of the Notes in the event of any default, bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, winding up or other disposition of assets of Parent at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Liabilities (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) are subordinated to the Notes under the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(f)                                    does not (including upon the happening of any event) restrict the payment of amounts due in respect of the Notes or the Term Loan Facility or compliance by Parent with its obligations under the Note Documents and the Finance Documents;

 

(g)                                   does not (including upon the happening of an event) constitute Voting Stock; and

 

(h)                                  is not (including upon the happening of any event) mandatorily convertible or exchangeable, or convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder, in whole or in part, prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes other than into or for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent;

 

provided, however, that any event or circumstance that results in such Indebtedness ceasing to qualify as Subordinated Shareholder Funding, such Indebtedness shall constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by Parent, and any and all Restricted Payments made through the use of the net proceeds from the incurrence of such Indebtedness since the date of the original issuance of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding shall constitute new Restricted Payments that are deemed to have been made after the date of the original issuance of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

 

UEFA ” means the Union of European Football Associations and any successor or replacement organization thereof.

 

U.S. Dollar ” or “ $ ” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, at any time of determination thereof by the Parent or the Required Holders the amount of U.S. Dollars obtained by converting such currency other than U.S. Dollars involved in such computation into U.S. Dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. Dollars with the applicable currency other than U.S. Dollars as published in The Financial Times in the “ Currency Rates ” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times , such source as may be selected in good faith by the Parent) on the date of such determination.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) as of the Closing Date, MUTV and MU Interactive and (ii) any other Subsidiary of Parent (other than a Note Party or any successor to any of them) that is designated by the Board of Directors of Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 10.10, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

 

BII- 33



 

(a)                                  has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

 

(b)                                  except as permitted under Section 10.1, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of Parent;

 

(c)                                   is a Person with respect to which neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

 

(d)                                  has not guaranteed, pledged any of its Subsidiaries’ shares or other of its assets or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Voting Stock ” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

(a)                                  the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

(b)                                  the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

BII- 34


 

DISCLOSURE MATERIALS

 

Investor Presentation dated April 2015.

 

SCHEDULE 5.3

(to Note Purchase Agreement)

 



 

ORGANIZATION AND OWNERSHIP OF SUBSIDIARY STOCK; AFFILIATES

 

Parent or Parent Subsidiary

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

 

% Ownership

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Red Football Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Red Football Joint Venture Limited (100)%

 

Guarantor

Parent Subsidiary

 

Red Football Junior Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Red Football Limited (100)%

 

Guarantor

Parent Subsidiary

 

Manchester United Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Red Football Limited (72%); Red Football Junior Limited (28%)

 

Guarantor

Parent Subsidiary

 

MU Finance plc

 

England and Wales

 

Manchester United Limited (100)%

 

Issuer

Parent Subsidiary

 

Manchester United Football Club Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Manchester United Limited (100)%

 

Guarantor

Parent Subsidiary

 

Manchester United Commercial Enterprises (Ireland) Limited

 

Ireland

 

Manchester United Limited (100)%

 

Non-Guarantor

Parent Subsidiary

 

MU Interactive Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Manchester United Limited (100)%

 

Non-Guarantor

Parent Subsidiary

 

MUTV Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Manchester United Limited (100)%

 

Non-Guarantor

Parent Subsidiary

 

Alderly Urban Investments Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Manchester United Limited (100)%

 

Non-Guarantor

 

[Schedule continues on following page]

 

SCHEDULE 5.4

(to Note Purchase Agreement)

 



 

Schedule 5.4 - Parent’s Directors

 

Parent’s Directors

 

Avram Glazer

Joel Glazer

Kevin Glazer

Bryan Glazer

Darcie Glazer Kassewitz

Edward Glazer

Mitchell Nusbaum

 



 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet as at June 30, 2014 and 2013

 

Consolidated Income Statement for the years ended June 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended June 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years June 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

Unaudited Financial Statements

 

Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2015, June 30, 2014 and March 31, 2014

 

Interim Consolidated Income Statement for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Interim Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the nine months ended March 31, 2015, the three months ended June 30, 2014 and the nine months ended March 31, 2014

 

Interim Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the three and nine months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

 

SCHEDULE 5.5

(to Note Purchase Agreement)

 


 

EXISTING DEBT

 

(as of March 31, 2015)

 

Outstanding
Indebtedness

 

Principal
Outstanding

 

Obligor

 

Obligee(s) 

 

Collateral (if any)

 

Guaranty (if any)

Revolving Credit Facility

 

No amounts outstanding

 

Manchester United Limited and Manchester United Football Club Limited

 

Bank of America, N.A. 

 

Deutsche Bank AG, acting through its London branch

 

GE Corporate Finance Bank SAS

 

Goldman Sachs International Bank

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. 

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc acting as agent for National Westminster Bank Plc

 

All of the assets of the guarantors

 

Red Football Limited, Red Football Junior Limited, Manchester United Limited, Manchester United Football Club Limited and MU Finance plc

Secured Term Loan Facility

 

$315.7 million

 

MU Finance plc

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

All of the assets of the Obligor and the guarantors

 

Red Football Limited, Red Football Junior Limited, Manchester United Limited and Manchester United Football Club Limited

Existing Notes

 

$269.2 million

 

MU Finance plc

 

Bondholders

 

All of the assets of the Obligor and the guarantors

 

Red Football Limited, Red Football Junior Limited, Manchester United Limited and Manchester United Football Club Limited

Alderley Facility

 

£5.8 million

 

Alderley Urban Investments Limited

 

National Westminster Bank Plc

 

Manchester International Freight Terminal

 

Manchester United Limited

 

SCHEDULE 5.15

(to Note Purchase Agreement)

 



 

TABLE OF VALUES FOR X

 

1.                                       The value of X in any Financial Year will be the amount determined using the Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet and set out in the row labelled “EBITDA” in the column corresponding to that Financial Year after the following adjustments (the “ Adjustments ”) have been made in the electronic version of the spreadsheet (and, for the avoidance of doubt, with no other adjustments):

 

(a)          the figure in the Total Match Day income row of the spreadsheet for a Financial Year (the “ Relevant Year ”) will be determined by: (i) adjusting the revenue in the line item entitled “European Cups” in the annual financial statements for the most recent Financial Year in which the first team of MUFC participated in the Champions League (the “ Previous Year ”) to reflect any increase or decrease in ticket prices announced prior to the start of the Relevant Year that would be applicable in the Relevant Year; (ii) aggregating the amount described in paragraph (i) above with the revenue (increased or decreased for the then prevailing rate (RPI) of inflation or deflation) in the line items entitled “Hospitality — Match Day” and “Catering (match day)” (minus any intra-Restricted Group items) in the annual financial statements for the Previous Year; (iii) dividing the sum of the amount described in paragraph (ii) by the number of Champions League matches played at the Stadium in the Previous Year; and (iv) multiplying the product of paragraph (iii) by four;

 

(b)          any increase or decrease in the Sterling Equivalent of Media and sponsorship revenues that would have been received by the Restricted Group from UEFA in respect of the Champions League (or, in each case, any replacement body or competition) had the first team of MUFC finished third in the Premier League (or any replacement competition) and qualified for the first knock-out stage of the Champions League will be taken into account in calculating the figure in the row labelled “European TV & Radio” in the column corresponding to that Financial Year; and

 

(c)           any increase or decrease in the portion of revenue from the Specified Contracts described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of the definition thereof (as applicable) (or any replacement contract) that is dependent on the first team of MUFC qualifying for the Champions League in a Financial Year will be taken into account in calculating the figure in the row labelled “Nike” (in relation to the Nike Agreement) and the row labelled “Adidas” (in relation to the adidas Agreement) in the column corresponding to that Financial Year.

 

2.                                       The add back in respect of each Financial Year shall be applied according to the following quarterly schedule:

 

Financial Quarter Ending

 

Percentage Application

 

September

 

20.0

%

December

 

45.0

%

March

 

35.0

%

June

 

0.0

%

 

SCHEDULE 10.13
(to Note Purchase Agreement)

 



 

[FORM OF NOTE]

 

MU FINANCE PLC

 

3.79% SENIOR NOTE DUE JUNE 26, 2027

 

No. [       ]

June 26, 2015

$[         ]

PPN[                     ]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, MU FINANCE PLC (herein called the “Company” ), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability, hereby promises to pay to [            ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                     ] DOLLARS (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on June 26, 2027 (the “Maturity Date” ), with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the rate of 3.79% per annum from the date hereof, payable semiannually, on the 1 st  day of February and August in each year, commencing with February 1, 2016, and on the Maturity Date, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, (x) on any overdue payment of interest and (y) during the continuance of an Event of Default, on such unpaid balance and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 5.79% or (ii) 2% over the rate of interest publicly announced by JP Morgan Chase Bank from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate, payable semiannually as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount or Modified Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of the Paying Agent in New York, New York or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

This Note is one of a series of Guaranteed Senior Secured Notes (herein called the “Notes” ) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 27, 2015 (as from time to time amended, the “Note Purchase Agreement” ), among the Company, Red Football Limited (“ Parent ”), Manchester United Limited (“ MUL ”), Red Football Junior Limited (“ RFJ ”) and Manchester United Football Club Limited (“ MUFC ”, MUFC together with Parent, MUL and RFJ, the “ Guarantors ”), the respective Purchasers named therein and the Paying Agent and is entitled to the benefits thereof. Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 21 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representations set forth in Section 6.1 and Section 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement.  Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 



 

The payment of principal of, Make-Whole Amount (if any), Modified Make-Whole Amount (if any) and interest on this Note has been guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the guaranty set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement, made in favor of and for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Notes.  Reference is made to the Note Purchase Agreement for a description of the terms and conditions upon which this Note is guaranteed.

 

The Notes are entitled, on a ratable basis with certain other indebtedness of the Company, to the benefits of certain collateral security held by Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, or its successor at the time acting as Security Trustee (the “ Security Trustee ”) under the Intercreditor Agreement, dated January 29, 2010, as amended and restated as of June 26, 2015 (as from time to time amended, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”), among the Company, the Guarantors, the Security Trustee and certain other parties thereto, and under certain other Transaction Security Documents referred to in the Intercreditor Agreement.  Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Transaction Security Documents referred to therein for a description of the nature and extent of the collateral security afforded thereby.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed, by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Company may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Company will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

As provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, this Note is subject to prepayment, in whole or in part, in certain circumstances without Make-Whole Amount, in certain circumstances with a Make-Whole Amount and in certain circumstances with a Modified Make-Whole Amount.  This Note is also subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Company and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 



 

 

MU FINANCE PLC

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

[Form of Note Guaranty Joinder Agreement]

 

NOTE GUARANTY JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

THIS NOTE GUARANTY JOINDER AGREEMENT ( Guaranty Joinder Agreement ), dated as of           , 20  , is made by                         , a                  (the Joining Guarantor ), pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, the Note Purchase Agreement ), among MU Finance plc (herein called the “ Company ”), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability, Red Football Limited (“ Parent ”), Manchester United Limited (“ MUL ”), Red Football Junior Limited (“ RFJ ”) and Manchester United Football Club Limited (“ MUFC ”, MUFC together with Parent, MUL and RFJ, the “ Guarantors ”), the respective institutional investors identified in Schedule A thereto (the “ Purchasers ”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as paying agent, providing for the issue and sale by the Company to the Purchasers of $425,000,000 in original aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.79% Guaranteed Senior Secured Notes due 2027 (the Notes ”, such term to include any such notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement in substitution or exchange for any Notes previously issued thereunder).  All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings attributed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

RECITALS:

 

A.             The Joining Guarantor is required by the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement to become a Guarantor under, and be joined as a party to, the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

B.             The Joining Guarantor will materially benefit directly and indirectly from the issuance of, and the maintenance outstanding to the holders from time to time of the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes (the “ Holders ”) in accordance with the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other benefits accruing to the Joining Guarantor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Joining Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with and for the benefit of the Holders as follows:

 

1.              Joinder .  (a)  The Joining Guarantor has received a copy of and hereby irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally becomes a party to the Note Purchase Agreement as a Guarantor thereunder and bound by all the terms, conditions, obligations, liabilities and undertakings of a Guarantor and to which a Guarantor is subject thereunder, including, without limitation, subject to Section 23.5 of the Note Purchase Agreement, the unconditional, absolute, continuing and irrevocable guarantee, on a joint and several basis with each of the other Guarantors party to the Note Purchase Agreement, as primary obligor and not as a surety only, of the payment and performance in full of the Company’s obligations and liabilities under the Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Documents, whether now existing or hereafter arising, all with the same force and effect as if the Joining Guarantor were a signatory to the Note Purchase Agreement as a Guarantor thereunder.

 



 

(b)           The Joining Guarantor shall take such other actions and execute such other documents as shall be necessary to comply with its obligations with respect to Transaction Security in accordance with Section 10.9 of the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

2.              Affirmations .  The Joining Guarantor hereby acknowledges and reaffirms as of the date hereof with respect to itself, its properties and its affairs each of the waivers, representations, warranties, acknowledgements and certifications applicable to any Guarantor contained in the Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Documents.

 

3.              Severability .  The provisions of this Guaranty Joinder Agreement are independent of and separable from each other.  If any provision hereof shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, but this Guaranty Joinder Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

4.              Counterparts .  This Guaranty Joinder Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.  Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Guaranty Joinder Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart executed by the Joining Guarantor.

 

5.              Delivery .  The Joining Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives notice of acceptance of this Guaranty Joinder Agreement and acknowledges that the Company’s obligations and liabilities under the Note Purchase Agreement and the other Note Documents are and shall be deemed to be incurred and maintained, in reliance on this Guaranty Joinder Agreement and the Joining Guarantor’s joinder as a party to the Note Purchase Agreement and other Note Documents as herein provided.

 

6.              Governing Law; Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial .  The provisions of Section 24.6 and Section 24.7 of the Note Purchase Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, including without limitation the irrevocable appointment of Corporation Service Company to receive for it, and on its behalf, service of process in the United States.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Joining Guarantor has caused this Guaranty Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

JOINING GUARANTOR :

 

 

 

[                                                                                                                     ]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 




Exhibit 4.5

 

 

MANCHESTER UNITED PLC

 


 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of                       , 20   

 


 

[                  ]

 

Trustee

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

1

Section 1.1.

Definitions

1

Section 1.2.

Other Definitions

4

Section 1.3.

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

4

Section 1.4.

Rules of Construction

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE II. THE SECURITIES

5

Section 2.1.

Issuable in Series

5

Section 2.2.

Establishment of Terms of Series of Securities

6

Section 2.3.

Execution and Authentication

8

Section 2.4.

Registrar and Paying Agent

9

Section 2.5.

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

10

Section 2.6.

Securityholder Lists

10

Section 2.7.

Transfer and Exchange

10

Section 2.8.

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities

11

Section 2.9.

Outstanding Securities

11

Section 2.10.

Treasury Securities

12

Section 2.11.

Temporary Securities

12

Section 2.12.

Cancellation

12

Section 2.13.

Defaulted Interest

13

Section 2.14.

Global Securities

13

Section 2.15.

CUSIP Numbers

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE III. REDEMPTION

15

Section 3.1.

Notice to Trustee

15

Section 3.2.

Selection of Securities to be Redeemed

15

Section 3.3.

Notice of Redemption

15

Section 3.4.

Effect of Notice of Redemption

16

Section 3.5.

Deposit of Redemption Price

16

Section 3.6.

Securities Redeemed in Part

16

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV. COVENANTS

17

Section 4.1.

Payment of Principal and Interest

17

Section 4.2.

SEC Reports

17

Section 4.3.

Compliance Certificate

17

Section 4.4.

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

17

 

 

 

ARTICLE V. SUCCESSORS

18

Section 5.1.

When Company May Merge, Etc.

18

Section 5.2.

Successor Corporation Substituted

18

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

19

Section 6.1.

Events of Default

19

 

i



 

Section 6.2.

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

20

Section 6.3.

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

21

Section 6.4.

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

21

Section 6.5.

Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities

22

Section 6.6.

Application of Money Collected

22

Section 6.7.

Limitation on Suits

23

Section 6.8.

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest

23

Section 6.9.

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

24

Section 6.10.

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

24

Section 6.11.

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

24

Section 6.12.

Control by Holders

24

Section 6.13.

Waiver of Past Defaults

25

Section 6.14.

Undertaking for Costs

25

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII. TRUSTEE

25

Section 7.1.

Duties of Trustee

25

Section 7.2.

Rights of Trustee

27

Section 7.3.

Individual Rights of Trustee

28

Section 7.4.

Trustee’s Disclaimer

28

Section 7.5.

Notice of Defaults

28

Section 7.6.

Reports by Trustee to Holders

28

Section 7.7.

Compensation and Indemnity

28

Section 7.8.

Replacement of Trustee

29

Section 7.9.

Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

30

Section 7.10.

Eligibility; Disqualification

30

Section 7.11.

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE; DEFEASANCE

31

Section 8.1.

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

31

Section 8.2.

Application of Trust Funds; Indemnification

32

Section 8.3.

Legal Defeasance of Securities of any Series

32

Section 8.4.

Covenant Defeasance

34

Section 8.5.

Repayment to Company

35

Section 8.6.

Reinstatement

35

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

36

Section 9.1.

Without Consent of Holders

36

Section 9.2.

With Consent of Holders

36

Section 9.3.

Limitations

37

Section 9.4.

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

38

Section 9.5.

Revocation and Effect of Consents

38

Section 9.6.

Notation on or Exchange of Securities

38

Section 9.7.

Trustee Protected

38

 

 

 

ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS

39

Section 10.1.

Trust Indenture Act Controls

39

Section 10.2.

Notices

39

 

ii



 

Section 10.3.

Communication by Holders with Other Holders

40

Section 10.4.

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

40

Section 10.5.

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

40

Section 10.6.

Rules by Trustee and Agents

41

Section 10.7.

Legal Holidays

41

Section 10.8.

No Recourse Against Others

41

Section 10.9.

Counterparts

41

Section 10.10.

Governing Law

41

Section 10.11.

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

42

Section 10.12.

Successors

42

Section 10.13.

Severability

42

Section 10.14.

Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

42

Section 10.15.

Securities in a Foreign Currency

42

Section 10.16.

Judgment Currency

43

Section 10.17.

Force Majeure

43

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI. SINKING FUNDS

44

Section 11.1.

Applicability of Article

44

Section 11.2.

Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities

44

Section 11.3.

Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund

45

 

iii



 

MANCHESTER UNITED PLC

 

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and
Indenture, dated as of                         , 20

 

§ 310(a)(1)

 

 

7.10

(a)(2)

 

 

7.10

(a)(3)

 

 

Not Applicable

(a)(4)

 

 

Not Applicable

(a)(5)

 

 

7.10

(b)

 

 

7.10

§ 311(a)

 

 

7.11

(b)

 

 

7.11

(c)

 

 

Not Applicable

§ 312(a)

 

 

2.6

(b)

 

 

10.3

(c)

 

 

10.3

§ 313(a)

 

 

7.6

(b)(1)

 

 

7.6

(b)(2)

 

 

7.6

(c)(1)

 

 

7.6

(d)

 

 

7.6

§ 314(a)

 

 

4.2, 10.5

(b)

 

 

Not Applicable

(c)(1)

 

 

10.4

(c)(2)

 

 

10.4

(c)(3)

 

 

Not Applicable

(d)

 

 

Not Applicable

(e)

 

 

10.5

(f)

 

 

Not Applicable

§ 315(a)

 

 

7.1

(b)

 

 

7.5

(c)

 

 

7.1

(d)

 

 

7.1

(e)

 

 

6.14

§ 316(a)

 

 

2.10

(a)(1)(A)

 

 

6.12

(a)(1)(B)

 

 

6.13

(b)

 

 

6.8

§ 317(a)(1)

 

 

6.3

(a)(2)

 

 

6.4

(b)

 

 

2.5

§ 318(a)

 

 

10.1

 

Note:  This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.

 

iv



 

Indenture dated as of                     , 20     between Manchester United plc, an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the Companies Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and restated from time to time (“ Company ”), and [            ] (“ Trustee ”).

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities issued under this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.1.                                  Definitions.

 

Additional Amounts ” means any additional amounts which are required hereby or by any Security, under circumstances specified herein or therein, to be paid by the Company in respect of certain taxes imposed on Holders specified herein or therein and which are owing to such Holders.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified person means any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by agreement or otherwise.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Notice Agent.

 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been adopted by the Board of Directors or pursuant to authorization by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of the certificate and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Business Day ” means, unless otherwise provided by Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or supplemental indenture hereto for a particular Series, any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in The City of New York, New York (or in connection with any payment, the place of payment) on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock.

 

Company ” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor.

 



 

Company Order ” means a written order signed in the name of the Company by an Officer.

 

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business related to this Indenture shall be principally administered.

 

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Securities of any Series issuable or issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, the person designated as Depositary for such Series by the Company, which Depositary shall be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act; and if at any time there is more than one such person, “Depositary” as used with respect to the Securities of any Series shall mean the Depositary with respect to the Securities of such Series.

 

Discount Security ” means any Security that provides for an amount less than the stated principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.2.

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means the currency of The United States of America.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Foreign Currency ” means any currency or currency unit issued by a government other than the government of The United States of America.

 

Foreign Government Obligations ” means, with respect to Securities of any Series that are denominated in a Foreign Currency, direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the government that issued or caused to be issued such currency for the payment of which obligations its full faith and credit is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

 

Global Security ” or “ Global Securities ” means a Security or Securities, as the case may be, in the form established pursuant to Section 2.2 evidencing all or part of a Series of Securities, issued to the Depositary for such Series or its nominee, and registered in the name of such Depositary or nominee.

 

Holder ” or “ Securityholder ” means a person in whose name a Security is registered.

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time and shall include the form and terms of particular Series of Securities established as contemplated hereunder.

 

interest ” with respect to any Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

 

2



 

Maturity ,” when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

 

Officer ” means the Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Executive Vice Chairman, the Chief Operating Officer, the Commercial Director, the Director of Corporate Development and the Secretary.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.

 

person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

principal ” of a Security means the principal of the Security plus, when appropriate, the premium, if any, on, and any Additional Amounts in respect of, the Security.

 

Responsible Officer ” means any officer of the Trustee in its Corporate Trust Office having responsibility for administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with a particular subject.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities ” means the debentures, notes or other debt instruments of the Company of any Series authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 

Series ” or “ Series of Securities ” means each series of debentures, notes or other debt instruments of the Company created pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof.

 

Stated Maturity ” when used with respect to any Security, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or interest is due and payable.

 

Subsidiary ” of any specified person means any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof.

 

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided , however , that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act as so amended.

 

3



 

Trustee ” means the person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each person who is then a Trustee hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any Series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that Series.

 

U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities which are direct obligations of, or guaranteed by, The United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depositary receipt.

 

Section 1.2.                                  Other Definitions .

 

 

 

DEFINED IN

TERM

 

SECTION

 

 

 

Bankruptcy Law

 

6.1

Custodian

 

6.1

Event of Default

 

6.1

Judgment Currency

 

10.16

Legal Holiday

 

10.7

mandatory sinking fund payment

 

11.1

Market Exchange Rate

 

10.15

New York Banking Day

 

10.16

Notice Agent

 

2.4

optional sinking fund payment

 

11.1

Paying Agent

 

2.4

Registrar

 

2.4

Required Currency

 

10.16

successor person

 

5.1

 

Section 1.3.                                  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

Commission ” means the SEC.

 

indenture securities ” means the Securities.

 

4



 

indenture security holder ” means a Securityholder.

 

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.

 

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee.

 

obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Securities.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as so defined.

 

Section 1.4.                                  Rules of Construction .

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)                                  an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and the term “generally accepted accounting principles” means such accounting principles as are generally accepted at the time of any computation;

 

(c)                                   or ” is not exclusive;

 

(d)                                  words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; and

 

(e)                                   provisions apply to successive events and transactions.

 

ARTICLE II.
THE SECURITIES

 

Section 2.1.                                  Issuable in Series .

 

The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.  The Securities may be issued in one or more Series. All Securities of a Series shall be identical except as may be set forth or determined in the manner provided in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officer’s Certificate detailing the adoption of the terms thereof pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution. In the case of Securities of a Series to be issued from time to time, the Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or supplemental indenture detailing the adoption of the terms thereof pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution may provide for the method by which specified terms (such as interest rate, maturity date, record date or date from which interest shall accrue) are to be determined.  Securities may differ between Series in respect of any matters, provided that all Series of Securities shall be equally and ratably entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

 

5


 

Section 2.2.                                  Establishment of Terms of Series of Securities .

 

At or prior to the issuance of any Securities within a Series, the following shall be established (as to the Series generally, in the case of Subsection 2.2.1 and either as to such Securities within the Series or as to the Series generally in the case of Subsections 2.2.2 through 2.2.23) by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and set forth or determined in the manner provided in a Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officer’s Certificate:

 

2.2.1.                                           the title (which shall distinguish the Securities of that particular Series from the Securities of any other Series) and ranking (including the terms of any subordination provisions) of the Series;

 

2.2.2.                                           the price or prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount thereof) at which the Securities of the Series will be issued;

 

2.2.3.                                           any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the Series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the Series pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.8, 2.11, 3.6 or 9.6);

 

2.2.4.                                           the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of the Series is payable;

 

2.2.5.                                           the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable) per annum or, if applicable, the method used to determine such rate or rates (including, but not limited to, any commodity, commodity index, stock exchange index or financial index) at which the Securities of the Series shall bear interest, if any, the date or dates from which such interest, if any, shall accrue, the date or dates on which such interest, if any, shall commence and be payable and any regular record date for the interest payable on any interest payment date;

 

2.2.6.                                           the place or places where the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of the Series shall be payable, where the Securities of such Series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of such Series and this Indenture may be delivered, and the method of such payment, if by wire transfer, mail or other means;

 

2.2.7.                                           if applicable, the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which the Securities of the Series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company;

 

2.2.8.                                           the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase the Securities of the Series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the Series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

 

6



 

2.2.9.                                           the dates, if any, on which and the price or prices at which the Securities of the Series will be repurchased by the Company at the option of the Holders thereof and other detailed terms and provisions of such repurchase obligations;

 

2.2.10.                                    if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which the Securities of the Series shall be issuable;

 

2.2.11.                                    the forms of the Securities of the Series and whether the Securities will be issuable as Global Securities;

 

2.2.12.                                    if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of the Securities of the Series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.2;

 

2.2.13.                                    the currency of denomination of the Securities of the Series, which may be Dollars or any Foreign Currency, and if such currency of denomination is a composite currency, the agency or organization, if any, responsible for overseeing such composite currency;

 

2.2.14.                                    the designation of the currency, currencies or currency units in which payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of the Series will be made;

 

2.2.15.                                    if payments of principal of or interest, if any, on the Securities of the Series are to be made in one or more currencies or currency units other than that or those in which such Securities are denominated, the manner in which the exchange rate with respect to such payments will be determined;

 

2.2.16.                                    the manner in which the amounts of payment of principal of or interest, if any, on the Securities of the Series will be determined, if such amounts may be determined by reference to an index based on a currency or currencies or by reference to a commodity, commodity index, stock exchange index or financial index;

 

2.2.17.                                    the provisions, if any, relating to any security provided for the Securities of the Series;

 

2.2.18.                                    any addition to, deletion of or change in the Events of Default which applies to any Securities of the Series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite Holders of such Securities to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 6.2;

 

2.2.19.                                    any addition to, deletion of or change in the covenants set forth in Articles IV or V which applies to Securities of the Series;

 

2.2.20.                                    any Depositaries, interest rate calculation agents, exchange rate calculation agents or other agents with respect to Securities of such Series if other than those appointed herein;

 

2.2.21.                                    the provisions, if any, relating to conversion or exchange of any Securities of such Series, including if applicable, the conversion or exchange price, the

 

7



 

conversion or exchange period, provisions as to whether conversion or exchange will be mandatory, at the option of the Holders thereof or at the option of the Company, the events requiring an adjustment of the conversion price or exchange price and provisions affecting conversion or exchange if such Series of Securities are redeemed;

 

2.2.22.                                    any other terms of the Series (which may supplement, modify or delete any provision of this Indenture insofar as it applies to such Series), including any terms that may be required under applicable law or regulations or advisable in connection with the marketing of Securities of that Series; and

 

2.2.23.                                    whether any of the Company’s direct or indirect Subsidiaries will guarantee the Securities of that Series, including the terms of subordination, if any, of such guarantees.

 

All Securities of any one Series need not be issued at the same time and may be issued from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Indenture, if so provided by or pursuant to the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officer’s Certificate referred to above.

 

Section 2.3.                                  Execution and Authentication .

 

An Officer shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Security is authenticated, the Security shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile  signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall at any time, and from time to time, authenticate Securities for original issue in the principal amount provided in the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officer’s Certificate, upon receipt by the Trustee of a Company Order.  Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

The aggregate principal amount of Securities of any Series outstanding at any time may not exceed any limit upon the maximum principal amount for such Series set forth in the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.2, except as provided in Section 2.8.

 

Prior to the issuance of Securities of any Series, the Trustee shall have received and (subject to Section 7.2) shall be fully protected in relying on:  (a) the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officer’s Certificate establishing the form of the Securities of that Series or of Securities within that Series and the terms of the Securities of that Series or of Securities within that Series, (b) an Officer’s Certificate complying with Section 10.4, and (c) an Opinion of Counsel complying with Section 10.4.

 

8



 

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Securities of such Series: (a) if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not be taken lawfully; or (b) if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or vice-presidents or a committee of Responsible Officers shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to Holders of any then outstanding Series of Securities.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Securities.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

Section 2.4.                                  Registrar and Paying Agent .

 

The Company shall maintain, with respect to each Series of Securities, at the place or places specified with respect to such Series pursuant to Section 2.2, an office or agency where Securities of such Series may be presented or surrendered for payment (“ Paying Agent ”), where Securities of such Series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange (“ Registrar ”) and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of such Series and this Indenture may be delivered (“ Notice Agent ”).  The Registrar shall keep a register with respect to each Series of Securities and to their transfer and exchange.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the name and address, and any change in the name or address, of each Registrar, Paying Agent or Notice Agent.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required Registrar, Paying Agent or Notice Agent or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the name and address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more co-registrars, additional paying agents or additional notice agents and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligations to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent and Notice Agent in each place so specified pursuant to Section 2.2 for Securities of any Series for such purposes.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the name or address of any such co-registrar, additional paying agent or additional notice agent.  The term “ Registrar ” includes any co-registrar; the term “ Paying Agent ” includes any additional paying agent; and the term “ Notice Agent ” includes any additional notice agent.  The Company or any of its Affiliates may serve as Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

The Company hereby appoints the Trustee the initial Registrar, Paying Agent and Notice Agent for each Series unless another Registrar, Paying Agent or Notice Agent, as the case may be, is appointed prior to the time Securities of that Series are first issued.

 

9



 

Section 2.5.                                  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

 

The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust, for the benefit of Securityholders of any Series of Securities, or the Trustee, all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Series of Securities, and will notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) shall have no further liability for the money.  If the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of Securityholders of any Series of Securities all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Securities.

 

Section 2.6.                                  Securityholder Lists .

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders of each Series of Securities and shall otherwise comply with TIA  § 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least ten days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of Securityholders of each Series of Securities.

 

Section 2.7.                                  Transfer and Exchange .

 

Where Securities of a Series are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of the same Series, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such transactions are met.  To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar’s request.  No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein), but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.11, 3.6 or 9.6).

 

Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required (a) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange Securities of any Series for the period beginning at the opening of business fifteen days immediately preceding the sending of a notice of redemption of Securities of that Series selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day such notice is sent, or (b) to register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any Series selected, called or being called for redemption as a whole or the portion being redeemed of any such Securities selected, called or being called for redemption in part.

 

10



 

Section 2.8.                                  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities .

 

If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same Series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity bond as may be required by each of them to hold itself and any of its agents harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same Series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

 

Every new Security of any Series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that Series duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

 

Section 2.9.                                  Outstanding Securities .

 

The Securities outstanding at any time are all the Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest on a Global Security effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section as not outstanding.

 

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.8, it ceases to be outstanding until the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds on the Maturity of Securities of a Series money sufficient to pay

 

11



 

such Securities payable on that date, then on and after that date such Securities of the Series cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

The Company may purchase or otherwise acquire the Securities, whether by open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise.  A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security (but see Section 2.10 below).

 

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, the principal amount of a Discount Security that shall be deemed to be outstanding for such purposes shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.2.

 

Section 2.10.                           Treasury Securities .

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities of a Series have concurred in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, Securities of a Series owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver only Securities of a Series that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

 

Section 2.11.                           Temporary Securities .

 

Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities upon a Company Order.  Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities.  Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee upon receipt of a Company Order shall authenticate definitive Securities of the same Series and date of maturity in exchange for temporary Securities.  Until so exchanged, temporary securities shall have the same rights under this Indenture as the definitive Securities.

 

Section 2.12.                           Cancellation .

 

The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee shall cancel all Securities surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy such canceled Securities (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act and the Trustee) and deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Company upon written request of the Company.  The Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

12



 

Section 2.13.                           Defaulted Interest .

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on a Series of Securities, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus, to the extent permitted by law, any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the persons who are Securityholders of the Series on a subsequent special record date.  The Company shall fix the record date and payment date.  At least 10 days before the special record date, the Company shall mail to the Trustee and to each Securityholder of the Series a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of interest to be paid.  The Company may pay defaulted interest in any other lawful manner.

 

Section 2.14.                           Global Securities .

 

2.14.1.                                    Terms of Securities .  A Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officer’s Certificate shall establish whether the Securities of a Series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities.

 

2.14.2.                                    Transfer and Exchange .  Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in Section 2.7 of the Indenture and in addition thereto, any Global Security shall be exchangeable pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Indenture for Securities registered in the names of Holders other than the Depositary for such Security or its nominee only if (i) such Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or if at any time such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act within 90 days of such event or (ii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such Global Security shall be so exchangeable.  Any Global Security that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be exchangeable for Securities registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct in writing in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security with like tenor and terms.

 

Except as provided in this Section 2.14.2, a Global Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary with respect to such Global Security to a nominee of such Depositary, by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such a successor Depositary.

 

2.14.3.                                    Legends .  Any Global Security issued hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY.  THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.”

 

13



 

In addition, so long as the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) is the Depositary, each Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“UNLESS THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY GLOBAL NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

2.14.4.                                    Acts of Holders .  The Depositary, as a Holder, may appoint agents and otherwise authorize participants to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which a Holder is entitled to give or take under the Indenture.

 

2.14.5.                                    Payments .  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Indenture, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.2, payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on any Global Security shall be made to the Holder thereof.

 

2.14.6.                                    Consents, Declaration and Directions .  The Company, the Trustee and any Agent shall treat a person as the Holder of such principal amount of outstanding Securities of such Series represented by a Global Security as shall be specified in a written statement of the Depositary or by the applicable procedures of such Depositary with respect to such Global Security, for purposes of obtaining any consents, declarations, waivers or directions required to be given by the Holders pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Section 2.15.                           CUSIP Numbers .

 

The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other elements of identification printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

 

14



 

ARTICLE III.
REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.1.                                  Notice to Trustee .

 

The Company may, with respect to any Series of Securities, reserve the right to redeem and pay the Series of Securities or may covenant to redeem and pay the Series of Securities or any part thereof prior to the Stated Maturity thereof at such time and on such terms as provided for in such Securities.  If a Series of Securities is redeemable and the Company wants or is obligated to redeem prior to the Stated Maturity thereof all or part of the Series of Securities pursuant to the terms of such Securities, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of Series of Securities to be redeemed.  The Company shall give the notice at least 15 days before the redemption date, unless a shorter period is satisfactory to the Trustee.

 

Section 3.2.                                  Selection of Securities to be Redeemed .

 

Unless otherwise indicated for a particular Series by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officer’s Certificate, if less than all the Securities of a Series are to be redeemed, the Securities of the Series to be redeemed will be selected as follows:  (a) if the Securities are in the form of Global Securities, in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary, (b) if the Securities are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed, or (c) if not otherwise provided for under clause (a) or (b) in the manner that the Trustee deems fair and appropriate, including by lot or other method, unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements, subject, in the case of Global Securities, to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary.  The Securities to be redeemed shall be selected from Securities of the Series outstanding not previously called for redemption.  Portions of the principal of Securities of the Series that have denominations larger than $1,000 may be selected for redemption.  Securities of the Series and portions of them it selected for redemption shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 or, with respect to Securities of any Series issuable in other denominations pursuant to Section 2.2.10, the minimum principal denomination for each Series and the authorized integral multiples thereof.  Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities of a Series called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities of that Series called for redemption.

 

Section 3.3.                                  Notice of Redemption .

 

Unless otherwise indicated for a particular Series by Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officer’s Certificate, at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall send or cause to be sent by first-class mail or electronically, in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Securities are to be redeemed.

 

The notice shall identify the Securities of the Series to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a)                                  the redemption date;

 

15


 

(b)                                  the redemption price;

 

(c)                                   the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(d)                                  if any Securities are being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Securities to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date and upon surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Security shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Security;

 

(e)                                   that Securities of the Series called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(f)                                    that interest on Securities of the Series called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date unless the Company defaults in the deposit of the redemption price;

 

(g)                                   the CUSIP number, if any; and

 

(h)                                  any other information as may be required by the terms of the particular Series or the Securities of a Series being redeemed.

 

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense, provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 10 days (unless a shorter time shall be acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the notice date, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice.

 

Section 3.4.                                  Effect of Notice of Redemption .

 

Once notice of redemption is sent as provided in Section 3.3, Securities of a Series called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price.  Except as otherwise provided in the supplemental indenture, Board Resolution or Officer’s Certificate for a Series, a notice of redemption may not be conditional.  Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price plus accrued interest to the redemption date.

 

Section 3.5.                                  Deposit of Redemption Price .

 

On or before 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Securities to be redeemed on that date.

 

Section 3.6.                                  Securities Redeemed in Part .

 

Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder a new Security of the same Series and the same maturity equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

 

16



 

ARTICLE IV.
COVENANTS

 

Section 4.1.                                  Payment of Principal and Interest .

 

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of each Series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of that Series in accordance with the terms of such Securities and this Indenture.  On or before 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable payment date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of each Series in accordance with the terms of such Securities and this Indenture.

 

Section 4.2.                                  SEC Reports .

 

To the extent any Securities of a Series are outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 15 days after it files them with the SEC copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents, and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a). Reports, information and documents filed with the SEC via the EDGAR system will be deemed to be delivered to the Trustee as of the time of such filing via EDGAR for purposes of this Section 4.2.

 

Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under this Section 4.2 are for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute constructive or actual notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

Section 4.3.                                  Compliance Certificate .

 

To the extent any Securities of a Series are outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his/her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which the Officer may have knowledge).

 

Section 4.4.                                  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or

 

17



 

advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture or the Securities; and the Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

ARTICLE V.
SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.1.                                  When Company May Merge, Etc .

 

The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its properties and assets to, any person (a “ successor person ”) unless:

 

(a)                                  the Company is the surviving corporation or the successor person (if other than the Company) is a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of any U.S. domestic jurisdiction, the Cayman Islands or the United Kingdom and expressly or by law assumes the Company’s obligations on the Securities and under this Indenture; and

 

(b)                                  immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee prior to the consummation of the proposed transaction an Officer’s Certificate to the foregoing effect and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the proposed transaction and any supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture.

 

Notwithstanding the above, any Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties to the Company. Neither an Officer’s Certificate nor an Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection therewith.

 

Section 5.2.                                  Successor Corporation Substituted .

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor person has been named as the Company herein; provided , however , that the predecessor Company in the case of a sale, conveyance or other disposition (other than a lease) shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

 

18



 

ARTICLE VI.
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.1.                                  Events of Default .

 

Event of Default ,” wherever used herein with respect to Securities of any Series, means any one of the following events, unless in the establishing Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officer’s Certificate, it is provided that such Series shall not have the benefit of said Event of Default:

 

(a)                                  default in the payment of any interest on any Security of that Series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days (unless the entire amount of such payment is deposited by the Company with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent prior to 11:00 a.m., New  York City time, on the 30 th  day of such period); or

 

(b)                                  default in the payment of principal of any Security of that Series at its Maturity; or

 

(c)                                   default in the performance or breach of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture (other than defaults pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) above or pursuant to a covenant or warranty that has been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of Series of Securities other than that Series), which default continues uncured for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

 

(d)                                  the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i)                                      commences a voluntary case,

 

(ii)                                   consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(iii)                                consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(iv)                               makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(v)                                  generally is unable to pay its debts as the same become due; or

 

(e)                                   a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(i)                                      is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case,

 

19



 

(ii)                                   appoints a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or

 

(iii)                                orders the liquidation of the Company,

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

 

(f)                                    any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that Series, which is specified in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officer’s Certificate, in accordance with Section 2.2.18.

 

The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Part V of the Companies Law (2012 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and restated from time to time, title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal or State law for the relief of debtors.  The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

The Company will provide the Trustee written of notice of any Default or Event of Default within 30 days of becoming aware of the occurrence of such Default or Event of Default, which notice will describe in reasonable detail the status of such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

 

Section 6.2.                                  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .

 

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any Series at the time outstanding occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of Default referred to in Section 6.1(d) or (e)) then in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series may declare the principal amount (or, if any Securities of that Series are Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such Securities) of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the Securities of that Series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall become immediately due and payable.  If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(d) or (e) shall occur, the principal amount (or specified amount) of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all outstanding Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

 

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to any Series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that Series, other than the non-payment of the principal and interest, if any, of Securities of that Series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 6.13.

 

20



 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.3.                                  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .

 

The Company covenants that if

 

(a)                                  default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

 

(b)                                  default is made in the payment of principal of any Security at the Maturity thereof, or

 

(c)                                   default is made in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, if any, when and as due by the terms of a Security,

 

then, the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal and any overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or deemed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to any Securities of any Series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such Series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

Section 6.4.                                  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

 

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue

 

21



 

principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

 

(a)                                  to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

 

(b)                                  to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same,

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.5.                                  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities .

 

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

Section 6.6.                                  Application of Money Collected.

 

Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money or property on account of principal or interest, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

First:                                                                      To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7; and

 

Second:                                                     To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and interest on the Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has

 

22



 

been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

 

Third:                                                                To the Company.

 

Section 6.7.                                  Limitation on Suits .

 

No Holder of any Security of any Series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

 

(a)                                  such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that Series;

 

(b)                                  the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

 

(c)                                   such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by the Trustee in compliance with such request;

 

(d)                                  the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

 

(e)                                   no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series;

 

it being understood, intended and expressly covenanted by the Holder of every Security with every other Holder and the Trustee that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders of the applicable Series.

 

Section 6.8.                                  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on such Security on the Maturity of such Security, including the Stated Maturity expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the redemption date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

23



 

Section 6.9.                                  Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

Section 6.10.                           Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in Section 2.8, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not, to the extent permitted by law, prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 6.11.                           Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

Section 6.12.                           Control by Holders .

 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such Series, provided that

 

(a)                                  such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

 

(b)                                  the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction,

 

(c)                                   subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, determine that the proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability, and

 

24



 

(d)                                  prior to taking any action as directed under this Section 6.12, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

Section 6.13.                           Waiver of Past Defaults .

 

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such Series waive any past Default hereunder with respect to such Series and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Security of such Series (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration).  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.14.                           Undertaking for Costs .

 

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Company, to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or interest on any Security on or after the Maturity of such Security, including the Stated Maturity expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the redemption date).

 

ARTICLE VII.
TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.1.                                  Duties of Trustee .

 

(a)                                  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b)                                  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)                                      The Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others.

 

25


 

(ii)                                   In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon Officer’s Certificates or Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; however , in the case of any such Officer’s Certificates or Opinions of Counsel which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to determine whether or not they conform to the form requirements of this Indenture.

 

(c)                                   The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)                                      This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section.

 

(ii)                                   The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(iii)                                The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it with respect to Securities of any Series in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such Series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such Series in accordance with Section 6.12.

 

(d)                                  Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraph (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

 

(e)                                   The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in performing such duty or exercising such right or power.

 

(f)                                    The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g)                                   No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if adequate indemnity against such risk is not assured to the Trustee in its satisfaction.

 

(h)                                  The Paying Agent, the Registrar and any authenticating agent shall be entitled to the protections and immunities as are set forth in paragraphs (e), (f) and (g) of this Section and in Section 7.2, each with respect to the Trustee.

 

26



 

Section 7.2.                                  Rights of Trustee .

 

(a)                                  The Trustee may rely on and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)                                  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(c)                                   The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.  No Depositary shall be deemed an agent of the Trustee and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any act or omission by any Depositary.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

 

(e)                                   The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder without willful misconduct or negligence, and in reliance thereon.

 

(f)                                    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Securities unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(g)                                   The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

 

(h)                                  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities generally or the Securities of a particular Series and this Indenture.

 

(i)                                      In no event shall the Trustee be liable to any person for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage.

 

27



 

(j)                                     The permissive right of the Trustee to take the actions permitted by this Indenture shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.

 

Section 7.3.                                  Individual Rights of Trustee .

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 

Section 7.4.                                  Trustee’s Disclaimer .

 

The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Securities other than its authentication.

 

Section 7.5.                                  Notice of Defaults .

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Securities of any Series and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder of the Securities of that Series notice of a Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs or, if later, after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has knowledge of such Default or Event of Default.  Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Security of any Series, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as its corporate trust committee or a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Securityholders of that Series.

 

Section 7.6.                                  Reports by Trustee to Holders .

 

Within 60 days after each anniversary of the date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear on the register kept by the Registrar, a brief report dated as of such anniversary date, in accordance with, and to the extent required under, TIA § 313.

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders of any Series shall be filed with the SEC and each national securities exchange on which the Securities of that Series are listed.  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when Securities of any Series are listed on any national securities exchange.

 

Section 7.7.                                  Compensation and Indemnity .

 

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its services as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree upon in writing.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out of

 

28



 

pocket expenses incurred by it.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee (including the cost of defending itself) against any cost, expense or liability, including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it except as set forth in the next paragraph in the performance of its duties under this Indenture as Trustee or Agent.  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder, unless and to the extent that the Company is materially prejudiced thereby.  The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense.  The Trustee may have one separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.  This indemnification shall apply to officers, directors, employees, shareholders and agents of the Trustee.

 

The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability incurred by the Trustee or by any officer, director, employee, shareholder or agent of the Trustee through willful misconduct or negligence.

 

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities of any Series on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Securities of that Series.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(d) or (e) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

 

Section 7.8.                                  Replacement of Trustee .

 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

 

The Trustee may resign with respect to the Securities of one or more Series by so notifying the Company at least 30 days prior to the date of the proposed resignation.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any Series may remove the Trustee with respect to that Series by so notifying the Trustee and the Company.  The Company may remove the Trustee with respect to Securities of one or more Series if:

 

(a)                                  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 

(b)                                  the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

29



 

(c)                                   a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(d)                                  the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

 

If a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any one or more Series does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities of the applicable Series may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee with respect to each Series of Securities for which it is acting as Trustee under this Indenture.  A successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to each Securityholder of each such Series.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee with respect to expenses and liabilities incurred by it for actions taken or omitted to be taken in accordance with its rights, powers and duties under this Indenture prior to such replacement.

 

Section 7.9.                                  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .

 

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee, subject to Section 7.10.

 

Section 7.10.                           Eligibility; Disqualification .

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee shall always have a combined capital and surplus of at least $25,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.  The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b).

 

Section 7.11.                           Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company .

 

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

30



 

ARTICLE VIII.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE; DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.1.                                  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

 

This Indenture shall upon Company Order be discharged with respect to the Securities of any Series and cease to be of further effect as to all Securities of such Series (except as hereinafter provided in this Section 8.1), and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

 

(a)                                  either

 

(i)                                      all Securities of such Series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Securities that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(ii)                                   all such Securities of such Series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

 

(1)                                  have become due and payable by reason of sending a notice of redemption or otherwise, or

 

(2)                                  will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

 

(3)                                  have been called for redemption or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, or

 

(4)                                  are deemed paid and discharged pursuant to Section 8.3, as applicable;

 

and the Company, in the case of (1), (2) or (3) above, shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount of money or U.S. Government Obligations, which amount shall be sufficient for the purpose of paying and discharging each installment of principal (including mandatory sinking fund or analogous payments) of and interest on all the Securities of such Series on the dates such installments of principal or interest are due;

 

(b)                                  the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

 

(c)                                   the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge contemplated by this Section have been complied with.

 

31



 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 7.7, and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a) of this Section, the provisions of Sections 2.4, 2.7, 2.8, 8.2 and  8.5 shall survive.

 

Section 8.2.                                  Application of Trust Funds; Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions of Section 8.5, all money and U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.1, 8.3 or 8.4 and all money received by the Trustee in respect of U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.1, 8.3 or 8.4, shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the persons entitled thereto, of the principal and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee or to make mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments as contemplated by Sections 8.1, 8.3 or 8.4.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Sections 8.1, 8.3 or 8.4 or the interest and principal received in respect of such obligations other than any payable by or on behalf of Holders.

 

(c)                                   The Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Order any U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations or money held by it as provided in Sections 8.3 or 8.4 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants or investment bank expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are then in excess of the amount thereof which then would have been required to be deposited for the purpose for which such U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations or money were deposited or received.  This provision shall not authorize the sale by the Trustee of any U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations held under this Indenture.

 

Section 8.3.                                  Legal Defeasance of Securities of any Series .

 

Unless this Section 8.3 is otherwise specified, pursuant to Section 2.2, to be inapplicable to Securities of any Series, the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness on all the outstanding Securities of any Series on the 91st day after the date of the deposit referred to in subparagraph (d) hereof, and the provisions of this Indenture, as it relates to such outstanding Securities of such Series, shall no longer be in effect (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall, upon receipt of a Company Order, execute instruments acknowledging the same), except as to:

 

32



 

(a)                                  the rights of Holders of Securities of such Series to receive, from the trust funds described in subparagraph (d) hereof, (i) payment of the principal of and each installment of principal of and interest on the outstanding Securities of such Series on the Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (ii) the benefit of any mandatory sinking fund payments applicable to the Securities of such Series on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Securities of such Series;

 

(b)                                  the provisions of Sections 2.4, 2.5, 2.7, 2.8, 7.7, 8.2, 8.3, 8.5 and 8.6; and

 

(c)                                   the rights, powers, trusts and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith;

 

provided that, the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

 

(d)                                  the Company shall have deposited or caused to be deposited (except as provided in Section 8.2(c)) with the Trustee as trust funds specifically pledged as security for and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders of such Securities (i) in the case of Securities of such Series denominated in Dollars, cash in Dollars and/or U.S. Government Obligations, or (ii) in the case of Securities of such Series denominated in a Foreign Currency (other than a composite currency), money and/or Foreign Government Obligations, which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide (and without reinvestment), not later than one day before the due date of any payment of money, an amount in cash, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or investment bank expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal of and interest, on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of all the Securities of such Series on the dates such installments of principal or interest and such sinking fund payments are due;

 

(e)                                   such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(f)                                    no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such Series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or during the period ending on the 91st day after such date;

 

(g)                                   the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Securities of such Series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same

 

33



 

manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred;

 

(h)                                  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company; and

 

(i)                                      the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section have been complied with.

 

Section 8.4.                                  Covenant Defeasance .

 

Unless this Section 8.4 is otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.2 to be inapplicable to Securities of any Series, the Company may omit to comply with respect to the Securities of any Series with any term, provision or condition set forth under Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6 and 5.1 and, unless otherwise specified therein, any additional covenants specified in a supplemental indenture for such Series of Securities or a Board Resolution or an Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.2 (and the failure to comply with any such covenants shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to such Series under Section 6.1) and the occurrence of any event specified in a supplemental indenture for such Series of Securities or a Board Resolution or an Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.2.18 and designated as an Event of Default shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default hereunder, with respect to the Securities of such Series, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities will be unaffected thereby; provided that the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

 

(a)                                  with reference to this Section 8.4, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited (except as provided in Section 8.2(c)) with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities (i) in the case of Securities of such Series denominated in Dollars, cash in Dollars and/or U.S. Government Obligations, or (ii) in the case of Securities of such Series denominated in a Foreign Currency (other than a composite currency), money and/or Foreign Government Obligations, which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide (and without reinvestment), not later than one day before the due date of any payment of money, an amount in cash, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants or investment bank expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal (including mandatory sinking fund or analogous payments) of and interest on all the Securities of such Series on the dates such installments of principal or interest are due;

 

(b)                                  such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

 

34



 

(c)                                   no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such Series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

(d)                                  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) the company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm, subject to customary exclusions, that the Holders of the Securities of such Series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, covenant defeasance and discharge and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit, covenant defeasance and discharge had not occurred;

 

(e)                                   The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company; and

 

(f)                                    The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the covenant defeasance contemplated by this Section have been complied with.

 

Section 8.5.                                  Repayment to Company .

 

Subject to applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal and interest that remains unclaimed for two years.  After that, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

 

Section 8.6.                                  Reinstatement .

 

If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money deposited with respect to Securities of any Series in accordance with Section 8.1 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Company under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such Series and under the Securities of such Series shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.1 until such time as the Trustee or the Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.1; provided , however , that if the Company has made any payment of principal of or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent after payment in full to the Holders.

 

35


 

ARTICLE IX.
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

Section 9.1.                                  Without Consent of Holders .

 

The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities of one or more Series without the consent of any Securityholder:

 

(a)                                  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

(b)                                  to comply with Article V;

 

(c)                                   to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities;

 

(d)                                  to add guarantees with respect to Securities of any Series or secure Securities of any Series;

 

(e)                                   to surrender any of the Company’s rights or powers under this Indenture;

 

(f)                                    to add covenants or events of default for the benefit of the holders of Securities of any Series;

 

(g)                                   to comply with the applicable procedures of the applicable depositary;

 

(h)                                  to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder;

 

(i)                                      to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of Securities of any Series as permitted by this Indenture;

 

(j)                                     to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more Series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; or

 

(k)                                  to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

 

Section 9.2.                                  With Consent of Holders .

 

The Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of each Series affected by such supplemental indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities of such Series), for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders of each such Series.  Except as provided in Section 6.13, the

 

36



 

Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series by notice to the Trustee (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities of such Series) may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities with respect to such Series.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Securities under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.  After a supplemental indenture or waiver under this section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Securities affected thereby, a notice briefly describing the supplemental indenture or waiver.  Any failure by the Company to mail or publish such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver.

 

Section 9.3.                                  Limitations .

 

Without the consent of each Securityholder affected, an amendment or waiver may not:

 

(a)                                  reduce the principal amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(b)                                  reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest (including default interest) on any Security;

 

(c)                                   reduce the principal or change the Stated Maturity of any Security or reduce the amount of, or postpone the date fixed for, the payment of any sinking fund or analogous obligation;

 

(d)                                  reduce the principal amount of Discount Securities payable upon acceleration of the maturity thereof;

 

(e)                                   waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest, if any, on any Security (except a rescission of acceleration of the Securities of any Series by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such Series and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(f)                                    make the principal of or interest, if any, on any Security payable in any currency other than that stated in the Security;

 

(g)                                   make any change in Sections 6.8, 6.13 or 9.3 (this sentence); or

 

(h)                                  waive a redemption payment with respect to any Security, provided that such redemption is made at the Company’s option.

 

37



 

Section 9.4.                                  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

 

Every amendment to this Indenture or the Securities of one or more Series shall be set forth in a supplemental indenture hereto that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

 

Section 9.5.                                  Revocation and Effect of Consents .

 

Until an amendment is set forth in a supplemental indenture or a waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Security is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Security.  However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Security or portion of a Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date of the supplemental indenture or the date the waiver becomes effective.

 

Any amendment or waiver once effective shall bind every Securityholder of each Series affected by such amendment or waiver unless it is of the type described in any of clauses (a) through (h) of Section 9.3.  In that case, the amendment or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Security who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

 

Section 9.6.                                  Notation on or Exchange of Securities .

 

The Company or the Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment or waiver on any Security of any Series thereafter authenticated.  The Company in exchange for Securities of that Series may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate upon receipt of a Company Order in accordance with Section 2.3 new Securities of that Series that reflect the amendment or waiver.

 

Section 9.7.                                  Trustee Protected .

 

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 7.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both complying with Section 10.4.  The Trustee shall sign all supplemental indentures upon delivery of such an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel or both, except that the Trustee need not sign any supplemental indenture that adversely affects its rights.

 

38



 

ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.1.                           Trust Indenture Act Controls .

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, such required or deemed provision shall control.

 

Section 10.2.                           Notices .

 

Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the other, or by a Holder to the Company or the Trustee, is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission, email or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

if to the Company:

 

Manchester United plc

Old Trafford

Manchester M16 0RA

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Telephone: +44 (0) 161 868 8000

 

with a copy to:

 

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention:  Marc Jaffe

Telephone: (212) 906-1281

 

if to the Trustee:

 

[          ]

Attention: [        ]

Telephone: [        ]

 

with a copy to:

 

[          ]

Attention:  [        ]

Telephone: [        ]

 

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

39



 

Any notice or communication to a Securityholder shall be sent electronically or by first-class mail to his address shown on the register kept by the Registrar, in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder of any Series or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders of that or any other Series.

 

If a notice or communication is sent or published in the manner provided above, within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the Securityholder receives it.

 

If the Company sends a notice or communication to Securityholders, it shall send a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security, where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Security (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given to the Depositary for such Security (or its designee) pursuant to the customary procedures of such Depositary.

 

Section 10.3.                           Communication by Holders with Other Holders .

 

Securityholders of any Series may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Securityholders of that Series or any other Series with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities of that Series or all Series.  The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

 

Section 10.4.                           Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(a)                                  an Officer’s Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(b)                                  an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

Section 10.5.                           Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:

 

(a)                                  a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

40



 

(b)                                  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)                                   a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(d)                                  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 10.6.                           Rules by Trustee and Agents .

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Securityholders of one or more Series.  Any Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 10.7.                           Legal Holidays .

 

Unless otherwise provided by Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or supplemental indenture hereto for a particular Series, a “ Legal Holiday ” is any day that is not a Business Day.  If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

Section 10.8.                           No Recourse Against Others .

 

A director, officer, employee or stockholder (past or present), as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.  Each Securityholder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

 

Section 10.9.                           Counterparts .

 

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

Section 10.10.                    Governing Law .

 

THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES, INCLUDING ANY CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE OR

 

41



 

THE SECURITIES, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 10.11.                    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 10.12.                    Successors .

 

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successor.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

Section 10.13.                    Severability .

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 10.14.                    Table of Contents, Headings, Etc .

 

The Table of Contents, Cross Reference Table, and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 10.15.                    Securities in a Foreign Currency .

 

Unless otherwise specified in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Indenture with respect to a particular Series of Securities, whenever for purposes of this Indenture any action may be taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of Securities of all Series or all Series affected by a particular action at the time outstanding and, at such time, there are outstanding Securities of any Series which are denominated in more than one currency, then the principal amount of Securities of such Series which shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of taking such action shall be determined by converting any such other currency into a currency that is designated upon issuance of any particular Series of Securities.  Unless otherwise specified in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Indenture with respect to a particular Series of Securities, such conversion shall be at the spot rate for the purchase of the designated currency as published in The Financial Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times, such source as may be selected in good faith by the Company) on any date of determination.  The provisions of this paragraph shall apply in determining the equivalent principal amount in respect of Securities of a Series denominated in currency other than Dollars in connection with any action taken by Holders of Securities pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

42



 

All decisions and determinations provided for in the preceding paragraph shall, in the absence of manifest error, to the extent permitted by law, be conclusive for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Trustee and all Holders.

 

Section 10.16.                    Judgment Currency .

 

The Company agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in respect of the principal of or interest or other amount on the Securities of any Series (the “ Required Currency ”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “ Judgment Currency ”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the day on which final unappealable judgment is entered, unless such day is not a New York Banking Day, then the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding the day on which final unappealable judgment is entered and (b) its obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with subsection (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable, and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture.  For purposes of the foregoing, “ New York Banking Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in The City of New York on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Section 10.17.                    Force Majeure .

 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable best efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

43



 

ARTICLE XI.
SINKING FUNDS

 

Section 11.1.                           Applicability of Article .

 

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of the Securities of a Series if so provided by the terms of such Securities pursuant to  Section 2.2 and except as otherwise permitted or required by any form of Security of such Series issued pursuant to this Indenture.

 

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of the Securities of any Series is herein referred to as a “ mandatory sinking fund payment ” and any other amount provided for by the terms of Securities of such Series is herein referred to as an “ optional sinking fund payment .”  If provided for by the terms of Securities of any Series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 11.2.  Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any Series as provided for by the terms of the Securities of such Series.

 

Section 11.2.                           Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities .

 

The Company may, in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of any Series to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities (1) deliver outstanding Securities of such Series to which such sinking fund payment is applicable (other than any of such Securities previously called for mandatory sinking fund redemption) and (2) apply as credit Securities of such Series to which such sinking fund payment is applicable and which have been repurchased by the Company or redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Series of Securities (except pursuant to any mandatory sinking fund) or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments or other optional redemptions pursuant to the terms of such Securities, provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited.  Such Securities shall be received by the Trustee, together with an Officer’s Certificate with respect thereto, not later than 15 days prior to the date on which the Trustee begins the process of selecting Securities for redemption, and shall be credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.  If as a result of the delivery or credit of Securities in lieu of cash payments pursuant to this Section 11.2, the principal amount of Securities of such Series to be redeemed in order to exhaust the aforesaid cash payment shall be less than $100,000, the Trustee need not call Securities of such Series for redemption, except upon receipt of a Company Order that such action be taken, and such cash payment shall be held by the Trustee or a Paying Agent and applied to the next succeeding sinking fund payment, provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall from time to time upon receipt of a Company Order pay over and deliver to the Company any cash payment so being held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of Securities of that Series purchased by the Company having an unpaid principal amount equal to the cash payment required to be released to the Company.

 

44



 

Section 11.3.                           Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund .

 

Not less than 45 days (unless otherwise indicated in the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officer’s Certificate in respect of a particular Series of Securities) prior to each sinking fund payment date for any Series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment for that Series pursuant to the terms of that Series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting of Securities of that Series pursuant to Section 11.2, and the optional amount, if any, to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, and the Company shall thereupon be obligated to pay the amount therein specified.  Not less than 30 days (unless otherwise indicated in the Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or supplemental indenture in respect of a particular Series of Securities) before each such sinking fund payment date the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date will be selected in the manner specified in Section 3.2 and the Company shall send or cause to be sent a notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in and in accordance with Section 3.3.  Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6.

 

45



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

MANCHESTER UNITED PLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

[          ], as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Its:

 




Exhibit 5.1

 

17 September 2015

 

Manchester United plc

c/o Intertrust Corporate Services (Cayman) Limited

190 Elgin Avenue

George Town

Grand Cayman KY1-9005

Cayman Islands

 

Dear Sirs

 

MANCHESTER UNITED PLC

 

We act as Cayman Islands counsel to Manchester United plc, an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement on Form F-3 (the “ Registration Statement ”) to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”). The Registration Statement references the offering and sale from time to time, as set forth in the Registration Statement, the form of prospectus contained therein (the “ Prospectus ”), and one or more supplements to the Prospectus (each, a “ Prospectus Supplement ”) of the following securities (the “ Securities ”):

 

(a)          up to $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s securities to be issued by the Company consisting of:

 

(i)              Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0005 per share (the “ New Shares ”);

 

(ii)           debt securities to be issued pursuant to the applicable indenture to be entered into by the Company (the “ Debt Securities ”);

 

(iii)        warrants to purchase New Shares or the Debt Securities, to be issued under a warrant agreement to be entered into by the Company and a warrant agent named therein;

 

(b)          up to 24,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0005 per share (the “ Original Shares ”) together with the New Shares the “ Equity Securities ”) to be offered from time to time by the “selling shareholders” referred to in the Prospectus.

 

Certain of the Original Shares may have been issued and allotted to the relevant selling shareholders as Class B ordinary shares in the capital of the Company.  Such shares will be converted automatically, immediately prior to their sale and in accordance with the provisions of the Articles (defined in Schedule 1), from Class B ordinary shares to Class A ordinary shares (such shares, the “ Converted Shares ”).

 

Walkers

190 Elgin Avenue, George Town

Grand Cayman KY1-9001, Cayman Islands

T   +1 345 949 0100  F   +1 345 949 7886  www.walkersglobal.com

 



 

We have been advised that the Securities may be issued and sold or delivered from time to time as set forth in the Registration Statement, any amendment thereto, the Prospectus contained therein and Prospectus Supplements pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act and that this opinion is required to be furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act. No opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related applicable Prospectus or Prospectus Supplement, other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Securities.

 

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined and relied upon the originals or copies of the documents listed in Schedule 1.

 

In giving this opinion we have relied upon the assumptions set out in Schedule 2, which we have not independently verified.

 

We are Cayman Islands Attorneys at Law and express no opinion as to any laws other than the laws of the Cayman Islands in force and as interpreted at the date of this opinion.  We have not, for the purposes of this opinion, made any investigation of the laws, rules or regulations of any other jurisdiction.  Except as explicitly stated herein, we express no opinion in relation to any representation or warranty contained in the Documents nor upon matters of fact or the commercial terms of the transactions contemplated by the Documents.

 

Based upon the foregoing examinations and assumptions and upon such searches as we have conducted and having regard to legal considerations which we consider relevant and under the laws of the Cayman Islands, we give the following opinion in relation to the matters set out below.

 

1.               With respect to the New Shares: when (a) the Board has taken all necessary corporate action to approve the issuance thereof, the terms of the offering thereof and related matters; (b) the provisions of the applicable definitive purchase, underwriting or similar agreement approved by the Board have been satisfied and payment of the consideration specified therein (being not less than their par value) has been made; and (c) valid book-entry notations are made in the register of members of the Company, then such Equity Securities will have been duly authorised and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (meaning that no additional sums may be levied on the holder thereof by the Company).

 

2.               With respect to the Original Shares other than the Converted Shares: such Equity Securities have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate action of the Company, have been validly created and legally issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

3.               With respect to the Converted Shares: such Equity Securities have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate action of the Company and upon (a) conversion of such securities in accordance with the provisions of the Articles and (b) the making of valid book-entry notations in the register of members of the Company, such Equity Securities will have been legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

This opinion is limited to the matters referred to herein and shall not be construed as extending to any other matter or document not referred to herein.  This opinion is for your benefit and the benefit of your legal advisors acting in that capacity in connection with the

 

2



 

Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act, without our prior written consent. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm contained in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act with respect to the Securities. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

This opinion shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

/s/ Walkers

 

 

 

WALKERS

 

 

3



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

LIST OF DOCUMENTS EXAMINED

 

1.                                       The Certificate of Incorporation dated 30 April 2012, the certificate of incorporation on change of name dated 8 August 2012, the Register of Directors in each case of the Company and the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company adopted on 8 August 2012 (the “ Articles ”) provided to us by the registered office of the Company in the Cayman Islands.

 

2.                                       A copy of the executed written resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company dated 7 August 2015.

 

3.                                       Copies of the following documents (the “ Documents ”):

 

(a)          the Registration Statement dated 17 September 2015; and

 

(b)          such other documents as we have deemed necessary to render the opinion set forth herein.

 

4



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

ASSUMPTIONS

 

1.                                       All authorisations, approvals, consents, licences and exemptions required by, and all filings and other steps required of each of the parties to or in connection with the Documents outside the Cayman Islands to ensure the legality, validity and enforceability of the Documents have been or will be duly obtained, made or fulfilled and are and will remain in full force and effect and any conditions to which they are subject have been satisfied.

 

2.                                       The originals of all documents examined in connection with this opinion are authentic.  The Documents conform in every material respect to the latest draft of the same produced to us and, where provided in successive drafts, have been marked up to indicate all changes to such Documents.

 

3.                                       Each of the Registration Statement, Prospectus and any Prospectus Supplement and the documents or agreements referred to therein will be duly authorised, executed and delivered by or on behalf of all relevant parties prior to the issue and sale of the New Shares and the Converted Shares and will be legal, valid, binding and enforceable against all relevant parties in accordance with their terms.

 

4.                                       We have relied upon the statements and representations of directors, officers and other representatives of the Company as to factual matters.

 

5.                                       The Company will have offered, issued and sold the New Shares and the Converted Shares in the manner contemplated by the Registration Statement, Prospectus and any Prospectus Supplement and the documents or agreements referred to therein and otherwise in compliance with all applicable United States federal and state securities laws.

 

5




Exhibit 5.2

 

 

53rd at Third

 

885 Third Avenue

 

New York, New York  10022-4834

Tel: +1.212.906.1200  Fax: +1.212.751.4864

www.lw.com

 

FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES

 

Abu Dhabi

 

Milan

 

Barcelona

 

Moscow

 

Beijing

 

Munich

 

Boston

 

New Jersey

 

Brussels

 

New York

 

Century City

 

Orange County

September 17 , 2015

Chicago

 

Paris

 

Dubai

 

Riyadh

 

Düsseldorf

 

Rome

Manchester United plc

Frankfurt

 

San Diego

Old Trafford

Hamburg

 

San Francisco

Manchester M16 0RA

Hong Kong

 

Shanghai

United Kingdom

Houston

 

Silicon Valley

 

London

 

Singapore

 

Los Angeles

 

Tokyo

Re:                              Registration Statement on Form F-3

Madrid

 

Washington, D.C.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel to Manchester United plc, an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), in connection with its filing on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) of a registration statement on Form F-3 (as amended, the “ Registration Statement ”), including a base prospectus (the “ Base Prospectus ”), which provides that it will be supplemented by one or more prospectus supplements (each such prospectus supplement, together with the Base Prospectus, a “ Prospectus ”), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), relating to the registration for issue and sale by the Company of up to $400,000,000 offering price of (i) shares of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0005 per share (“ Common Stock ”), (ii) one or more series of the Company’s debt securities (collectively, “ Debt Securities ”) to be issued under an indenture to be entered into between the Company, as issuer, and a trustee (a form of which is included as Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement) and one or more board resolutions, supplements thereto or officer’s certificates thereunder (such indenture, together with the applicable board resolution, supplement or officer’s certificate pertaining to the applicable series of Debt Securities, the “ Applicable Indenture ”), and (iii) warrants (“ Warrants ”).  The Common Stock, Debt Securities and Warrants, plus any additional Common Stock, Debt Securities and Warrants that may be registered pursuant to any subsequent registration statement that the Company may hereafter file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering by the Company contemplated by the Registration Statement, are referred to herein collectively as the “ Securities .”

 

This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related applicable Prospectus, other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Securities.

 

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon

 



 

certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to the internal laws of the State of New York, and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of the laws of any other jurisdiction, or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any local agencies within any state. Various matters concerning the laws of the Cayman Islands are addressed in the opinion of Walkers, which has been separately provided to you.  We express no opinion with respect to those matters.

 

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof:

 

1.                                       When the Applicable Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and when the specific terms of a particular series of Debt Securities have been duly established in accordance with the terms of the Applicable Indenture and authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and such Debt Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Applicable Indenture and in the manner contemplated by the applicable Prospectus and by such corporate action, such Debt Securities will be the legally valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.

 

2.                                       When the applicable warrant agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and when the specific terms of a particular issuance of Warrants have been duly established in accordance with the terms of the applicable warrant agreement and authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and such Warrants have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the applicable warrant agreement and in the manner contemplated by the applicable Prospectus and by such corporate action (assuming the securities issuable upon exercise of such Warrants have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by all necessary corporate action), such Warrants will be the legally valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.

 

Our opinions are subject to: (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors; (ii) the effect of general principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law (including the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief), concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, and the discretion of the court before which a proceeding is brought; (iii) the invalidity under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of or contribution to a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy; and (iv) we express no opinion as to (a) any provision for liquidated damages, default interest, late charges, monetary penalties, make-whole premiums or other economic remedies to the extent such provisions are deemed to constitute a penalty, (b) consents to, or restrictions upon, governing law, jurisdiction, venue, arbitration, remedies, or judicial relief, (c) waivers of rights or defenses, (d) any provision requiring the payment of attorneys’ fees, where such payment is contrary to law or public policy, (e) advance waivers of claims,

 

2



 

defenses, rights granted by law, or notice, opportunity for hearing, evidentiary requirements, statutes of limitation, trial by jury or at law, or other procedural rights, (f) waivers of broadly or vaguely stated rights, (g) provisions for exclusivity, election or cumulation of rights or remedies, (h) provisions authorizing or validating conclusive or discretionary determinations, (i) grants of setoff rights, (j) proxies, powers and trusts, (k) provisions prohibiting, restricting, or requiring consent to assignment or transfer of any right or property, (l) any provision to the extent it requires that a claim with respect to a security denominated in other than U.S. dollars (or a judgment in respect of such a claim) be converted into U.S. dollars at a rate of exchange at a particular date, to the extent applicable law otherwise provides, and (m) the severability, if invalid, of provisions to the foregoing effect.

 

With your consent, we have assumed (a) that each of the Debt Securities and Warrants and the Applicable Indenture and warrant agreements governing such Securities (collectively, the “ Documents ”) will be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York, (b) that each of the Documents has been or will be duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto, (c) that each of the Documents constitutes or will constitute legally valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto other than the Company, enforceable against each of them in accordance with their respective terms, and (d) that the status of each of the Documents as legally valid and binding obligations of the parties will not be affected by any (i) breaches of, or defaults under, agreements or instruments, (ii) violations of statutes, rules, regulations or court or governmental orders, or (iii) failures to obtain required consents, approvals or authorizations from, or to make required registrations, declarations or filings with, governmental authorities.

 

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm contained in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act with respect to the Securities. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

 

3




Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

SECOND AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

 

DATED 15 May 2015

 

relating to a

 

TERM FACILITY AGREEMENT
dated 20 May 2013 as amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 11 August 2014

 

between

 

MU FINANCE PLC

as Borrower

 

and

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

as Original Agent

 

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

as Agent

 

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

as Lender

 

GRAPHIC

McGuireWoods London LLP

11 Pilgrim Street

London EC4V 6RN

DX 249 London/Chancery Lane

Tel: 020 7632 1600

Fax: 020 7632 1638

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause No.

 

Page No.

 

 

 

1

INTERPRETATION

2

 

 

 

2

RESIGNATION AND APPOINTMENT OF AGENT

3

 

 

 

3

AMENDMENTS TO AND RESTATEMENT OF THE FACILITY AGREEMENT

4

 

 

 

4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

4

 

 

 

5

FEES AND EXPENSES

4

 

 

 

6

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

5

 

 

 

7

SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS

5

 

 

 

8

CONSENT OF THE GUARANTORS

6

 

 

 

9

MISCELLANEOUS

6

 

 

 

10

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

6

 

 

 

11

GOVERNING LAW

7

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 - Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

8

 

 

SCHEDULE 2 - Amended and Restated Facility Agreement

10

 

 



 

This SECOND AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT (“ Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement ”) is made the 15 th  day of May 2015 among:

 

(1)                                  RED FOOTBALL LIMITED (the “ Company ”);

 

(2)                                  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (the “ Original Agent ”);

 

(3)                                  BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED (the “ Agent ”); and

 

(3)                                  BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED (the “ Lender ”).

 

BACKGROUND :

 

(A)                                         By a term facility agreement dated 20 May 2013 (the “ Original Facility Agreement ”) between the Company, the Original Agent and Bank of America, N.A. as the Original Lender, the Original Lender agreed to make available a term facility to MU Finance plc (registration number 07088267), as Borrower, on the terms and conditions set out in the Original Facility Agreement.

 

(B)                                         Pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 11 August 2014, the parties amended and restated the Original Facility Agreement (the Original Facility Agreement as amended and restated being the “ Facility Agreement ”).

 

(C)                                         Pursuant to Clause 2.3 ( Obligors’ Agent ) of the Facility Agreement, each Obligor (other than the Company) irrevocably appointed the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorised the Company to effect amendments, supplements and variations to the Finance Documents notwithstanding that they may affect an Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor.

 

(D)                                         The parties wish to amend and restate the Facility Agreement to reflect certain changes agreed between them.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                                INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                         Terms defined

 

In this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement:

 



 

1.1.1                                Unless defined in this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, a term defined in the Restated Facility Agreement has the same meaning in this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

 

1.1.2                                Effective Date ” means the date upon which the Agent has received each of the documents delivered to it pursuant to Clause 6 ( Conditions Precedent ) below in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

1.1.3                                Restated Facility Agreement ” means the Facility Agreement as amended and restated in the form set out in Schedule 2 (subject to any further amendments and changes made after the date of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement mutually agreed between the Lender and the Agent).

 

References in the Facility Agreement to “ this Agreement ”, “ hereof ”, “ hereunder ” and expressions of similar import shall be deemed to be references to the Facility Agreement (as amended and restated by this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement) and to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

 

1.2                                         Interpretation

 

1.2.1                                Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, in this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement a reference to a “ Clause ” or a “ Schedule ” is a reference to a Clause or a Schedule, as the case may be, in or of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement. Headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

 

1.2.2                                The whole terms and conditions of Clause 1.2 ( Construction ) of the Restated Facility Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

 

1.2.3                                It is agreed that each of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and the Restated Facility Agreement are Finance Documents.

 

2.                                                RESIGNATION AND APPOINTMENT OF AGENT

 

With effect on and from the Effective Date, p ursuant to Clause 34.10 (a) of the Facility Agreement, the Original Agent hereby gives notice to the Lenders and the Company of its resignation as Agent (as defined in the Facility Agreement) and the appointment of its Affiliate, Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited as its successor.

 



 

3.                                                AMENDMENTS TO AND RESTATEMENT OF THE FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

3.1                                         With effect on and from the Effective Date the Facility Agreement shall be amended and restated in the form set out in Schedule 2 (subject to any further amendments and changes made after the date of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement mutually agreed between the Lender and the Agent) so that the rights and obligations of the parties to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to their performance on and after the Effective Date under the Facility Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the terms of the Restated Facility Agreement.

 

3.2                                         The Facility Agreement is amended only to the extent set out in this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement. In all other respects the terms of the Finance Documents remain in full force and effect.

 

3.3                                         The parties to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement agree that, with effect on and from the Effective Date, they shall have the rights and take on the obligations ascribed to them under the Restated Facility Agreement.

 

4.                                                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Agent that the Repeating Representations are true and accurate in all respects (or, in the case of such Repeating Representations which are not otherwise subject to a materiality threshold or qualification in accordance with their terms, are correct in all material respects) as at the date of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and as at the Effective Date.

 

5.                                                FEES AND EXPENSES

 

5.1                                         The Company will pay to the Agent (on account for the Lender) the fee as required under that certain letter agreement (the “ Letter ”) dated 6 May 2015 between the Company and Bank of America, N.A.

 

5.2                                         The Company shall reimburse the Original Agent or the Agent (as applicable) promptly on demand for all reasonable charges and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of legal advisors (subject to an agreed cap in writing (if any)) which are incurred by the Original Agent or the Agent, as the case may be, in connection with this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Restated Facility Agreement and the arrangements contemplated thereby, whether or not the Effective Date occurs.

 



 

6.                                                CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

6.1                                         The provisions of Clause 3 ( Amendments to and Restatement of the Facility Agreement ) of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall come into effect on the Effective Date when the Agent has confirmed in writing to the Company that (i) it has received or (ii) it has waived the requirement to receive, unless stated otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably), all of the documents and evidence referred to in Schedule 1 to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.  The Agent shall provide such confirmation to the Company and the Lender promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

6.2                                         If the Effective Date does not occur on or before the date falling 30 Business Days after the date of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement or such later date as the Company and the Agent may agree, then this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall lapse and be of no further effect and none of the parties to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall be under any liability under this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and the Facility Agreement shall be read and construed as if this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement had never been entered into.

 

7.                                                SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS

 

7.1                                         Subject to Clause 7.2 below, if, after the date of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Company or any other Obligor enters into the Note Purchase Agreement or the RCF Facilities Agreement (or any amendment or restatement thereto) containing any provisions (where there is an equivalent provision in Schedule 17 ( Restricted Covenants ) of the Restated Facility Agreement, including without limitation the defined terms referred to therein) which: (a) are on terms more onerous to the Company or any such Obligor or are more favourable to the provider of that financial indebtedness, in each case when compared with the equivalent provision contained in Schedule 17 ( Restricted Covenants ) of the Restated Facility Agreement or the defined terms referred to therein; or (b)  provided that the provision is included in both the Note Purchase Agreement and the RCF Facilities Agreement (or any amendment or restatement thereof), are on terms more favourable to the Company in each case when compared with the equivalent provision contained in Schedule 17 ( Restricted Covenants ) of the Restated Facility Agreement or the defined terms referred to therein, (each an “ Amendment Clause ”):

 

7.1.1                                the Company shall immediately notify the Lender of the existence of an Amendment Clause; and

 



 

7.1.2                                the Company and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith to amend the terms of the Restated Facility Agreement to incorporate any such Amendment Clause into the Restated Facility Agreement.

 

7.2                                         Clause 7.1 shall cease to have effect upon the later of the Closing Date: (a) as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement; or (b) as defined in the RCF Facilities Agreement.

 

8.                                                CONSENT OF THE GUARANTORS

 

8.1                                         The Company on behalf of the Guarantors hereby consents, acknowledges and agrees to the amendments and other matters set forth in this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and hereby confirms and ratifies in all respects the guarantee in Clause 25 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) in the Facility Agreement (including without limitation the continuation of each Guarantor’s payment and performance obligations thereunder upon and after the effectiveness of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement) and the enforceability of such guarantee against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

 

9.                                                MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1                                         The provisions of Clause 39 ( Notices ), Clause 41 ( Partial Invalidity ), Clause 42 ( Remedies and Waivers ), Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers ) and Clause 47 ( Enforcement ) of the Facility Agreement shall apply to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement as if set out in this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, but as if references in those Clauses to the Facility Agreement were references to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

 

9.2                                         This Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument, and which counterparts may be delivered by telefacsimile or other electronic means (including .pdf).

 

9.3                                         The parties hereto intend this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement shall take effect as a deed, notwithstanding that a party to it may only execute it under hand.

 

10.                                         THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

10.1                                  Unless expressly provided to the contrary in this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, a person who is not a party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (or any analogous provision under any applicable law) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

 



 

10.2                                  Notwithstanding any term of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the consent of any person who is not a party is not required to amend, rescind or otherwise vary this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement at any time.

 

11.                                         GOVERNING LAW

 

This Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by English law.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement has been duly executed as a deed and has been delivered by each of the parties on the date first above written.

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

 

1.                                       The Company

 

(a)                                  A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Company:

 

(i)                                      approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement (including, without limitation, the Schedules attached to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement) and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement on its behalf; and

 

(iii)                                authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

 

(b)                                  A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and related documents.

 

(c)                                   A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be exceeded.

 

(d)                                  A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company certifying that its constitutional documents as previously delivered to the Agent and each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

 

2.                                       Transaction Documents

 

(a)                                  This Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement executed by the Company.

 

(b)                                  The Letter executed by the Company.

 

(c)                                   A copy of the power of attorney appointing the attorney named and defined therein as attorney of the Company in order to permit that person to do all such acts and things and agree and execute on behalf of the Company all such deeds and documents to which the Company is a party as may be required in connection with the documents listed therein executed by the Company.

 

(d)                                  A copy of the Group Structure Chart as of the Effective Date, which indicates which Persons are Restricted Subsidiaries and which are Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(e)                                   The Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet.

 



 

(f)                                    Evidence that the Borrower has prepaid, or will have prepaid on the Effective Date, the Utilisation under the Facility Agreement, together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid, in such amount to reduce the Total Commitments to $225,000,000.

 

3.                                       Legal opinions

 

A legal opinion of McGuireWoods London LLP, legal advisers to the Agent and the Lender as to English law addressed to the Agent and the Lender.

 

4.                                       Other documents and evidence

 

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses (other than legal fees, which shall be paid in full within 5 Business Days after receipt of a written invoice by the Company) then due pursuant to Clause 5 ( Fees and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the Effective Date.

 


 

SCHEDULE 2

 

DATED 20 MAY 2013 AS AMENDED AND RESTATED PURSUANT TO AN AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT DATED 11 AUGUST 2014 AND AMENDED AND RESTATED PURSUANT TO AN AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT DATED 15 MAY 2015

 

BETWEEN

 

MU FINANCE PLC
AS BORROWER

 

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

 

AND

 

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
AS AGENT

 

TERM FACILITY AGREEMENT (1)

 

 


(1)   This Term Facility Agreement is a composite version to include the changes pursuant to the Amendment and Restatement Agreement dated as of 11 August 2014 and the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement dated as of 15 May 2015, and the Amendment Letter dated as of 26 June 2015.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

SECTION 1 INTERPRETATION

1

 

 

 

1.

Definitions and Interpretation

1

 

 

 

SECTION 2 THE FACILITY

32

 

 

 

2.

The Facility

32

 

 

 

3.

Purpose

33

 

 

 

4.

Conditions of Utilisation

33

 

 

 

SECTION 3 UTILISATION

34

 

 

 

5.

Utilisation

34

 

 

 

6.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

35

 

 

 

7.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

35

 

 

 

8.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

35

 

 

 

9.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

35

 

 

 

10.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

35

 

 

 

11.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

35

 

 

 

SECTION 4 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

35

 

 

 

12.

Repayment

35

 

 

 

13.

Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation

35

 

 

 

14.

Mandatory Prepayment

37

 

 

 

15.

Restrictions

39

 

 

 

SECTION 5 COSTS OF UTILISATION

40

 

 

 

16.

Interest

40

 

 

 

17.

Interest Periods

42

 

 

 

18.

Changes to the Calculation of Interest

43

 

 

 

19.

Fees

46

 

 

 

SECTION 6 ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

46

 

 

 

20.

Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities

46

 

 

 

21.

Increased Costs

56

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

 

22.

Other Indemnities

58

 

 

 

23.

Mitigation by the Lenders

60

 

 

 

24.

Costs and Expenses

60

 

 

 

SECTION 7 GUARANTEE

61

 

 

 

25.

Guarantee and Indemnity

61

 

 

 

SECTION 8 REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

65

 

 

 

26.

Representations

65

 

 

 

27.

Information Undertakings

73

 

 

 

28.

Financial Covenant

78

 

 

 

29.

General Undertakings

83

 

 

 

30.

Events of Default

89

 

 

 

SECTION 9 CHANGES TO PARTIES

93

 

 

 

31.

Changes to the Lenders

93

 

 

 

32.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

99

 

 

 

33.

Changes to the Obligors

99

 

 

 

SECTION 10 THE FINANCE PARTIES

102

 

 

 

34.

Role of the Agent

102

 

 

 

35.

Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties

111

 

 

 

36.

Sharing among the Finance Parties

111

 

 

 

SECTION 11 ADMINISTRATION

112

 

 

 

37.

Payment Mechanics

112

 

 

 

38.

Set-Off

116

 

 

 

39.

Notices

116

 

 

 

40.

Calculations and Certificates

120

 

 

 

41.

Partial Invalidity

120

 

 

 

42.

Remedies and Waivers

120

 

 

 

43.

Amendments and Waivers

121

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

 

44.

Confidentiality

124

 

 

 

45.

Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations

129

 

 

 

46.

Counterparts

131

 

 

 

SECTION 12 GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

131

 

 

 

47.

Governing Law

131

 

 

 

48.

Enforcement

132

 

 

 

Schedule 1 The Original Parties

133

 

 

Part 1 The Original Obligors

133

 

 

Part II The Lenders

134

 

 

Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent

135

 

 

Part I Conditions Precedent to INITIAL Utilisation

135

 

 

Part II Conditions Precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Guarantor

138

 

 

Schedule 3 Requests

140

 

 

Part I Utilisation Request

140

 

 

Part II Selection NoticE

142

 

 

Schedule 4 WIRING INFORMATION

149

 

 

Schedule 5 Form of Transfer Certificate

144

 

 

Schedule 6 Form of Assignment Agreement

148

 

 

Schedule 7 Form of Accession Deed

152

 

 

Schedule 8 AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

156

 

 

Schedule 9 Form of Compliance Certificate

162

 

 

SCHEDULE 10 FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

166

 

 

Schedule 11 [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

169

 

 

Schedule 12 [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

170

 

 

Schedule 13 Material Companies

171

 

 

Schedule 14 [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

172

 

 

Schedule 15 [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

173

 

iii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

Schedule 16 Table of values for X

173

 

 

Schedule 17 Restrictive Covenants

176

 

iv



 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 20 May 2013 as amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 11 August 2014 and amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 15 May 2015 and made between:

 

(1)                                  RED FOOTBALL LIMITED (registration number 5370076) (the “ Company ”);

 

(2)                                  MU FINANCE PLC (registration number 07088267) as the borrower (the “ Borrower ”);

 

(3)                                  THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Part I of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ), including without limitation MANCHESTER UNITED LIMITED (registration number 02570509) (“ MUL ”) and MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED (registration number 95489) (“ MUFC ”), as original guarantors (together with the Company, the “ Original Guarantors ”);

 

(4)                                  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. as lender (the “ Original Lender ”); and

 

(5)                                  BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED. as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “ Agent ”).

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

SECTION 1

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Acceleration Event ” means, following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is then continuing the Agent:

 

(i)                                      giving a notice of acceleration pursuant to, and in accordance with, paragraph (b) or (d) (but only if such notice relates to the enforcement of Transaction Security) of Clause 30.13 (Acceleration); or

 

(ii)                                   having previously placed any part of a Facility on demand pursuant to, and in accordance with, paragraph (a) or (c) of Clause 30.13 (Acceleration), making a demand for payment as referred to therein,

 

which notice or demand has not been withdrawn, cancelled or otherwise ceased to have effect.

 

Acceptable Bank ” means:

 

(a)                                  a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency; or

 

(b)                                  any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent.

 



 

Accession Deed ” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Accession Deed ).

 

Accounting Reference Date ” means 30 June.

 

Additional Guarantor ” means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 33 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

Additional Loan ” means a Loan in the aggregate amount of $7,892,500 that the Lenders will available to the Borrower on the Amendment Effective Date.

 

Affiliate ” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange ” means the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.

 

Agreed Security Principles ” means the agreed security principles set out in Schedule 8 ( Agreed Security Principles ).

 

Agreement” means this Agreement, as amended by the Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and as further amended and/or amended and restated from time to time

 

Alternative Reference Bank Rate ” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Alternative Base Reference Banks:

 

(a)                                  (other than where paragraph (b) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Alternative Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or

 

(b)                                 if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Alternative Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.

 

(a)                        Alternative Reference Banks ” means the principal London offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) from time to time provided that each such appointed bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company.

 

Amendment and Restatement Agreement ” means the Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to this Agreement dated 11 August 2014, and made between the Company, the Agent and the Original Lender.

 

2



 

Amendment Effective Date ” means 11 August 2014, the date on which the Amendment and Restatement Agreement became effective.

 

Amendment Effective Date Lender ” means Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited.

 

Annual Financial Statements ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 27 ( Information Undertakings ).

 

Anti-Corruption Laws means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

 

Assigned Account ” means any Mandatory Prepayment Account (as defined in any Debt Document (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)) and any other account that may from time to time be identified in writing as an Assigned Account by the Security Trustee and the Company in accordance with the terms of the applicable Transaction Security Documents, including any renewal or redesignation of such accounts.

 

Assignment Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by MarkitClear or another electronic platform) agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee provided that if that other form does not contain the undertaking set out in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) it shall not be a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking as defined in, and for the purposes of, the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Auditors ” means an accounting firm of international standing appointed by the Company (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, the auditors of the Group as of the Amendment Effective Date).

 

Authorisation ” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

 

Availability Period ” means: (a) the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the earlier of (i) the date falling 90 days thereafter and (ii) the first Utilisation Date to occur after the date of this Agreement; and (b) in relation to an Additional Loan, the date falling two Business Days after (but not including) the Amendment Effective Date.

 

Available Facility ” means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Commitment during the Availability Period or on the Amendment Effective Date, as applicable.

 

Base Case Model ” means the financial model including profit and loss, balance sheet and cashflow projections in agreed form relating to the Restricted Group.

 

Base Currency ” means U.S. Dollars.

 

Base Reference Bank Rate ” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Base Reference Banks:

 

(a)                                  (other than where paragraph (b) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Base Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank

 

3



 

market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or

 

(b)                                 if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Base Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.

 

Base Reference Banks ” means the principal London offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent from time to time (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) provided that each such appointment bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company.

 

Borrowings ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Break Costs ” means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a)                                  the interest excluding the Margin which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds:

 

(b)                                  the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

Budget ” means any budget delivered by the Company to the Agent in respect of that period pursuant to Clause 27.4 ( Budget ).

 

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, New York and ( in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.

 

Capital Expenditure ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Cash ” means cash in hand and credit balances or amounts on deposit in an account in the name of a member of the Restricted Group with an Acceptable Bank which are freely transferable and freely convertible and accessible by a member of the Restricted Group within 30 days so long as repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any person or on the satisfaction of any other condition (other than the making of a withdrawal request by a member of the Restricted Group where that member of the Restricted Group is freely able to make such a request at its discretion and without any restriction) and that cash is not subject to any Security (other than Transaction Security) and,

 

4



 

for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any amount standing to the credit of any Mandatory Prepayment Account.

 

Cash Equivalent Investments ” means at any time:

 

(a)                                  certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank;

 

(b)                                  any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating which:

 

(i)                                      matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

 

(ii)                                   is not convertible or exchangeable to any other security,

 

provided that the relevant issuer or guarantor is rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 by Fitch Ratings or P-1 by Moody’s Investor Services Limited;

 

(c)                                   open market commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

 

(i)                                      for which a recognised trading market exists;

 

(ii)                                   issued by an issuer incorporated in the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State;

 

(iii)                                which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

 

(iv)                               which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its unsecured and non credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

 

(d)                                  sterling bills of exchange issued eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank (or any dematerialised equivalent);

 

(e)                                   investments accessible within 30 days in money market funds which:

 

(i)                                      have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited; and

 

(ii)                                   invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (e) above; or

 

5


 

(f)                                    any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders,

 

in each case, to which any member of the Restricted Group is beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Restricted Group or subject to any Security (other than the Transaction Security Documents).

 

Cashflow ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions )

 

Certain Funds Default ” means a Default arising under or in connection with one of the following Clauses:

 

(a)                                  Clause 30.1( Non-payment );

 

(b)                                  Clause 30.3 ( Other obligations ) as it relates to:

 

(i)                                      Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ); and

 

(ii)                                   Clause 4 ( Liens ) of Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

(c)                                   Clause 30.4 ( Misrepresentation ) as it relates to Clause 26.1 ( Status ), Clause 26.2 ( Binding obligations ), Clause 26.3 Non-conflict with other obligations ), Clause 26.4 ( Power and authority ), and Clause 26.7 ( Governing law and enforcement );

 

(d)                                  Clause 30.6 ( Insolvency );

 

(e)                                   Clause 30.7 ( Insolvency proceedings );

 

(f)                                    Clause 30.8 ( Creditors’ process );

 

(g)                                   Clause 30.9 ( Unlawfulness and invalidity ); and

 

(h)                                  Clause 30.11 ( Repudiation ).

 

CFC ” means a “controlled foreign corporation” (as defined in Section 957(a) of the Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

CFC Obligor ” means an Obligor that is a CFC.

 

Champions League ” means the UEFA Champions League and any successor or replacement competition.

 

Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet ” means the spreadsheet delivered pursuant to Schedule 1 ( Conditions to the Effective Date ) of the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement.

 

Champions League Non Qualification Event ” means the failure by the first team of Manchester United Football Club to qualify (in any season) for the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League.

 

Change of Control means a “Change of Control” as defined in Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

6



 

Charged Property ” means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

Closing Date ” means the date on which the Agent gives the Company and the Lenders the notification required under Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ).

 

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended.

 

Commitment ” means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Original Commitment” in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Lenders ) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  in relation to the Amendment Effective Date Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Additional Commitment” in Part II of Schedule 1 ( The Lenders ) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(c)                                   in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ).

 

Confidential Information ” means all information relating to the Company, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents from either:

 

(a)                                  any member of the Group or any of their advisers; or

 

(b)                                  another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of their advisers,

 

(c)                                   in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:

 

(i)                                      information that:

 

(A)                                is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 44 ( Confidentiality ); or

 

(B)                                is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of their advisers; or

 

7



 

(C)                                is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group or their advisers and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

 

(ii)                                   any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.

 

Confidentiality Undertaking ” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the recommended form of the LMA at the relevant time or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Consolidated Net Finance Charges ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

CTA ” means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.

 

Current Assets ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Current Liabilities ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Debt Document ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Default ” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 30 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default provided that any such event which is subject to a qualification as to materiality or requires a determination to be made shall not constitute a Default unless such qualification is satisfied or such determination is made, as the case may be.

 

Delegate ” means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Trustee.

 

Disruption Event ” means either or both of:

 

(a)                                  a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

(b)                                  the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

8



 

(i)                                      from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii)                                   from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

Dormant Subsidiary ” means a member of the Restricted Group which does not trade (for itself or as agent for any person) and does not own, legally or beneficially, assets which (excluding loans made to other members of the Restricted Group) in aggregate have a value of £2,500,000 or more or its equivalent in other currencies or, in the case of loans made to other members of the Restricted Group, which in aggregate have a value of £2,500,000 or more or its equivalent in other currencies.

 

Environment ” means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:

 

(a)                                  air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below ground);

 

(b)                                  water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and

 

(c)                                   land (including, without limitation, land under water).

 

Environmental Claim ” means any claim, proceeding or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

 

Environmental Law ” means any applicable law or regulation which relates to:

 

(a)                                  the pollution or protection of the Environment;

 

(b)                                  the conditions of the workplace; or

 

(c)                                   the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste.

 

Environmental Permits ” means any permit and other Authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any member of the Restricted Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by any member of the Restricted Group.

 

Event of Default ” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 30 ( Events of Default ).

 

Exceptional Items ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Excluded Subsidiary ” means:

 

(a)                                  MUTV;

 

9



 

(b)                                  Alderley Urban Investments Limited (a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 03132053);

 

(c)                                   each member of the New Holdco Group;

 

(d)                                  provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has been designated by the Company by written notice to the Agent as an Excluded Subsidiary, a Restricted Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of holding one or more assets or properties that are to be financed, in whole or in part, with Indebtedness (as defined in Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants )) incurred pursuant to paragraph (e) or (p) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ) if the only assets and properties (other than assets that are de minimis in value) owned by such Restricted Subsidiary are financed, in whole or in part, with Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraphs (e) or (p) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ) for so long as any such Indebtedness remains outstanding and an obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that promptly upon the retirement or repayment of such Indebtedness or the assumption of such Indebtedness by a Person other than such Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, become an Additional Guarantor (to the extent it would otherwise be required to do so)); and

 

(e)                                   provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has been designated by the Company by written notice to the Agent as an Excluded Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Second Amendment Effective Date as a result of the acquisition of such Person by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Red Football Junior Limited) where such Person will have outstanding, following the consummation of such acquisition, Indebtedness as defined in Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ) permitted to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (m) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) of Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ) and such Person would be required to obtain the consent of the holders of such Indebtedness to become an Additional Guarantor or grant Transaction Security, for so long as any such Indebtedness remains outstanding and an obligation of such Person (it being understood that promptly upon the retirement or repayment of such Indebtedness or the assumption of such Indebtedness by a Person other than such Person, such Person shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, become an Additional Guarantor (to the extent it would otherwise be required to do so)).

 

Existing Notes ” means the $425,000,000 8 3 / 8 % senior secured notes due 2017.

 

Existing Security Documents ” means:

 

(a)                                  the English law debenture dated 29 January 2010 between the Company, Red Football Junior Limited, MUL, MUFC and the Borrower and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited (the “ Existing Debenture ”);

 

10



 

(b)                                  the English law mortgage dated 29 January 2010 between MUL and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited;

 

(c)                                   the English law mortgage dated 29 January 2010 between MUFC and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited; and

 

(d)                                  the English law mortgage dated 23 April 2010 between MUL and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited.

 

Existing RCF Facilities Agreement ” means the revolving facilities agreement dated 29 January 2010 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) between, amongst others, the Company, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as agent and security trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as alternative L/C fronting bank, and the lenders listed therein.

 

Facility ” means the term loan facilities made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility ).

 

Facility Office ” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Fallback Interest Period ” means one Month.

 

FATCA ” means:

 

(a)                                  sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

(b)                                  any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c)                                   any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

Fee Letter ” means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Original Agent and the Company and/or the Original Lender and the Company setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 19 ( Fees ).

 

Finance Document ” means this Agreement, any Accession Deed, any Compliance Certificate, any Fee Letter, the Second Amendment Letter, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Resignation Letter, any Transaction Security Document, any Utilisation Request and any other document designated as a “Finance Document” by the Agent and the Company.

 

Finance Lease ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Finance Party ” means the Agent or a Lender.

 

11



 

Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness for or in respect of, and without double counting:

 

(a)                                  monies borrowed or raised (other than Subordinated Shareholder Funding provided by the Original Investors);

 

(b)                                  any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or by a bill discounting or factoring credit facility;

 

(c)                                   any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d)                                  the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract or other agreement which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

(e)                                   receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f)                                    any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account, together with the effect of any applicable netting arrangement);

 

(g)                                   any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

(h)                                  any amount raised by the issue of shares in the Company or any other member of the Restricted Group which is not held by another member of the Restricted Group which by their terms are redeemable (mandatorily or at the holder’s option);

 

(i)                                      any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement in respect of a fixed asset if such agreement was demonstrably entered into primarily as a method of raising finance;

 

(j)                                     any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement but not in relation to deferred payments for players) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; and

 

(k)                                  the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss for any of the items referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this definition.

 

Financial Quarter ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Financial Year ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” has the meaning given to such term in Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

12



 

Football Creditors ” has the meaning given to such term in rule E.35 (or any equivalent provision) of the Premier League Handbook.

 

Funding Rate ” means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 18.4 ( Cost of Funds ).

 

Funds Flow Statement ” means a funds flow statement in agreed form.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles applicable in the United Kingdom, as in effect on the date of any calculation or determination required hereunder.  Without limiting the foregoing, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2012 for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in GAAP relating thereto, unless the parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such changes, as provided for above.  At any time after the date of the Facility Agreement, the Company may elect to apply IFRS for all purposes of this Schedule, in lieu of GAAP, and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP will be thereafter be construed to mean IFRS, as in effect as of the date of such election; provided that (i) any such election once made will be irrevocable, (ii) in addition to (and without prejudice to) any other reporting requirements in the Finance Documents, all financial statements and reports required to be provided, after such election, pursuant to the Finance Documents will be prepared on the basis of IFRS, as in effect from time to time (including that, upon first reporting its fiscal year results under IFRS, the Company will restate its financial statements on the basis of IFRS, for the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the first fiscal year for which financial statements have been prepared on the basis of IFRS) and (iii) after such election, all ratios, computations and other determinations based on GAAP contained in this Schedule will be computed in conformity with IFRS.  For the avoidance of doubt, the making of an election referred to in this definition will not be treated as resulting in an incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

Group ” means the Company and each of its Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

Group Structure Chart ” means the group structure chart showing the Group in the agreed form.

 

Guarantor ” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 33 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

Historic Screen Rate ” means, in relation to any Loan, the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and which is as of a day which is no more than five Business Days before the Quotation Day.

 

Holding Company ” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

Impaired Agent ” means the Agent at any time when:

 

(a)                                  it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

(b)                                  the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document; or

 

(c)                                   an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent,

 

13



 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

(i)                                      its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A)                                administrative or technical error; or

 

(B)                                a Disruption Event; and

 

payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date; or

 

(ii)                                   the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question and the Agent has notified the Company and the Lenders that this is the case.

 

Insolvency Event ” in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

(a)                                  is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

(b)                                  becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

(c)                                   makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(d)                                  institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

(e)                                   has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

(i)                                      results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

(ii)                                   is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

(f)                                    has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;

 

(g)                                   has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

14



 

(h)                                  seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

(i)                                      has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

(j)                                     causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

 

(k)                                  takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

Intellectual Property ” means:

 

(a)                                  any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names, inventions, knowhow and other intellectual property rights and interests (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist), whether registered or unregistered; and

 

(b)                                  the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Restricted Group (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist).

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the intercreditor agreement dated 29 January 2010, as amended and restated on or about the Second Amendment Effective Date (as may be further amended and/or restated from time to time) and made between, among others, the Company, the Debtors, the Security Trustee (as Security Trustee), the Agent (as a Creditor Representative), the Hedge Counterparties and the Intra-Group Lenders (as each term is defined therein).

 

Interest Period ” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 17 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 16.3 ( Default interest ).

 

Interpolated Historic Screen Rate ” means, in relation to any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a)                                 the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

(b)                                 the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

 

each for the currency of that Loan and each of which is as of a day which is no more than five Business Days before the Quotation Day.

 

15


 

Interpolated Screen Rate ” means, in relation to any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a)                                 the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is applicable) which is less than the Interest Period for that Loan; and

 

(b)                                 the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is applicable) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

 

each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan.

 

ITA ” means the Income Tax Act 2007.

 

Lease ” means any present or future lease, underlease, sub-lease, licence, tenancy or right to occupy all or any part of the Real Property and any agreement for the grant of any of the foregoing.

 

Legal Opinion ” means any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) or Clause 33 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

Legal Reservations ” means:

 

(a)                                  the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

(b)                                  the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

(c)                                   similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

(d)                                  any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the Legal Opinions.

 

Lender ” means:

 

(a)                                  any Original Lender;

 

(b)                                  the Amendment Effective Date Lender; and

 

(c)                                   any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 31 ( Changes to the Lenders );

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

LIBOR ” means, in relation to any Loan, the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan and a period comparable to the Interest Period of that Loan, provided that if that rate is less than zero, then LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

 

16



 

Limitation Acts ” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

 

LMA ” means the Loan Market Association.

 

Loan ” means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan, which shall include, without limitation, the Additional Loan.

 

Major Event of Default ” means:

 

(a)                                  an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.1 ( Non-payment );

 

(b)                                  an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.2 ( Breach of Certain Obligations );

 

(c)                                   an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.3 ( Other Obligations ), only with regards to a failure to deliver financial statements under Clause 27.1 ( Financial Statements ) or a failure to deliver a Compliance Certificate under paragraph (a) of Clause 27.2 ( Provision and Contents of Compliance Certificate ), in each case in compliance with Clause 27.2 ( Provision and Contents of Compliance Certificate ) (in the case of non-compliance with paragraph (b), excluding any non-compliance resulting from minor or typographical errors contained in a Compliance Certificate);

 

(d)                                  an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.6 ( Insolvency );

 

(e)                                   an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.7 ( Insolvency Proceedings ) that has not been remedied or waived within 10 days of becoming an Event of Default;

 

(f)                                    an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.8 ( Creditors’ Process ) that has not been remedied or waived within 10 days of becoming an Event of Default;

 

(g)                                   an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.9 ( Unlawfulness and Invalidity ) that has not been remedied or waived within 30 days of becoming an Event of Default;

 

(h)                                  an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.10 ( Intercreditor Agreement ); and

 

(i)                                      an Event of Default set out in Clause 30.11 ( Repudiation ).

 

Majority Lenders ” means:

 

(a)                                  (for the purposes of paragraph (a) of Clause 43.2 ( Required Consents ) in the context of a waiver in relation to a proposed Utilisation of the condition in Clause 4.2 ( Further Conditions Precedent )), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 66 2 / 3  per cent. or more of the Total Commitments; and

 

(b)                                  (in any other case), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 66 2 / 3  per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated 66 2 / 3  per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

 

17



 

Mandatory Prepayment Account ” means an interest-bearing account:

 

(a)                                  held in England by the Borrower with the Agent;

 

(b)                                  identified in a letter between the Company and the Agent as a Mandatory Prepayment Account;

 

(c)                                   subject to Security in favour of the Agent which Security is in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and

 

(d)                                  from which no withdrawals may be made by any members of the Group except as contemplated by this Agreement,

 

as the same may be redesignated, substituted or replaced from time to time.

 

Margin ” means, in relation to any Loan, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Total Net Leverage Ratio as set forth below in the column opposite that range:

 

Level

 

Total Net Leverage Ratio

 

% per annum

 

1

 

Greater than 3.50:1

 

1.75

%

2

 

Greater than 2.00:1 but less than or equal to 3.50:1

 

1.50

%

3

 

Less than or equal to 2.00:1

 

1.25

%

 

However:

 

(i)                                      any increase or decrease in the Margin for a Loan shall take effect on the date (the “ reset date ”) which is the date of delivery to the Agent of the Compliance Certificate for that Relevant Period pursuant to Clause 27.2 ( Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate );

 

(ii)                                   if, following receipt by the Agent of the annual audited financial statements of the Restricted Group and related Compliance Certificate, those statements and Compliance Certificate do not confirm the basis for a reduced Margin, then the provisions of Clause 16.2 ( Payment of interest ) shall apply and the Margin for that Loan shall be the percentage per annum determined using the table above and the revised Total Net Leverage Ratio calculated using the figures in the Compliance Certificate;

 

(iii)                                while an Event of Default is continuing, the Margin shall be determined at Level 1; and

 

(iv)                               for the purpose of determining the Margin, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and Relevant Period shall be determined in accordance with Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Margin for the period from the Second amendment Effective Date through and including the first Business Day immediately following the date a

 

18



 

Compliance Certificate is delivered to the Agent for the Relevant Period ending 30 June 2015 shall be Level 2.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means an event or circumstance:

 

(a)                                  which has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets of the Restricted Group (taken as a whole) or financial condition of the Restricted Group (taken as a whole); or

 

(b)                                  which has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Restricted Group (taken as a whole) to perform its payment or financial covenant obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(c)                                   affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents in a manner which is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the interests of the Finance Parties.

 

Material Company ” means, at any time:

 

(a)                                  the Company;

 

(b)                                  each Obligor; and

 

(c)                                   any member of the Restricted Group (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) which:

 

(i)                                      has earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) representing 5 per cent. or more of Consolidated EBITDA (but excluding the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation of Excluded Subsidiaries); or

 

(ii)                                   has gross assets (excluding intra-Restricted Group items) representing 5 per cent, or more of the gross assets of the Restricted Group (excluding the gross assets of the Excluded Subsidiaries),

 

in each case calculated on a consolidated basis.

 

Compliance with the conditions set out in sub-paragraphs (c)(i) and (ii) shall be determined by reference to the latest audited financial statements to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 27.1 ( Financial Statements ).

 

However if a Subsidiary (that is not an Excluded Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or business has been acquired since the date as at which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company were prepared, the financial statements shall be adjusted in order to take into account the acquisition of that Subsidiary or business (that adjustment being certified by a director of the Company as representing an accurate reflection of the revised Consolidated EBITDA or gross assets of the Restricted Group (not including any Excluded Subsidiaries)).

 

19



 

A report by the Auditors of the Company that a Restricted Subsidiary is or is not a Material Company shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

Material Disposal ” means any disposal in respect of which the disposal proceeds exceed £5.0 million (or equivalent).

 

Month ” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a)                                  (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b)                                  if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c)                                   if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

MU Interactive ” means Manchester United Interactive Limited (registration number 04365059), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

MUTV ” means MUTV Limited (registration number 03418853), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

New Holdco ” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is formed as a direct or indirect Subsidiary of MUL and that is the (direct or indirect) Holding Company of the New Holdco Subsidiaries.

 

New Holdco Business ” means:

 

(a)                                  the retail, merchandising, apparel, intellectual property licensing and soccer school business (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any ticket sales (including season tickets), and match day concessions, parking or hospitality);

 

(b)                                  any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into after the date of this Agreement or any other similar business; and/or

 

(c)                                   the digital, media and mobile or any other similar business (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any centrally negotiated broadcasting rights with the Premier League (in relation to domestic and international television and radio broadcasting rights) and UEFA (in relation to European club competition television and radio broadcasting rights) and (ii) any domestic cup television and radio broadcasting rights),

 

in each case, of or in relation to the Group and/or the first team of MUFC.

 

New Holdco Group ” means New Holdco and each New Holdco Subsidiary.

 

20



 

New Holdco Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is formed as a direct or indirect Subsidiary of New Holdco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any New Holdco Business or acting as a direct or indirect Holding Company of another member of the New Holdco Group, including holding any assets or properties in relation thereto.

 

Note Documents ” means the Senior Note Documents (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

Notes ” means the Senior Notes (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

Obligor ” means the Borrower or a Guarantor.

 

Obligors’ Agent ” means the Company, appointed to act on behalf of each Obligor in relation to the Finance Documents pursuant to Clause 2.3 ( Obligors’ Agent ).

 

Original Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A.

 

Original Financial Statements ” means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to the Company, its consolidated audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2012;

 

(b)                                  in relation to MUL, its consolidated audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2012;

 

(c)                                   in relation to MUFC, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2012; and

 

(d)                                  in relation to any other Obligor, its audited financial statements (if any) delivered to the Agent as required by Clause 33 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

Original Investors ” means all or any of the following persons (with such proportionate interests all taken together, as they may determine):

 

(a)                                  Red Football Limited Partnership;

 

(b)                                  Linda Glazer, the widow of Malcolm I. Glazer, and any children of Malcolm I. Glazer;

 

(c)                                   any of the children and remoter issue and the spouses, widowers and widows (whether or not such widowers and widows have remarried) of such children and remoter issue of any of the persons referred to in (b) above; and

 

(d)                                  any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other collective entity which is 50.1 per cent. or more controlled by any or all of the persons referred to above whether the control is exercised or the economic interest is held directly or indirectly through any number of additional trusts, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies or other collective entities or any combination thereof.

 

Original Obligor ” means the Borrower or an Original Guarantor.

 

Party ” means a party to this Agreement.

 

21



 

Pari Passu Debt ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

Permitted Change of Borrower ” means an arrangement approved by all the Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and permitted as Pari Passu Debt whereby the Loan is transferred to a Holding Company of the Company (such entity, the “ New Borrower ”) whereby the New Borrower shall become the Borrower under the Facility, provided that following such permitted reorganisation the Indebtedness under the Facility shall continue to be secured by a Lien and have the benefit of Guarantees on the same basis as the Obligors’ other senior secured creditors.

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” has the meaning given to such term in Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

Permitted Reorganisation ” means:

 

(a)                                  an amalgamation, merger, demerger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganization, winding up or corporate restructuring or reconstruction of a member of the Restricted Group or involving the business, operations, assets or shares of (or other interests in) any member of the Restricted Group or any other transfer or disposition of the business, operations, assets or shares of (or other interests in) any member of the Restricted Group (a “ Reorganisation ”), in each case, on a solvent basis, where:

 

(i)                                      all of the assets of that member remain within the Restricted Group and the value or percentage of any minority interest in any member of the Restricted Group held by any person which is not a member of the Restricted Group is not increased; and

 

(ii)                                   if its assets or the shares in it were subject to security in favour of the Lenders immediately prior to such Reorganisation, the Company certifies that the Lenders (taken as a whole) will, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, enjoy the same or substantially equivalent guarantees from such member of the Restricted Group (or its successor, if any) and the same or substantially equivalent security over the same assets (except the shares in the entity that is not the successor entity, provided that the shares in the successor entity (if any) are subject to equivalent security) and over the shares in it (or in each case its successor, if any) after such Reorganisation (ignoring for the purpose of assessing such equivalency any limitations in Clause 25 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) and/or required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles and any new or restarted hardening periods);

 

(b)                                  any Reorganisation and/or any other step, action and/or event undertaken by any member of the Restricted Group to enable, facilitate and/or implement any of the following:

 

22



 

(i)                                      the establishment, formation and/or organisation of any member of the New Holdco Group;

 

(ii)                                   the transfer, assignment or novation by MUL and/or any other member of the Restricted Group of all or any portion of the New Holdco Business and/or any related arrangements or assets (including goodwill) to any member of the New Holdco Group, including the transfer of employees and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts; and/or

 

(iii)                                the transfer, assignment or novation of MUTV and/or MU Interactive (including its assets) or all or any portion of the business of MUTV and/or MU Interactive and/or any related arrangements or assets (including goodwill) to any member of the New Holdco Group, including the transfer of employees and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts,

 

provided that , in each case under this paragraph (b):

 

(A)                                (1) New Holdco shall, at all times, remain the direct or indirect Holding Company of the New Holdco Subsidiaries; and (2) subject to the Agreed Security Principles, within the later of 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of (x) the date of it becoming a member of the Restricted Group and (y) the Second Amendment Effective Date (unless an existing Transaction Security Document is effective to create Security over such shares), Security shall be granted over 65% of New Holdco’s shares (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares);

 

(B)                                New Holdco and Sponsorship Newco shall, at all times, remain Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(C)                                any direct or indirect Holding Company of Sponsorship Newco that is also a Subsidiary of New Holdco, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(D)                                any Subsidiary that is formed as a Subsidiary of Sponsorship Newco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements of the Group (which, for the purposes of this sub-paragraph, shall include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and/or the first team of MUFC, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary (a “ Sponsorship Subsidiary ”);

 

(E)                                 any member of the Restricted Group and any member of the New Holdco Group that enters into or, as the case may be, has transferred, assigned or novated to it any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

23



 

(F)                                  there shall be no transfer, assignment, novation, amendment, modification, restatement, extension or replacement (prior to the expiration of their respective terms) of the Specified Contracts or any other sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into by any member of the Restricted Group prior to the date of this Agreement that results in any member of the New Holdco Group becoming a party to or entitled to compensation, rights or benefits under any such Specified Contract or other such sponsorship contract and/or arrangement; and

 

(G)                                to the extent there is any transfer, assignment or novation of any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into by any member of the Restricted Group on or after the date of this Agreement to the New Holdco Group, such sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements shall be transferred, assigned or novated (as applicable) to a member of the Restricted Group, Sponsorship Newco and/or a Sponsorship Subsidiary only (for the avoidance of doubt, any member of the Restricted Group may enter into sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements from time to time); or

 

(c)                                   any action or reorganisation permitted by Clause 7 ( Merger, Consolidation, Etc. ) of Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ); or

 

(d)                                  any other reorganisation of one or more members of the Restricted Group approved by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably),

 

in each case not in breach of any applicable law and provided that the surviving entity is an entity that is incorporated in a Permitted Jurisdiction (as defined in Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants )).

 

Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities ” means activities, assets and liabilities:

 

(a)                                  incurred for or in connection with Taxes and administrative activities desirable to maintain Tax status in its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

(b)                                  in connection with making claims (and the receipt of any related proceeds) for rebates or indemnification in respect of Taxes;

 

(c)                                   in connection with any litigation or court or other proceedings that are, in each case, being contested in good faith;

 

(d)                                  arising under the issue of fully paid shares at par to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding £1.0 million (or its equivalent) in aggregate at any time;

 

24



 

(e)                                   arising from the payment of fees, costs and expenses, stamp, registration, land and other Taxes incurred in connection with the Transaction Documents;

 

(f)                                    arising from entering into and performing any rights or obligations in respect of (i) agreements with rating agencies and (ii) engagement letters and reliance letters in respect of legal, accounting and other advice or reports received or commissioned by it, in each case, in relation to transactions which are not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

(g)                                   incurred as a result of operation of law; or

 

(h)                                  permitted by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)).

 

Premier League ” means The Football Association Premier League (and any successors) or any replacement league.

 

Premier League Handbook ” means the Premier League Handbook (as updated and/or amended from time to time) published by The Football Association Premier League Limited or any successor or replacement organisation thereof.

 

Qualifying Lender ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ).

 

Quarter Date ” means the last day of a Financial Quarter.

 

Quotation Day ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined:

 

(a)                                  (if the currency is sterling) the first day of that period; or

 

(b)                                  (for any other currency) two Business Days before the first day of that period,

 

unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

RCF Facilities ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

RCF Facilities Agreement ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Real Property ” means:

 

(a)                                  any freehold, leasehold or immovable property, (including the freehold and leasehold property in England and Wales specified in the Transaction Security Documents); and

 

(b)                                  any buildings, fixtures, fittings, fixed plant or machinery from time to time situated on or forming part of that freehold, leasehold or immovable property.

 

Receiver ” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged Property.

 

25


 

Redemption Notes ” means the Notes to be redeemed out of the proceeds of this Facility, as such Notes are more particularly described in the Officers’ Certificate (as defined in the Existing Note Indenture (as defined in Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants )) and the notice of redemption related thereto.

 

Reference Bank Quotation ” means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Base Reference Bank or an Alternative Reference Bank.

 

Related Fund ” in relation to a fund (the “ first fund ”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

Relevant Equity ” means new equity or Subordinated Shareholder Funding invested into the Restricted Group by any Principal or any Related Party or their respective Affiliates and applied within one Business Day of the date of such investment ( provided that the Company shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure that it is applied on the same day) in prepayment, purchase, defeasance or redemption of the Notes, any Replacement Debt or other Term Debt).

 

Relevant Interbank Market ” means in relation to euro, the European interbank market and, in relation to any other currency, the London interbank market.

 

Relevant Jurisdiction ” means, in relation to an Obligor:

 

(a)                                  its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

(b)                                  any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to the Transaction Security to be created by it is situated;

 

(c)                                   any jurisdiction where it conducts a material part of its business; and

 

(d)                                  the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Transaction Security Documents entered into by it.

 

Relevant Period ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Repeating Representations ” means each of the representations set out in Clauses 26.1 ( Status ) to Clause 26.4 ( Power and authority ), Clause 26.7 ( Governing law and enforcement ), Clause 26.12 ( No misleading information ), paragraph (c) of Clause 26.13 ( Financial statements ), Clause 26.19 ( Ranking ), 26.23 ( Shares ), Clause 26.29 ( Centre of main interests and establishments ), and 26.32 ( Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions ).

 

Replacement Debt ” means Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness where the proceeds are applied within one Business Day of incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ( provided that the Company shall use its reasonable endeavors to procure that it is applied on the same day) in prepayment, purchase, defeasance or redemption of (a) the Notes, the Existing Notes or any Term Debt; or (b) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.

 

Representative ” means, with respect to any person, such person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such person and of such person’s Affiliates .

 

26



 

Resignation Letter ” means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 10 ( Form of Resignation Letter ).

 

Restricted Group ” means the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Sanctioned Country ” means, at any time, a country or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions.

 

Sanctioned Person ” means, at any time:

 

(a)                                  any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state or any other relevant sanction authority of any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group conducts its business;

 

(b)                                  any Person located, operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country; or

 

(c)                                   any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons.

 

Sanctions ” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or any other relevant sanctions authority of any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group conducts its business.

 

Screen Rate ” means, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on page LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters.  If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company.

 

Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement ” means the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to this Agreement dated on or about 13 May 2015 and made between the Company, the Original Agent, the Agent and the Effective Date Lender.

 

Second Amendment Effective Date ” means on or about 26 June 2015 , the date on which the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement became effective

 

Second Amendment Letter ” means letter the dated 6 May 2015 between the Company and Bank of America, N.A. relating to, among other things, the payment of certain fees detailed therein.

 

Secured Parties ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

27



 

Security ” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

Security Trustee ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Selection Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part II of Schedule 3 ( Requests ) given in accordance with Clause 17 ( Interest Periods ).

 

Senior Management ” means the group managing director, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer or the executive vice chairman of the Restricted Group (or any person holding an equivalent management position) from time to time.

 

Senior Unsecured Note Issuer ” means a special purpose entity incorporated for the purpose of issuing or borrowing Senior Unsecured Notes (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) which is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and which has, on or prior to issue date (howsoever described) of the relevant Senior Unsecured Notes, become party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Senior Unsecured Note Issuer.

 

Specified Contract ” means:

 

(a)                                  up to (and including) its expiry or termination, the sponsorship agreement dated 3 November 2000, with effect on 1 August 2002, and entered into between Manchester United Merchandising Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of Nike), MUL (named Manchester United PLC at time of signing of the contract) and MUFC (named Manchester United Football Club PLC at time of signing of the contract) (the “ Nike Agreement ”);

 

(b)                                  from (and including) its effective date, the sponsorship agreement dated 18 June 2014 between adidas (UK) Limited and MUFC (as may be amended and/or restated, novated, modified or supplemented from time to time) (the “ adidas Agreement ”) or any replacement or successor contract thereof; and

 

(c)                                   (i) the global sponsorship agreement dated 27 July 2011 between MUFC and General Motors Holdings LLC and (ii) the shirt sponsorship agreement dated 26 July 2012 between MUFC and General Motors Holdings LLC or, in each case, any replacement or successor contract thereof.

 

Specified Time ” means approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Quotation Day prior to the commencement of any utilisation or Interest Period (as applicable) of a Loan.

 

Sponsorship Newco ” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is formed as a Subsidiary of New Holdco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into after the date of this Agreement or any other similar business of the Group (which, for the purpose of this definition, shall include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and/or the first team of MUFC.

 

Stadium ” means the football stadium at Old Trafford Stadium, Sir Matt Busby Way, Manchester M16 0RA, England owned by MUL.

 

Subordinated Shareholder Funding ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

28



 

Super Majority Lenders ” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 90 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated 90 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

 

Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

Term Debt ” means, on any date, Financial Indebtedness with a scheduled maturity date 12 Months or more from the date on which such Financial Indebtedness was incurred (and for the avoidance of doubt excludes the Facility and the RCF Facilities).

 

Terminating Hedge Agreements ” means the interest rate transactions entered into between the Company and each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch and National Westminster Bank plc dated 29 January 2010 (as may be amended and/or restated, supplemented or modified from time to time).

 

Termination Date ” means, in relation to the Facility, the date falling on the tenth anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date.

 

Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commitments, being as at the Second Amendment Effective Date, $225,000,000.

 

Total Net Leverage Ratio ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Transaction Documents ” means the Finance Documents, the Senior Note Documents, each Hedging Agreement (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and each other Debt Document.

 

Transaction Security ” means the security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Security Trustee pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

 

Transaction Security Documents ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company.

 

Transfer Date ” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

(a)                                  the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

(b)                                  the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

UEFA ” means the Union of European Football Associations and any successor or replacement organisation thereof.

 

Unpaid Sum ” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

29



 

Unrestricted Subsidiaries ” has the meaning given to such term in Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

U.S. Obligor ” means an Obligor that is a U.S. Person.

 

Utilisation ” means a utilisation of the Facility.

 

Utilisation Date ” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.

 

Utilisation Request ” means a notice substantially in the relevant form set out in Schedule 3 ( Requests and Notices ).

 

VAT ” means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature.

 

Working Capital ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 28.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

1.2                                Construction

 

(a)                                  Unless a contrary indication appears a reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i)                                      the “ Agent ”, any “ Finance Party ”, any “ Lender ”, any “ Obligor ”, any “ Party ”, any “ Secured Party ”, the “ Security Trustee ” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees and, in the case of the Security Trustee, any person for the time being appointed as Security Trustee or Security Trustees in accordance with the Finance Documents;

 

(ii)                                   a document in “ agreed form ” is a document which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Agent or, if not so agreed, is in the form specified by the Agent;

 

(iii)                                assets ” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(iv)                               a “ Finance Document ” or a “ Transaction Document ” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

 

(v)                                  guarantee ” means (other than in Clause 25 ( Guarantee and Indemnity )) any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

 

30



 

(vi)                               indebtedness ” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

(vii)                            a “ person ” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(viii)                         a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(ix)                               a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

 

(x)                                  a time of day is a reference to London time.

 

(b)                                  Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

(c)                                   Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  A Default and an Event of Default (other than a Major Event of Default) is “ continuing ” if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

(e)                                   A Major Event of Default is “ continuing ” if it has not been waived.

 

(f)                                    This Clause 1.2 ( Construction ) shall not apply to the provisions of Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

1.3                                Currency Symbols and Definitions

 

£ ” and “ sterling ” denotes lawful currency of the United Kingdom and “$” and “dollars” denote lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

1.4                                Terms defined in the Restrictive Covenants Schedule

 

Unless a contrary intention appears, capitalised terms used in this Agreement which are not defined in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) have the meaning given to them in Schedule 17 (Restrictive Covenants).

 

1.5                                Third party rights

 

(a)                                  Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “ Third Parties Act ”) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

31



 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

SECTION 2

 

THE FACILITY

 

2.                                       THE FACILITY

 

2.1                                The Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrower a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.

 

2.2                                Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

(a)                                  The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several.  Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents.  No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                  The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

(c)                                   A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

2.3                                Obligors’ Agent

 

(a)                                  Each Obligor (other than the Company) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Deed irrevocably appoints the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

 

(i)                                      the Company on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in the case of the Borrower, Utilisation Requests), to execute on its behalf any Accession Deed, to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and

 

(ii)                                   each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Company,

 

and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any

 

32



 

Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

 

(b)                                  Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors’ Agent or given to the Obligors’ Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors’ Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors’ Agent shall prevail.

 

3.                                       PURPOSE

 

3.1                                Purpose

 

The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it in or towards the general corporate purposes of the Group.

 

3.2                                Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4.                                       CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1                                Initial conditions precedent

 

The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence:

 

(a)                                  with respect to the initial Utilisation only, listed in Part I of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) hereof; or

 

(b)                                  with respect to the Utilisation on the Amendment Effective Date only, listed in Schedule 1 ( Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date ) of the Amendment and Restatement Agreement,

 

in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably).  The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

4.2                                Further conditions precedent

 

Subject to Clause 4.1 ( Initial Conditions Precedent ) and Clause 4.3 ( Certain Funds ), the Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ Participation ) in relation to a Utilisation if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

(a)                                  no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation; and

 

33



 

(b)                                  the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true and accurate by reference to the facts then subsisting and will remain true and accurate immediately after the making of the Utilisation.

 

4.3                                During the Availability Period, unless a Certain Funds Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan, neither the Agent nor any of the Lenders shall:

 

(a)                                  invoke any condition set out in Clause 4.2 ( Further Conditions Precedent ) as a ground for refusing to make the Loan available;

 

(b)                                  exercise any right, power or discretion to terminate or cancel the obligation to make the Loan, other than under Clause 13.1 ( Illegality) ; or

 

(c)                                   take any step under Clause 30.13 ( Acceleration ).

 

However, as soon as the Availability Period ends, all those rights, remedies and entitlements shall be available even though they have not been exercised or available during the Availability Period.

 

SECTION 3

 

UTILISATION

 

5.                                       UTILISATION

 

5.1                                Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

The Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2                                Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

(a)                                  Such Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i)                                      it identifies the Borrower of the Loan;

 

(ii)                                   in the case of:

 

(A)                                the initial Utilisation, the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period; or

 

(B)                                the Utilisation on the Amendment Effective Date, the Amendment Effective Date itself is a Business Day, as applicable;

 

(iii)                                it identifies the currency of the Utilisation, and the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); and

 

(iv)                               the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 17 ( Interest Periods ).

 

34



 

(b)                                  Only one Utilisation may be requested by the Borrower during the Availability Period referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof, and only one Utilisation may be requested by the Borrower on the Amendment Effective Date.

 

5.3                                Currency and amount

 

(a)                                  The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be a Base Currency.

 

(b)                                  The aggregate amount for the Borrower of the proposed Utilisation shall be equal to the Available Facility.

 

5.4                                Lenders’ participation

 

(a)                                  If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

(b)                                  The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitment under the Facility to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

 

6.                                       [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

7.                                       [ INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ]

 

8.                                       [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

9.                                       [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

10.                                [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

11.                                [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

SECTION 4

 

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

12.                                REPAYMENT

 

12.1                         Repayment of Loans

 

The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Loans on the Termination Date.

 

13.                                ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

13.1                         Illegality

 

If, at any time, it is or will become unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in any Utilisation:

 

(a)                                  that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

35


 

(b)                                  upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

(c)                                   the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations on the last day of the Interest Period for each Utilisation occurring after the Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

13.2                         Voluntary cancellation

 

The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (but if in part, being a minimum amount of $1.0 million) of the Available Facility.  Any cancellation under this Clause 13 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.

 

13.3                         Voluntary prepayment of Utilisations

 

The Borrower may, if it or the Company gives the Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Utilisation (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Utilisation by a minimum amount of $1.0 million) or, where the prepayment is made at the same time as an equivalent amount of the Facility is permanently reduced, in the order set out in Clause 14.3 ( Application of mandatory prepayments ) (assuming for this purpose that the prepayment was required by Clause 14.2 ( Insurance Proceeds ) and that no Lender has declined the prepayment), as applicable.

 

13.4                         Right of cancellation and repayment in relation to a single Lender

 

(a)                                  If:

 

(i)                                      any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 20.2 ( Tax gross-up );

 

(ii)                                   any Lender claims indemnification from the Company or an Obligor under Clause 20.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or Clause 21.1 ( Increased costs ); or

 

(iii)                                any Lender invokes Clause 18.3 ( Market Disruption ),

 

the Company may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations, provided that this Clause 13.4(a) shall not apply while there is only one Lender under the Facility.

 

(b)                                  On receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

36



 

(c)                                   On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Company in that notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Utilisation together with all interest and other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents.

 

14.                                MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

 

14.1                         Exit

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Facility will be cancelled and all outstanding Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, shall become immediately due and payable.

 

14.2                         Insurance Proceeds

 

(a)                                  For the purposes of this Clause 14.2 ( Insurance Proceeds ), Clause 14.3 ( Application of mandatory prepayments ) and Clause 14.4 ( Mandatory Prepayment Accounts) :

 

Excluded Insurance Proceeds ” means any proceeds of an insurance claim which relate to any insurance drawn for business interruption or third party liability or any insurance relating to player or which:

 

(i)                                      the Company notifies the Agent are, or are to be, applied:

 

(A)                                to meet a third party claim in respect of business interruption, loss of earnings or a similar claim;

 

(B)                                in the replacement, reinstatement and/or repair of the assets or to the purchase of replacement assets useful to the business; or

 

(C)                                which are, or are to be, applied or reinvested in substantially similar assets used in the Restricted Group’s business,

 

in each case within 365 days, or such longer period as the Majority Lenders may agree (or, in the case of an insurance claim relating to damage to the Stadium, for such longer period as members of the Restricted Group are using all reasonable endeavours to replace, repair or reinstate the Stadium as soon as reasonably practicable and are using or intend to use the relevant proceeds to fund such replacement, repair or reinstatement (and, at the reasonable request of the Agent at any time or times at which the Company is relying on this provision, the Company will promptly certify that the requirements of the provision have been and are being met)) after receipt; or

 

(ii)                                   when aggregated with the proceeds of other such insurance claims received in any Financial Year of the Company, are less than £1.0 million.

 

Insurance Proceeds ” means the net proceeds of any insurance claim under any insurance maintained by any member of the Restricted Group except for

 

37



 

Excluded Insurance Proceeds and after deducting any reasonable expenses in relation to that claim which are incurred by any member of the Restricted Group to persons who are not members of the Group.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall ensure that the Borrower offers to prepay Utilisations in an amount equal to Insurance Proceeds at the times and in the order of application contemplated by Clause 14.3 ( Application of mandatory prepayments ) after giving effect to any commitment, cancellation or prepayments in accordance with Clause 14.2(b) ( Excess Proceeds and Insurance Proceeds ) of the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Any Lender may, within 3 Business Days of receipt of an offer of prepayment under paragraph (b) of Clause 14.2 (Insurance Proceeds) , decline all or part of its share in that prepayment (and, to the extent that a Lender declines part of a prepayment, the amount of the prepayment to be made in respect of that Lender’s Commitments will be reduced accordingly and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Lender’s share in that prepayment that is not declined within 3 Business Days of receipt of the offer of that prepayment will be deemed to have been accepted by that Lender.

 

14.3                         Application of mandatory prepayments

 

(a)                                  A prepayment made under Clause 14.2 (Insurance Proceeds) shall be applied in prepayment of Loans pro rata.

 

(b)                                  Unless the Company makes an election under paragraph (c) below, the Borrower shall offer to prepay Utilisations, in the case of any prepayment relating to the amounts of Insurance Proceeds, promptly upon receipt of those Insurance Proceeds; and if such offer is accepted, the prepayment will be made on the day falling 5 Business Days after the date of such offer.

 

(c)                                   Subject to paragraph (d) below, the Company may, by giving the Agent not less than 2 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, elect that any prepayment due under Clause 14.2 ( Insurance Proceeds ) be made on the last day of the Interest Period relating to the Loan.  If the Company makes that election then an amount of the Loan equal to the amount of the relevant prepayment will be cancelled and, if applicable, be due and payable on the last day of its Interest Period.

 

(d)                                  If the Company has made an election under paragraph (c) above but a Default has occurred and is continuing, that election shall no longer apply and the amount of the relevant prepayment shall be immediately due and payable (unless the Majority Lenders otherwise agree in writing).

 

14.4                         Mandatory Prepayment Accounts

 

(a)                                  The Company shall ensure that Insurance Proceeds in respect of which the Company has made an election under paragraph (c) of Clause 14.3 ( Application of mandatory prepayments ) are paid into a Mandatory Prepayment Account as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by a member of the Restricted Group.

 

38



 

(b)                                  The Company and the Borrower irrevocably authorise the Agent to apply amounts credited to the Mandatory Prepayment Account to pay amounts due and payable under Clause 14.3 ( Application of mandatory prepayments ) and otherwise under the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                   A Lender or Agent with which a Mandatory Prepayment Account is held acknowledges and agrees that (i) interest shall accrue at normal commercial rates on amounts credited to those accounts and that the account holder shall be entitled to receive such interest (which shall be paid in accordance with the mandate relating to such account) unless a Default is continuing and (ii) each such account is subject to the Transaction Security.

 

14.5                         Excluded proceeds

 

Where Excluded Insurance Proceeds include amounts which are intended to be used for a specific purpose within a specified period (as set out in the definition of Excluded Insurance Proceeds), the Company shall ensure that those amounts are used for that purpose and, if requested to do so by the Agent (acting reasonably), shall promptly deliver a certificate to the Agent at the time of such application and at the end of such period confirming the amount (if any) which has been so applied within the requisite time periods provided for in the relevant definition.

 

14.6                         Limitation on prepayments

 

All prepayments referred to in Clause 14.2 ( Insurance Proceeds ) are subject to permissibility under local law (including financial assistance, corporate benefit restrictions on upstreaming of cash intra-Restricted Group and the fiduciary and statutory duties of the directors of the relevant members of the Restricted Group).  There will be no requirement to make any such prepayment where the tax cost to the Restricted Group of making that payment or making funds available to another member of the Restricted Group to enable such prepayment to be made is disproportionate to the amount to be prepaid (where the cost exceeds 5% of the amount).  The Restricted Group will use its reasonable endeavours to overcome any restrictions and/or minimise any costs of prepayment pending which an amount equal to that which would otherwise have been prepaid shall be paid into a blocked account, secured in favour of the Security Trustee.  If at any time those restrictions are removed, any relevant proceeds will be applied in prepayment and cancellation of the Facility at the end of the next Interest Period.

 

15.                                RESTRICTIONS

 

15.1                         Notices of Cancellation or Prepayment

 

Any notice of cancellation, prepayment, authorisation or other election given by any Party under Clause 13 ( Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation ), paragraph (c) of Clause 14.3 ( Application of mandatory prepayments ) or Clause 14.4 ( Mandatory Prepayment Accounts ) shall (subject to the terms of those Clauses) be irrevocable (unless otherwise agreed by the Majority Lenders) and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

39



 

15.2                         Interest and other amounts

 

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to payment of any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

15.3                         No reborrowing of Facility

 

After the Amendment Effective Date, the Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

 

15.4                         Prepayment in accordance with Agreement

 

The Borrower may not repay or prepay all or any part of the Utilisations or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

15.5                         No reinstatement of Commitments

 

After the Amendment Effective Date, no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

15.6                         Agent’s receipt of Notices

 

If the Agent receives a notice under Clause 13 ( Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation ) or an election under paragraph (c) of Clause 14.3 ( Application of mandatory prepayments ), it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice or election to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

15.7                         Prepayment elections

 

The Agent shall notify the Lenders as soon as possible of any proposed prepayment or cancellation under Clause 14.2 ( Insurance Proceeds ).

 

15.8                         Effect of Repayment and Prepayment on Commitments

 

If all or part of a Utilisation is repaid or prepaid, an amount of the Commitments (equal to the amount of the Utilisation which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.  Any cancellation under this Clause 15.8 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.

 

SECTION 5

 

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

16.                                INTEREST

 

16.1                         Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

(a)                                  Margin; and

 

40



 

(b)                                  LIBOR.

 

16.2                         Payment of interest

 

(a)                                  The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

(b)                                  If the annual audited financial statements of the Restricted Group and related Compliance Certificate received by the Agent show that a higher Margin should have applied during a certain period, then the Company shall (or shall ensure the Borrower shall) promptly upon request by the Agent pay to the Agent any amounts necessary to put the Agent and the Lenders in the position they would have been in had the appropriate rate of the Margin applied during such period.

 

16.3                         Default interest

 

(a)                                  If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is one per cent. higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably).  Any interest accruing under this Clause 16.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

(b)                                  If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

(i)                                      the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

(ii)                                   the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

(c)                                   Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

41



 

16.4                         Notification of rates of interest

 

(a)                                  The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower (or the Company) of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.

 

17.                                INTEREST PERIODS

 

17.1                         Selection of Interest Periods and Terms

 

(a)                                  The Borrower (or the Company on behalf of the Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan (or any segment thereof) in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Loan has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

 

(b)                                  Each Selection Notice for a Loan (or any segment thereof) is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower (or the Company on behalf of the Borrower) not later than the Specified Time.

 

(c)                                   If the Borrower (or the Company) fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the relevant Interest Period will be one Month.

 

(d)                                  Subject to this Clause 17, the Borrower (or the Company) may select an Interest Period of one, two, three or six Months or any other period agreed between the Borrower (or the Company) and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan).

 

(e)                                   An Interest Period for a Loan (or any segment thereof) shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

 

(f)                                    Each Interest Period for a Loan (or any segment thereof) shall start on the Utilisation Date or (if already made) on the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

 

(g)                                   There shall be no more than twenty separate Interest Periods at any one time with respect to the Loan.

 

17.2                         Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

42



 

18.                                CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

18.1                         Unavailability of Screen Rate

 

(a)                                  Interpolated Screen Rate :  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of a Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

(b)                                  Shortened Interest Period :  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

 

(i)                                      the currency of that Loan; or

 

(ii)                                   the Interest Period of a Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

 

the Interest Period of that Loan shall (if it is longer than the applicable Fallback Interest Period) be shortened to the applicable Fallback Interest Period and the applicable LIBOR for that shortened Interest Period shall be determined pursuant to the relevant definition.

 

(c)                                   Shortened Interest Period and Historic Screen Rate : If the Interest Period of a Loan is, after giving effect to paragraph (b) above, either the applicable Fallback Interest Period or shorter than the applicable Fallback Interest Period and, in either case, no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

 

(i)                                      the currency of that Loan; or

 

(ii)                                   the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

 

the applicable LIBOR shall be the Historic Screen Rate for that Loan.

 

(d)                                  Shortened Interest Period and Interpolated Historic Screen Rate : If paragraph (c) above applies but no Historic Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Historic Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

(e)                                   Base Reference Bank Rate : If paragraph (d) above applies but it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Historic Screen Rate, the Interest Period of that Loan shall, if it has been shortened pursuant to paragraph (b) above, revert to its previous length and the applicable LIBOR shall be the Base Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

(f)                                    Alternative Reference Bank Rate : If paragraph (e) above applies but no Base Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period the applicable LIBOR shall be the Alternative Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

(g)                                   Cost of funds : If paragraph (f) above applies but no Alternative Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period there shall

 

43



 

be no LIBOR for that Loan and Clause 18.4 ( Cost of Funds ) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.

 

18.2                         Calculation of Base Reference Bank Rate and Alternative Reference Bank Rate

 

(a)                                  Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Base Reference Bank Rate but a Base Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Base Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Base Reference Banks.

 

(b)                                  If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Base Reference Bank supplies a quotation, there shall be no Base Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

 

(c)                                   Subject to paragraph (d) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of an Alternative Reference Bank Rate but an Alternative Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Alternative Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Alternative Reference Banks.

 

(d)                                  If before close of business in London on the date falling one Business Day after the Quotation Day none or only one of the Alternative Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Alternative Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

 

18.3                         Market Disruption

 

(a)                                  If LIBOR is determined otherwise than on the basis of an Alternative Reference Bank Rate and before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR then the applicable LIBOR shall be the Alternative Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and if no Alternative Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for that Loan and Clause 18.4 ( Cost of Funds ) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

 

(b)                                  If LIBOR is determined on the basis of an Alternative Reference Bank Rate and before close of business in London on the date falling four Business Days after the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period of the Loan, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 40 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 18.4 ( Cost of Funds ) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

 

44



 

18.4                         Cost of funds

 

(a)                                  If this Clause 18.4 applies, the rate of interest on the relevant Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i)                                      the Margin; and

 

(ii)                                   the weighted average of the rates notified to the Agent by each Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by close of business on the date falling two Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling two Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b)                                  If this Clause 18.4 applies and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

(c)                                   Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

 

(d)                                  If this Clause 18.4 applies pursuant to Clause 18.3 ( Market Disruption ) and:

 

(i)                                      a Lender’s Funding Rate is less than LIBOR; or

 

(ii)                                   a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above,

 

the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR .

 

(e)                                   If this Clause 18.4 applies pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Unavailability of Screen Rate ) but any Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above the rate of interest shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Lenders.

 

18.5                         Break Costs

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

45


 

19.                                FEES

 

19.1                         Commitment fee

 

(a)                                  The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in dollars computed at the rate per annum of 35 per cent. of the applicable Margin on that Lender’s undrawn and available Commitment under the Facility from (and including) the date of this Agreement to (and including) the first Utilisation Date to occur after the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of the Availability Period.

 

19.2                         Up-Front fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Original Lender an up-front fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

SECTION 6

 

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

20.                                TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

20.1                         Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Borrower DTTP Filing ” means an HM Revenue & Customs’ Form DTTP2 duly completed and filed by the Borrower, which:

 

(a)                                  where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is an Original Lender, the Original Lender provides its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence to the Borrower on the date of this Agreement and is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date of this Agreement; or

 

(b)                                  where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is a New Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated in respect of that Lender in the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, and is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of that Transfer Date.

 

Protected Party ” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

Qualifying Lender ” means:

 

(a)                                  a Lender (other than a Lender within paragraph (b) below) which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

 

(i)                                      a Lender:

 

46



 

(A)                                which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payments apart from section 18A of the CTA; or

 

(B)                                in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) at the time that that advance was made and within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance; or

 

(ii)                                   a Lender which is:

 

(A)                                a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(B)                                a partnership each member of which is:

 

(1)                                  a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(2)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(C)                                a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or

 

(iii)                                a UK Treaty Lender; or

 

(b)                                  a building society (as defined for the purposes of section 880 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document.

 

Tax Confirmation ” means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

(a)                                  a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or

 

(b)                                  a partnership each member of which is:

 

47



 

(i)                                      a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(ii)                                   a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(c)                                   a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.

 

Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of, any Tax.

 

Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

Tax Payment ” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 20.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 20.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

Treaty Lender ” means a UK Treaty Lender or a U.S. Treaty Lender as appropriate.

 

UK Non-Bank Lender ” means where a Lender becomes a Party after the day on which this Agreement is entered into, a Lender which gives a Tax Confirmation in the Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate which it executes on becoming a Party.

 

UK Treaty Lender ” means a Lender which:

 

(a)                                  is treated as a resident of a UK Treaty State for the purposes of the UK Treaty;

 

(b)                                  does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

 

(c)                                   fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the UK Treaty by residents of that UK Treaty State for such residents to obtain full exemption from taxation on interest imposed by the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Borrower, subject to the completion of procedural formalities.

 

UK Treaty State ” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “ UK Treaty ”) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest.

 

U.S. Person ” means a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

U.S. Qualifying Lender ” means a Lender which:

 

48



 

(a)                                  is a U.S. Person;

 

(b)                                  is not a U.S. Person but is entitled to complete exemption from withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payable to it in respect of a Loan;

 

(c)                                   is a U.S. Treaty Lender; or

 

(d)                                  would have fallen within either paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above but for any change after the date of this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority.

 

U.S. Treaty Lender ” means a Lender which:

 

(a)                                  is treated as a resident of a U.S. Treaty State for the purposes of the U.S. Treaty;

 

(b)                                  does not carry on a business in the United States through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan or Alternative Loan is effectively connected; and

 

(c)                                   fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the U.S. Treaty by residents of that U.S. Treaty State for such residents to obtain full exemption from taxation on interest imposed by the United States subject to the completion of procedural formalities.

 

U.S. Treaty State ” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “ U.S. Treaty ”) with the United States which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United States on interest.

 

Withholding Form ” means U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-9 (or, in each case, any successor form and, in each case, attached to an IRS Form W-8IMY if required) or any other U.S. Internal Revenue Service form by which a person may claim a complete exemption from withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payments to that person and, in the case of a person claiming an exemption under the “portfolio interest exemption”, a statement certifying that such person is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 per cent. shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” that is related to the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 20 a reference to “ determines ” or “ determined ” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

20.2                         Tax gross-up

 

(a)                                  Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

49



 

(b)                                  The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly.  Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender.  If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender, it shall notify the Company and that Obligor.

 

(c)                                   If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d)                                  A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

(i)                                      the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

 

(ii)                                   the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

 

(A)                                an officer of H.M. Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a “ Direction ”) under section 931 of the ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the Obligor making the payment or from the Company a certified copy of that Direction; and

 

(B)                                the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made; or

 

(iii)                                the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

 

(A)                                the relevant Lender has not given a Tax Confirmation to the Company; and

 

(B)                                the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a Tax Confirmation to the Company, on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the Company to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section 930 of the ITA; or

 

(iv)                               the relevant Lender is a UK Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been

 

50



 

made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (i) or (j) (as applicable) below.

 

(e)                                   A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United States from a payment to a Lender in respect of a Loan, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

(i)                                      that Lender has not complied with its obligations to complete and sign the relevant Withholding Forms under paragraph (f) below;

 

(ii)                                   that Lender was not a U.S. Qualifying Lender on the date it first became a Lender; or

 

(iii)                                that Lender is not or has ceased to be a U.S. Qualifying Lender.

 

(f)                                    Each U.S. Qualifying Lender shall submit to the Borrower and the Agent two duly completed and signed copies of the relevant Withholding Form no later than 5 days before the date on which the first payment of interest is to be made to such U.S. Qualifying Lender (or if a transfer is to be made to a new U.S. Qualifying Lender within 5 days of a payment of interest, as soon as reasonably practicable after the transfer and in any event prior to the date on which first payment of interest is to be made to such U.S. Qualifying Lender).  No Lender shall be required to complete, execute and submit any Withholding Form if that Lender is not allowed validly to do so or in that Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

(g)                                   If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(h)                                  Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

(i)                                      Subject to paragraph (ii) below, a Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction and, in particular, a Treaty Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, make and file an appropriate application for relief under the relevant Treaty.

 

51



 

(ii)                                   (A)                        A UK Treaty Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence to the Borrower on the date of the Agreement; and

 

(B)                                a New Lender that is a UK Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement which it executes,

 

and, having done so, that Lender shall be under no obligation pursuant to paragraph (i) above.

 

(i)                                      If a Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii) above and:

 

(i)                                      the Borrower has not made a Borrower DTTP filing in respect of that Lender; or

 

(ii)                                   the Borrower has made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender but:

 

(A)                                the Borrower DTTP filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs; or

 

(B)                                HM Revenue & Customs has not given the Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the Borrower DTTP Filing,

 

and in each case the Borrower has notified that Lender in writing, that Lender and the Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for the Borrower to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

 

(j)                                     If a Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii) above, no Obligor shall make a Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Commitment or its participation in any Loan unless the Lender otherwise agrees.

 

(k)                                  The Borrower shall, promptly on making a Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of the Borrower DTTP Filing to the Agent for delivery to the relevant Lender.

 

(l)                                      A UK Non-Bank Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into gives a Tax Confirmation to the Company by entering into this Agreement.

 

52



 

(m)                              A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Company and the Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation.

 

20.3                         Tax indemnity

 

(a)                                  The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

(b)                                  Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i)                                      with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

(A)                                under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

(B)                                under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

(ii)                                   to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A)                                is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 20.2 ( Tax gross-up );

 

(B)                                would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 20.2 ( Tax gross-up ) but was not entitled to be so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in paragraph (d) or (e) of Clause 20.2 ( Tax gross-up ) applied; or

 

(C)                                relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

(c)                                   A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Company.

 

(d)                                  A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 20.3, notify the Agent.

 

20.4                         Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

53



 

(a)                                  a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part,  to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

 

(b)                                  that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

 

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

20.5                         Lender Status Confirmation

 

(a)                                  Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, which of the following categories it falls in:

 

(i)                                      not a Qualifying Lender;

 

(ii)                                   a Qualifying Lender (other than a UK Treaty Lender);

 

(iii)                                a UK Treaty Lender; or

 

(iv)                               a U.S. Qualifying Lender.

 

If a New Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 20.5 then such New Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender or a U.S. Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Company).  For the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 20.5.

 

(b)                                  The Original Lender confirms for the benefit of each Obligor that it is both a Qualifying Lender and a U.S. Qualifying Lender at the date of this Agreement.

 

20.6                         Stamp taxes

 

The Company shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

20.7                         VAT

 

(a)                                  All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable

 

54



 

on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT provided that such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party.

 

(b)                                  If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Finance Party (the “ Recipient ”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “ Relevant Party ”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

(i)                                      (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT charged.  The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

(ii)                                   (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

(c)                                   Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

(d)                                  Any reference in this Clause 20.7 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

55


 

20.8                         Survival

 

Each party’s obligations under this Clause 20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

20.9                         FATCA Deduction

 

(a)                                  Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b)                                  Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company, the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

21.                                INCREASED COSTS

 

21.1                         Increased costs

 

(a)                                  Subject to Clause 21.3 ( Exceptions ) the Company shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (ii) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation or (iii) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be such a change in law in accordance with this paragraph (a), regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

(b)                                  In this Agreement:

 

Increased Costs ” means:

 

56



 

(i)                                      a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital or liquidity;

 

(ii)                                   an additional or increased cost; or

 

(iii)                                a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or an Ancillary Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document; and

 

Basel III ” means:

 

(i)                                      the agreement on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International frame for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(iv)                               the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(v)                                  any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

21.2                         Increased cost claims

 

(a)                                  A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 21.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Agent of

 

(b)                                  the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Company.

 

(c)                                   Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

21.3                         Exceptions

 

(a)                                  Clause 21.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(i)                                      attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

57



 

(ii)                                   compensated for by Clause 20.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 20.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 20.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);

 

(iii)                        attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation;

 

(iv)                       attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) (“ Basel II ”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates); or

 

(v)                          attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

(b)                                  In this Clause 21.3 reference to a “ Tax Deduction ” has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 20.1 ( Definitions ).

 

22.                                OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

22.1                         Currency indemnity

 

(a)                                  If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of:

 

(i)                                      making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

(ii)                                   obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party (and/or any Receiver or Delegate) to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

(b)                                  Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

22.2                         Other indemnities

 

The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify the Agent, each Lender, each other Finance Party (and/or any

 

58



 

Receiver or Delegate) and each Representative of any of the foregoing persons against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

 

(a)                                  the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(b)                                  a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 36 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

(c)                                   the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Finance Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Representatives only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;

 

(d)                                  any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Company or any other Obligor;

 

(e)                                   funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Utilisation requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence or wilful breach of any Finance Document by that Finance Party alone); and

 

(f)                                    a Utilisation (or part of a Utilisation) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower or the Company.

 

22.3                         Indemnity to the Agent

 

The Company shall promptly on written demand indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(a)                                  investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

(b)                                  acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

22.4                         Redemption Notes Indemnity

 

The Company shall, within three Business Days of written demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each of their respective Affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents (each an “ Indemnified Party ”) against any cost, expense, loss or liability (including legal fees) incurred by that Indemnified Party (otherwise than by reason of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that indemnified Party) related to, arising out of or in connection with:

 

(a)                                  the redemption of the Redemption Notes; or

 

(b)                                  the use of proceeds of the Loan.

 

59



 

22.5                         Survival

 

Each Party’s obligations under this Clause 22 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

23.                                MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

 

23.1                         Mitigation

 

(a)                                  Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with and at the request of the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any Facility ceasing to be available or any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 13.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 20 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or Clause 21 ( Increased Costs ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

(b)                                  Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

23.2                         Limitation of liability

 

(a)                                  The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by such Finance Party under Clause 23.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

(b)                                  A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 23.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

24.                                COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

24.1                         Transaction expenses

 

The Company shall promptly on written demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees up to any agreed caps) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

 

(a)                                  this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Transaction Security; and

 

(b)                                  any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

24.2                         Amendment costs

 

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 37.9 ( Change of currency ), the Company shall, within three Business Days of written demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all

 

60



 

costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

24.3                         Enforcement and preservation costs

 

The Company shall, within three Business Days of written demand, pay to each Finance Party and/or Receiver or Delegate Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of or the preservation of any rights under any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any proceedings instituted by or against the Security Trustee as a consequence of taking or holding the Transaction Security or enforcing these rights.

 

SECTION 7

 

GUARANTEE

 

25.                                GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

25.1                         Guarantee and indemnity

 

(a)                                  Subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 25 or in any Accession Deed by which it became a Guarantor, each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

 

(i)             guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each other Obligor of all that Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii)            undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

(iii)           agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due.  The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 25 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Finance Document, with respect to any obligation of a U.S. Obligor, no CFC Obligor shall guarantee the U.S. Obligor’s obligations herein or under any Finance Document.

 

61



 

25.2                         Continuing Guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

25.3                         Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 25 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

25.4                         Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 25 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 25, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 25 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

 

(a)                                  any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

(b)                                  the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Restricted Group;

 

(c)                                   the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d)                                  any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

(e)                                   any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f)                                    any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g)                                   any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

62



 

25.5                         Guarantor Intent

 

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 25.4 ( Waiver of defences ) but subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 25 or any Accession Deed by which it became a guarantor, each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental and of whatsoever nature and whether or not more onerous) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

 

25.6                         Immediate recourse

 

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 25.  This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

25.7                         Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a)                                  refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b)                                  hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 25.

 

25.8                         Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

 

(a)                                  Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 25:

 

(i)             to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

(ii)            to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

63



 

(iii)           to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

(iv)           to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 25.1 ( Guarantee and Indemnity );

 

(v)            to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(vi)           to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

 

(b)                                  If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust (to the extent it is to do so in accordance with any applicable law to it) for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same, but subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 25 or any Accession Deed by which it became a Guarantor, to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 37 ( Payment mechanics ).

 

25.9                         Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution

 

If any Guarantor (a “ Retiring Guarantor ”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

 

(a)                                  that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

(b)                                  each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.

 

25.10                  Additional security

 

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

64



 

25.11                  Additional Guarantee Limitations

 

This guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of sections 678 or 679 of the Companies Act 2006 or any equivalent and applicable provisions under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Guarantor and, with respect to any Additional Guarantor, is subject to any limitations set out in the Accession Deed applicable to such Additional Guarantor.

 

SECTION 8

 

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

26.                                REPRESENTATIONS

 

Save as expressly stated to the contrary, each Obligor and the Company make the following representations and warranties to each Finance Party at the times specified in Clause 26.33 ( Times at which representations are made ) and the Company acknowledges that the Finance Parties have entered into this Agreement in reliance on these representations and warranties:

 

26.1                         Status

 

(a)                                  It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is a Material Company is a person, in each case duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b)                                  It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is a Material Company has the power to own its property and other assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

26.2                         Binding obligations

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

26.3                         Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the granting of the Transaction Security do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a)                                  any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b)                                  its constitutional documents; or

 

(c)                                   any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Restricted Group or any of its or any member of the Restricted Group’s assets (other than on or prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Existing Notes, the Terminating Hedge Agreements

 

65


 

and other agreements relating thereto) to the extent or in a manner that such conflict has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.4                         Power and authority

 

(a)                                  It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into and performance of, the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

 

(b)                                  No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party.

 

26.5                         Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

(a)                                  All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

(i)                                      to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party; and

 

(ii)                                   to make the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

 

have been obtained or effected (as applicable) and are in full force and effect.

 

(b)                                  All Authorisations required to carry on its business in the ordinary course and in all material respects have been obtained or effected (as applicable) and are in full force and effect except to the extent failure to obtain or effect those Authorisations would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.6                         Insolvency

 

No:

 

(a)                                  corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 30.7 ( Insolvency proceedings ); or

 

(b)                                  creditors’ process described in Clause 30.8 ( Creditors’ process ),

 

has been taken or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in relation to a member of the Restricted Group and none of the circumstances described in Clause 30.6 ( Insolvency ) applies to a member of the Restricted Group.

 

26.7                         Governing law and enforcement

 

(a)                                  Subject to the Legal Reservations:

 

(i)                                      the choice of New York law as the governing law of Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ) will be recognised and enforced in their Relevant Jurisdictions; and

 

66



 

(ii)                                   the choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents (save for Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants )) will be recognised and enforced in their Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

26.8                         No filing

 

Under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except any filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable in connection with the Transaction Security or notified to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement or in the case of an Additional Guarantor prior to its accession to such Finance Documents.

 

26.9                         Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to a Lender which is:

 

(a)                                  a Qualifying Lender:

 

(i)             falling within paragraph (a)(i) of the definition of Qualifying Lender; or

 

(ii)            except where a Direction has been given under section 931 of the ITA in relation to the payment concerned, falling within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender; or

 

(iii)           falling within paragraph (b) of the definition of Qualifying Lender or;

 

(b)                                  a UK Treaty Lender and the payment is one specified in a direction given by the Commissioners of Revenue & Customs under Regulation 2 of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations 1970 (SI 1970/488).

 

26.10                  No Default

 

No Default is continuing.

 

26.11                  Base Case Model

 

The Company:

 

(a)                                  does not regard as unreasonable or unattainable in any material respect any of the forecasts or projections in relation to the Restricted Group set out in the Base Case Model;

 

67



 

(b)                                  believes the assumptions taken as a whole upon which the forecasts and projections in relation to the Restricted Group contained in the Base Case Model were reasonable at the time they were made; and

 

(c)                                   has not withheld from any persons responsible for preparing the Base Case Model any material facts requested from it and known to it on the date the relevant request was made.

 

26.12                  No misleading information

 

From the date of this Agreement, all other written factual information provided pursuant to the Finance Documents (including any amendment or waiver thereof) by any member of the Restricted Group (including its advisers) to the Agent in its capacity as such (other than any factual information contained in any financial statements which information is the subject of any representation or warranty given pursuant to Clause 26.13 ( Financial statements )) was as at the date it was provided true, complete and accurate in all material respects and is not misleading in any material respect.

 

26.13                  Financial statements

 

(a)                                  To the best of its knowledge and belief, its Original Financial Statements (if any) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

(b)                                  To the best of its knowledge and belief, its Original Financial Statements (if any) give a true and fair view of (or fairly represent in all material respects, where unaudited) its consolidated financial condition and operations during the relevant period.

 

(c)                                   As at the date provided, each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 27.1 ( Financial statements ) gives a true and fair view of (in the case of audited financial statements) or fairly represents in all material respects (in the case of unaudited financial statements) its financial condition and operations as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

26.14                  No proceedings pending or threatened

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if so adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect have been (to the best of its knowledge and belief) started or threatened against it.

 

26.15                  No breach of laws

 

(a)                                  It has not (and none of its Restricted Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against any member of the Restricted Group which have or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

68



 

26.16                  Environmental and other laws

 

(a)                                  It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Environmental Laws to which it is or they are subject where non-compliance would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  To the best of the Company’s knowledge and belief after due enquiry, all Environmental Permits necessary in connection with the ownership and operation of its business as it is currently being conducted and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ business and the absence of which would have a Material Adverse Effect have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

(c)                                   To the best of the Company’s knowledge and belief after due enquiry, there are no circumstances which could reasonably be expected to prevent it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries being in compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Permit in a manner or to an extent which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)                                  To the best of the Company’s knowledge and belief after due enquiry, there are no past or present acts or omissions of it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or events, state of facts or circumstances which have resulted in (or could reasonably be expected to result in) any third party taking any legal proceedings against it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under any Environmental Law, including remedial action or the revocation, suspension, variation or non-renewal of any Environmental Permit where in any such case non-compliance would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)                                   Neither it nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has received any statutory notice of any complaints, demands, civil claims, enforcement proceedings, requests for information, or of any action required by any regulatory authority and there are no investigations pending or (to the best of its knowledge and belief after due enquiry) threatened in relation to the failure of it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to obtain any Environmental Permit or comply with any Environmental Law, which in any such case relate to matters or circumstances which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.17                  Taxation

 

Other than those being contested in good faith and where such payment may be lawfully withheld ( provided that appropriate cash reserves have been set aside for such payment), no claim is being or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), is reasonably likely to be asserted against it (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against it which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.18                  Security and Financial Indebtedness

 

(a)                                  No Security exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any member of the Restricted Group other than:

 

69



 

(i)                                      any Security permitted by this Agreement; and

 

(ii)                                   on or prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, Security securing the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Existing Notes and the Terminating Hedge Agreements.

 

(b)                                  No member of the Restricted Group has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than (i) as permitted by this Agreement and (ii) on or prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, Financial Indebtedness under the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Existing Notes and the Terminating Hedge Agreements.

 

26.19                  Ranking

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations and applicable Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and to any Security which is permitted under this Agreement, the Transaction Security ranks or will rank in priority as specified in the relevant Transaction Security Document and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

 

26.20                  Transaction Security

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations, each Transaction Security Document to which it is a party validly creates the Security which is expressed to be created by that Transaction Security Document and evidences the Security it is expressed to evidence provided that no representation or warranty is given concerning whether any Security is of a fixed or floating nature.

 

26.21                  Good title to assets

 

Subject to any Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, it and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

26.22                  Legal and beneficial ownership

 

(a)                                  Subject to any Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, as at the time an Obligor enters into a Transaction Security Document it is the sole legal and beneficial owner or lessee or licensee of or is otherwise entitled to use all of the material assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted (including, in the case of any shares of any member of the Restricted Group which are the subject of the Transaction Security, but subject to any registrations required to be made by the board of directors of such member of the Restricted Group absolute legal and (where relevant) beneficial ownership thereof).

 

(b)                                  As at the time an Obligor enters into a Transaction Security Document the entire share capital of MUL is legally and beneficially owned by the Company and Red Football Junior Limited free from any claims, third party rights or competing interests other than pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

 

70



 

26.23                  Shares

 

The shares of any member of the Restricted Group (other than Dormant Subsidiaries) which are subject to the Transaction Security are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights.

 

26.24                  Intellectual Property

 

In the case of the Company, as of the date of this Agreement, so far as it is aware there are no adverse circumstances relating to the validity, subsistence or use of any of the Restricted Group’s Intellectual Property which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.25                  Group Structure

 

As of 20 May 2013 and as of the Closing Date, the Group Structure Chart is true, complete and accurate in all material respects.

 

26.26                  Obligors

 

(a)                                  All Material Companies which are members of the Restricted Group (other than Excluded Subsidiaries), Holding Companies of Material Companies (other than the Holding Company of the Company) and any member of the Restricted Group that is a guarantor in respect of the Notes on the Second Amendment Effective Date, are Guarantors; and

 

(b)                                  Subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 29.14 ( Guarantors ), the aggregate of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) of the Guarantors and the aggregate gross assets of the Guarantors (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Restricted Group items) represents not less than 85 per cent. of Consolidated EBITDA and consolidated gross assets of all members of the Restricted Group, in each case calculated by reference to the Original Financial Statements of the Company.

 

26.27                  Holding Subsidiary

 

Except as permitted under Clause 12 ( Limitation on Holding Company Activities ) of Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ), neither the Company nor Red Football Junior Limited have traded or incurred any liabilities or commitments (actual or contingent, present or future).

 

26.28                  Accounting reference date

 

The accounting reference date of each member of the Restricted Group is the Accounting Reference Date.

 

26.29                  Centre of main interests and establishments

 

(a)                                  It has its “centre of main interests” (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “ Regulation ”) in England or Wales;

 

71



 

(b)                                  It has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any jurisdiction.

 

26.30                  No adverse consequences

 

(a)                                  It is not necessary under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions:

 

(i)             in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document other than pursuant to Clause 20 ( Tax gross up and indemnities ); or

 

(ii)            by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Finance Document,

 

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b)                                  No Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in its Relevant Jurisdictions by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

26.31                  Pensions

 

Except for the Football League Limited Pension and Life Assurance Scheme and the Professional Footballers’ Pension Scheme (and in the case of the Company only in so far as it is aware:

 

(a)                                  neither it nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is or has at any time been an employer (for the purposes of sections 38 to 51 of the Pensions Act 2004) of an occupational pension scheme which is not a money purchase scheme (both terms as defined in the Pension Schemes Act 1993); and

 

(b)                                  neither it nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is or has at any time been “connected” with or an “associate” of (as those terms are used in sections 39 and 43 of the Pensions Act 2004) such an employer.

 

26.32                  Anti-Corruptions Law and Sanctions

 

(a)                                  The Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents affiliates and representatives with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

 

(b)                                  The Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors and officers and, to the knowledge of the Company, their respective employees, agents, affiliates and representatives are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not knowingly engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Company or its Subsidiaries being designated as a Sanctioned Person.

 

72



 

(c)                                   Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or officers, or to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.

 

(d)                                  No Utilisation, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

 

26.33                  Times at which representations are made

 

(a)                                  Save where otherwise specified below, all the representations and warranties in this Clause 26 are made to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement, the date of each Utilisation Request and on each Utilisation Date and on the first day of each Interest Period.

 

(c)                                   The Repeating Representations and each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 26.5 ( Validity and admissibility in evidence ), Clause 26.8 ( No filing ), Clause 26.16 ( Environmental and other laws ), Clause 26.17 ( Taxation ), Clause 26.18 ( Security and Financial Indebtedness ), Clause 26.20 ( Transaction Security ), Clause 26.22 ( Legal and beneficial ownership ) and Clause 26.31 ( Pensions ) are deemed to be made by each Additional Guarantor to each Finance Party on the day on which it becomes an Additional Guarantor.

 

(d)                                  Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be made by reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the date the representation or warranty is made.

 

27.                                INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 27 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

In this Clause 27:

 

Annual Financial Statements ” means the financial statements for a Financial Year delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 27.1 ( Financial statements ).

 

Quarterly Financial Statements ” means the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 27.1 ( Financial statements ).

 

27.1                         Financial statements

 

The Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

73



 

(a)                                  within 120 days after the end of each of the Company’s Financial Years (commencing with the Financial Year ending 30 June 2013), annual reports containing the following information with a level of detail that is substantially comparable and similar in scope to the offering memorandum for the Notes (with appropriate revisions, as reasonably determined by the Company to reflect segment reporting): (i) audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company or its predecessors as of the end of the two most recent Financial Years and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of the Company for the three most recent Financial Years, including complete footnotes to such financial statements and the report of the Company’s independent auditors on the financial statements; (ii)  pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalisations (excluding acquisitions or dispositions of player registrations) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed Financial Year as to which such annual report relates; (iii) an operating and financial review of the audited financial statements, including a discussion of the results of operations (including a discussion by business segment), financial condition and liquidity and capital resources, and a discussion of material commitments and contingencies and critical accounting policies; and (iv) a description of all material affiliate transactions and a description of all material debt instruments;

 

(b)                                  within 60 days following the end of each Financial Quarter in each Financial Year of the Company (commencing with the Financial Quarter ended 31 March 2013), quarterly reports containing the following information: (i) an unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such Financial Quarter and unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Company for the quarterly and year to date periods ending on the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet date, and the comparable prior year periods for the Company, together with condensed footnote disclosure; (ii)  pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalisations (excluding acquisitions or dispositions of player registrations) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal quarter as to which such quarterly report relates; and (iii) an operating and financial review of the unaudited financial statements (including a discussion by business segment), including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company and any material change between the current quarterly period and the corresponding period of the prior year; and

 

(c)                                   promptly after the closing of any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (in each case, excluding players unless publicly announced), or any senior management (other than the club manager unless publicly announced) changes at the Company or any Guarantor, or change in auditors of the Company, or any other material event that the Company announces publicly, in each case, a report containing a description of such event.

 

74



 

27.2                         Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate

 

(a)                                  The Company shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent with each set of its audited consolidated Annual Financial Statements and each set of its consolidated Quarterly Financial Statements.

 

(b)                                  Each Compliance Certificate shall set out the matters, calculations and figures required by the form of Compliance Certificate attached in Schedule 9 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ).

 

(c)                                   Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by an authorised signatory of the Company and, if required to be delivered with the consolidated Annual Financial Statements of the Company, shall be reported on by the Company’s Auditors in the form agreed by the Company and the Majority Lenders (unless it is such Auditors’ policy not to issue such reports).

 

27.3                         Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a)                                  Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 27.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

(b)                                  Contemporaneously with the furnishing of each such financial statement discussed above, the Company will also (i) file a press release with the appropriate internationally recognised wire services in connection with such report and (ii) post such report on a publicly accessible website of the Company.

 

27.4                         Budget

 

(a)                                  For so long as the Original Lender and the Amendment Effective Date Lender collectively hold Commitments representing 50 per cent. or more of the original Total Commitments, the Company shall supply to the Agent for the Original Lender (and once the Original Lender has transferred its Commitment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Amendment Effective Date Lender) only, as soon as the same become available but in any event within 60 days after the start of each of its Financial Years to begin with 1 July 2014, an annual Budget for that Financial Year.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall ensure that each Budget:

 

(i)             is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent;

 

(ii)            is prepared in accordance with GAAP and the accounting practices and financial reference periods applied to financial statements under Clause 27.1 ( Financial statements ); and

 

(iii)           is accompanied by a reasonably detailed commentary from the Senior Management of the Restricted Group.

 

75


 

27.5                         Meetings

 

The Company will invite the Lenders to all public calls (to the extent held) for the holders of any of the Notes and give the Lenders reasonable notice of such calls provided that no Lender (or any other Finance Party) may speak during such calls other than to register their attendance.

 

27.6                         Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

If any Subsidiaries of the Company have been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the information delivered under Clauses 27.1 ( Financial statements ) will include reasonably detailed information, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Restricted Group separate from that of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

27.7                         Information: miscellaneous

 

The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

 

(a)                                  at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all documents dispatched by the Company to its shareholders generally (or any class of them) or dispatched by the Company or any Obligors to its creditors generally (or any class of them);

 

(b)                                  promptly upon becoming aware of them, to the extent not covered by paragraph (c) of Clause 27.1 ( Financial Statements ), the details of any matter that has resulted in or could reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)                                   promptly upon becoming aware of it, details of a Change of Control; and

 

(d)                                  promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any Subsidiary as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

27.8                         Notification of default

 

(a)                                  The Company and each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

(b)                                  Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors on its behalf certifying (without personal liability) that no Event of Default is continuing (or if an Event of Default is continuing, specifying the Event of Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

27.9                         Know your customer checks

 

(a)                                  If:

 

76



 

(i)             the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii)            any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii)           a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall, by not less than 5 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 33 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

(d)                                  Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Guarantor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Restricted Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor.

 

77



 

28.                                FINANCIAL COVENANT

 

28.1                         Financial definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Borrowings ” means, at any time, the outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount (including any capitalised interest accretions in respect of any instrument issued at a discount and any other similar amount) of any Financial Indebtedness (other than under paragraph (f) of the definition thereof provided that the principal component of the arrangement to be put in place in connection with unwinding the hedging transactions entered into under the Existing Hedging Agreements will be included in “Borrowings”).

 

Capital Expenditure ” means any expenditure or obligation in respect of expenditure which, in accordance with GAAP, is treated as capital expenditure.

 

Cashflow ” means, in respect of any Financial Year, Consolidated EBITDA for that Financial Year after:

 

(a)                                  adding the amount of any decrease (and deducting the amount of any increase) in Working Capital for that Financial Year;

 

(b)                                  adding the amount of any cash receipts (and deducting the amount of any cash payments) during that Financial Year in respect of any Exceptional Items not already taken account of in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for that Financial Year;

 

(c)                                   adding the amount of any cash receipts during that Financial Year in respect of any Tax rebates or credits and deducting the amount actually paid or due and payable in respect of Taxes during that Financial Year by any member of the Restricted Group;

 

(d)                                  adding (to the extent not already taken into account in determining Consolidated EBITDA) the amount of any dividends or other profit distributions received in cash by any member of the Group during that Financial Year from any entity which is itself not a member of the Group and deducting (to the extent not already deducted in determining Consolidated EBITDA) the amount of any dividends paid in cash during the Financial Year to minority shareholders in members of the Restricted Group;

 

(e)                                   adding the amount of any increase in provisions, other non-cash debits and other non-cash charges (which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities) and deducting the amount of any non-cash credits (which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities) in each case to the extent taken into account in establishing Consolidated EBITDA; and

 

78



 

(f)                                    deducting the amount of any Capital Expenditure actually made in cash during that Financial Year by any member of the Restricted Group except (in each case) to the extent funded from the proceeds of any Disposal or insurance claims permitted to be retained for this purpose,

 

and so that no amount shall be added (or deducted) more than once.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any Relevant Period, the consolidated profits of the Restricted Group from ordinary activities before taxation in respect of that Relevant Period and (without double counting):

 

(a)                                  before deducting any amount attributable to the amortisation or impairment of intangible assets (including goodwill) or the depreciation or impairment of tangible assets;

 

(b)                                  before deducting any Consolidated Net Finance Charges;

 

(c)                                   before deducting any one-off expenses or charges incurred in connection with the incurrence or issuance of (i) any Financial Indebtedness under or which is permitted by the Finance Documents or (ii) any other equity issuance which is permitted by the Finance Documents;

 

(d)                                  before taking into account any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items;

 

(e)                                   before taking into account any accrued interest received by or owing to any member of the Restricted Group;

 

(f)                                    before taking into account any realised and unrealised exchange gains and losses including those arising on translation of currency debt;

 

(g)                                   before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any asset or arising from the acquisition or disposal of player registrations;

 

(h)                                  after deducting the amount of any profit of any member of the Restricted Group which is attributable to minority interests;

 

(i)                                      after deducting the amount of any profit of any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the Restricted Group) in which any member of the Restricted Group has an ownership interest to the extent that the amount of such profit included in the financial statements of the Restricted Group exceeds the amount (net of applicable withholding tax) received in cash by members of the Restricted Group through distributions by such investment or entity;

 

(j)                                     after excluding the amount of any profit or loss which is attributable to any Material Disposal made in the Relevant Period; and

 

(k)                                  after deducting, to the extent not already taken into account, all rent and other property costs of a revenue nature,

 

79



 

in each case, to the extent added, deducted, taken into account or excluded, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining profits of the Restricted Group from ordinary activities before taxation.

 

Consolidated Net Finance Charges ” means, for any Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of interest, all regular or periodic commission, fees or discounts in the nature of interest accrued in respect of Borrowings of the Restricted Group in respect of that Relevant Period and (without double counting):

 

(a)                                  excluding any such obligations owed to any other member of the Restricted Group;

 

(b)                                  including the interest element whether paid or payable, in respect of leasing and hire purchase payments under lease or hire purchase arrangements which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as finance or capital leases;

 

(c)                                   including any accrued commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments paid or payable by any member of the Restricted Group under any interest rate hedging arrangement;

 

(d)                                  deducting any accrued commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments owing to or received by any member of the Restricted Group under any interest rate hedging instrument;

 

(e)                                   deducting any accrued interest owing to or received by any member of the Restricted Group on any deposit or bank account or in respect of Cash Equivalent Investments; and

 

(f)                                    excluding any up-front arrangement fees, up-front underwriting fees, up-front commitment fees, up-front participation fees or up-front agency fees paid in connection with the Facility, the RCF Facilities Agreement, the Notes issued on the Second Amendment Effective Date or the Existing Notes issued on the Closing Date by any member of the Restricted Group (except where any such fee is in excess of a reasonable market rate).

 

Current Assets ” means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all inventory, work in progress, trade and other receivables of each member of the Restricted Group including prepayments in relation to operating items and sundry debtors (but excluding Cash) expected to be realised within twelve months from the date of computation but excluding amounts in respect of:

 

(a)                                  receivables in relation to Tax;

 

(b)                                  Exceptional Items and other non-operating items;

 

(c)                                   insurance claims; and

 

(d)                                  any interest owing to any member of the Restricted Group.

 

80



 

Current Liabilities ” means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all liabilities (including trade creditors, accruals and provisions) of each member of the Restricted Group expected to be settled within twelve months from the date of computation but excluding amounts in respect of:

 

(a)                                  liabilities for Borrowings and Consolidated Net Finance Charges;

 

(b)                                  liabilities for Tax;

 

(c)                                   Exceptional Items and other non-operating items;

 

(d)                                  insurance claims; and

 

(e)                                   liabilities in relation to dividends declared but not paid by the Company or by a member of the Restricted Group in favour of a person which is not a member of the Restricted Group.

 

Exceptional Items ” means any exceptional, one off, non-recurring or extraordinary items which represent gains or losses including those arising on:

 

(a)                                  the restructuring of the activities of an entity and reversals of any provisions for the cost of restructuring;

 

(b)                                  disposals, revaluations, write downs or impairment of non-current assets or any reversal of any write down or impairment; and

 

(c)                                   disposals of assets associated with discontinued operations.

 

Finance Lease ” means any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease.

 

Financial Quarter ” means the period commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date.

 

Financial Year ” means the annual accounting period of the Restricted Group ending on or about 30 June in each year.

 

Quarter Date ” means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

 

Relevant Period ” means each period of twelve months ending on the last day of each Financial Quarter.

 

Total Net Debt ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of all obligations of the Restricted Group for or in respect of the principal amount of Borrowings but:

 

(a)                                  excluding any such obligations to any other member of the Restricted Group;

 

(b)                                  Subordinated Liabilities (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) shall not be included in Borrowings;

 

81



 

(c)                                   including, in the case of finance leases, only the capitalised value thereof; and

 

(d)                                  deducting the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the Restricted Group at that time,

 

and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once.

 

Total Net Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio of Total Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA.

 

Working Capital ” means, on any date, Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

 

28.2                         Financial condition

 

The Company shall ensure that, for each Relevant Period, Consolidated EBITDA for such Relevant Period is not less than £65.0 million, subject to Clause 28.4 ( Champions League Non Qualification Event ).

 

28.3                         Financial testing

 

Subject to Clause 28.4 ( Champions League Non Qualification Event ) below, the financial covenant set out in Clause 28.2 ( Financial condition ) shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP and tested by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 27.1 ( Financial Statements ) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 27.2 ( Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate ).

 

28.4                         Champions League Non Qualification Event

 

(a)                                  For the purposes of calculating the financial covenant set out in Clause 28.2 ( Financial condition ), if a Champions League Non Qualification Event occurs, the Company may elect, at any time prior to the end of the Financial Year in which such Champions League Non Qualification Event occurs, to adjust the definition of Consolidated EBITDA for each Financial Quarter falling in the Financial Year in respect of which the first team of MUFC is not in the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League by adding back an amount equal to “X” in each such Financial Quarter (the “ Adjusted Quarters ”) where:

 

X ” corresponds to the amount set out in Schedule 16 ( Table of Values for X ) for that Financial Quarter minus the following:

 

(i)             the net amount received by the Restricted Group in that Financial Quarter in respect of matches (both home and away) and media payments relating to UEFA cup performances; and

 

(ii)            the net amount of any reduction to player salaries in that Financial Quarter arising out of the existing contractual provisions as a result of the Champions League Non Qualification Event.

 

(b)                                  At the same time as the Company makes an election under paragraph (a), it shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by a director of the Company (i)

 

82



 

confirming the value of X and the amount of each Adjustment and setting out (in reasonable detail) computation of those amounts and (ii) attaching a copy of the Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet (following the Adjustments).

 

(c)                                   If the Majority Lenders give notice to the Agent that they do not agree with the calculations of any of the Adjustments contained in the certificate described in paragraph (b) above (acting reasonably), the Company and the Agent will consult in good faith for a period of not more than 10 Business Days with a view to correcting the calculations of the Adjustments.

 

(d)                                  If agreement has not been reached within the 10 Business Day period referred to in paragraph (c) above then, at the request of the Majority Lenders (and at the expense of the Company), the Agent may appoint an auditor of international repute (in consultation with the Company) to determine the amount of the Adjustments (and, consequently, the value of “X”) and such determination shall (in the absence of manifest error) be binding on the Parties.

 

(e)                                   For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of calculating the financial covenant set out in Clause 28.2 ( Financial condition ) only, Consolidated EBITDA in any Relevant Period which contains one or more Adjusted Quarters shall be calculated using the adjusted values of Consolidated EBITDA set out in paragraph (a) above for each such Adjusted Quarter.

 

(f)                                    The above election may only be made twice over the life of the Facility and may not be made during two consecutive Financial Years.

 

29.                                GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 29 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

29.1                         Restrictive Covenants

 

Each Obligor shall comply with the covenants set out in Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

29.2                         Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall promptly:

 

(a)                                  obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

(b)                                  supply (on request), certified copies to the Agent of,

 

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

 

(i)                                      enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

83



 

(ii)            subject to the Legal Reservations, ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document; and

 

(iii)           enable it to carry on its business in the ordinary course except to the extent failure to do so has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

29.3                         Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it is subject, where failure so to comply has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

29.4                         Senior Unsecured Notes

 

The Company shall ensure that:

 

(a)                                  no scheduled principal payments with respect to Senior Unsecured Notes (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) fall due prior to the date falling six months after the Termination Date;

 

(b)                                  any Senior Unsecured Notes are not secured by any Security over any shares in any member of the Group or any asset of any member of the Group other than security over (i) the shares in the Senior Unsecured Note Issuer and any direct Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any Senior Unsecured Note Proceeds Loan (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and which is subject to, and is treated in all respects for the purposes of, the Intercreditor Agreement as Shared Security (as defined therein);

 

(c)                                   no member of the Group owes any Financial Indebtedness to a Senior Unsecured Issuer other than pursuant to a Senior Unsecured Note Proceeds Loan (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

(d)                                  the Company shall ensure that any Senior Unsecured Notes are only issued or borrowed by the Senior Unsecured Note Issuer which is (and which remains at all times when any Senior Unsecured Notes issued or borrowed by it remain outstanding):

 

(i)             a Guarantor;

 

(ii)            not the Borrower or the issuer or borrower of any Senior Secured Debt; and

 

(iii)           other than Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities, has no assets, liabilities or business other than as permitted by this Clause 29 or in connection with the Senior Unsecured Notes (including any Senior Unsecured Notes Proceeds Loan) or reasonably incidental thereto and which does not directly or indirectly own any shares or equivalent ownership interests in any member of the Group; and

 

(e)                                   no member of the Group transfers any assets or makes any payment to a Senior Unsecured Note Issuer other than (without double counting):

 

84



 

(i)             as permitted by Clause 6.3 ( Permitted Senior Unsecured Note Payments ) and Clause 10.2(b) ( Permitted Payments: Senior Unsecured Notes Proceeds Liabilities ) of the Intercreditor Agreement; or

 

(ii)            (if no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the making of the relevant payment) payments reasonably required to allow the Senior Unsecured Issuer to pay when due amounts payable by it (A) with respect to Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities or (B) permitted by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)).

 

29.5                         [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

29.6                         Taxation

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Restricted Group shall) duly and punctually pay and discharge all Taxes (or, where payments of Taxes must be made by reference to estimated amounts, such estimated Tax (calculated in good faith) as due and payable for the relevant period) imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

(a)                                  such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(b)                                  adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them to the extent required by GAAP;

 

(c)                                   such payment can be lawfully withheld; and

 

(d)                                  no Obligor may change its residence for Tax purposes where to do so would be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

 

29.7                         Change of business

 

The Company shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Company, the Obligors or the Restricted Group (taken as a whole) from that carried on by the Restricted Group at the date of this Agreement.

 

29.8                         Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party held against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies and the Group’s Football Creditors in relation to matters set out in the Premier League Handbook.

 

85


 

29.9                         Insurance

 

(a)                                  Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Restricted Group will) maintain insurances (other than in respect of permanent disability for players occurring when players are playing, practising or training for a member of the Restricted Group) on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business.

 

(b)                                  All insurances must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters.

 

29.10                  Sanctions

 

(a)                                  The Company will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower will not request any Utilisation, and the Borrower shall not use, and the Company shall procure that no Obligor and its or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and representatives and, to the extent it has the power to so procure, joint venture partners shall not use, the proceeds of any Utilisation:

 

(i)                                      in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorisation of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws;

 

(ii)                                   for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country; or

 

(iii)                                in any manner that would result in the violation of  any Sanctions applicable to any Party hereto.

 

29.11                  Access

 

While an Event of Default is continuing (or where the Agent reasonably suspects an Event of Default is continuing) each Obligor shall and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Restricted Group (subject to any confidentiality or secrecy obligations under this Agreement and all applicable laws) will permit the Agent and/or accountants or other professional advisers and contractors of the Agent to have access at all reasonable times during normal business hours (excluding match days) and on reasonable notice (for a reasonable period) at the reasonable cost of the Company to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its Senior Management and independent public accountants, provided that in exercising such right, the Agent and/or accountants or other professional advisers and contracts (as appropriate) of the Agent shall have regard for the need to keep disruption to the business to a minimum.

 

86



 

29.12                  [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

29.13                  Amendments

 

In the period prior to the Original Lender making any assignment, transfer or sub-participation of any of its Commitments under this Agreement on its own accord (and such assignment, transfer or sub-participation is not at any Obligor’s request), no Obligors shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Restricted Group will) amend, vary, novate, supplement, supersede, waive or terminate any term of:

 

(a)                                  the Note Documents, so as to bring forward the maturity or any amortisation of the Notes or reduce the Weighted Average Life to Maturity (as defined in Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants )) of the Notes;

 

(b)                                  the RCF Facilities Agreement; or

 

(c)                                   the Existing Hedging Agreements,

 

except in a way which is not reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect the interests of the Lenders.

 

29.14                  Guarantors

 

(a)                                  The Company shall ensure that at all times:

 

(i)                                      Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, all Material Companies which are members of the Restricted Group (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), Holding Companies of Material Companies (other than the Holding Company of the Company) and any member of the Restricted Group that is or becomes a guarantor in respect of the Notes, are Guarantors (in the case of any member of the Restricted Group that is or becomes a guarantor in respect of the Notes, simultaneously to becoming guarantors in respect of the Notes); and

 

(ii)                                   subject to paragraph (d) below, the aggregate of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) of the Guarantors and the aggregate gross assets of the Guarantors (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Restricted Group items) represents not less than 85 per cent. of Consolidated EBITDA and consolidated gross assets of all members of the Restricted Group ((in each case not including the Excluded Subsidiaries)), in each case calculated by reference (i) to the Original Financial Statements of the Company prior to the Closing Date; and (ii) thereafter, with each set of audited annual financial statements delivered under Clause 27.1 ( Financial Statements ) (the “ Guarantor Coverage Test ”).

 

(b)                                  The Company shall not have any obligation to procure that any member of the Restricted Group becomes an Additional Guarantor unless the Annual Financial Statements demonstrate that the same would be necessary in order to comply with the requirements of this Clause 29.14.

 

87



 

(c)                                   If the Guarantor Coverage Test is not complied with as at the time of delivery of any Compliance Certificate accompanying the Annual Financial Statements, no Default will occur provided that (subject to the Agreed Security Principles), the Company procures that additional members of the Group become Guarantors within 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of the delivery of such Compliance Certificate so that, when retested at the end of such 30 Business Day period (or if agreed, such longer period) by reference to the Annual Financial Statements accompanying such Compliance Certificate, the Guarantor Coverage Test is complied with.

 

(d)                                  The Company need only perform its obligations under paragraph (a) above, to the extent it is not unlawful for the relevant person to become a Guarantor and that person becoming a Guarantor would not result in personal liability for that person’s directors or other management.  Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability.  This includes agreeing to a limit on the amount guaranteed.  The Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) agree to such a limit if, in its opinion, to do so would avoid the relevant unlawfulness or personal liability.

 

(e)                                   Any member of the Restricted Group (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that becomes a Material Company and any Material Company (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) acquired in accordance with this Agreement after the Second Amendment Effective Date shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, become a Guarantor and grant Security as the Agent may require and shall accede to the Intercreditor Agreement within 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of delivery of any Compliance Certificate accompanying the audited annual financial statements delivered under Clause 27.1 ( Financial Statements ) or within 20 Business Days of its acquisition, as the case may be.

 

(f)                                    Nothing in this Agreement shall require any Excluded Subsidiary to accede as a Guarantor for so long as it is an Excluded Subsidiary.

 

29.15                  [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

29.16                  Further assurance

 

(a)                                  For the benefit of the Finance Parties, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Restricted Group shall) at all times promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Security Trustee may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Security Trustee may reasonably require in favour of the Security Trustee or its nominee(s)):

 

(i)             to perfect the Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be,

 

88



 

the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights powers and remedies of the Security Trustee or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(ii)            to confer on the Security Trustee or confer on the Finance Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents; and/or

 

(iii)           to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

(b)                                  Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Restricted Group shall) at all times take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Trustee or the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                   The Company need only perform its obligations under paragraphs (a) and (b) above, to the extent it is not unlawful and would not result in personal liability for that person’s directors or other management.  Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability.

 

29.17                  Sponsorship Contracts and Arrangements

 

The Company shall ensure no Unrestricted Subsidiary will:

 

(a)                                  enter into any sponsorship contract and/or arrangement; or

 

(b)                                  have transferred, assigned or novated to it any sponsorship contract and/or arrangement by any member of the Restricted Group.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements shall not include contracts and/or arrangements relating to (i) paragraphs (a) and (c) of the definition of New Holdco Business or (ii) the provision or supply of content, services or other products.

 

30.                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 30 (save for Clause 30.13 ( Acceleration )) is an Event of Default.

 

30.1                         Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay:

 

(a)                                  on the due date any amount of principal payable pursuant to a Finance Document; or

 

89



 

(b)                                  within 30 days of the due date, any other amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document,

 

at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless, in the case of a payment of principal, its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or a Disruption Event.

 

30.2                         Breach of certain obligations

 

Any requirement of Clause 28 ( Financial covenant ) is not satisfied.

 

30.3                         Other obligations

 

An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 30.1 ( Non-payment ) and Clause 30.2 ( Breach of certain obligations )) unless such non-compliance is capable of remedy and is remedied within 60 days of the earlier of the Agent giving written notice thereof to the Company or any Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

30.4                         Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or in any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading (in the case of any representation or statement which is not subject to a materiality threshold in accordance with its terms, in any material respect) when made or deemed to be made and, if the circumstances causing such misrepresentation are capable of remedy within such period, such Obligor shall have failed to remedy such circumstances within 60 days after the earlier of the Agent giving written notice to the Company or the Company becoming aware of such misrepresentation.

 

30.5                         Cross default

 

(a)                                  Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Restricted Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

(b)                                  Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Restricted Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(c)                                   Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Restricted Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Restricted Group as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(d)                                  Any creditor of any member of the Restricted Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Restricted Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(e)                                   No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 30.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling

 

90



 

within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than £25.0 million (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

30.6                         Insolvency

 

(a)                                  A Material Company is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due or is declared to be unable to pay its debts under applicable law, suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts as they fall due or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b)                                  Any Material Company is or is deemed to be insolvent under any applicable law (other than Section 123(2) of the Insolvency Act 1986) or (save the extent the same is frivolous or vexatious or is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement) or where written demand is made in respect of an aggregate amount of not less than £5.0 million (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

(c)                                   A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Material Company.

 

30.7                         Insolvency proceedings

 

(a)                                  Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other formal procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(i)             the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Material Company other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any Material Company which is not an Obligor or a Permitted Reorganisation;

 

(ii)            a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Material Company;

 

(iii)           the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a Material Company which is not an Obligor or a Permitted Reorganisation), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Material Company or any of its assets having an aggregate value of £5.0 million or greater;

 

(iv)           enforcement of any Security over any assets having an aggregate value of £3.0 million or greater of any Material Company,

 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                  Paragraph (a) shall not apply to:

 

(i)             any procedure or step in relation to a Dormant Subsidiary;

 

91



 

(ii)            any winding-up petition or (to the extent relevant) other procedural step in relation to the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or similar officer (but not excluding the actual appointment thereof) which is frivolous or vexatious or is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 60 days of commencement; or

 

(iii)           any application for the appointment of an administrator is discharged at least five days prior to the first hearing of that application.

 

30.8                         Creditors’ process

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (including enforcement of Security) or any analogous process in any jurisdiction affects any asset or assets of Material Companies having an aggregate value of £25.0 million and is not discharged within 60 days.

 

30.9                         Unlawfulness and invalidity

 

(a)                                  It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor or, in the case of the Intercreditor Agreement, a member of the Restricted Group, to perform any of its material obligations under any of the Finance Documents, or any of the Transaction Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents ceases to be valid or becomes unlawful.

 

(b)                                  Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents or any member of the Restricted Group under the Intercreditor Agreement are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable (other than as provided in the Legal Reservations) and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                   Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or any Transaction Security or any subordination created under this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective (other than as provided in the Legal Reservations) and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

30.10                  Intercreditor Agreement

 

(a)                                  Any member of the Restricted Group or Subordinated Creditor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) fails to comply with the provisions of, or does not perform its obligations under, the Intercreditor Agreement; or

 

(b)                                  a representation or warranty given by a member of the Restricted Group or Subordinated Creditor in the Intercreditor Agreement is incorrect in any material respect,

 

and, if the non-compliance or circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation are capable of remedy, it is not remedied within 15 Business Days of the earlier of the

 

92



 

Agent giving notice to that party or that party becoming aware of the non-compliance or misrepresentation.

 

30.11                  Repudiation

 

An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.

 

30.12                  Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

30.13                  Acceleration

 

Subject to Clause 4.3 ( Certain Funds ), on and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company:

 

(a)                                  cancel all or part of the Total Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(b)                                  declare that all or part of the Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable;

 

(c)                                   declare that all or part of the Utilisations be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

 

(d)                                  exercise or direct the Security Trustee to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

 

SECTION 9

 

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

31.                                CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

31.1                         Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 31 a Lender (the “ Existing Lender ”) may:

 

(a)                                  assign any of its rights;

 

(b)                                  transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations; or

 

(c)                                   enter into a sub-participation in relation to its rights and obligations,

 

under any Finance Document to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets or to any other person (the “ New Lender ”), which in each case, unless an Event of Default is continuing, is a U.S. Qualifying Lender (as defined in Clause 20.1).

 

93



 

31.2                         Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a)                                  The consent of the Company is required for an assignment, transfer or sub-participation by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment, transfer or sub-participation is:

 

(i)             to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

 

(ii)            if the Existing Lender disposing of its interest by sub-participation in any commitments or undertakings retains (x) all of the voting rights with respect to such commitments or undertakings and (y) more than two thirds of the economic interest in the commitments or undertakings; or

 

(iii)           made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

 

(b)                                  The consent of the Company to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  The Company will be deemed to have given its consent ten Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Company within that time in accordance with this paragraph (b).

 

(c)                                   Unless the Company and the relevant Existing Lender otherwise agree in respect of transfers between Existing Lenders and their Affiliates a transfer of part of a Commitment or Commitments by the Existing Lender must be of a minimum amount of $1.0 million, provided that if the Existing Lender retains any Commitment or Commitments it is (or they are) of a minimum amount of $1.0 million in aggregate across the Facility.

 

(d)                                  In determining whether the requirements of paragraph (c) above as to the minimum amount in respect of the Facility to be retained by an Existing Lender are satisfied, the amount of any Commitment or Commitments of any Affiliate of the relevant Existing Lender to be retained shall be aggregated with the Commitment or Commitments of the Existing Lender to be transferred and/or retained (as the case may be).

 

(e)                                   An assignment will only be effective on:

 

(i)                                      receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties and the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender;

 

(ii)                                   the New Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(iii)           the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which

 

94



 

the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

(f)                                    A transfer will only be effective on:

 

(i)                                      the New Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(ii)                                   procedure set out in Clause 31.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) being complied with.

 

(g)                                   If:

 

(i)                                      a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

(ii)                                   as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 20 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or Clause 21 ( Increased Costs ),

 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.  This paragraph (g) shall not apply in relation to Clause 20.2 ( Tax gross-up ), to a Treaty Lender that has included a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii)(B) of Clause 20.2 ( Tax gross-up ) if the Obligor making the payment has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Treaty Lender.

 

(h)                                  Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

31.3                         Assignment or transfer fee

 

Unless the Agent otherwise agrees and excluding an assignment or transfer (i) to an Affiliate of a Lender or (ii) to a Related Fund, the New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,500.

 

31.4                         Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a)                                  Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

95


 

(i)             the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

 

(ii)            the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

(iii)           the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other member of the Restricted Group of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or

 

(iv)           the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

(b)                                  Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

(i)             has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and

 

(ii)            will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

(c)                                   Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i)             accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 31; or

 

(ii)            support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

31.5                         Procedure for transfer

 

(a)                                  Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 31.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender and update the Register in accordance with Clause 34.18 ( Register ). The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

96



 

(b)                                  The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

(c)                                   Subject to Clause 31.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i)                                      to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security each of the Obligors and other members of the Restricted Group party to any Finance Document and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the “ Discharged Rights and Obligations ”);

 

(ii)                                   each of the Obligors and other members of the Restricted Group party to any Finance Document and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor or other member of the Restricted Group and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender; and

 

(iii)                                the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

 

31.6                         Procedure for assignment

 

(a)                                  Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 31.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender.  The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

(c)                                   Subject to Clause 31.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement) , on the Transfer Date:

 

(i)             the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction

 

97



 

Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

(ii)            the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the “ Relevant Obligations ”) expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

 

(iii)           the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

(d)                                  Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 31.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the Company or unless in accordance with Clause 31.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by each Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 31.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).

 

31.7                         Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company

 

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

 

31.8                         Security over Lenders’ rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 31, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a)                                  any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

(b)                                  in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

 

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

(i)                                      release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii)                                   require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

98



 

31.9                         Pro rata interest settlement

 

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 31.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 31.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

(a)                                  any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“ Accrued Amounts ”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six-Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

(b)                                  the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i)             when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable for the account of the Existing Lender; and

 

(ii)            the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 31.10, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

32.                                [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

33.                                CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

33.1                         Assignment and transfers by Obligors

 

No Obligor or any other member of the Restricted Group may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents (save in the case of a Permitted Change of Borrower).

 

33.2                         Additional Guarantors

 

(a)                                  Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 27.9 ( “Know your customer” checks ), the Company may request that any of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Restricted Group become a Guarantor.

 

(b)                                  A member of the Restricted Group shall become an Additional Guarantor if:

 

(i)                                      the Company and the proposed Additional Guarantor deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Deed; and

 

(ii)                                   the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in relation to that

 

99



 

Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(c)                                   The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).

 

(d)                                  Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (c) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification.  The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

33.3                         Resignation of a Guarantor

 

(a)                                  In this Clause 33.3 and Clause 33.5 ( Resignation and release of Security on disposal ), “ Third Party Disposal ” means the disposal of an Obligor to a person which is not a member of the Restricted Group where that disposal is permitted under this Agreement (and the Company has confirmed this is the case) or made with the approval of the Majority Lenders.

 

(b)                                  The Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Company and (for so long as it directly owns any shares in MUL) Red Football Junior Limited) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter if:

 

(i)             that Guarantor is being disposed of by way of a Third Party Disposal or a Permitted Reorganisation;

 

(ii)            that Guarantor has become an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

(iii)           the Guarantor is subject to a merger and/or consolidation not prohibited under Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ); or

 

(iv)           all the Lenders have consented to the resignation of that Guarantor.

 

(c)                                   The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

(i)             the Company has confirmed that no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter; and

 

(ii)            no payment is due from the Guarantor under Clause 25.1 ( Guarantee and indemnity ).

 

(d)                                  Subject to paragraph (e) below, upon notification by the Agent to the Company of its acceptance of the Resignation Letter, that company shall cease to be a Guarantor and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Guarantor.

 

100



 

(e)                                   The resignation of a Guarantor which is the subject of a Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not take effect (and the Guarantor will continue to have rights and obligations under the Finance Documents) until the date on which the Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or, as the case may be, designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary takes effect.

 

33.4                         Repetition of Representations

 

Delivery of an Accession Deed constitutes confirmation by the relevant Restricted Subsidiary that the representations and warranties referred to in paragraph (c) of Clause 26.33 ( Times at which representations are made ) are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

33.5                         Resignation and release of Security on disposal

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, if a Guarantor is or is proposed to be the subject of a Third Party Disposal or a Permitted Reorganisation or if there is a disposal of Charged Property (including pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation) or that is permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement then:

 

(a)                                  where that Guarantor created Transaction Security over any of its assets or business in favour of the Security Trustee (including the assets or business of any of its Subsidiaries that is to cease to be a member of the Group as a result of the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation), or Transaction Security in favour of the Security Trustee was created over the shares (or equivalent) of that Guarantor (or any of its Subsidiaries that is to cease to be a member of the Group as a result of the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation), the Security Trustee shall, at the cost and request of the Company, release those assets, business or shares (or equivalent) and issue certificates of non-crystallisation in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(b)                                  the resignation of that Guarantor and related release of Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (a) above shall not become effective until the date of that disposal or Permitted Reorganisation, as applicable; and

 

(c)                                   if the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation of that Guarantor is not made, the Resignation Letter of that Guarantor and the related release of Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (a) above shall have no effect and the obligations of the Guarantor and the Transaction Security created or intended to be created by or over that Guarantor and its Subsidiaries shall continue in such force and effect as if that release had not been effected.

 

101



 

SECTION 10

 

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

34.                                ROLE OF THE AGENT

 

34.1                         Appointment of the Agent

 

(a)                                  Each of the Lenders appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.  The provisions of this Section 10 are solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, and no Obligor shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.  It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Finance Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law.  Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Lenders authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

34.2                         Duties of the Agent

 

(a)                                  Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(b)                                  Without prejudice to Clause 31.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company ), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(d)                                  If the Agent receives written notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(e)                                   If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(f)                                    The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

(g)                                   The Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Finance Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Agent.  The Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers

 

102



 

by or through their respective Representatives.  The exculpatory provisions of this Section 10 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Representatives of the Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the Facility provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.  The Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that the Agent acted with gross negligence or wilful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

 

34.3                         No fiduciary duties

 

(a)                                  Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

(b)                                  The Agent shall not be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

34.4                         Business with the Group

 

The Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

 

34.5                         Rights and discretions

 

(a)                                  The Agent may rely on:

 

(i)             any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorized, and shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (A) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Finance Document, (B) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (C) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, or (D) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Finance Document; and

 

(ii)            any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.

 

(b)                                  The Agent may assume (unless it has received written notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

(i)             no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 30.1 ( Non-payment ));

 

(ii)            any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

103



 

(iii)           any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

(c)                                   The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

(d)                                  The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

(e)                                   The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

34.6                         Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

(a)                                  Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties other than the Security Trustee.

 

(c)                                   The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

(d)                                  In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

(e)                                   The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.  This paragraph (e) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Transaction Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Transaction Security Documents.

 

(f)                                    The Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Finance Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt

 

104



 

any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

34.7                         Responsibility for documentation

 

The Agent:

 

(a)                                  is not responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents;

 

(b)                                  is not responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or

 

(c)                                   is not responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

34.8                         Exclusion of liability

 

(a)                                  Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (e) of Clause 37.10 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. )), the Agent will not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct or wilful breach of any Finance Document.

 

(b)                                  No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document or any Transaction Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.4 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c)                                   The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

(d)                                  Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent that it is solely responsible for any

 

105


 

such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent.

 

34.9         Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 37.10 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

34.10       Resignation of the Agent

 

(a)            The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company.

 

(b)            Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after, to the extent reasonably practicable, consultation with the Company for no more than 5 Business Days) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

(c)            If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

(d)            If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this Clause 34 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with the current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agent’s normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

 

(e)            The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

106



 

(f)             The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

(g)            Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 34.  Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(h)            After, to the extent reasonably practicable, consultation with the Company for not more than 5 Business Days, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.  In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be for the account of the Company.

 

34.11       Replacement of the Agent

 

(a)            After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders), replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

(b)            The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(c)            The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 34 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

(d)            Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

34.12       Confidentiality

 

(a)            In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b)            If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

107



 

(c)            Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

34.13       Relationship with the Lenders

 

(a)            Subject to Clause 31.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

(i)             entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(ii)            entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)            Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information that the Security Trustee may reasonably specify (through the Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Trustee to perform its functions as Security Trustee.  Each Lender shall deal with the Security Trustee exclusively through the Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Trustee.

 

(c)            Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents.  Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 39.5 ( Electronic communication )) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 39.2 ( Addresses ) and paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 39.5 ( Electronic communication ) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

34.14       Credit appraisal by the Lenders

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own

 

108



 

independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

(a)            the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b)            the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

 

(c)            whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

(d)            the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(e)            the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property.

 

34.15       Agent’s management time

 

Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 22.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent ), Clause 24 ( Costs and expenses ) and Clause 34.9 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Company and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 19 ( Fees ).

 

34.16       Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed.  For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

34.17       Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Finance Party confirms that the Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Agent) any reports or letters provided by accountants in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it

 

109



 

in respect of those reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

34.18       Register

 

(a)            The Agent, on behalf of the Borrower, shall maintain a register (the “ Register ”) for the registration and transfer of the Loans, and shall enter the names and addresses of the registered holders of the Loans, the transfers, of the Loan and the names and addresses of the transferees (including all assignees, successors and participants) of the Loans.

 

(b)            The Borrower shall be provided reasonable opportunities to inspect the Register from time to time.

 

(c)            The Borrower shall treat any registered holder as the absolute owner of any Loans held by such holder, as indicated in the Register (absent manifest error), for the purpose of receiving payment of all amounts payable with respect to such Loans and for all other purposes.

 

(d)            The Loans are registered obligations and the right, title and interest of any Lender and its assignees in and to such Loans, shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register.

 

(e)            Solely for the purposes of this Clause 34.18 the Agent shall be the Borrower’s agent for purposes of maintaining the Register.

 

34.19       Role of Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks

 

(a)            No Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

 

(b)            No Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(c)            No Party (other than the relevant Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 34.19 subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

34.20       Third party Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks

 

A Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 34.19 ( Role of Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks ) and

 

110



 

Clause 45 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

35.           CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a)            interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

(b)            oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

(c)            oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

36.           SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

36.1         Payments to Finance Parties

 

Subject to paragraph (b) below, if a Finance Party (a “ Recovering Finance Party ”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 37 ( Payment mechanics ) (a “ Recovered Amount ”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

(a)            the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

 

(b)            the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 37 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

(c)            the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “ Sharing Payment ”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 37.5 ( Partial payments ).

 

36.2         Redistribution of payments

 

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “ Sharing Finance Parties ”) in accordance with Clause 37.5 ( Partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

111



 

36.3         Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 36.2 ( Redistribution of payments ), of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

36.4         Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

(a)            each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “ Redistributed Amount ”); and

 

(b)            as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

36.5         Exceptions

 

(a)            This Clause 36 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

(b)            A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

(i)             it notified the other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(ii)            the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

SECTION 11

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

37.           PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

37.1         Payments to the Agent

 

(a)            On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance

 

112



 

Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b)            Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency pursuant to the wiring instructions listed in Schedule 4.

 

37.2         Distributions by the Agent

 

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 37.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and Clause 37.4 ( Clawback ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.

 

37.3         Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 38 ( Set-Off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

37.4         Clawback

 

(a)            Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b)            If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

37.5         Impaired Agent

 

(a)            If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 37.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) may instead either pay that amount direct to the required recipient or pay that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of “Acceptable Bank” and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment

 

113



 

under the Finance Documents.  In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)            All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the beneficiaries of that trust account pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

(c)            A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 37.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

(d)            Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 34.11 ( Replacement of the Agent ), each Party which has made a payment to a trust account in accordance with this Clause 37.5 shall give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution in accordance with Clause 37.2 ( Distributions by the Agent ).

 

37.6         Partial payments

 

(a)            If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due in respect of any Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:

 

(i)             first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent;

 

(ii)            secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under those Finance Documents;

 

(iii)           thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under those Finance Documents; and

 

(iv)           fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)            The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

 

(c)            Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

37.7         Set-off by Obligors

 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of, and without condition or any deduction for) set-off, counterclaim, defense or recoupment.

 

114



 

37.8         Business Days

 

(a)            Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b)            During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

37.9         Currency of account

 

(a)            Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the applicable Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b)            A repayment of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Utilisation or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

 

(c)            Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

 

(d)            Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(e)            Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency.

 

37.10       Change of currency

 

(a)            Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i)             any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and

 

(ii)            any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(b)            If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

115


 

37.11       Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

(a)            the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b)            the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

(c)            the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(d)            any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers );

 

(e)            the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever  (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 37.11; and

 

(f)             the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

38.           SET-OFF

 

Whilst an Event of Default is continuing, a Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation.  If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

39.           NOTICES

 

39.1         Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by electronic mail, fax or letter.

 

116



 

39.2         Addresses

 

The address, email address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

(a)            in the case of the Company, the Borrower or any Guarantor, that identified with its name below;

 

(b)            in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

(c)            in the case of the Agent, that identified with its name below,

 

or any substitute address, email address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

39.3         Delivery

 

(a)            Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i)             if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

(ii)            if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 39.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

(b)            Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c)            All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

(d)            Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause 39.3 will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

39.4         Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address, email address or fax number or change of address, email address or fax number pursuant to Clause 39.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address, email address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

117



 

39.5         Electronic communication

 

(a)            Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or Obligor under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender or Obligor:

 

(i)             agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

(ii)            notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(iii)           notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

(b)            Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or an Obligor will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or an Obligor to the Agent and/or any member of the Restricted Group only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

39.6         Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

 

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly.  This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

 

39.7         Use of websites

 

(a)            The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “ Website Lenders ”) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the “ Designated Website ”) if:

 

(i)             the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

(ii)            both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(iii)           the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent.

 

118



 

If any Lender (a “ Paper Form Lender ”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall, at its own cost, supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form.  In any event the Company shall, at its own cost, supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

(b)            The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Agent.

 

(c)            The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

(i)             the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

(ii)            the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(iii)           any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(iv)           any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

(v)            the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If the Company notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

(d)            Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website.  The Company shall at its own cost comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.

 

39.8         English language

 

(a)            Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b)            All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i)             in English; or

 

(ii)            if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation

 

119



 

will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

40.           CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

40.1         Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

40.2         Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

40.3         Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

40.4         Personal Liability

 

If an individual signs a certificate on behalf of any member of the Group and the certificates proves to be incorrect, the individual will incur no personal liability as a result, unless the individual acted fraudulently or recklessly in giving the certificate.  In this case any liability of the individual will be determined in accordance with applicable law.

 

41.           PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

42.           REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party or Secured Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents.  No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

120



 

43.           AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

43.1         Intercreditor Agreement

 

This Clause 43 is subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

43.2         Required consents

 

(a)            Subject to Clause 43.3 ( Exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents (other than the Mandate Letter) may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Company and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b)            The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 43.

 

(c)            Each Obligor agrees to any such amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 43 which is agreed to by the Company.  This includes any amendment or waiver which would, but for this paragraph (c), require the consent of all of the Guarantors.

 

43.3         Exceptions

 

(a)            An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(i)             the definitions of “Majority Lenders” and “Super Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

(ii)            an extension to the date of scheduled payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(iii)           an extension of the Availability Period;

 

(iv)           a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable (other than as a result of the application of the Margin ratchet);

 

(v)            a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(vi)           an increase in or an extension of any Commitment or Total Commitments;

 

(vii)          a change to the Borrower or Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors);

 

(viii)         any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(ix)           Clause 2.2 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 29.13 (Amendments), Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 36 (Sharing among the Finance Parties) or this Clause 43; or

 

121



 

(x)            subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any amendment to the order of priority or subordination under the Intercreditor Agreement or the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed;

 

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

(b)            An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or, a Base Reference Bank or an Alternative Reference Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, Base Reference Bank (to the extent there is any) or Alternative Reference Bank (to the extent there is any), as the case may be.

 

(c)            Any amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or that relates to:

 

(i)             subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the nature or scope of the Charged Property (except insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);

 

(ii)            the nature or scope of or release of any guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 25 ( Guarantee and indemnity ) or, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document; or

 

(iii)           any provision which expressly requires the consent of the Super Majority Lenders (save for this Clause 43);

 

may only be made with the consent of the Super Majority Lenders.

 

(d)            Any amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or that relates to a change to Clause 14 ( Mandatory prepayments ) (including, subject to compliance by the Lenders and the Agent with any “know your client” or other requirements, the definition of “Change of Control”) may only be made with the consent of a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 80 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 80 per cent. of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

 

(e)            If a Lender does not accept or reject a request for consent within 15 Business Days (unless the Company and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made and Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 50 per cent. of the Total Commitments have given their consent, its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or participations under the Facility

 

122



 

when ascertaining whether the requisite level of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request.

 

43.4         Replacement of Screen Rate

 

Subject to Clause 43.3(b), if the Screen Rate is not available for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to providing for another benchmark rate to apply in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate (or which relates to aligning any provision of a Finance Document to the use of that other benchmark rate) may be made with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Company.

 

43.5         Replacement or repayment of Lender

 

(a)            If at any time while there are at least two Lenders:

 

(i)             any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (c) below);

 

(ii)            an Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 13.1 ( Illegality ) or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 21.1 ( Increased Costs ) or Clause 20.2 ( Tax gross-up ) to any Lender in excess of amounts payable to the other Lenders generally; or

 

(iii)           any Lender that invokes Clause 18.3 ( Market Disruption ),

 

then the Company may, on 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, prepay or replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 31 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Company which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)            The replacement or prepayment of a Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)             the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Trustee;

 

(ii)            neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;

 

(iii)           in the event of a replacement or prepayment of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 20 Business

 

123



 

Days after the date the Non-Consenting Lender notifies the Company and the Agent of its failure or refusal to give a consent in relation to, or agree to any waiver or amendment to the Finance Documents requested by the Company;

 

(iv)           in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender immediately following the transfer of a transferring Lender’s participations to the Replacement Lender, unanimous consent to the request for consent, waiver or amendment will be obtained; and

 

(v)            in no event shall the Lender replaced under this paragraph (b) be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

(c)            In the event that:

 

(i)             the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

 

(ii)            the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and

 

(iii)           Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 85 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 85 per cent. of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

 

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender ” on the date falling 10 Business Days after the date on which such consent, waiver or amendment was requested.

 

44.           CONFIDENTIALITY

 

44.1         Confidential Information

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 44.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and Clause 44.3 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

44.2         Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

124



 

(a)            to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

(b)            to any person:

 

(i)             to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(ii)            with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(iii)           appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 34.13 ( Relationship with the Lenders ));

 

(iv)           who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;

 

(v)            to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

(vi)           to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 31.8 ( Security over Lenders’ rights );

 

(vii)          to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

(viii)         who is a Party; or

 

125


 

(ix)           with the consent of the Company;

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

(A)           in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

(B)           in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

(C)           in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

(c)            to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii)above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party;

 

(d)            to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; and

 

(e)            the size and term of the Facility and the name of each of the Obligors to any investor or a potential investor in a securitisation (or similar transaction of

 

126



 

broadly equivalent economic effect) of that Lender’s rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

44.3         Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

(a)            Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

(i)             names of Obligors;

 

(ii)            country of domicile of Obligors;

 

(iii)           place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

(iv)           date of this Agreement;

 

(v)            the names of the Agent;

 

(vi)           date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

(vii)          amount of Total Commitments;

 

(viii)         currencies of the Facility;

 

(ix)           type of Facility;

 

(x)            ranking of Facility;

 

(xi)           Termination Date for Facility;

 

(xii)          changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xi) above; and

 

(xiii)         such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company,

 

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

(b)            The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

(c)            Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (i) to (xiii) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price sensitive information.

 

(d)            The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of:

 

127



 

(i)             the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and

 

(ii)            the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

44.4         Entire agreement

 

This Clause 44 ( Confidentiality ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

44.5         Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

44.6         Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:

 

(a)            of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 44.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(b)            upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality ).

 

44.7         Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

 

(a)            the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

(b)            the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

128



 

45.           CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

 

45.1         Confidentiality and Disclosure

 

(a)            The Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

 

(b)            The Agent may disclose:

 

(i)             any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the Borrower (or the Company) pursuant to Clause 16.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ); and

 

(ii)            any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(c)            The Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

 

(i)             any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this subparagraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

129



 

(ii)            any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(iii)           any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

 

(iv)           any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(d)            The Agent’s obligations in this Clause 45.1 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 16.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

 

130



 

45.2         Related Obligations

 

(a)            The Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

 

(b)            The Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be:

 

(i)             of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 45.1 ( Confidentiality and Disclosure ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(ii)            upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 45.2.

 

45.3         No Event of Default

 

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 30.3 (Other obligations) by reason only of a member of the Group’ failure to comply with this Clause 45.

 

46.           COUNTERPARTS

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

SECTION 12

 

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

47.           GOVERNING LAW

 

(a)            Subject to paragraph (b) below, this Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

(b)            Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ) of this Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

131



 

48.           ENFORCEMENT

 

48.1         Jurisdiction of English courts

 

(a)            The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the consequences of its nullity) or any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”).

 

(b)            The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

132



 

SCHEDULE 1
THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

 

PART 1
THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS

 

Name of Borrower

 

Place of Incorporation

 

Registration Number
(or equivalent, if any)

 

 

 

 

 

MU Finance plc

 

England & Wales

 

07088267

 

Name of Original Guarantor

 

Place of Incorporation

 

Registration Number
(or equivalent, if any)

 

 

 

 

 

Red Football Limited

 

England & Wales

 

5370076

 

 

 

 

 

Manchester United Limited

 

England & Wales

 

2570509

 

 

 

 

 

Red Football Junior Limited

 

England & Wales

 

5370078

 

 

 

 

 

Manchester United Football Club Limited

 

England & Wales

 

95489

 

 

 

 

 

MU Finance plc

 

England & Wales

 

07088267

 



 

PART II
THE LENDERS

 

Name of Lender

 

Total Facility
Commitment as of the
Second Amendment
Effective Date ($)

 

 

 

 

 

Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited

 

$

225,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

$

225,000,000

 

 


 

SCHEDULE 2
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

PART I
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION

 

5.              Obligors

 

(a)            A copy of the Constitutional Documents and of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor.

 

(b)            A copy of a resolution of the board of directors (or, if applicable, a committee of the board) of each Original Obligor:

 

(i)             approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii)            authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf;

 

(iii)           authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(iv)           in the case of an Obligor other than the Company, authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(c)            If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Original Obligor, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

(d)            A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above in relation to the Finance Documents and related documents.

 

(e)            A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Original Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Original Guarantor is a party.

 

(f)             A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Original Guarantor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph (e) above.

 

(g)            A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be exceeded.

 

(h)            A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company and each Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part

 



 

I of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

6.              Transaction Documents

 

(a)            A certified copy of the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

(b)            A certified copy of the Existing Note Indenture as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

(c)            A certified copy of the Senior Note Guarantee as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

(d)            A certified copy of each Transaction Security Document as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

(e)            A certified copy of the Intercreditor Agreement executed by the members of the Group party to that Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

(f)             A certified copy of each Specified Contract as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

7.              Finance Documents

 

(a)            This Agreement executed by the members of the Group party to this Agreement.

 

(b)            The Fee Letter executed by the Company.

 

(c)            The Creditor Intercreditor Accession Undertaking duly executed by all parties or such other document required to enable the Lenders to become party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Pari Passu Creditor.

 

8.              Legal opinions

 

The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent and the Original Lender:

 

(a)            a legal opinion of McGuireWoods London LLP, legal advisers to the Agent and the Original Lender as to English law substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lender prior to signing this Agreement; and

 

(b)            a legal opinion of McGuireWoods LLP as to New York law substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lender prior to signing this Agreement.

 

9.              Other documents and evidence

 

(a)            The Funds Flow Statement.

 

(b)            The Group Structure Chart.

 

(c)            The Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet.

 

(d)            The Base Case Model.

 



 

(e)            A copy of the Original Financial Statements (if any) of each Obligor.

 

(f)             A Certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company addressed to the Finance Parties confirming which companies within the Restricted Group are Material Companies and that (i) the aggregate of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA), the aggregate gross assets and the aggregate turnover of the Original Guarantors (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Restricted Group items) exceeds 90 per cent. of the Consolidated EBITDA, the consolidated gross assets and consolidated turnover of all the members of the Restricted Group (ii) or that the conditions set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 29.14 ( Guarantors ) are met.

 

(g)            “know your customer” information in respect of the Original Obligors.

 

(h)            Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 19 ( Fees ), and Clause 24 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the Closing Date.

 

(i)             A copy of each document required for the redemption of the Redemption Notes, including without limitation the Officers’ Certificate (as defined in the Existing Note Indenture) and the notice of redemption.

 

(j)             A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Company accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 



 

PART II
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT REQUIRED TO BE
DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR

 

1.              An Accession Deed executed by the Additional Guarantor and the Company.

 

2.              A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Guarantor.

 

3.              A copy of a resolution of the board or, if applicable, a committee of the board of directors of the Additional Guarantor:

 

(a)            approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Deed and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Accession Deed and any other Finance Document to which it is a party;

 

(b)            authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Deed and other Finance Documents on its behalf;

 

(c)            authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional Borrower, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(d)            authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

4.              If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Guarantor, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph 3 above.

 

5.              A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3 above.

 

6.              A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares of the Additional Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Additional Guarantor is a party.

 

7.              A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Additional Guarantor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph 6 above.

 

8.              A certificate of an Authorised Signatory of the Additional Guarantor confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.

 

9.              A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Guarantor certifying that each copy document listed in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Deed.

 



 

10.           A copy of any other authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

11.           If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Guarantor.

 

12.           The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders:

 

(a)            A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in England, as to English law in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

 

(b)            If the Additional Guarantor is incorporated in or has its “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as referred to in Clause 26.29 ( Centre of main interests and establishments )) in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or is executing a Finance Document which is governed by a law other than English law, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as applicable) or, as the case may be, the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document (the “ Applicable Jurisdiction ”) as to the law of the Applicable Jurisdiction and in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

 

13.           Any security documents which are required by the Agent to be executed by the proposed Additional Guarantor.

 

14.           Any notices or documents required to be given or executed under the terms of those security documents.

 

15.           If the Additional Guarantor is incorporated in England and Wales, Scotland or Northern Ireland evidence that the Additional Guarantor has done all that is necessary (including, without limitation, by re-registering as a private company) to comply with sections 677 to 683 of the Companies Act 2006 in order to enable that Additional Guarantor to enter into the Finance Documents and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 



 

SCHEDULE 3
REQUESTS

 

PART I
UTILISATION REQUEST

 

From:                      [ Borrower ] [ Company ]*

 

To:                           Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited as Agent

 

Adi Khambata/Kevin Gubb

 

Loan Services

 

26 Elmfield Road

 

Bromley, BR1 1QA

 

United Kingdom

 

44 208 695 3389 (telephone)

 

44 208 313 2149 (fax)

 

Adi.khambata@baml.com

 

Kevin.d.gubb@baml.com

 

emealoanoperations@baml.com

 

Dated:

 

Red Football Limited / MU Finance plc — $ 225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the “Agreement”)

 

Dear Sirs:

 

1.              We refer to the Agreement.  This is a Utilisation Request.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2.              We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

 

(a) Borrower:

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

(b) Proposed Utilisation Date:

 

[ · ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

 

 

 

(c) Currency of Loan:

 

U.S. Dollars

 

140



 

(d) Amount:

 

$[ · ] (2)

 

 

 

(e) Interest Period:

 

[ · ]

 

3.              We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4.              [The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [ account ]].

 

5.              This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

[the Company on behalf of] [ insert name of Borrower ]*

 

 


NOTES:

 

*           Amend as appropriate.  The Utilisation Request can be given by the Borrower or by the Company.

 

(2)   Aggregate amount drawn by the Borrower must be equal to the Available Facility.

 

141



 

PART II
SELECTION NOTICE

 

From:                      [ Borrower ] [ Company ]*

 

To:                           Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited as Agent

 

Adi Khambata/Kevin Gubb

 

Loan Services

 

26 Elmfield Road

 

Bromley, BR1 1QA

 

United Kingdom

 

44 208 695 3389 (telephone)

 

44 208 313 2149 (fax)

 

Adi.khambata@baml.com

 

Kevin.d.gubb@baml.com

 

emealoanoperations@baml.com

 

Dated:

 

Red Football Limited / MU Finance plc — $ 225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the “Agreement”)

 

Dear Sirs:

 

1.              We refer to the Agreement.  This is a Section Notice.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in the Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2.              We refer to the following Loan in [ identify currency ] with an Interest Period ending on [       ].

 

3.              We request that the next Interest Period for the above Loan is [       ].

 

4.              We request that the above Loan is denominated in the same currency for the next Interest Period.

 

5.              This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

 

142



 

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

[the Company on behalf of] [ name of Borrower ]

 

 

143


 

SCHEDULE 5
FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

To:                           Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited as Agent and [ · ] as Security Trustee

 

From:                      [ The Existing Lender ] (the “ Existing Lender ”) and [ The New Lender ] (the “ New Lender ”)

 

Dated:

 

Red Football Limited / MU Finance plc — $ 225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1.              We refer to the Facility Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facility Agreement).  This agreement (as amended, the “ Agreement ”) shall take effect as a Transfer Certificate for the purpose of the Facility Agreement and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

2.              We refer to Clause 31.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Facility Agreement:

 

(a)            The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 31.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Facility Agreement.

 

(b)            The proposed Transfer Date is [ · ].

 

(c)            The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 39.2 ( Addresses ) of the Facility Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

3.              The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 31.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Facility Agreement.

 

4.              The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

 

(a)            [a Qualifying Lender other than a UK Treaty Lender;]

 

(b)            [a UK Treaty Lender;]

 

144



 

(c)            [not a Qualifying Lender]; *

 

and that it is also

 

(d)            a U.S. Qualifying Lender.

 

5.              [The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

(a)            a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(b)            a partnership each member of which is:

 

(i)             a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(ii)            a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(c)            a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that Company.]

 

[5./6.]      [The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [  ]) and is tax resident in [    ] (3) , so that interest payable to it by the Borrower is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax, and requests that the Company notify the Borrower that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.] (4)

 

[6./7.]      [ We refer to Clause [19.5] ( Change of RCF Lender ) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

In consideration of the New Lender being accepted as a [ Pari Passu ] Creditor for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined therein), the New Lender confirms that, as from the Transfer Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a [ Pari Passu ] Creditor, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by a [ Pari Passu ] Creditor and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement. ]

 


*        Delete as applicable - each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within, and also that it is a US Qualifying Lender.

 

(3)   Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

 

(4)   Include if New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.

 

145



 

[7./8.]      This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

[8./9.]      This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[9./10.]    This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

Note:       The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions.  It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

146



 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

 

[Existing Lender]

 

[New Lender]

 

 

 

By:

 

By:

 

This Agreement is accepted as a Transfer Certificate for the purposes of the Facility Agreement by the Agent, and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee, and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ · ].

 

Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, as Agent

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

[ Security Trustee ]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

147



 

SCHEDULE 6
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

To:                           Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited as Agent, [ · ] as Security Trustee and Red Football Limited as Company for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

From:                      [ the Existing Lender ] (the “ Existing Lender ”) and [ the New Lender ] (the “ New Lender ”)

 

Dated:

 

Red Football Limited / MU Finance plc — $ 225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1.              We refer to the Facility Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facility Agreement). This is an Assignment Agreement. This agreement (as amended, the “ Agreement ”) shall take effect as an Assignment Agreement for the purpose of the Facility Agreement and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

2.              We refer to Clause 31.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) of the Facility Agreement:

 

(a)            The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Facility Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the Facility Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

(b)            The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the Facility Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

(c)            The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

 

3.              The proposed Transfer Date is [ · ].

 

4.              On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes:

 

(a)            party to the relevant Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as a Lender; and

 

(b)            party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a [ Pari Passu ] Creditor.

 

148



 

5.              The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 39.2 ( Addresses ) of the Facility Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

6.              The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 31.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Facility Agreement.

 

7.              The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

 

(a)            [a Qualifying Lender falling within paragraph (i)(A) [or paragraph (ii)] of the definition of Qualifying Lender;]

 

(b)            [a UK Treaty Lender;]

 

(c)            [not a Qualifying Lender];

 

and that it is also

 

(d)            a U.S. Qualifying Lender.

 

8.              [The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

(a)            a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(b)            a partnership each member of which is:

 

(i)             a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(ii)            a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(c)            a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]

 

149



 

[8./9.]     [The New Lender confirms that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [  ]) and is tax resident in [    ] (5) , so that interest payable to it by the Borrower is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax, and requests that the Company notify the Borrower that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Agreement.]

 

[9./10.] [ We refer to Clause [19.5] ( Change of RCF Lender ) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

In consideration of the New Lender being accepted as a [ Pari Passu ] Creditor for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the New Lender confirms that, as from the Transfer Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a [ Pari Passu ] Creditor, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by a [ Pari Passu ] Creditor and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement. ]

 

[10./11.]                  This Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 31.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company ), to the Company (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Agreement.

 

[11./12.]                  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

[12./13.]                  This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[13./14.]                  This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

Note:       The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions.  It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 


(5)   Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

 

150



 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment,
release and accession

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

 

[Existing Lender]

[New Lender]

 

 

By:

By:

 

This Agreement is accepted as an Assignment Agreement for the purposes of the Facility Agreement by the Agent, and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee, and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ · ].

 

Signature of this Agreement by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to in this Agreement, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, as Agent

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

[ Security Trustee ]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

151



 

SCHEDULE 7
FORM OF ACCESSION DEED

 

To:                           Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited as Agent and [ · ] as Security Trustee for itself and each of the other parties to the Intercreditor Agreement referred to below

 

From:                      [ Restricted Subsidiary ] and Red Football Limited

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs:

 

Red Football Limited / MU Finance plc — $ 225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1.              We refer to the Facility Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement.  This deed (the “ Accession Deed ”) shall take effect as an Accession Deed for the purposes of the Facility Agreement and as a Debtor Accession Deed for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in paragraphs 1 to 3 of this Accession Deed unless given a different meaning in this Accession Deed.

 

2.              [ Restricted Subsidiary ] agrees to become an Additional Guarantor and to be bound by the terms of the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as an Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 33.2 ( Additional Guarantors ) of the Facility Agreement.  [ Restricted Subsidiary ] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [ name of relevant jurisdiction ] and is a limited liability company and registered number [                   ].

 

3.              [ Restricted Subsidiary’s ] administrative details for the purposes of the Facility Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement are as follows:

 

Address:

 

Fax No.:

 

Attention:

 

4.              [ Restricted Subsidiary ] (for the purposes of this paragraph 4, the “ Acceding Debtor ”) intends to [incur Liabilities under the following documents]/[give a guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of Liabilities under the following documents]:

 

[ Insert details (date, parties and description) of relevant documents ]

the “ Relevant Documents ”.

 

152



 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

(a)            Terms defined in the Intercreditor Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined in this Accession Deed, bear the same meaning when used in this paragraph 4.

 

(b)            The Acceding Debtor and the Security Trustee agree that the Security Trustee shall hold:

 

(i)             [any Security in respect of Liabilities created or expressed to be created pursuant to the Relevant Documents;

 

(ii)            all proceeds of that Security; and]

 

(iii)           all obligations expressed to be undertaken by the Acceding Debtor to pay amounts in respect of the Liabilities to the Security Trustee as trustee for the Secured Parties (in the Relevant Documents or otherwise) and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by the Acceding Debtor (in the Relevant Documents or otherwise) in favour of the Security Trustee as trustee for the Secured Parties,

 

on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms and conditions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(c)            The Acceding Debtor confirms that it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Debtor, undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed to be assumed by a Debtor under the Intercreditor Agreement and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(d)            [In consideration of the Acceding Debtor being accepted as an Intra-Group Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Acceding Debtor also confirms that it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by an Intra-Group Lender and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement].

 

[4]/[5] This Accession Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

153



 

THIS ACCESSION DEED has been signed on behalf of the Security Trustee (for the purposes of paragraph 4 above only), signed on behalf of the Company and executed as a deed by [ Restricted Subsidiary ] and is delivered on the date stated above.

 

 

[ Restricted Subsidiary ]

 

 

 

 

 

[EXECUTED AS A DEED

)

 

 

 

 

 

By: [ Subsidiary ]

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Director/Secretary

 

 

 

OR

 

 

 

 

 

[EXECUTED AS A DEED

 

 

 

 

 

By: [ Subsidiary ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Director

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Director

 

 

 

in the presence of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of witness

 

 

 

 

 

Name of witness

 

 

 

 

 

Address of witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation of witness]

 

 

 

The Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Red Football Limited

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

154



 

The Security Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Full Name of Current Security Trustee ]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

155


 

SCHEDULE 8
AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

1.                                 Security Principles

 

(a)                                  The guarantees and Security to be provided will be given in accordance with the principles set out in this Schedule. This Schedule addresses the manner in which the principles will impact on the guarantees and Security proposed to be taken in relation to this transaction.

 

(b)                                  The principles in this Schedule embody recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining guarantees and Security from members of the Group in their respective jurisdiction of incorporation. In particular:

 

(i)                                      general statutory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, fraudulent conveyance, “thin capitalisation” and “capital maintenance” rules, retention of title claims and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or Security or may require that the guarantee be limited by an amount or otherwise;

 

(ii)                                   notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, no obligation under this Agreement or under any Finance Document of a U.S. Obligor may be, directly or indirectly, (A) secured by any assets of a CFC (including any shares held directly or indirectly by a CFC); or (B) secured by a pledge in excess of 65% of the share capital (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares) of a CFC.  In no event shall any CFC Obligor grant or be permitted to grant Security over any assets of such CFC Obligor with respect to any obligation of a U.S. Obligor;

 

(iii)                                in the case of any joint venture or non-wholly owned subsidiary all guarantees and security will be limited to comply with restrictions in the joint venture, shareholders’ or other agreement or by law provided that the Company will use reasonable endeavours to avoid or overcome such restrictions;

 

(iv)                               the Security and extent of its perfection will be agreed taking into account whether, in the opinion of the Agent (acting reasonably), the cost to the Group of providing Security is disproportionate to the benefit accruing to the Lenders (including where a class of assets to be secured includes material and immaterial assets, if the cost of granting security over the immaterial assets is disproportionate to the benefit of such security, security will be granted over the material assets only);

 

(v)                                  any assets subject to third party arrangements which are permitted or not prohibited by the Finance Documents and which prevent those assets from being charged will be excluded from any relevant Transaction Security provided that reasonable endeavours to obtain consent to charging any such assets shall be used by the relevant

 

156



 

member of the Group if the relevant asset is material to the Group as a whole;

 

(vi)                               members of the Group will not be required to give guarantees or enter into Transaction Security Documents if it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant member of the Group or that would conflict with the fiduciary duties of their directors or contravene any legal prohibition or result in a risk of personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer provided that the relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavours to overcome any such obstacle;

 

(vii)                            perfection of Security, when required, and other required legal formalities will be completed as soon as practicable and, in any event, within the relevant time periods specified in the Finance Documents or, if earlier or to the extent no such time periods are specified in the Finance Documents, within the time periods specified by applicable law in order to ensure due perfection;

 

(viii)                         unless granted under a global Transaction Security Document governed by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the applicable Obligor or under English law all Security (other than any Security granted over certain of its subsidiaries as agreed) shall be governed by the law of and secure assets located in the jurisdiction of incorporation of that Obligor;

 

(ix)                               only floating security will be granted over the hedging agreements entered into by members of the Group;

 

(x)                                  the Security Trustee will hold one set of security for all Lenders unless local law requires separate ranking security for different classes of debt; and

 

(xi)                               no guarantee or security shall guarantee or secure any “Excluded Swap Obligations” defined in accordance with the LSTA Market Advisory Update dated February 15, 2013 entitled “Swap Regulations’ Implications for Loan Documentation”, and any update thereto by the LSTA

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in these Agreed Security Principles, “cost” includes, but is not limited to, income tax cost, registration taxes payable on the creation or enforcement or for the continuance of any Security, stamp duties, out-of-pocket expenses, and other fees and expenses directly incurred by the relevant grantor of Security or any of its direct or indirect owners, subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

157



 

2.                                       Guarantors and Security

 

(a)                                  To the extent possible, each guarantee will be an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee and each guarantee and Security will be for all liabilities of the relevant chargor under the Finance Documents in accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of the principles set out in this Schedule in each relevant jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                  To the extent possible, all security shall be given in favour of the Security Trustee and not the Finance Parties individually. “Parallel debt” provisions will be used where necessary. To the extent possible, there should be no action required to be taken in relation to the guarantees or security when any Lender transfers any of its participation in the Facility to a new Lender.

 

(c)                                   No guarantees or security shall be granted by an Excluded Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

(d)                                  Security may only be granted over 65% of New Holdco’s share capital (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares) and no security will be granted over the assets of New Holdco  and/or any Subsidiary of New Holdco (including for the avoidance of doubt over any shares of a Subsidiary of New Holdco).

 

3.                                       Terms of Security Documents

 

The following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security taken as part of this transaction:

 

(a)                                  the Security will be first ranking to the extent possible;

 

(b)                                  Security will not be enforceable until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing;

 

(c)                                   rights of set off (other than for netting purposes) will not be exercisable until an Event of Default occurs and is continuing;

 

(d)                                  the provisions of each Transaction Security Document will not be unduly burdensome on the relevant Obligor or interfere unreasonably with the operation of its business, will be limited to those required by applicable local law to create or perfect security and will not impose commercial obligations;

 

(e)                                   in the Transaction Security Documents there will be no repetition or extension of clauses set out in any Finance Document including those relating to notices, costs and expenses, indemnities, tax gross-up, distribution of proceeds and release of security; representations and undertakings shall be included in the Transaction Security Documents only to the extent relating to title to assets or required by local law in order to create or perfect the security expressed to be created thereby;

 

(f)                                    security will, where possible and practical, automatically create security over future assets of the same type as those already secured;

 

(g)                                   the Transaction Security Documents should not operate so as to prevent transactions which are permitted or not prohibited under the Finance Documents.

 

158



 

4.                                       Bank Accounts

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, each Obligor shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any bank account over which security has been granted (other than any Assigned Account).

 

(b)                                  No Obligor shall be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any Assigned Account except with the prior consent of the Security Trustee (acting reasonably) or as permitted or not prohibited pursuant to the terms of the Debt Documents.

 

(c)                                   After the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, no Obligor shall be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any bank account over which security has been granted except with the prior consent of the Security Trustee (acting reasonably).

 

(d)                                  If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the account bank within 5 Business Days of the Security being granted and the Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. If the Obligor has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of that 30 Business Days provided, however, if within those 30 Business Days, the relevant account bank has agreed to provide such acknowledgement, but has not yet done so, the relevant Obligor must continue to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain such acknowledgment until such acknowledgment is provided or if the relevant account bank indicates it no longer agrees to provide the acknowledgement. This provision does not apply to Assigned Accounts in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

 

5.                                       Fixed Assets

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its fixed assets it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business.

 

(b)                                  Subject to any requirements under the Existing Security Documents, no notice whether to third parties or by attaching a notice to the fixed assets shall be prepared or given until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing.

 

6.                                       Insurance

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its insurance policies it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those policies in the course of its business.

 

(b)                                  If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the insurance provider within 5 Business Days of the security being

 

159



 

granted and the Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. If the Obligor has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of the specified 30 Business Day period provided, however, if within those 30 Business Days, the relevant insurance provider has agreed to provide such acknowledgement, but has not yet done so, the relevant Obligor must continue to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain such acknowledgment until such acknowledgment is provided or if the relevant insurance provider indicates it no longer agrees to provide the acknowledgement. This provision does not apply to an Insurance Policy (as that term is in the Existing Debenture) in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

 

7.                                       Intellectual Property

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its intellectual property it shall , prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business (including allowing its intellectual property to lapse if no longer material to its business).

 

8.                                       Intercompany receivables

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its intercompany receivables it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those receivables in the course of its business.

 

(b)                                  If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the relevant lender within 5 Business Days of the security being granted and the Obligor shall obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. Irrespective of whether notice of the security is required for perfection if the service of notice would prevent the Obligor from dealing with an intercompany receivable in the course of its business no notice of security shall be served until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing. This provision does not apply to intercompany receivables charged under the Existing Debenture in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

 

9.                                       Trade receivables

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its trade receivables it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those receivables in the course of its business.

 

(b)                                  No notice of security may be served until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing.

 

160



 

10.                                Shares

 

(a)                                  Fixed charges and/or pledges over shares in joint ventures, Unrestricted Subsidiaries or over minority interests shall not be required.

 

(b)                                  The Transaction Security Document will be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the entity whose shares are being secured and not by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Obligor granting the security.

 

(c)                                   Until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing, the charging Obligor will be permitted to retain and to exercise the voting rights to any shares and the company whose shares have been charged will be permitted to pay dividends.

 

(d)                                  Unless the restriction is required by law or regulation or such restriction is only applicable if certain conditions have not been met, the constitutional documents of the company whose shares have been charged will be amended to remove any restriction on the transfer or the registration of the transfer of the shares on the taking or enforcement of the security granted over them.

 

11.                                Excluded assets

 

For the avoidance of doubt, any assets excluded from the Transaction Security existing as of the date of this Agreement, including but not limited to, the Trafford Training Centre and Academy at Carrington, Manchester (title number GM785864), shall not be subject to any Transaction Security.

 

12.                                Release of Security

 

Unless required by local law the circumstances in which the security shall be released should not be dealt with in individual Transaction Security Documents but, if so required, shall, except to the extent required by local law, be the same as those set out in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

161



 

SCHEDULE 9
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:                                                                              Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited as Agent

 

Matt Wyche

 

Senior Vice President

 

214 N. Tryon Street

 

21 st  Floor

 

Charlotte, NC 28255

 

United States of America

 

(980) 388-3826 (telephone)

 

(704) 208-2794 (fax)

 

Matt.wyche_iv@baml.com

 

Fiona Malitsky

 

EMEA Legal Entity Credit Risk

Bank of America Merrill Lynch
2 King Edward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ, United Kingdom

+44 207 996 0462

fiona.malitsky@baml.com

 

From:                                                                Red Football Limited

 

Dated:

 

Red Football Limited / MU Finance plc — $ 225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the “Facility Agreement”)

 

Dear Sirs:

 

1.                                       We refer to the Facility Agreement.  This is a Compliance Certificate.  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2.                                       We confirm that Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Relevant Period was [ · ] and we set out in the Schedule ( Calculation of Consolidated EBITDA,

 

162



 

Total Net Leverage Ratio ) hereto detail of the calculation of this amount.

 

3.                                       [We confirm that no Default is continuing.]*

 

4.                                       [We confirm that the following companies constitute Material Companies for the purposes of the Facility Agreement: [ · ].]

 

5.                                       [We confirm that the aggregate of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) of the Guarantors and the aggregate gross assets of the Guarantors (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Restricted Group items) represents not less than 85 per cent. of Consolidated EBITDA and consolidated gross assets of all members of the Restricted Group ((in each case not including the Excluded Subsidiaries)).]

 

6.                                       We confirm that the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the most recently completed Relevant Period was [ · ] and we set out in the Schedule ( Calculation of Consolidated EBITDA, Total Net Leverage Ratio ) hereto detail of the calculation of this amount.

 

 

Signed

 

 

 

 

[                    ]

[                    ]

 

of

of

 

Red Football Limited

Red Football Limited

 

[ insert applicable certification language ]

 

 

for and on behalf of [ name of auditors of Red Football Limited ]

 


NOTES:

 

*                                If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.

 

163



 

THE SCHEDULE

 

CALCULATION OF CONSOLIDATED EBITDA, TOTAL NET LEVERAGE RATIO

 

1.                   Calculation of Consolidated EBITDA

 

Relevant line item

 

Amount (£)

 

 

 

The consolidated profits of the Restricted Group from ordinary activities before taxation in respect of that Relevant Period

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

including any amount attributable to the amortisation or impairment of intangible assets or the depreciation or impairment of tangible assets

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

including any Consolidated Net Finance Charges

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

including any one-off expenses or charges incurred in connection with the incurrence or issuance of (i) any Financial Indebtedness under or which is permitted by the Finance Documents or (ii) any other equity issuance which is permitted by the Finance Documents

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

including any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

including any accrued interest received by or owing to any member of the Restricted Group

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

including any realised and unrealised exchange gains and losses including those arising on translation of currency debt

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

including any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any asset or arising from the acquisition or disposal of player registrations

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

deducting any profit of any member of the Restricted Group which is attributable to minority interests

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

deducting any profit of any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the Restricted Group) in which any member of the Restricted Group has an ownership interest to the extent that the amount of such profit included in the financial statements of the Restricted Group exceeds the amount (net of applicable withholding tax) received in cash by members of the Restricted Group through distributions by such investment or entity

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

after excluding the amount of any profit or loss which is

 

[ · ]

 

164



 

Relevant line item

 

Amount (£)

attributable to any Material Disposal made in the Relevant Period

 

 

 

 

 

after deducting to the extent not already taken into account, all rent and other property costs of a revenue nature

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Consolidated EBITDA

 

[ · ]

 

2.                   Calculation of Total Net Leverage Ratio

 

Relevant line item

 

Amount (£)

the aggregate amount of all obligations of the Restricted Group for or in respect of the principal amount of Borrowings

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

excluding obligations to any other member of the Restricted Group

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

excluding Subordinated Liabilities

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

including, in the case of finance leases, only the capitalised value thereof

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

deducting aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the Restricted Group at that time

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Consolidated EBITDA

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Total Net Leverage Ratio

 

[ · ]: 1.00

 

165


 

SCHEDULE 10
FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

 

To:                                                                              Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited as Agent

 

Matt Wyche

 

Senior Vice President

 

214 N. Tryon Street

 

21 st  Floor

 

Charlotte, NC 28255

 

United States of America

 

(980) 388-3826 (telephone)

 

(704) 208-2794 (fax)

 

Matt.wyche_iv@baml.com

 

Fiona Malitsky

 

EMEA Legal Entity Credit Risk

Bank of America Merrill Lynch
2 King Edward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ, United Kingdom

+44 207 996 0462

fiona.malitsky@baml.com

 

From:                                                                [ resigning Obligor ] and [ Company ]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Red Football Limited / MU Finance plc — $ 225,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated 20 May 2013 (as amended, the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1.                                 We refer to the Facility Agreement.  This is a Resignation Letter.  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter.

 

166



 

2.                                 Pursuant to Clause 33.3 ( Resignation of a Guarantor ), we request that [ resigning Obligor ] be released from its obligations as a Guarantor under the Facility Agreement and the Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

3.                                 We confirm that:

 

(a)                            no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; [and]

 

(b)                            no payment is due from [ resigning Obligor ]; [and]

 

(c)                             [this request is given in relation to a Third Party Disposal of [ resigning Obligor ];[ and]*

 

(d)                            [ · ]**

 

4.                                 This Resignation Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

5.                                 The Company agrees to indemnify the Finance Parties and any Receivers or Delegates for any costs, expenses, or liabilities which would have been payable by [ resigning Obligor ] in connection with the Finance Documents but for the release set out in paragraph 1 above.

 

[ Company ]                                                                                                                                                                                                      [ resigning Obligor ]

 

By:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  By:

 

167



 


NOTES:

 

*                                Insert where resignation as a result of a Third Party Disposal.

 

**                         Insert any other conditions required by the Facility Agreement.

 

168



 

SCHEDULE 11
[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

169



 

SCHEDULE 12
[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

170



 

SCHEDULE 13
MATERIAL COMPANIES

 

Red Football Limited

 

Red Football Junior Limited

 

Manchester United Limited

 

Manchester United Football Club Limited

 

MU Finance plc

 

171



 

SCHEDULE 14
[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

172



 

SCHEDULE 15
[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

173



 

SCHEDULE 16
TABLE OF VALUES FOR X

 

1.                                       The value of X in any Financial Year will be the amount determined using the Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet and set out in the row labelled “EBITDA” in the column corresponding to that Financial Year after the following adjustments (the “ Adjustments ”) have been made in the electronic version of the spreadsheet (and, for the avoidance of doubt, with no other adjustments):

 

(a)                                  the figure in the Total Match Day income row of the spreadsheet for a Financial Year (the “ Relevant Year ”) will be determined by: (i) adjusting the revenue in the line item entitled “European Cups” in the Annual Financial Statements for the most recent Financial Year in which the first team of MUFC participated in the Champions League (the “ Previous Year ”) to reflect any increase or decrease in ticket prices announced prior to the start of the Relevant Year that would be applicable in the Relevant Year; (ii) aggregating the amount described in paragraph (i) above with the revenue (increased or decreased for the then prevailing rate (RPI) of inflation or deflation) in the line items entitled “Hospitality — Match Day” and “Catering (match day)” (minus any intra-Restricted Group items) in the Annual Financial Statements for the Previous Year; (iii) dividing the sum of the amount described in paragraph (ii) by the number of Champions League matches played at the Stadium in the Previous Year; and (iv) multiplying the product of paragraph (iii) by four;

 

(b)                                  any increase or decrease in the Sterling Equivalent (as defined in Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants )) of Media and sponsorship revenues that would have been received by the Restricted Group from UEFA in respect of the Champions League (or, in each case, any replacement body or competition) had the first team of MUFC finished third in the Premier League (or any replacement competition) and qualified for the first knock-out stage of the Champions League will be taken into account in calculating the figure in the row labelled “European TV & Radio” in the column corresponding to that Financial Year; and

 

(c)                                   any increase or decrease in the portion of revenue from the Specified Contracts described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of the definition thereof (as applicable) (or any replacement contract) that is dependent on the first team of MUFC qualifying for the Champions League in a Financial Year will be taken into account in calculating the figure in the row labelled “Nike” (in relation to the Nike Agreement) and the row labelled “Adidas” (in relation to the adidas Agreement) in the column corresponding to that Financial Year.

 

2.                                       The add back in respect of each Financial Year shall be applied according to the following quarterly schedule:

 

174



 

Financial Quarter Ending

 

Percentage Application

September

 

20.0%

December

 

45.0%

March

 

35.0%

June

 

0.0%

 

175


 

SCHEDULE 17
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

 

1.                                       ASSET SALES

 

1.1                                The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

(a)                                  the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(b)                                  at least 75 per cent. of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.  For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

(i)                                      any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Facility and any guarantee thereof) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation or indemnity agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from or indemnifies against further liability;

 

(ii)                                   any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 90 days following the closing of the Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion;

 

(iii)                                Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or preferred stock of an Obligor other than the Company, in each case that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries following such Asset Sale are released from any guarantee of such Indebtedness or preferred stock in connection with such Asset Sale;

 

(iv)                               consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or preferred stock of an Obligor other than the Company which is either repaid in full or cancelled in connection with such Asset Sale; and

 

(v)                                  any Capital Stock or assets of the kind referred to in paragraphs (b) or (d) of Clause 1.2 below,

 

176



 

provided that , in no event will the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of the Specified Asset other than to an Obligor.

 

1.2                                Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:

 

(a)                                  to repay, repurchase, prepay or redeem (i) outstanding amounts of the Facility, (ii) Indebtedness of any Obligor incurred pursuant to paragraph (d) of Clause 3.2 below that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral and that is not subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Obligors hereunder (including without limitation Clause 25 ( Guarantee and Indemnity )) or under any other Finance Document, and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, (iii) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor to the extent that such Indebtedness is not subordinated in right of payment to the Facility and any guarantee thereof, (iv) the Notes pursuant to an offer to all holders of Notes at a purchase price equal to 100 per cent. of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, to the date of purchase (a “ Notes Offer ”), or (v) obligations under any pari passu Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks equal to the Lien on the Collateral securing the Facility and any guarantee thereof and that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Lenders hereunder (including without limitation Clause 25 ( Guarantee and Indemnity )) or under any other Finance Document, and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, concurrently with an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer;

 

(b)                                  to acquire (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, provided that such commitment will be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition will be consummated within 180 days after the end of such 360 day period) all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(c)                                   to make a capital expenditure; or

 

(d)                                  to acquire (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, provided that such commitment will be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition will be consummated within 180 days after the end of such 360 day period) other assets (other than Capital Stock) that are not classified as current assets under IFRS and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business,

 

provided, however, that, pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Finance Documents.

 

177



 

1.3                                Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Clause 1.2 above will constitute “ Excess Proceeds .”  When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds £15.0 million, within five Business Days thereof, the Company will make an offer (an “ Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer ”) to the Lenders and may make an offer to all holders of the Notes or other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facility and any guarantee thereof containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Agreement with respect to offers to purchase, prepay, cancel or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with this Clause 1 ( Asset Sales ) to purchase, prepay, redeem or cancel the maximum principal amount of and correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto or cancel the Facility, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness ( plus accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid, redeemed or cancelled out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer will be equal to 100 per cent of the principal amount of all such Indebtedness offered to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of prepayment or cancellation. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement. If the aggregate principal amount of the Facility, the Notes and any other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facility and any guarantee thereof tendered into (or required to be prepaid, redeemed or cancelled in connection with) such Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, or if the aggregate principal amount of the Facility exceeds the amount of Net Proceeds to be so applied, such Net Proceeds shall be allocated to prepay the Facility, such Notes and such other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facility and any guarantee thereof to be prepaid on a pro rata basis based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid, redeemed or cancelled. For the purposes of calculating the principal amount of any such Indebtedness not denominated in U.S. Dollars, such Indebtedness shall be calculated by converting any such principal amounts into their U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the Business Day immediately prior to the date on which the Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer is announced. Upon completion of each Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

 

2.                                       RESTRICTED PAYMENTS

 

2.1                                The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                  declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries);

 

(b)                                  purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the

 

178



 

Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company;

 

(c)                                   make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facility and any guarantee thereof (excluding (i) any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facility or the guarantee thereof purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal instalment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement);

 

(d)                                  make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; or

 

(e)                                   make any Restricted Investments;

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in the foregoing paragraphs (a) through (e) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(i)                                      no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

 

(ii)                                   the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) below; and

 

(iii)                                such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Second Amendment Effective Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by paragraphs (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (m) and (n) of Clause 2.2  ( Restricted Payments )) is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(A)                                50 per cent. of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after 30 June 2015 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100 per cent. of such deficit); plus

 

179



 

(B)                                100 per cent. of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the Second Amendment Effective Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and Excluded Contributions) or from Subordinated Shareholder Funding or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock of the Company or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company, in each case that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company (including such cash proceeds received in connection with any such conversion or exchange) (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), excluding, in each case, any such contribution that constitutes Relevant Equity; plus

 

(C)                                to the extent that Restricted Investments which were made after the Second Amendment Effective Date are sold for cash and/or Cash Equivalents or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash and/or Cash Equivalents, the lesser of (A) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investments (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (B) the initial amount of such Restricted Investments; plus

 

(D)                                to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after the Second Amendment Effective Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Second Amendment Effective Date, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Second Amendment Effective Date; plus

 

(E)                                 upon the full and unconditional release of a Restricted Investment that is a guarantee made by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person, an amount equal to the amount of such guarantee; plus

 

(F)                                  the initial amount of any Restricted Investment made after the Second Amendment Effective Date in a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; plus

 

(G)                                100 per cent. of any dividends received in cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Second Amendment Effective Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period.

 

180



 

2.2                                If no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment, the provisions of Clause 2.1 ( Restricted Payments ) will not prohibit:

 

(a)                                  the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of or with the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital or Subordinated Shareholder Funding to the Company; (excluding any such contribution that constitutes Relevant Equity) provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilised for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from paragraph (iii)(B) of Clause 2.1 above;

 

(c)                                   the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facility and any guarantee thereof with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; or (ii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Facility or any guarantee thereof (other than any Indebtedness so subordinated and held by Affiliates of the Issuer) upon a Change of Control or an Asset Sale to the extent required by the agreements governing such Indebtedness, but only if, prior to offering to purchase, purchasing or repaying such Indebtedness, (x) the Company shall have complied with its obligations under Clause 1 ( Asset Sales ) and shall have prepaid the full principal amount of the Facility required to be prepaid under Clause 1 ( Asset Sales ) and (y) the Obligors shall have otherwise complied with the terms of this Agreement;

 

(d)                                  the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement, employment agreements, or similar agreements or stock option plans; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed £3.0 million in any twelve month period; but provided , further , that such amount in any twelve-month period may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity to current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the making of Restricted Payments pursuant to

 

181



 

paragraph (iii) of Clause 2.1 ( Restricted Payments ) and do not constitute Relevant Equity;

 

(e)                                   the repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Entity deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;

 

(f)                                    the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) ;

 

(g)                                   payments of cash, dividends, distributions, advances or other Restricted Payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon (i) the exercise of options or warrants or (ii) the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

 

(h)                                  the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

 

(i)                                      payments pursuant to any tax sharing agreement or arrangement relating to taxes among the Company and its Subsidiaries and other Persons with which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is required or permitted to file a consolidated tax return or with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a part of a group for tax purposes; provided, however, that such payments will not exceed the amount of tax that the Company and its Subsidiaries would owe on a standalone basis and the related tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries are relieved thereby;

 

(j)                                     the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions, or the making of loans, by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Parent Entity in amounts and at times required to pay:

 

(i)                                      franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any Parent Entity;

 

(ii)                                   general corporate overhead expenses of any Parent Entity to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or related to the proper administration of such Parent Entity, including (i) fees and expenses properly incurred in the ordinary course of business to auditors and legal advisors; and (ii) payments in respect of services provided by directors, officers or employees of any such Parent Entity, not to exceed £3.0 million in any calendar year;

 

(iii)                                any income taxes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, United Kingdom corporation tax), to the extent such income taxes are

 

182



 

attributable to the income or ownership of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received in cash from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income or ownership of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

(iv)                               costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the Finance Documents or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the U.S. Securities Act, U.S. Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

 

(v)                                  fees and expenses of any Parent Entity incurred in relation to any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness (A) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (B) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed; or (C) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent Entity will cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed;

 

(k)                                  so long as the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company is equal to or greater than £250.0 million for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment, any Restricted Payment;

 

(l)                                      following a Public Equity Offering that results in a Public Market of the Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity, the payment of dividends on the Capital Stock of the Company up to 6 per cent. per annum of the net cash proceeds received by the Company in any such Public Equity Offering or any subsequent public offering of such Capital Stock, or the net cash proceeds of any such Public Equity Offering or subsequent public offering of such Capital Stock of any Parent Entity that are contributed in cash to the Company’s equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock); provided that if such Public Equity Offering was of Capital Stock of a Parent Entity, the net proceeds of any such dividend are used to fund a corresponding dividend in equal or greater amount on the Capital Stock of such Parent Entity;

 

(m)                              to the extent constituting a Restricted Payment, any transfer, assignment or novation by MUL and/or any other member of the Restricted Group of all or any portion of the assets described in paragraph (a) of the definition of “New Holdco Business” to any member of the New Holdco Group made in accordance with a Permitted Reorganisation, including without limitation the

 

183



 

transfer of employees, assets (including goodwill) and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts; or

 

(n)                                  other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed £160.0 million since the Second Amendment Effective Date.

 

2.3                                The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

 

3.                                       INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK

 

3.1                                The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not, and will not permit any other Obligor to, issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that :

 

(a)                                  subject to Clause 3.3 below, the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, the Obligors (other than the Company) may issue Disqualified Stock, and the Obligors (other than the Company) and New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period provided that , if the Indebtedness is to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) the creditor(s) or, as the case may be, representative of such creditor(s) of such Indebtedness shall have become parties to the Intercreditor Agreement or entered into an intercreditor agreement providing for pro-rata sharing of enforcement proceeds or payments upon default among such creditors and the Lenders and otherwise satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably and in good faith), provided that the terms of such intercreditor agreement are no more onerous to New Holdco and its Subsidiaries than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(b)                                  if the Indebtedness to be incurred is Senior Secured Indebtedness, subject to Clause 3.3 below, the Obligors, New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may incur such Senior Secured Indebtedness if the Consolidated

 

184



 

Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred is less than 4.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if such Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period provided that , if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to be incurred is to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) the creditor(s) or, as the case may be, representative of such creditor(s) of such Indebtedness shall have become parties to the Intercreditor Agreement or entered into an intercreditor agreement providing for pro-rata sharing of enforcement proceeds or payments upon default among such creditors and the Lenders and otherwise satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably and in good faith), provided that the terms of such intercreditor agreement are no more onerous to New Holdco and its Subsidiaries than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

3.2                                Subject to Clause 3.3 below, Clause 3.1 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, the “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

(a)                                  the incurrence of Indebtedness under the Facility;

 

(b)                                  the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness provided that , on or prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date the Indebtedness of the Obligors evidenced by the Existing Notes and guaranteed pursuant to the Existing Note Guarantees shall be repaid in full;

 

(c)                                   the incurrence by the Company and the Obligors of Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the Note Guarantee;

 

(d)                                  Indebtedness under the RCF Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed £150.0 million;

 

(e)                                   the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, lease, installation or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment used or useful in a Permitted Business, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which were used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this paragraph (e), not to exceed £50.0 million at any time outstanding;

 

(f)                                    the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by

 

185


 

the Finance Documents to be incurred under Clause 3.1 or any of paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (m) of this Clause 3.2;

 

(g)                                   the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that :

 

(i)                                      if any Obligor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not an Obligor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Facility and the Finance Documents; and

 

(ii)                                   (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this paragraph (g);

 

(h)                                  the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that :

 

(i)                                      any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(ii)                                   any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this paragraph (g);

 

(i)                                      the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(j)                                     the Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that the guaranteed Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Clause 3.2; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Facility and any guarantee thereof, then the Guarantee must be subordinated or pari passu , as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

 

(k)                                  the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance

 

186



 

obligations, bankers’ acceptances, customs, VAT and other tax guarantees, performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)                                      the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honouring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

 

(m)                              Indebtedness of any Person outstanding on the date on which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with (including pursuant to any acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness incurred to provide all or any portion of the funds used to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or was otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided, however, with respect to this paragraph (1), that at the time of the acquisition or other transaction pursuant to which such Indebtedness was deemed to be incurred the Company would have been able to incur £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this paragraph (l);

 

(n)                                  Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for customary indemnification, obligations in respect of earnouts or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary, provided that the maximum liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the Fair Market Value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

(o)                                  the incurrence by New Holdco, Sponsorship Newco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco of Intra-Group Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) or Subordinated Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement); and

 

(p)                                  the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding not to exceed £50.0 million;

 

provided , however , that New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) shall not be permitted to incur Indebtedness pursuant to paragraphs (d), (e) and (p) of this Clause 3.2.

 

187



 

3.3                                No Obligor will incur any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Obligors unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Facility and any guarantee thereof on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Obligors solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis.

 

3.4                                For purposes of determining compliance with this Clause 3, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in paragraphs (a) through (p) of Clause 3.2 above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Clause 3.  The accrual of interest or preferred stock dividends, the accretion or amortisation of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on preferred stock or Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Clause 3; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company as accrued.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 3, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Clause 3 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

 

3.5                                The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

 

(a)                                  the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 

(b)                                  the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness;

 

(c)                                   in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 

(i)                                      the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

 

(ii)                                   the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person; and

 

(d)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with any sterling-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Sterling Equivalent of the principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of Indebtedness incurred under a revolving credit

 

188



 

facility; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than sterling, and such refinancing would cause the applicable sterling-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such sterling-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced; and (ii) if and for so long as any such Indebtedness is subject to an agreement intended to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness, if denominated in sterling, will be the amount of the principal payment required to be made under such currency agreement and, otherwise, the Sterling Equivalent of such amount plus the Sterling Equivalent of any premium which is at such time due and payable but is not covered by such currency agreement.

 

4.                                       LIENS

 

The Company will not and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, except (i) in the case of any property or asset that does not constitute Collateral, Permitted Liens and (ii) in the case of any property or asset that constitutes Collateral, Permitted Collateral Liens.

 

5.                                       LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS

 

5.1                                The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction with a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that any Obligor may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

 

(a)                                  such Obligor could have (i) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) above and (ii) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Clause 4 ( Liens );

 

(b)                                  the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and

 

(c)                                   the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with Clause 1 ( Asset Sales ).

 

189



 

6.                                       DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES

 

6.1                                The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(a)                                  pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(b)                                  make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(c)                                   sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

6.2                                The restrictions in Clause 6.1 above will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(a)                                  agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and the Facility or any other agreement as in effect at or entered into on the Second Amendment Effective Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Second Amendment Effective Date;

 

(b)                                  the Existing Note Indenture, the Existing Notes and the Existing Note Guarantees, the RCF Facilities, the Notes, the Note Guarantee, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents;

 

(c)                                   agreements governing other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the restrictions therein are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Finance Documents;

 

(d)                                  applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

 

(e)                                   any agreement or instrument of or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such agreement or instrument was entered into or incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition) and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of any such agreement

 

190



 

or instrument, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are (i) no more restrictive or (ii) not materially less favourable as determined in good faith by the Company, than the dividend and other payment restrictions contained in such instrument at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that , in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Agreement to be incurred;

 

(f)                                    customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)                                   purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in paragraph (c) of Clause 5 ( Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions );

 

(h)                                  any agreement for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or all or substantially all of the property and assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

(i)                                      Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(j)                                     Liens permitted to be incurred under Clause 4 ( Liens ) that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 

(k)                                  provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements (including agreements entered into in connection with a Restricted Investment) entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

 

(l)                                      restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)                              Hedging Obligations entered into from time to time;

 

(n)                                  any mortgage financing or mortgage refinancing that imposes restrictions on the real property (including any heritage building rights) securing such Indebtedness; and

 

(o)                                  agreements governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraphs (e) and (p) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is an Excluded Subsidiary

 

191



 

under paragraph (d) of the definition thereof, provided that any encumbrance or restriction in any such agreement is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any other Person, other than such Restricted Subsidiary or its property or assets.

 

7.                                       MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, ETC.

 

7.1                                The Company and Red Football Junior Limited, will not, directly or indirectly: (x) consolidate or merge with or into another Person, whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation, or (y) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

 

(a)                                  either:

 

(i)                                      the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or, as the case may be, MUL is the surviving corporation; or

 

(ii)                                   the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of any Permitted Jurisdiction;

 

(b)                                  the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or, as the case may be, MUL under the Finance Documents to which the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL (as applicable) is a party pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);

 

(c)                                   immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

 

(d)                                  the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL (as applicable) or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or, as the case may be, MUL), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (i) would be permitted to incur at least £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be less than it was prior to such transaction; and

 

(e)                                   the Company delivers to the Agent an Officers’ Certificate and opinion of counsel, in each case, stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and

 

192



 

assumption of obligations under the Finance Documents comply with this Clause 7.1.

 

7.2                                Except as otherwise provided in this Clause 7.2, an Obligor (other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or any Obligor whose Guarantee is to be released in accordance with this Agreement) may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Obligor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Borrower, the Company or another Obligor, unless:

 

(a)                                  either:

 

(i)                                      the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (x) is organized under the laws of a Permitted Jurisdiction, (y) assumes all the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents to which such Obligor is a party pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and (z) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; or

 

(ii)                                   the Net Proceeds of such sale are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Finance Documents.

 

7.3                                In addition, no Obligor will, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

 

7.4                                Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Clause 7 will not restrict the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of (w) the Company or any Obligor with, into or to any Obligor, (x) any non-Obligor Restricted Subsidiary with, into or to the Company or any Obligor or with, into or to any non-Obligor Restricted Subsidiary, (y) any Permitted Reorganisation and (z) paragraph (d) of Clause 7.1 will not apply to any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of the Company or any Obligor with, into or to an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company or such Obligor in a Permitted Jurisdiction for tax reasons, provided that (i) any such transaction is consummated in accordance with the terms hereunder and (ii) the Borrower does not become a U.S. Person.

 

8.                                       TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

 

8.1                                The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless:

 

(a)                                  the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favourable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have

 

193



 

been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(b)                                  the Company delivers to the Agent:

 

(i)                                      with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of £10.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Clause 8 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company or, if there are no disinterested directors in respect of such Affiliate Transaction, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing; and

 

(ii)                                   with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of £20.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing.

 

8.2                                Provided, however, that , the following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 8:

 

(a)                                  any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement, consultant agreement, employee benefit arrangements with any employee, consultant, officer or director of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including under any stock option, stock appreciation rights, stock incentive or similar plans, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                  transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                   transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

 

(d)                                  payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursements of expenses (pursuant to indemnity arrangements or otherwise) of officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(e)                                   any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of the Company to Affiliates of the Company;

 

194



 

(f)                                    Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments );

 

(g)                                   Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments described in paragraphs (c), (m) and (o) of the definition thereof);

 

(h)                                  transactions pursuant to, or contemplated by, any agreement in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date and transactions pursuant to any amendment, modification or extension to such agreement, so long as such amendment, modification or extension, taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Lenders than the original agreement as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date;

 

(i)                                      transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Finance Documents that are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favourable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated Person;

 

(j)                                     any payments or other transactions pursuant to a tax sharing agreement or arrangement relating to taxes between the Company and any other Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and any other Person with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries files a consolidated tax return or with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is part of a group for tax purposes or any tax advantageous group contribution made pursuant to applicable legislation; provided, however, that any such tax sharing or arrangement and payment does not permit or require payments in excess of the amounts of tax that would be payable by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis; and

 

(k)                                  Permitted Reorganisations.

 

9.                                       LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES OF GUARANTEES OF INDEBTEDNESS

 

9.1                                The Company will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are not Obligors, directly or indirectly, to guarantee, assume or in any manner become liable, whether as a borrower, an additional or co-borrower or otherwise, for or in respect of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Company’s other Restricted Subsidiaries unless such specified Restricted Subsidiary shall simultaneously accede to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor.

 

9.2                                Notwithstanding the foregoing, without becoming a Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Clause 9, New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume or in any manner become liable, whether as borrower, an additional or co-borrower or otherwise, for or in respect any Indebtedness of New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) permitted to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without

 

195


 

limitation, Sponsorship Newco) under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) .

 

9.3                                Such Additional Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released under the same conditions and circumstances that the guarantee of other Indebtedness will be released, so long as no Default or Event of Default is existing or would arise as a result and no other Indebtedness is at that time guaranteed by the relevant Additional Guarantor that would have resulted in the requirement that such Additional Guarantor become an Additional Guarantor pursuant to this Clause 9.

 

10.                                DESIGNATION OF RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES

 

10.1                         The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default.  If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments ) or under one or more paragraphs of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company.  That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

 

10.2                         Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Agent by filing with the Agent a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted under Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments ).  If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Finance Documents and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Clause 3 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock ) the Company will be in default of such covenant.  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

 

196



 

11.                                LIMITATION ON ISSUER ACTIVITIES

 

11.1                         The Issuer will not engage in any business activity or undertake any other activity, except any activity (i) reasonably relating to the offering, sale, issuance and servicing, purchase, redemption, refinancing or retirement of the Existing Notes, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Notes, Indebtedness under the RCF Facilities, Indebtedness under the Facility or the incurrence of other Indebtedness permitted by the terms of the Finance Documents and distributing, lending or otherwise advancing funds to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) undertaken with the purpose of fulfilling any other obligations under the Existing Notes, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Notes, Indebtedness under the RCF Facilities, Indebtedness under the Facility, the Proceeds Loan Agreement or other Indebtedness permitted by the terms of the Finance Documents, any Transaction Security Document to which it is a party or the Intercreditor Agreement; and (iii) other activities not specifically enumerated above that are de minimis in nature. The Issuer will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien over any of its property or assets, or any proceeds therefrom, to secure Indebtedness, except for Liens to secure the Existing Notes, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Notes, the RCF Facilities, the Facility or other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents to the extent Liens securing such Indebtedness are permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents.

 

11.2                         The Issuer will at all times remain a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of MUL.  The Issuer will not merge, consolidate, amalgamate or otherwise combine with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation) or, other than in connection with the incurrence of a Permitted Collateral Lien, sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any material property or assets to any Person in one or more related transactions.

 

11.3                         Until the date on which all Commitments under (and as defined in) the Agreement have been cancelled and all amounts outstanding under the Facility have been fully repaid, none of the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will commence or take any action or facilitate a winding-up, liquidation or other analogous proceeding in respect of the Issuer.

 

12.                                LIMITATION ON HOLDING COMPANY ACTIVITIES

 

12.1                         The Company will not, at any time, own any assets or property other than cash and Cash Equivalents, the Carrington Premises, Capital Stock in Red Football Junior Limited and MUL, assets that will be used to make a Restricted Payment (other than a Restricted Investment) permitted by Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments ) promptly following receipt thereof by the Company and other assets that are de minimis in nature.

 

Red Football Junior Limited will not, at any time, own any assets or property other than Capital Stock in MUL and other assets that are de minimis in nature.

 

12.2                         In addition, neither the Company nor Red Football Junior Limited will trade, undertake any activity, carry on any business, own any assets, enter into any arrangement or incur any liability other than:

 

197



 

(a)                                  the ownership of shares of MUL and, in the case of the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or any other direct Subsidiary of the Company and/or Red Football Junior Limited (an “ Additional Subsidiary ”) that is a member of the Group, in each case to the extent such shares are subject to Transaction Security and provided that any Additional Subsidiary is the only member of the Group (other than Red Football Junior Limited) in which the Company directly owns shares;

 

(b)                                  the provision of administrative services (excluding treasury services) to its Subsidiaries of a type customarily provided by a holding company to its Subsidiaries and the receipt of any amounts related thereto to the extent expressly permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(c)                                   incurring Indebtedness permitted under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) (including activities reasonably incidental thereto, including performance of the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness, to the extent such activities are otherwise permissible under the Finance Documents);

 

(d)                                  rights and obligations arising under the Note Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), the Transaction Security Documents, the RCF Facilities, the Existing Note Documents, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, any Finance Document or any other agreement existing on the Second Amendment Effective Date to which it is a party relating to the issue and sale of the Notes issued on or the application of the proceeds therefrom;

 

(e)                                   directly related or reasonably incidental to the establishment and/or maintenance of its corporate existence; or

 

(f)                                    the holding of bank accounts and the making of loans (including activities reasonably incidental thereto) permitted by the Finance Documents, and the entry into any agreement in relation thereto.

 

13.                                GOVERNING LAW

 

13.1                         This Schedule is governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

13.2                         This Schedule constitutes an integral part of the Facility Agreement and the obligations under the Facility Agreement constitute an integral part of this Schedule.

 

198



 

Definitions in this Schedule:

 

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(a)                                  Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(b)                                  Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Additional Amounts ” has the meaning given to such term in the Note Purchase Agreement (in its form at the Second Amendment Effective Date).

 

Affiliate ” means, at any time, and with respect to any Person, any other Person that at such time directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person, and, with respect to the Company, shall include any Person beneficially owning or holding, directly or indirectly, 10 per cent. or more of any class of voting or equity interests of the Company or any Subsidiary or any Person of which the Company and its Subsidiaries beneficially own or hold, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, 10 per cent. or more of any class of voting or equity interests.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of the Company.

 

Affiliate Transaction ” is defined in Clause 8 ( Transactions with Affiliates ).

 

Agent ” means the “Agent” under and as defined in the Facility Agreement.

 

Asset Sale ” means:

 

(a)                                  the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Clause 14 ( Mandatory Prepayment ) of the Facility Agreement and/or Clause 7 ( Merger, Consolidation, Etc. ) of this Schedule and not by the provisions of Clause 1 ( Asset Sale s); and

 

(b)                                  the issuance of Equity Interests by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the sale by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, in each case other than directors’ qualifying shares.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

 

(a)                                  any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than £1.0 million;

 

199



 

(b)                                  a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                   an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company made in accordance with Clause 1.3 ( Asset Sales );

 

(d)                                  the sale, lease, assignment or other transfer of products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment or other disposition of intellectual property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as whole);

 

(e)                                   licenses and sublicenses by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of software in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                    any surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)                                   the granting of Liens not prohibited under Clause 4 ( Liens );

 

(h)                                  the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(i)                                      a Restricted Payment that does not violate Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments ) or a Permitted Investment;

 

(j)                                     the disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

 

(k)                                  the sale, lease, assignment, disposal or other transfer of player registrations;

 

(l)                                      any licence or other right of occupation that allows the beneficiary to attend one or more sporting events (including without limitation association football matches) or other events in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)                              any licence or other right of use of any intellectual property or other right if entered into in connection with the commercial exploitation of such intellectual property or other rights in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)                                  the monetisation of any contract or arrangement related to (l) and (m) above;

 

(o)                                  the foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets or a surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

 

(p)                                  the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of the Issuer with or into an Affiliate solely for purposes of reincorporating the Issuer in a Permitted Jurisdiction for tax reasons; provided any such transaction is

 

200



 

consummated in accordance with Clause 7.4 ( Merger, Consolidation, Etc. ); and

 

(q)                                  the transfer of employees and assets in accordance with the definition of “Permitted Reorganisation”.

 

Attributable Debt ” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.  Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with IFRS; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation” below.

 

Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the U.S. Exchange Act, as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the U.S. Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time.  The terms “ Beneficially Owns ” and “ Beneficially Owned ” have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board of Directors ” means:

 

(a)                                  with respect to a corporation, the board of directors (or analogous governing body) of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorised to act on behalf of such board;

 

(b)                                  with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

 

(c)                                   with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

 

(d)                                  with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or London, England are required or authorized to be closed.

 

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalised on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other

 

201



 

amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

Capital Stock ” means:

 

(a)                                  in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(b)                                  in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(c)                                   in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

 

(d)                                  any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

 

Carrington Premises ” means the property known as the Trafford Training Centre and Academy at Carrington Manchester (title number GM785864), including any real property and fixtures related thereto but not any personal property.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

(a)                                  direct obligations (or certificates representing an interest in such obligations) issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the government of a member state of a Permitted Jurisdiction, the payment of which is backed by the full faith and credit of such Permitted Jurisdiction, and which are not callable or redeemable at the Company’s option;

 

(b)                                  overnight bank deposits, time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and money market deposits with maturities (and similar instruments) of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition issued by a bank or trust company which is organised under, or authorised to operate as a bank or trust company under, the laws of a Permitted Jurisdiction; provided that such bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of £500.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof as of the date of such investment) and whose long-term debt is rated “A-3” or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or “A—” or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or the equivalent rating category of another internationally recognised rating agency;

 

(c)                                   repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for underlying securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (b) above;

 

(d)                                  commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least P-1 by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s

 

202



 

Rating Services and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and

 

(e)                                   money market funds at least 95 per cent. of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in paragraph (a) to (d) of this definition.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(a)                                 the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (including any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal;

 

(b)                                 the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

(c)                                  the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any Person (including any “person” as defined above), other than a Principal and/or any of its Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 per cent. of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

 

(d)                                 the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; provided, however , that this paragraph (d) shall not apply to members of the Board of Directors nominated or re-elected by employees pursuant to co-determination and similar statutes providing for employee representatives on supervisory or similar boards;

 

(e)                                  the first day on which (i) the Company fails to own, directly or indirectly, 100 per cent. of the Capital Stock of MUL or (ii) MUL fails to own, directly or indirectly, 100 per cent. of the Capital Stock of the Issuer;

 

(f)                                   Manchester United plc (alone or together with one or more Affiliates controlled by it) ceases to own (directly or indirectly) a larger percentage than does any other Person of the share capital in and shareholder loans to, the Company; or

 

(g)                                  The Original Investors cease to have the power to control more than one-half of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Company or appoint or remove a majority of directors of the Company or give directions with respect to operating and financial policies of Parent.

 

Collateral ” means any and all assets from time to time in which a security interest has been or will be granted pursuant to any Transaction Security Document to secure the obligations of the Issuer and the Obligors under the Finance Documents.

 

Company ” means Red Football Limited (registration number 05370076).

 

203



 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus , without duplication:

 

(a)                                  all gains (losses) realised in connection with any Asset Sale or the disposition of securities or the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, together with any related provision for taxes on any such gain; plus

 

(b)                                  provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(c)                                   the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Consolidated Interest Expense were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(d)                                  depreciation, amortisation (including amortisation of intangibles but excluding amortisation of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges or expenses in any future period or amortisation of a prepaid cash charge or expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortisation and other non-cash charges or expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(e)                                   all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness to the extent such costs and premiums were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(f)                                    any foreign currency translation gains or losses (including gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such gains or losses were taken into account in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(g)                                   the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary in such period or any prior period, except to the extent of dividends declared or paid on, or other cash payments in respect of, Equity Interests held by such parties; minus

 

(h)                                  non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue or the reversal of a reserve for cash charges in a future period in the ordinary course of business,

 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with IFRS.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(a)                                  the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including,

 

204



 

without limitation, amortisation of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates (excluding any non-cash interest expense on Subordinated Shareholder Funding); plus

 

(b)                                  the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalised during such period; plus

 

(c)                                   any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent paid or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Lien is called upon; plus

 

(d)                                  the product of (i) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with IFRS; provided that :

 

(a)                                  the net income (loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person and the net income (if negative) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary will be included only to the extent that such loss has been funded with cash by the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person;

 

(b)                                  solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under paragraph (iii)(A) of Clause 2.1 ( Restricted Payments ) any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders; except that the Company’s equity in

 

205


 

the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);

 

(c)                                   the net income (loss) arising from the sale, assignment, disposal or other transfer of player registrations will be excluded;

 

(d)                                  any extraordinary or exceptional gain, loss or charge or any profit or loss on Asset Sales, asset impairments or early extinguishment of Indebtedness, or any charges or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy, integration or severance or any expenses, charges, reserves or other costs related to acquisitions will be excluded;

 

(e)                                   non-cash tax charges that are set off by group relief by a Parent Entity will be excluded;

 

(f)                                    the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and

 

(g)                                   any intangible asset impairment charge and amortisation of player registrations and amortisation of goodwill will be excluded.

 

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the total amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage of the Company on such date to (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is made (the “ CSSLR Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company) to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

 

206



 

For purposes of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA for such period:

 

(a)                                  acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the CSSLR Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the CSSLR Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and may include anticipated expense and cost reduction synergies) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

 

(b)                                  the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the CSSLR Calculation Date, will be excluded;

 

(c)                                   any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the CSSLR Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; and

 

(d)                                  any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the CSSLR Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period.

 

continuing ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

 

(a)                                  was a member of such Board of Directors on the Second Amendment Effective Date; or

 

(b)                                  was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

 

Default ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require an Obligor to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change

 

207



 

of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the relevant Obligor may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments ).  The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the Finance Documents will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

 

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 1.4.

 

Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 1.4 ( Asset Sales ).

 

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Second Amendment Effective Date from (a) contributions to its common equity capital or (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate (which shall be designated no later than the date on which such Excluded Contribution has been received by the Company), the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in paragraph (iii)(B) of Clause 2.1 ( Restricted Payment ).

 

Existing Hedging Agreements means the interest rate transactions entered into between the Company and Bank of America, N.A, on 25 October 2013, in each case documented under and subject to the terms of a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.) and Schedule thereto dated as of 20 May 2013 (as may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

 

Existing Indebtedness ” means all Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Second Amendment Effective Date after giving effect to the use of proceeds hereunder, until such amounts are repaid.

 

Existing Note Documents ” means the Existing Note Indenture, the Existing Notes and the Existing Note Guarantees (whether contained in the Existing Note Indenture or otherwise).

 

Existing Note Guarantees ” means the “ Note Guarantees ” as defined in the Existing Note Indenture.

 

Existing Note Indenture ” means the indenture governing the Existing Notes dated on or about May 20, 2013, and made between, among others, the Existing Note Trustee, the Security Trustee, the Issuer and the senior note guarantors.

 

Existing Note Trustee ” means The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee under the Existing Note Indenture.

 

208



 

Existing Notes ” means the senior notes due 2017 issued or to be issued by the Issuer under the Existing Note Indenture.

 

Facility ” means the facility made available under the Facility Agreement.

 

Facility Agreement ” means this Agreement, as amended by the Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and as further amended and/or amended and restated from time to time.

 

Fair Market Value ” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in an arm’s length transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Agreement).

 

Finance Documents ” has the meaning give to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

Finance Parties ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ FCCR Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company) to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

 

(a)                                  acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the FCCR Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and may include anticipated expense and cost reduction synergies) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

 

209



 

(b)                                  the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, will be excluded;

 

(c)                                   the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Consolidated Interest Expense will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the FCCR Calculation Date;

 

(d)                                  any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the FCCR Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

 

(e)                                   any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the FCCR Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

 

(f)                                    if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the FCCR Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the FCCR Calculation Date in excess of 12 months, or, if shorter, at least equal to the remaining term of such Indebtedness).

 

Governmental Authority ” means

 

(a)                                  the government of

 

(i)                                      the United States of America or the United Kingdom or any state or other political subdivision of either thereof, or

 

(ii)                                   any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Parent Subsidiary, or

 

(b)                                  any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

 

Guarantee ” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

 

Guarantors ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

210



 

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

(a)                                  interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

 

(b)                                  other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

 

(c)                                   other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

 

Holding Company ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

Issuer ” means MU Finance PLC (registration number 07088267), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

IFRS ” means International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the European Union or any variation thereof with which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries are, or may be, required to comply.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Schedule, all ratios and calculations based on IFRS contained in this Schedule shall be computed in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date.

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

 

(a)                                  in respect of borrowed money;

 

(b)                                  evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(c)                                   in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

 

(d)                                  representing Capital Lease Obligations;

 

(e)                                   representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed;

 

(f)                                    representing any Hedging Obligations;

 

(g)                                   representing Attributable Debt; and

 

(h)                                  representing liabilities under the Existing Hedging Agreements,

 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with IFRS.  In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified

 

211



 

Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

 

In addition, for the purpose of avoiding duplication in calculating the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness for purposes of Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) , Indebtedness arising solely by reason of the existence of a Lien to secure other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) will not be considered incremental Indebtedness.

 

The term “ Indebtedness ” shall not include:

 

(a)                                  in connection with the purchase by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that , at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 30 days thereafter;

 

(b)                                  any contingent obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes; or

 

(c)                                   Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

 

Intellectual Property ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement .

 

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations, but excluding advances or extensions of credit to customers or suppliers made in the ordinary course of business), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to Officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as Investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with IFRS.  If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Clause 2.3 ( Restricted Payments ).  The acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of a Person that holds an Investment in a third

 

212



 

Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Clause 2.3 ( Restricted Payments ).  Except as otherwise provided in the Finance Documents, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

Issuer ” means MU Finance plc (registration number 07088267).

 

Lenders ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof.

 

Material Company ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

MUL ” means Manchester United Limited (registration number 02570509).

 

Make-Whole Amount ” has the meaning given to such term in the Note Purchase Agreement (in its form at the Second Amendment Effective Date).

 

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and any reserve for adjustment or indemnification obligations in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with IFRS.

 

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

 

(a)                                  as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and

 

(b)                                  as to which the holders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary).

 

Note Documents ” means the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Representative Deed and the Transaction Security Documents.

 

213



 

Note Guarantee ” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

Notes Offer ” is defined in Clause 1.2 ( Asset Sales ).

 

Note Purchase Agreement ” means the note purchase agreement dated as of on or around the Second Amendment Effective Date entered into by, among others, the Issuer, and relating to the Notes.

 

Notes ” means the 3.79% senior secured notes in an aggregate principal amount of $425,000,000 due on or about 24 June 2027 issued on the Second Amendment Effective Date.

 

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Obligor ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief of Staff, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Managing Director, Director or any Vice-President of such Person.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of the Issuer or other Obligor, as applicable, whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate .

 

Parent Entity ” means any direct or indirect parent company or entity of the Company.

 

Parent Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company, including the Issuer.

 

Permitted Business ” means (i) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and (ii) any other business or activity which is ancillary, reasonably related or complementary thereto.

 

Permitted Collateral Liens ” means:

 

(a)                                  Liens on the Collateral to secure the Finance Documents;

 

(b)                                  Liens on the Collateral to secure the Existing Notes (or the Existing Note Guarantees) and the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement (or any guarantee thereof) until the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Notes (or the Note Guarantees) and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement); provided further

 

214



 

that all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness secures the Facilities and any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis;

 

(c)                                   Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness: (i) under the RCF Facilities; (ii) permitted by paragraph (e) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) or paragraph (p) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) ; and (iii) permitted by Clause 3.1 of (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that , in each case, all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Indebtedness also secures the Facility and any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis and provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

(d)                                  Liens on the Collateral securing the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations under (i) Hedging Obligations (other than Hedging Obligations in respect of commodity prices and only to the extent such Hedging Obligations relate to Indebtedness referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above and such Indebtedness is also secured by the Collateral) permitted by paragraph (i) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) , and (ii) the Existing Hedging Agreements and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that the assets and properties securing such Indebtedness will also secure the Facility or any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis and provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

(e)                                   Liens on the Collateral arising by operation of law that are described in one or more of paragraphs (d), (g), (h), (i), (l), (n) and (o) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and that, in each case, would not materially interfere with the ability of the Security Trustee to enforce any Lien over the Collateral; and

 

(f)                                    Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that in total do not exceed £5.0 million at any one time outstanding and that (i) are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation from the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s business.

 

Permitted Debt ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) .

 

215



 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

(a)                                  any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(b)                                  any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(c)                                   any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

(i)                                      such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

(ii)                                   such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(d)                                  any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Clause 1 ( Assets Sales );

 

(e)                                   any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

 

(f)                                    any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (i) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including settlement of delinquent obligations pursuant to any plan of reorganisation or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of, or other foreclosure with respect to, any trade creditor or customer; or (ii) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

 

(g)                                   Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)                                  Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

 

(i)                                      loans or advances to officers, directors or employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed £5.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(j)                                     repurchases of the Notes in accordance with section 8 ( Payment and Prepayment of the Notes ) of the Note Purchase Agreement;

 

(k)                                  any Guarantee of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) ;

 

(l)                                      any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Second Amendment Effective Date and any Investment consisting of an extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the Second Amendment Effective Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in

 

216



 

existence on the Second Amendment Effective Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

 

(m)                              Investments acquired after the Second Amendment Effective Date as a result of the acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by Clause 7 ( Merger, Consolidation, Etc. ) after the Second Amendment Effective Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

(n)                                  Investments made with the Excluded Contributions;

 

(o)                                  other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (o) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed £50.0 million, provided that if an Investment is made pursuant to this clause in a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and such Person subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is subsequently designated a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Clause 10 ( Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries ), such Investment, if applicable, shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraph (c) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” and not this paragraph.

 

Permitted Jurisdiction ” means (a) the United Kingdom, (b) the United States of America or any state thereof, (c) Switzerland, (d) Canada, (e) the Cayman Islands and (f) any country that was a member of the European Union on April 30, 2004 (other than Greece Spain, Italy or Portugal).

 

Permitted Liens ” means:

 

(a)                                  Liens in favour of the Obligors;

 

(b)                                  Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                   Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

 

217


 

(d)                                  Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, insurance, surety or appeal bonds, workers compensation obligations, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens to secure letters of credit issued to assure payment of such obligations);

 

(e)                                   Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by paragraph (e) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

 

(f)                                    Liens existing on the Second Amendment Effective Date;

 

(g)                                   Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with IFRS has been made therefor;

 

(h)                                  Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)                                      survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(j)                                     Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note Guarantees) and the RCF Facilities;

 

(k)                                  Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents; provided, however, that :

 

(i)                                      the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien ( plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

 

(ii)                                   the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (1) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

 

(l)                                      bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff, Liens arising out of judgments or awards not constituting an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated

 

218



 

rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

 

(m)                              Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness;

 

(n)                                  Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods (and the proceeds thereof) of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(o)                                  any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublicensee under any operating lease, license or sublicense, as applicable;

 

(p)                                  Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

 

(q)                                  Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(r)                                     Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted by paragraph (p) of Clause 3.2 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) ;

 

(s)                                    Liens to secure Indebtedness of New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiaries that are Subsidiaries of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) permitted by Clause 3 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock) ; and

 

(t)                                     Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations (other than Indebtedness) that do not exceed £25.0 million at any one time outstanding.

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that :

 

(a)                                  the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged ( plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees, commissions and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

 

(b)                                  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date not earlier than the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

 

219



 

(c)                                   if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations under the Finance Documents, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations under the Finance Documents on terms at least as favourable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

 

(d)                                  such Indebtedness is incurred either by an Obligor (if the Obligor was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged) or by the Restricted Subsidiary that was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged and is guaranteed only by Persons who were obligors on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organisation, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

Principal ” means the six lineal descendants of Malcom Glazer who are Avram Glazer, Joel Glazer, Bryan Glazer, Edward Glazer, Darcie Glazer Kassewitz and Kevin Glazer.

 

Proceeds Loan Agreement ” means a loan agreement, dated the Second Amendment Effective Date between the Issuer and MUL, pursuant to which the Issuer loans a portion of the proceeds of the issue and sale of the Notes to MUL.

 

Public Debt ” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (i) a public offering registered under the U.S. Securities Act or (ii) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC for public resale. The term Public Debt (i) shall not include the Notes and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than 10 Persons ( provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten), or any Indebtedness under the RCF Facilities Agreement, commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Capital Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering” under the U.S. Securities Act.

 

220



 

Public Equity Offering ” means a bona fide underwritten public offering of the Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or a Parent Entity, either:

 

(a)                                  pursuant to a flotation on the London Stock Exchange or any other nationally recognised stock exchange or listing authority in a member state of the European Union; or

 

(b)                                  pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests issued or issuable under any employee benefit plan).

 

Relevant Equity ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

Public Market ” means any time after:

 

(a)                                  a Public Equity Offering has been consummated; and

 

(b)                                  at least 20 per cent. of the total issued and outstanding ordinary shares or common equity of the Company or a Parent Entity has been distributed to investors other than the Principals or any of their respective Affiliates or any other direct or indirect shareholders of the Company as of the Second Amendment Effective Date pursuant to one or more Public Equity Offerings.

 

Related Party ” means:

 

(a)                                  Red Football Limited Partnership, a limited partnership formed in the State of Nevada, U.S.;

 

(b)                                  the parents or spouse of a Principal, the parents of a Principal’s spouse and any of a Principal’s, his or her spouse’s or their parents’ direct descendants; or

 

(c)                                   any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a 50.1 per cent. or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph (b).

 

Representative Deed ” means the representative deed dated on or about the Second Amendment Effective Date between, among others, the Purchasers and the Creditor Representative (each as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement).

 

Restricted Group ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Subsidiaries ” means a Subsidiary of the Company other an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Schedule ” means this Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

221



 

Second Amendment Effective Date ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

Senior Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Issuer or other applicable Obligor.

 

Senior Secured Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien and Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor.

 

Specified Asset ” means Old Trafford Stadium and grounds and any real property related thereto.

 

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any instalment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Sterling ” or “ £ ” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

Sterling Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than sterling, at any time of determination thereof by the Company or the Agent, the amount of sterling obtained by converting such currency other than sterling involved in such computation into sterling at the spot rate for the purchase of sterling with the applicable currency other than sterling as published in The Financial Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times , such source as may be selected in good faith by the Company) on the date of such determination.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(a)                                  any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50 per cent. of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

(b)                                  any partnership or limited liability company of which (i) more than 50 per cent. of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (ii) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

222



 

Subordinated Shareholder Funding ” means, collectively, any funds provided to the Company by any Parent Entity or any Principal or Related Party, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding:

 

(a)                                  does not (including upon the happening of any event) mature or require any amortisation or other payment of principal prior to the first anniversary of the Termination Date (other than through conversion or exchange of any such security or instrument for Qualified Capital Stock or for any other security or instrument meeting the requirements of the definition);

 

(b)                                  does not (including upon the happening of any event) require the payment of cash interest prior to the first anniversary of the Termination Date;

 

(c)                                   does not (including upon the happening of any event) provide for the acceleration of its maturity nor confers on its shareholders any right (including upon the happening of any event) to declare a default or event of default or take any enforcement action, in each case, prior to the first anniversary of the Termination Date;

 

(d)                                  is not secured by a lien on any assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and is not guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(e)                                   is subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of the Facility in the event of any default, bankruptcy, reorganisation, liquidation, winding up or other disposition of assets of the Company at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Liabilities (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) are subordinated to the Facility under the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(f)                                    does not (including upon the happening of any event) restrict the payment of amounts due in respect of the Notes, the Facility or the RCF Facilities or compliance by the Company with its obligations under the Note Documents, the Finance Documents and the Finance Documents (as defined in the RCF Facilities Agreement);

 

(g)                                   does not (including upon the happening of an event) constitute Voting Stock; and

 

(h)                                  is not (including upon the happening of any event) mandatorily convertible or exchangeable, or convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder, in whole or in part, prior to the first anniversary of the Termination Date other than into or for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

 

provided, however, that any event or circumstance that results in such Indebtedness ceasing to qualify as Subordinated Shareholder Funding, such Indebtedness shall constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company, and any and all Restricted Payments made through the use of the net proceeds from the incurrence of

 

223



 

such Indebtedness since the date of the original issuance of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding shall constitute new Restricted Payments that are deemed to have been made after the date of the original issuance of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

 

Tax ” means any tax (whether income, documentary, sales, stamp, registration, issue, capital, property, excise or otherwise), duty, assessment, levy, impost, fee, charge or withholding imposed by a Governmental Authority, together with any interest or any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax. “ Taxes ” and “ Taxation ” shall be construed to have corresponding meanings.

 

Transaction Security Documents ” has the meaning given to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Transaction Security ” has the meaning given to such term in the Facility Agreement.

 

U.S. Dollar ” or “ $ ” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, at any time of determination thereof by the Company or the Agent the amount of U.S. Dollars obtained by converting such currency other than U.S. Dollars involved in such computation into U.S. Dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. Dollars with the applicable currency other than U.S. Dollars as published in The Financial Times in the “ Currency Rates ” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times , such source as may be selected in good faith by the Company) on the date of such determination.

 

U.S. Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

U.S. Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, MUTV and MU Interactive and (ii) any other Subsidiary of the Company (other than an Obligor or any successor to any of them) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors in accordance with Clause 10 ( Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries ), but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

 

(a)                                  has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

 

(b)                                  except as permitted under Clause 8 ( Transactions with Affiliates ), is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favourable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

 

224



 

(c)                                   is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

 

(d)                                  has not guaranteed, pledged any of its Subsidiaries’ shares or other of its assets or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Voting Stock ” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

(a)                                  the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining instalment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

(b)                                  the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

225



 

SIGNATURES

 

[ NOT RESTATED ]

 

Amended and Restated Facility Agreement

 

1



 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

THE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED BY

 

 

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED for and on behalf of itself and each Obligor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edward Woodward

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Edward Woodward

 

 

 

 

 

Title: Vice Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Georgia Stewart

 

signature of witness

 

 

 

Georgia Stewart

 

name of witness

 

 

 

3 Cavendish Court, KT6 4ST

 

address of witness

 

 

 

Personal Assistant

 

occupation

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE ORIGINAL AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Day

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Kevin Day

 

 

 

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Day

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Kevin Day

 

 

 

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

[Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement — Signature Page]

 



 

THE LENDER

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

 

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

 

 

By:

/s/ Fiona Malitsky

 

 

 

Name: Fiona Malitsky

 

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

[Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement — Signature Page]

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

22 May 2015

 

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED
as the Company

 

arranged by

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A .
as Arranger

 

with

 

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

NATIONAL WESTMINSTER BANK PLC

CREDIT SUISSE AG, LONDON BRANCH

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH

and

NOMURA INTERNATIONL PLC

as Original Lenders

 

and

 

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
as Agent and Security Trustee

 


 

REVOLVING FACILITIES AGREEMENT

 


 

99 Bishopsgate
London EC2M 3XF
United Kingdom
Tel: +44.20.7710.1000

www.lw.com

 



 

CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1

2.

THE FACILITIES

42

3.

PURPOSE

48

4.

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

48

5.

UTILISATION - LOANS

51

6.

UTILISATION - LETTERS OF CREDIT

52

7.

LETTERS OF CREDIT

56

8.

OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

60

9.

ANCILLARY FACILITIES

60

10.

REPAYMENT

67

11.

ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

68

12.

MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

70

13.

RESTRICTIONS

71

14.

INTEREST

73

15.

INTEREST PERIODS

74

16.

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

74

17.

FEES

77

18.

TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

80

19.

INCREASED COSTS

90

20.

OTHER INDEMNITIES

92

21.

MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

93

22.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

93

23.

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

95

24.

REPRESENTATIONS

99

25.

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

104

26.

FINANCIAL COVENANT

111

27.

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

115

28.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

121

29.

CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

127

30.

RESTRICTION ON DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS

133

31.

CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

134

32.

ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE ARRANGER, THE ISSUING BANK AND OTHERS

139

33.

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

149

34.

SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

150

 



 

35.

PAYMENT MECHANICS

152

36.

SET-OFF

155

37.

NOTICES

155

38.

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

158

39.

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

159

40.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

159

41.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

159

42.

CONFIDENTIALITY

164

43.

CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

168

44.

COUNTERPARTS

170

45.

GOVERNING LAW

171

46.

ENFORCEMENT

171

47.

USA PATRIOT ACT

171

SCHEDULE 1

173

 

THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

 

SCHEDULE 2

175

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

SCHEDULE 3

180

 

REQUESTS AND NOTICES

 

SCHEDULE 4

184

 

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

SCHEDULE 5

189

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

SCHEDULE 6

193

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

SCHEDULE 7

197

 

FORM OF ACCESSION DEED

 

SCHEDULE 8

200

 

FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

 

SCHEDULE 9

202

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

SCHEDULE 10

206

 

TIMETABLES

 

SCHEDULE 11

209

 

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

SCHEDULE 12

212

 

MATERIAL COMPANIES

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 13

213

 

FORMS OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION NOTICE

 

SCHEDULE 14

215

 

TABLE OF VALUES FOR X

 

SCHEDULE 15

216

 

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

 

SCHEDULE 16

258

 

ADDITIONAL EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

SCHEDULE 17

259

 

FORM OF ADDITIONAL FACILITY LENDER ACCESSION NOTICE

 

SCHEDULE 18

263

 

ADDITIONAL FACILITY NOTICE

 

SCHEDULE 19

266

 

FORM OF SUBSTITUTE AFFILIATE LENDER DESIGNATION NOTICE

 

SCHEDULE 20

269

 

FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

 

 



 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 22 May 2015 and made between:

 

(1)                                 RED FOOTBALL LIMITED (registration number 5370076) (the “ Company ”);

 

(2)                                 MU FINANCE PLC (registration number 07088267) (“ MUF plc ”) as original borrower (the “ Original Borrower ”);

 

(3)                                 THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) as original guarantors (together with the Company, the “ Original Guarantors ”);

 

(4)                                 BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. as mandated lead arranger (the “ Arranger ”);

 

(5)                                 THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part 2 of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) as lenders (the “ Original Lenders ”);

 

(6)                                 BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “ Agent ”);

 

(7)                                 BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED as security trustee for the Secured Parties (the “ Security Trustee ”); and

 

(8)                                 BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED as Issuing Bank (as defined below).

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

SECTION 1

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                               Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Acceleration Event ” means, following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is then continuing

 

(a)                                 the Agent:

 

(i)                                     giving a notice of acceleration pursuant to, and in accordance with, paragraph (a)(ii), (a)(iv), (a)(vi) or (a)(viii) (but only if such notice relates to the enforcement of Transaction Security) of Clause 28.9 ( Acceleration ); or

 

(ii)                                  having previously placed any part of a Facility on demand pursuant to, and in accordance with, paragraph (a)(iii), (a)(v) or (a)(vii) of Clause 28.9 ( Acceleration ), making a demand for payment as referred to therein,

 

which notice or demand has not been withdrawn, cancelled or otherwise ceased to have effect; or

 

(b)                                 any amount becoming immediately and automatically due and payable pursuant to paragraph (b) of 28.9 ( Acceleration ) unless prior to such amount becoming immediately and automatically due and payable the operation of paragraph (b) of Clause 28.9 ( Acceleration ) is waived by the Majority Lenders.

 

Acceptable Bank ” means:

 

1



 

(a)                                 a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings or Baa2 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency;

 

(b)                                 any Finance Party or an Affiliate of a Finance Party; or

 

(c)                                  any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

Accession Deed ” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Accession Deed ).

 

Accounting Principles ” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to the consolidated financial statements of the Group, IFRS; and

 

(b)                                 in relation to any member of the Group, generally accepted accounting principles in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant member of the Group or IFRS.

 

Accounting Reference Date ” means 30 June.

 

Additional Borrower ” means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 31 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

Additional Facility ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.3 ( Additional Facilities ).

 

Additional Facility Borrower ” means a member of the Group which becomes an Additional Borrower in respect of an Additional Facility in accordance with Clause 31 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

Additional Facility Commencement Date ” means, in respect of an Additional Facility, the date specified as the “Commencement Date” in the Additional Facility Notice relating to that Additional Facility.

 

Additional Facility Commitment ” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to an original Additional Facility Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name in any Additional Facility Notice and the amount of any other Additional Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b)                                 in relation to any other Additional Facility Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Additional Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Additional Facility Lender ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.3 ( Additional Facilities ).

 

Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 17 ( Form of Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice ) or any other form agreed by the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably).

 

Additional Facility Loan ” means a loan made or to be made under an Additional Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

2



 

Additional Facility Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 18 ( Form of Additional Facility Notice ) or any other form agreed by the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably).

 

Additional Guarantor ” means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 31 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

Additional Obligor ” means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.

 

Additional Shareholder Funding ” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company of:

 

(a)                                 any subscription for shares in the capital of the Company or capital contribution to the Company that does not result in the occurrence of a Change of Control; and/or

 

(b)                                 any debt advanced to the Company by any direct or indirect Holding Company of the Company or any Investor Affiliate provided after the Closing Date and subordinated on the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement as Subordinated Liabilities (as defined therein) or on other terms acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

Adjustments ” means “Adjustments” as defined in Schedule 14 ( Table of values for X ).

 

Affiliate ” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company; provided that in relation to The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, the term “Affiliate” shall not include:

 

(a)                                 the UK government or any member or instrumentality thereof, including Her Majesty’s Treasury and UK Financial Investments Limited (or any directors, officers, employees or entities thereof); or

 

(b)                                 any persons or entities controlled by or under common control with the UK government or any member or instrumentality thereof (including Her Majesty’s Treasury and UK Financial Investments Limited) and which are not part of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc and its subsidiaries or subsidiary undertakings (as defined in the Companies Act 2006).

 

Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 9.8 ( Affiliates of Lenders as Ancillary Lenders ).

 

Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange ” means the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.

 

Agreed Security Principles ” means the agreed security principles set out in Schedule 4 ( Agreed Security Principles ).

 

Alternative Reference Bank Rate ” means:

 

(a)                                 the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Alternative Base Reference Banks:

 

(i)                                     in relation to LIBOR:

 

(A)                               (other than where paragraph (i)(B) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Alternative Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank

 

3



 

offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or

 

(B)                               if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Alternative Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

 

(ii)                                  in relation to EURIBOR:

 

(A)                               (other than where paragraph (ii)(B) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Alternative Reference Bank believes one prime bank is quoting to another prime bank for interbank term deposits in euro within the Participating Member States for the relevant period; or

 

(B)                               if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Alternative Reference Bank and the relevant period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.

 

Alternative Reference Banks ” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to a Loan in a currency other than euro, the principal London offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) from time to time provided that each such appointed bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity;

 

(b)                                 in relation to a Loan in euro, the principal Amsterdam, Brussels, Frankfurt, London, Luxembourg or Paris offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) from time to time provided that each such appointed bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity; or

 

(c)                                  such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company.

 

Ancillary Commencement Date ” means, in relation to an Ancillary Facility, the date on which that Ancillary Facility is first made available, which date shall be a Business Day within the Availability Period for the Facility.

 

Ancillary Commitment ” means, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility, the maximum Base Currency Amount which that Ancillary Lender has agreed (whether or not subject to satisfaction of conditions precedent) to make available from time to time under an Ancillary Facility and which has been authorised as such under Clause 9 ( Ancillary Facilities ), to the extent that amount is not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents relating to that Ancillary Facility.

 

Ancillary Document ” means each document relating to or evidencing the terms of an Ancillary Facility.

 

4



 

Ancillary Facility ” means any ancillary facility made available by an Ancillary Lender in accordance with Clause 9 ( Ancillary Facilities ).

 

Ancillary Lender ” means each Lender (or Affiliate of a Lender) which makes available an Ancillary Facility in accordance with Clause 9 ( Ancillary Facilities ).

 

Ancillary Outstandings ” means, at any time, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility then in force the aggregate of the equivalents (as determined by such Ancillary Lender acting reasonably) in the Base Currency of the following amounts outstanding under that Ancillary Facility:

 

(a)                                 the principal amount under each overdraft facility and on-demand short term loan facility (net of any credit balances on any account of any Borrower of an Ancillary Facility with the Ancillary Lender or any Affiliate of the Ancillary Facility Lender making available that Ancillary Facility to the extent that the credit balances are freely available to be set off by that Ancillary Lender against liabilities owed to it by that Borrower under that Ancillary Facility);

 

(b)                                 the face amount of each guarantee, bond and letter of credit under that Ancillary Facility (net of any cash cover provided in respect thereof to the extent that such cash cover is freely available to be applied by that Ancillary Lender against liabilities owed to it by that Borrower under that Ancillary Facility in respect of such guarantee, bond or letter of credit); and

 

(c)                                  the amount fairly representing the aggregate exposure (excluding interest and similar charges) of that Ancillary Lender under each other type of accommodation provided under that Ancillary Facility,

 

in each case as determined by such Ancillary Lender, acting reasonably in accordance with its normal banking practice and in accordance with the relevant Ancillary Document.

 

Annual Financial Statements ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 25 ( Information Undertakings ).

 

Anti-Corruption Laws means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to a Borrower or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

 

Assigned Account ” means any Mandatory Prepayment Account (as defined in any Debt Document (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)) and any other account that may from time to time be identified in writing as an Assigned Account by the Security Trustee and the Company in accordance with the terms of the applicable Transaction Security Documents, including any renewal or redesignation of such accounts.

 

Assignment Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor, assignee and the Company provided that if that other form does not contain the undertaking set out in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) it shall not be a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking as defined in, and for the purposes of, the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Auditors ” means an accounting firm of international standing appointed by the Company (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, the auditors of the Group as of the Closing Date).

 

5


 

Authorisation ” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

 

Availability Period ” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to the Initial Facility, the period from and including the Closing Date to and including the date falling one month prior to the Initial Termination Date; and

 

(b)                                 in relation to any Additional Facility, as set out in the Additional Facility Notice relating to that Additional Facility (or as otherwise agreed by the relevant Borrower(s) and the Additional Facility Lender(s) under that Additional Facility from time to time).

 

Available Commitment ” means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility minus (subject to Clause 9.8 ( Affiliates of Lenders as Ancillary Lenders ) and as set out below):

 

(a)                                 the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Utilisations under that Facility and the Base Currency Amount of the aggregate of its (and its Affiliate’s) Ancillary Commitments; and

 

(b)                                 in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any other Utilisations that are due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date and the Base Currency Amount of its (and its Affiliate’s) Ancillary Commitment in relation to any new Ancillary Facility that is due to be made available on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

For the purposes of calculating a Lender’s Available Commitment in relation to any proposed Utilisation the following amounts shall not be deducted from a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility:

 

(i)                                     that Lender’s participation in any Utilisations that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date; and

 

(ii)                                  that Lender’s (or its Affiliate’s) Ancillary Commitments to the extent that they are due to be reduced or cancelled on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

Available Facility ” means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.

 

BAML Facility ” means the facility made available to the Issuer and documented by the BAML Facility Agreement

 

BAML Facility Agreement ” means the term loan agreement dated 20 May 2013 as amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 11 August 2014 and an amendment and restatement agreement dated 15 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) between, amongst others, the Company, the Issuer, Bank of America, N.A. (as original lender) and Bank of America, N.A. (as agent).

 

Bank Levy ” means:

 

(a)                                 the UK bank levy as set out in the Finance Act 2011;

 

(b)                                 the German bank levy as set out in the German Restructuring Fund Act 2010 ( Restrukturierungsfondsgesetz ) (as amended);

 

6



 

(c)                                  the French taxe bancaire de risque systémique as set out under article 235 ter ZE of the French Tax Code; and

 

(d)                                 any other levy or tax of a similar nature in force (or formally announced) as at the date of this Agreement and imposed in any jurisdiction by reference to the assets or liabilities of a financial institution or other entity carrying out financial transactions and in relation to which a Lender would reasonably be able to quantify the relevant cost of compliance as at the date of this Agreement.

 

Base Case Model ” means the financial model including profit and loss, balance sheet and cashflow projections in agreed form relating to the Group.

 

Base Currency ” means sterling.

 

Base Currency Amount ” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to a Utilisation, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by (or on behalf of) a Borrower for that Utilisation (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Agent receives the Utilisation Request in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) and, in the case of a Letter of Credit, as adjusted under Clause 6.8 ( Revaluation of Letters of Credit ); and

 

(b)                                 in relation to an Ancillary Commitment, the amount specified as such in the notice delivered to the Agent by the Company pursuant to Clause 9.2 ( Availability ) (or, if the amount specified is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Ancillary Commencement Date for that Ancillary Facility or, if later, the date the Agent receives the notice of the Ancillary Commitment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement),

 

as adjusted to reflect any repayment, prepayment, consolidation or division of a Utilisation, or (as the case may be) cancellation or reduction of an Ancillary Facility.

 

Base Reference Bank Rate ” means:

 

(a)                                 the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Base Reference Banks:

 

(i)                                     in relation to LIBOR:

 

(A)                               (other than where paragraph (i)(B) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Base Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in the relevant currency and for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or

 

(B)                               if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Base Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

 

(ii)                                  in relation to EURIBOR:

 

7



 

(A)                               (other than where paragraph (ii)(B) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Base Reference Bank believes one prime bank is quoting to another prime bank for interbank term deposits in euro within the Participating Member States for the relevant period; or

 

(B)                               if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Base Reference Bank and the relevant period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.

 

Base Reference Banks ” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to LIBOR, the principal London offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent from time to time (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) provided that each such appointment bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity;

 

(b)                                 in relation to EURIBOR, the principal Amsterdam, Brussels, Frankfurt, London, Luxembourg or Paris offices of up to three banks as may be appointed by the Company with the consent of the Agent from time to time (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and deemed given if not expressly refused within five Business Days of the Company giving the Agent notice that it wishes to appoint any such bank) provided that each such appointment bank has confirmed that it is able to act in such capacity; or

 

(c)                                  such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company.

 

Borrower ” means the Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 31 ( Changes to the Obligors ) and, in respect of an Ancillary Facility only, any Affiliate of a Borrower that becomes a borrower of that Ancillary Facility with the approval of the relevant Ancillary Lender or Affiliate of an Ancillary Facility Lender pursuant to Clause 9.9 ( Affiliates of Borrowers ).

 

Borrowings ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Break Costs ” means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a)                                 the interest excluding the Margin which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds:

 

(b)                                 the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

Budget ” means:

 

8



 

(a)                                 in relation to the period beginning on 1 July 2014 and ending on 30 June 2015, the Base Case Model in agreed form to be delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ); and

 

(b)                                 in relation to any other period, any budget delivered by the Company to the Agent in respect of that period pursuant to Clause 25.4 ( Budget ).

 

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London and New York:

 

(a)                                 (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than euro) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency; or

 

(b)                                 (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of euro) any TARGET Day.

 

Cash ” means cash in hand and credit balances or amounts on deposit in an account in the name of a member of the Group with an Acceptable Bank which are freely transferable and freely convertible and accessible by a member of the Group within 30 days so long as repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any person or on the satisfaction of any other condition (other than the making of a withdrawal request by a member of the Group where that member of the Group is freely able to make such a request at its discretion and without any restriction) and that cash is not subject to any Security (other than Transaction Security, Permitted Liens or Permitted Collateral Liens).

 

Cash Equivalent Investments ” means at any time:

 

(a)                                 certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank;

 

(b)                                 any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating which:

 

(i)                                     matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

 

(ii)                                  is not convertible or exchangeable to any other security,

 

provided that the relevant issuer or guarantor is rated at least BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings or Baa2 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited;

 

(c)                                  open market commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

 

(i)                                     for which a recognised trading market exists;

 

(ii)                                  issued by an issuer incorporated in the U.S., the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State;

 

(iii)                               which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

 

(iv)                              which has a credit rating of either BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings or Baa2 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the

 

9



 

commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its unsecured and non credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

 

(d)                                 sterling bills of exchange issued eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank (or any dematerialised equivalent);

 

(e)                                  investments accessible within 30 days in money market funds which:

 

(i)                                     have a credit rating of either BBB or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, BBB or higher by Fitch Ratings or Baa2 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited; and

 

(ii)                                  invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (e) above; or

 

(f)                                   any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders,

 

in each case, to which any member of the Group is beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to any Security (other than the Transaction Security Documents).

 

CFC ” means a “controlled foreign corporation” (as defined in Section 957(a) of the Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

CFC Obligor ” means an Obligor that is a CFC.

 

Champions League ” means the UEFA Champions League and any successor or replacement competition.

 

Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet ” means the spreadsheet delivered pursuant to Part 1 of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).

 

Champions League Non Qualification Event ” means the failure by the first team of Manchester United Football Club to qualify (in any season) for the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League.

 

Change of Control ” means:

 

(a)                                 a Note Change of Control as defined in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ); or

 

(b)                                 where the Original Investors cease to, directly or indirectly, beneficially hold in aggregate issued share capital having the right to cast more than 30 per cent of the votes capable of being cast at a general meeting of the Company; or

 

(c)                                  where any shareholder or group of shareholders acting in concert (other than the Original Investors) acquire (directly or indirectly) issued share capital having the right to cast a greater percentage of the votes capable of being cast at a general meeting of the Company than is, directly or indirectly, beneficially held in aggregate by the Original Investors.

 

For the purposes of this definition, “ acting in concert ” means, a group of shareholders who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in the Company by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Company.

 

Charged Property ” means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

10



 

Closing Date ” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended.

 

Commitment ” means an Initial Facility Commitment or an Additional Facility Commitment.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or any other form agreed by the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company.

 

Confidential Information ” means all information relating to the Company, any Investor Affiliate, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or a Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or a Facility from either:

 

(a)                                 any member of the Group, any Investor Affiliate or any of their respective advisers; or

 

(b)                                 another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group, any Investor Affiliate or any of their respective advisers or in breach of any duty of confidentiality,

 

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes

 

(i)                                     information that:

 

(A)                               is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 42 ( Confidentiality ); or

 

(B)                               is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group, any Investor Affiliate or any of their respective advisers; or

 

(C)                               is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group, the Investor Affiliates or any of their respective advisers and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

 

(ii)                                  any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.

 

Confidentiality Undertaking ” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the recommended form of the LMA at the relevant time or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent (acting reasonably), which, in each case, is addressed to, or capable of being relied upon by, the Company without requiring its signature by virtue of reliance on the Third Parties Act and is not capable of being materially amended without the Company’s prior written consent (acting reasonably).

 

11



 

Consolidated EBITDA ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 26.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Consolidated Net Finance Charges ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 26.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

CTA ” means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.

 

Debt Document ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Debt Purchase Transaction ” means, in relation to a person, a transaction where such person:

 

(a)                                 purchases by way of assignment or transfer;

 

(b)                                 enters into any sub-participation in respect of; or

 

(c)                                  enters into any other agreement or arrangement having an economic effect substantially similar to a sub-participation in respect of,

 

any Commitment or amount outstanding under this Agreement.

 

Default ” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 28 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default provided that any such event which is subject to a qualification as to materiality or requires a determination to be made shall not constitute a Default unless such qualification is satisfied or such determination is made, as the case may be.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender (other than a Lender which is an Investor Affiliate):

 

(a)                                 which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) or has failed to provide cash collateral (or has notified the Issuing Bank or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not provide cash collateral) in accordance with Clause 7.4 ( Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender );

 

(b)                                 which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document;

 

(c)                                  which is an Issuing Bank which has failed to issue a Letter of Credit (or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent)) that it will not issue a Letter of Credit (as the case may be) in accordance with Clause 6.5 ( Issue of Letter of Credit ) or which has failed to pay a claim (or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified the Agent) that it will not pay a claim) in accordance with (and as defined in) Clause 7.2 ( Claims under a Letter of Credit ); or

 

(d)                                 with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

 

unless, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above:

 

(i)                                     its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A)                               administrative or technical error; or

 

12



 

(B)                               a Disruption Event; and

 

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

(ii)                                  the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question and the Agent has notified the Company and the other Lenders that this is the case.

 

Delegate ” means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Trustee.

 

Designated Gross Amount ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 9.2 ( Availability ).

 

Designated Net Amount ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 9.2 ( Availability ).

 

Disruption Event ” means either or both of:

 

(a)                                 a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with a Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

(b)                                 the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

(i)                                     from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii)                                  from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

Environment ” means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:

 

(a)                                 air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below ground);

 

(b)                                 water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and

 

(c)                                  land (including, without limitation, land under water).

 

Environmental Claim ” means any claim, proceedings or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

 

Environmental Law ” means any applicable law or regulation of any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group conducts its business and which is binding on that member of the Group and which relates to:

 

(a)                                 the pollution or protection of the Environment;

 

(b)                                 the conditions of the workplace; or

 

13



 

(c)                                  the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste.

 

EURIBOR ” means, in relation to any Loan in euro:

 

(a)                                 the applicable Screen Rate;

 

(b)                                 (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan)  the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

 

(c)                                  if:

 

(i)                                     no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

(ii)                                  it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,

 

the Base Reference Bank Rate,

 

as of, in each case the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for euro and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and, if that rate is less than zero, EURIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

 

Event of Default ” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 28 ( Events of Default ).

 

Excluded Subsidiary ” means:

 

(a)                                 MUTV;

 

(b)                                 Alderley Urban Investments Limited (a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 03132053);

 

(c)                                  each member of the New Holdco Group;

 

(d)                                 provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has been designated by the Company by written notice to the Agent as an Excluded Subsidiary, a Restricted Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of holding one or more assets or properties that are to be financed, in whole or in part, with Indebtedness (as defined in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants )) incurred pursuant to paragraph (d) or (n) of Clause 3.2 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) of Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ) if the only assets and properties (other than assets that are de minimis in value) owned by such Restricted Subsidiary are financed, in whole or in part, with Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraphs (d) or (n) of Clause 3.2 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) of Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ) for so long as any such Indebtedness remains outstanding and an obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that promptly upon the retirement or repayment of such Indebtedness or the assumption of such Indebtedness by a Person other than such Restricted Subsidiary, such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, become an Additional Guarantor (to the extent it would otherwise be required to do so)); and

 

(e)                                  provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has been designated by the Company by written notice to the Agent as an Excluded Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date as a result of the acquisition of such Person by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Red Football Junior

 

14



 

Limited) where such Person will have outstanding, following the consummation of such acquisition, Indebtedness as defined in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ) permitted to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (l) of Clause 3.2 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) of Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ) and such Person would be required to obtain the consent of the holders of such Indebtedness to become an Additional Guarantor or grant Transaction Security, for so long as any such Indebtedness remains outstanding and an obligation of such Person (it being understood that promptly upon the retirement or repayment of such Indebtedness or the assumption of such Indebtedness by a Person other than such Person, such Person shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, become an Additional Guarantor (to the extent it would otherwise be required to do so)).

 

Existing Facility ” means the facility made available to the Company, MUL and MUFC documented by the Existing Facility Agreement.

 

Existing Facility Agreement ” means the revolving facilities agreement dated 29 January 2010 (as amended from time to time) between, amongst others, the Company, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as agent and security trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as alternative L/C fronting bank and the lenders listed therein.

 

Existing Notes ” means the $425,000,000 8 3 / 8 % senior secured notes due 2017.

 

Existing Security Documents ” means:

 

(a)                                 the English law debenture dated 29 January 2010 between the Company, Red Football Junior Limited, MUL, MUFC and MUF plc and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited (the “ Existing Debenture ”);

 

(b)                                 the English law mortgage dated 29 January 2010 between MUL and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited;

 

(c)                                  the English law mortgage dated 29 January 2010 between MUFC and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited; and

 

(d)                                 the English law mortgage dated 23 April 2010 between MUL and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited.

 

Expiry Date ” means, for a Letter of Credit, the last day of its Term.

 

Facility ” means an Initial Facility or any Additional Facility.

 

Facility Office ” means:

 

(a)                                 in respect of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, the office or offices notified by that Lender or Issuing Bank to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender or a Issuing Bank (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

 

(b)                                 in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes.

 

Fallback Interest Period ” means one Month.

 

FATCA ” means:

 

15


 

(a)                                 sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

(b)                                 any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c)                                  any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

FATCA Application Date ” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

(b)                                 in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or

 

(c)                                  in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,

 

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

Fee Letter ” means:

 

(a)                                 any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement including between the Arranger and the Company and/or the Original Lenders and the Company and/or the Agent and the Company and/or the Security Trustee and the Company setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 17 ( Fees ); and

 

(b)                                 any agreement setting out fees payable to a Finance Party referred to in Clause 17.6 ( Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit ) or Clause 17.7 ( Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities ) of this Agreement or under any other Finance Document.

 

Finance Document ” means this Agreement, any Accession Deed, any Ancillary Document, any Compliance Certificate, any Fee Letter, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Resignation Letter, any Transaction Security Document, any Utilisation Request, any Additional Facility Notice, any Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice and any other document designated as a “Finance Document” by the Agent and the Company.

 

Finance Party ” means the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Trustee, a Lender, any Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender.

 

16



 

Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness for or in respect of, and without double counting:

 

(a)                                 monies borrowed or raised (other than Subordinated Shareholder Funding and/or Additional Shareholder Funding);

 

(b)                                 any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or by a bill discounting or factoring credit facility;

 

(c)                                  any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d)                                 the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract or other agreement which would, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

(e)                                  receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f)                                   any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account, together with the effect of any applicable netting arrangement);

 

(g)                                  any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

(h)                                 any amount raised by the issue of shares in the Company or any other member of the Group which is not held by another member of the Group which by their terms are redeemable (mandatorily or at the holder’s option);

 

(i)                                     any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement in respect of a fixed asset if such agreement was demonstrably entered into primarily as a method of raising finance;

 

(j)                                    any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement but not in relation to deferred payments for players) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; and

 

(k)                                 the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss for any of the items referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this definition.

 

Financial Quarter ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Financial Year ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Football Creditors ” has the meaning given to such term in rule E.35 (or any equivalent provision) of the Premier League Handbook.

 

Funding Rate ” means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 16.4 ( Cost of funds ).

 

Funds Flow Statement ” means a funds flow statement delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and which shall be a purely mechanical and

 

17



 

administrative statement and which will not have to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent or the Lenders.

 

Group ” means the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time.

 

Group Structure Chart ” means the group structure chart in the agreed form delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ).

 

Guarantor ” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 31 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

Historic Screen Rate ” means, in relation to any Loan, the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and which is as of a day which is no more than five Business Days before the Quotation Day.

 

Holding Company ” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

IFRS ” means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

Impaired Agent ” means the Agent at any time when:

 

(a)                                 it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

(b)                                 the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document or expresses an intention to do so;

 

(c)                                  (if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”; or

 

(d)                                 an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent,

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

(i)                                     its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A)                               administrative or technical error; or

 

(B)                               a Disruption Event; and

 

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

(ii)                                  the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question and the Agent has notified the Company and the Lenders that this is the case.

 

Increase Confirmation ” means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 20 ( Form of Increase Confirmation ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company (in each case acting reasonably).

 

Increase Date ” means, in relation to an increase, the later of:

 

(a)                                 the proposed Increase Date specified in the relevant Increase Confirmation; and

 

18



 

(b)                                 the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Increase Confirmation.

 

Increase Lender ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

 

Industrial Competitor ” means a person (or an Affiliate of a person):

 

(a)                                 who in the ordinary course of business is in direct competition with the Group (which shall include Unrestricted Subsidiaries for the purposes of the definition of Industrial Competitor only) in any of its business activities carried on by the Group (including, without limitation, any owner of, controlling shareholder or any shareholder who has the right to appoint a director to the board (or equivalent body) of any professional football club); or

 

(b)                                 who has the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting (or equivalent) of an entity which falls within paragraph (a) above or who holds beneficially more than 50 per cent. of the issued share capital (or equivalent) of an entity which falls within paragraph (a) above (any such person, a “ Competitor Shareholder ”), any Affiliate of a Competitor Shareholder, any trust of which a Competitor Shareholder or any of its Affiliates is a trustee, any partnership of which a Competitor Shareholder or any of its Affiliates is a partner and any trust, fund or other entity which is managed by, or is under the control of, a Competitor Shareholder or any of its Affiliates.

 

Initial Facility ” means the revolving credit facility made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (a) of Clause 2.1 ( The Facilities ).

 

Initial Facility Commitment ” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Initial Facility Commitment” in Part 2 of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) and the amount of any other Initial Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase ); and

 

(b)                                 in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Initial Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase ),

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Initial Facility Loan ” means a loan made or to be made under the Initial Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

Initial Termination Date ” means in respect of the Initial Facility, the date falling six years after the Closing Date.

 

Insolvency Event ” in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

(a)                                 is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

(b)                                 becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

(c)                                  makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

19



 

(d)                                 institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

(e)                                  has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

(i)                                     results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

(ii)                                  is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

(f)                                   has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;

 

(g)                                  has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

(h)                                 seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

(i)                                     has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

(j)                                    causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

 

(k)                                 takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

Intellectual Property ” means:

 

(a)                                 any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names, inventions, knowhow and other intellectual property rights and interests (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist), whether registered or unregistered; and

 

(b)                                 the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Group (which may on or after the date of this Agreement subsist).

 

20



 

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the intercreditor agreement dated 29 January 2010, as amended and restated on or about the Closing Date (as may be further amended and/or restated from time to time) and made between, among others, the Company, the Debtors, the Security Trustee (as Security Trustee), the Agent (as RCF Agent), the Lenders (as RCF Lenders), the Arranger (as Arranger), the Ancillary Lenders (as RCF Lenders), the Hedge Counterparties and the Intra-Group Lenders (as each term is defined therein).

 

Interest Period ” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 15 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 14.3 ( Default interest ).

 

Interpolated Historic Screen Rate ” means, in relation to any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a)                                 the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

(b)                                 the most recent applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

 

each for the currency of that Loan and each of which is as of a day which is no more than five Business Days before the Quotation Day.

 

Interpolated Screen Rate ” means, in relation to EURIBOR or LIBOR for any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a)                                 the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is applicable) which is less than the Interest Period for that Loan; and

 

(b)                                 the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is applicable) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

 

each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan.

 

Investor Affiliate ” means each Original Investor, each “Affiliate” (as defined in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants )) of an Original Investor, any trust of which an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates is a trustee, any partnership of which an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates is a partner and any trust, fund or other entity which is managed by, or is under the control of, an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates provided that any such trust, fund or other entity which has been established for at least six Months solely for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans or debt securities and which is managed or controlled independently from all other trusts, funds or other entities managed or controlled by an Original Investor or any of its Affiliates which have been established for the primary or main purpose of investing in the share capital of companies shall not constitute an Investor Affiliate.

 

Issuer ” means MUF plc.

 

Issuing Bank ” means Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited or other any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has agreed to the Company’s request to be an Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (and if more than one Lender has so agreed, such Lenders shall be referred to, whether acting individually or together, as the “ Issuing Bank ”) provided that , in respect of a Letter of Credit issued or to be issued

 

21



 

pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the “Issuing Bank” shall be the Issuing Bank which has issued or agreed to issue that Letter of Credit.

 

ITA ” means the Income Tax Act 2007.

 

L/C Proportion ” means in relation to a Lender in respect of any Letter of Credit, the proportion (expressed as a percentage) borne by that Lender’s Available Commitment under the Facility under which such Letter of Credit is issued to the relevant Available Facility immediately prior to the issue of that Letter of Credit, adjusted to reflect any assignment or transfer under this Agreement to or by that Lender.

 

Legal Opinion ” means any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) or Clause 31 ( Changes to the Obligors ) or otherwise in accordance with the terms of any Finance Document.

 

Legal Reservations ” means:

 

(a)                                 the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

(b)                                 the time barring of claims under applicable limitation laws (including the Limitation Acts) and the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void and defences of acquiescence, set-off or counterclaim;

 

(c)                                  the principle that in certain circumstances Security granted by way of fixed charge may be recharacterised as a floating charge or that Security purported to be constituted as an assignment may be recharacterised as a charge;

 

(d)                                 the principle that additional interest imposed pursuant to any relevant agreement may be held to be unenforceable on the grounds that it is a penalty and thus void;

 

(e)                                  the principle that an English court may not give effect to an indemnity for legal costs incurred by an unsuccessful litigant;

 

(f)                                   the principle that the creation or purported creation of Security over any contract or agreement which is subject to a prohibition on transfer, assignment or charging may be void, ineffective or invalid and may give rise to a breach of the contract or agreement over which Security has purportedly been created;

 

(g)                                  similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

(h)                                 any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the Legal Opinions.

 

Lender ” means:

 

(a)                                 any Original Lender;

 

(b)                                 any Additional Facility Lender; and

 

(c)                                  any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase ) or Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

 

22



 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Letter of Credit ” means:

 

(a)                                 a letter of credit (i) substantially in the form set out in Schedule 11 ( Form of Letter of Credit ), with any minor amendments approved by the Agent (acting reasonably) which do not adversely affect the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, or (ii) in any other form requested by the Company and agreed by the Issuing Bank; or

 

(b)                                 any guarantee, indemnity or other instrument in a form requested by a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) and agreed by the Issuing Bank (acting reasonably).

 

LIBOR ” means, in relation to any Loan:

 

(a)                                 the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

(b)                                 (if no Screen Rate is available for the currency or Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

 

(c)                                  if:

 

(i)                                     no Screen Rate is available for the currency of that Loan; or

 

(ii)                                  no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,

 

the Base Reference Bank Rate,

 

as of, in each case, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan and a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and, if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

 

Limitation Acts ” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

 

LMA ” means the Loan Market Association.

 

Loan ” means an Initial Facility Loan or an Additional Loan.

 

“Majority Lenders” means:

 

(a)                                 (for the purposes of paragraph (a) of Clause 41.2 ( Required consents ) in the context of a waiver in relation to a proposed Utilisation of the condition in Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent )), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 66 2 / 3  per cent. or more of the Total Commitments; and

 

(b)                                 (in any other case), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 66 2 / 3  per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated 66 2 / 3  per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

 

Margin ” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to any Initial Facility Loan, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Total Net Leverage Ratio as set forth below in the column opposite that range:

 

23



 

Total Net Leverage Ratio

 

% per annum

 

Greater than 3.50:1

 

1.75

 

Greater than 2.00:1 but less than or equal to 3.50:1

 

1.50

 

Less than or equal to 2.00:1

 

1.25

 

 

(b)                                 However:

 

(i)                                     any increase or decrease in the Margin for an Initial Facility Loan shall take effect on the date which is the date of delivery to the Agent of the Compliance Certificate for that Relevant Period pursuant to Clause 25.2 ( Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate );

 

(ii)                                  if, following receipt by the Agent of the Annual Financial Statements of the Group and related Compliance Certificate, those Annual Financial Statements and Compliance Certificate demonstrate that (i) the Margin should have been reduced in accordance with the above table or (ii) the Margin should not have been reduced or should have been increased in accordance with the above table, the next payment of interest following receipt of the relevant Annual Financial Statements by the Agent shall be increased or reduced (as the case may be) by such amount as is necessary to put the Agent and the Lenders or the relevant Borrower in the position they should have been in had the appropriate rate of Margin been applied at the time (provided that any such reduction or increase shall only apply to the extent the Lender which received the overpayment or underpayment of interest remains a Lender as at the date of such adjustment);

 

(iii)                               while an Event of Default is continuing, the Margin shall be 1.75 per cent. per annum however, once that Event of Default is remedied or waived, the Margin will be re-calculated on the basis of the most recently delivered accounts and the Margin (on the assumption that as at the date such accounts were delivered no Event of Default had occurred or was continuing) will apply with effect from that remedy or waiver; and

 

(iv)                              for the purpose of determining the Margin, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and Relevant Period shall be determined in accordance with Clause 26.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above (other than sub-paragraph (iii) above), the determination of the Margin in relation to a Loan for the period from the Closing Date through and including the first business day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered to the Agent for the Relevant Period ending 30 June 2015 shall be 1.50 per cent. per annum; and

 

(c)                                  in relation to any Additional Facility, as set out in the Additional Facility Notice relating to that Additional Facility (or as otherwise agreed by the relevant Additional Facility Borrower(s) and the Additional Facility Lender(s) under that Additional Facility from time to time).

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means an event or circumstance (taking into account all the resources, including funds, insurance and other claims and indemnities, available to the Group):

 

24



 

(a)                                 which has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets of the Group (taken as a whole) or financial condition of the Group (taken as a whole); or

 

(b)                                 which has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Group (taken as a whole) to perform its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(c)                                  which, subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, affects the validity or the enforceability of any of the Transaction Security Documents in a manner which is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect the interests of the Finance Parties and, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 20 Business Days of the earlier of the Company becoming aware of the issue or being given notice of the issue by the Agent.

 

Material Company ” means, at any time:

 

(a)                                 the Company;

 

(b)                                 any other Obligor; and

 

(c)                                  any member of the Group (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) which:

 

(i)                                     has earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding intra-Group items but otherwise on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) representing five per cent. or more of Consolidated EBITDA (but excluding intra-Group items and the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation of Excluded Subsidiaries); or

 

(ii)                                  has gross assets (excluding intra-Group items and calculated on an unconsolidated basis) representing five per cent. or more of the gross assets of the Group (excluding intra-Group items and the gross assets of the Excluded Subsidiaries); and

 

(d)                                 a member of the Group (that is not an Excluded Subsidiary) that is the direct Holding Company of any company that is a Material Company pursuant to paragraphs (b) or (c) above.

 

Compliance with the conditions set out in paragraph (c) shall be determined by reference to the latest audited financial statements to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 25.1 ( Financial statements ).

 

However if a Subsidiary (that is not an Excluded Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or business has been acquired since the date as at which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company were prepared, the financial statements shall be adjusted in order to take into account the acquisition of that Subsidiary or business (that adjustment being certified by a director of the Company as representing an accurate reflection of the revised Consolidated EBITDA or gross assets of the Group (not including any Excluded Subsidiaries)).

 

A report by the Auditors of the Company that a Restricted Subsidiary is or is not a Material Company shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

Material Disposal ” means any disposal in respect of which the disposal proceeds exceed £5,000,000 (or its equivalent).

 

25


 

Month ” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a)                                 (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b)                                 if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c)                                  if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

MUFC ” means Manchester United Football Club limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 00095489.

 

MU Interactive ” means Manchester United Interactive Limited (registration number 04365059), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

MUL ” means Manchester United Limited (registration number 02570509), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

MUTV ” means MUTV Limited (registration number 03418853), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

New Holdco ” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is formed as a direct or indirect Subsidiary of MUL and that is the (direct or indirect) Holding Company of the New Holdco Subsidiaries.

 

New Holdco Business ” means:

 

(a)                                 the retail, merchandising, apparel, intellectual property licencing and soccer school business (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any ticket sales (including season tickets) and match day concessions, parking or hospitality);

 

(b)                                 any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into after the date of this Agreement or any other similar business; and/or

 

(c)                                  the digital, media and mobile or any other similar business (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any centrally negotiated broadcasting rights with the Premier League (in relation to domestic and international television and radio broadcasting rights) and UEFA (in relation to European club competition television and radio broadcasting rights) and (ii) any domestic cup television and radio broadcasting rights),

 

in each case, of or in relation to the Group (which, for the purposes of this definition, shall include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and/or the first team of MUFC.

 

New Holdco Group ” means New Holdco and each New Holdco Subsidiary.

 

New Holdco Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is formed as a direct or indirect Subsidiary of New Holdco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any New Holdco

 

26



 

Business or acting as a direct or indirect Holding Company of another member of the New Holdco Group, including holding any assets or properties in relation thereto.

 

Non-Acceptable L/C Lender ” means a Lender which:

 

(a)                                 (other than an Original Lender or an Affiliate of an Original Lender) has a rating (or the Holding Company of which has a rating) for its long-term unsecured and credit-enhanced debt obligations below BBB by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Fitch Rating or Baa 2 by Moody’s Investors Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency (or other such rating as the Lenders and the Issuing Bank may agree) (other than a Lender which each Issuing Bank has agreed is acceptable to it notwithstanding that fact); or

 

(b)                                 is a Defaulting Lender; or

 

(c)                                  has failed to make (or has notified the Agent that it will not make) a payment to be made by it under Clause 7.3 ( Indemnities ) or Clause 32.11 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) or any other payment to be made by it under the Finance Documents to or for the account of any other Finance Party in its capacity as Lender by the due date for payment unless the failure to pay falls within the description of any of those items set out at (c)(i)-(ii) of the definition of Defaulting Lender.

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 41.4 ( Replacement or repayment of Lender ).

 

Note Purchase Agreement ” means the note purchase agreement dated as of on or around the Closing Date entered into by, among others, the Issuer and the Original Guarantors, and relating to the Notes.

 

Notes ” means the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants )) issued by the Issuer on the Closing Date.

 

Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction ” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (b) of Clause 30.2 ( Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates ).

 

Obligor ” means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

 

Obligors’ Agent ” means the Company, appointed to act on behalf of each Obligor in relation to the Finance Documents pursuant to Clause 2.5 ( Obligors’ Agent ).

 

Optional Currency ” means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the conditions set out in Clause 4.3(a) ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies ).

 

Original Financial Statements ” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to the Company, its consolidated audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2014;

 

(b)                                 in relation to MUL, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2014;

 

(c)                                  in relation to MUFC, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2014;

 

(d)                                 in relation to MUF plc, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2014;

 

27



 

(e)                                  in relation to Red Football Junior Limited, its audited financial statements for its Financial Year ended 30 June 2014; and

 

(f)                                   in relation to any other Obligor, its audited financial statements (if any) delivered to the Agent as required by Clause 31 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

Original Investors ” means collectively:

 

(a)                                 the Principals (as defined in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants )); and

 

(b)                                 any Related Party (as defined in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants )) of any Principal.

 

Original Obligor ” means the Original Borrower or an Original Guarantor.

 

Pari Passu Debt ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

Party ” means a party to this Agreement.

 

Perfection Requirements ” means the making of appropriate registrations, filings, endorsements, stampings, intimation in accordance with local laws, notations in stock registries, notarisations, legalisation, notices and other actions and steps in any relevant jurisdiction in order to perfect the Security created or purported to be created pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents or in order to achieve the relevant priority for such Transaction Security.

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” has the meaning given to such term in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

Permitted Reorganisation ” means:

 

(a)                                 an amalgamation, merger, demerger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganisation, winding up or corporate restructuring or reconstruction of a member of the Group or involving the business, operations, assets or shares of (or other interests in) any member of the Group or any other transfer or disposition of the business, operations, assets or shares of (or other interests in) any member of the Group (a “ Reorganisation ”), in each case, on a solvent basis, where:

 

(i)                                     all of the assets of that member remain within the Group and the value or percentage of any minority interest in any member of the Group held by any person which is not a member of the Group is not increased; and

 

(ii)                                  if its assets or the shares in it were subject to security in favour of the Lenders immediately prior to such Reorganisation, the Company certifies that the Lenders (taken as a whole) will, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, enjoy the same or substantially equivalent guarantees from such member of the Group (or its successor, if any) and the same or substantially equivalent security over the same assets (except the shares in the entity that is not the successor entity, provided that the shares in the successor entity (if any) are subject to equivalent security) and over the shares in it (or in each case its successor, if any) after such Reorganisation (ignoring for the purpose of assessing such equivalency any limitations in Clause 23 ( Guarantee and

 

28



 

Indemnity ) and/or required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles and any new or restarted hardening periods);

 

(b)                                 any Reorganisation and/or any other step, action and/or event undertaken by any member of the Group to enable, facilitate and/or implement any of the following:

 

(i)                                     the establishment, formation and/or organisation of any member of the New Holdco Group;

 

(ii)                                  the transfer, assignment or novation by MUL and/or any other member of the Group of all or any portion of the New Holdco Business and/or any related arrangements or assets (including goodwill) to any member of the New Holdco Group, including the transfer of employees and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts; and/or

 

(iii)                               the transfer, assignment or novation of MUTV and/or MU Interactive (including its assets) or all or any portion of the business of MUTV and/or MU Interactive and/or any related arrangements or assets (including goodwill) to any member of the New Holdco Group, including the transfer of employees and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts,

 

provided that, in each case under this paragraph (b):

 

(A)                               (1) New Holdco shall, at all times, remain the direct or indirect Holding Company of the New Holdco Subsidiaries; and (2) subject to the Agreed Security Principles, within the later of 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of (x) the date of it becoming a member of the Group and (y) the Closing Date (unless an existing Transaction Security Document is effective to create Security over such shares), Security shall be granted over 65% of New Holdco’s shares (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares);

 

(B)                               New Holdco and Sponsorship Newco shall, at all times, remain Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(C)                               any direct or indirect Holding Company of Sponsorship Newco that is also a Subsidiary of New Holdco, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(D)                               any Subsidiary that is formed as a Subsidiary of Sponsorship Newco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements of the Group (which, for the purposes of this sub-paragraph, shall include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and/or the first team of MUFC, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary (a “ Sponsorship Subsidiary ”);

 

(E)                                any member of the Group and any member of the New Holdco Group that enters into or, as the case may be, has transferred, assigned or novated to it any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements, shall, at all times, remain a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(F)                                 there shall be no transfer, assignment, novation, amendment, modification, restatement, extension or replacement (prior to the expiration of their respective terms) of the Specified Contracts or any

 

29



 

other sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into by any member of the Group prior to the date of this Agreement that results in any member of the New Holdco Group becoming a party to or entitled to compensation, rights or benefits under any such Specified Contract or other such sponsorship contract and/or arrangement; and

 

(G)                               to the extent there is any transfer, assignment or novation of any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into by any member of the Group on or after the date of this Agreement to the New Holdco Group, such sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements shall be transferred, assigned or novated (as applicable) to a member of the Group, Sponsorship Newco and/or a Sponsorship Subsidiary only (for the avoidance of doubt, any member of the Group may enter into sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements from time to time);

 

(c)                                  any action or reorganisation permitted by Clause 7 ( Merger, Consolidation, etc ) of Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ); or

 

(d)                                 any other reorganisation of one or more members of the Group approved by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably),

 

provided that the Company (or its successor) is an entity that is incorporated in England and Wales.

 

Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities ” means activities, assets and liabilities:

 

(a)                                 incurred for or in connection with Taxes and administrative activities desirable to maintain Tax status in its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

(b)                                 in connection with making claims (and the receipt of any related proceeds) for rebates or indemnification in respect of Taxes;

 

(c)                                  in connection with any litigation or court or other proceedings that are, in each case, being contested in good faith;

 

(d)                                 arising under the issue of fully paid shares at par to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding £1,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate at any time;

 

(e)                                  arising from the payment of fees, costs and expenses, stamp, registration, land and other Taxes incurred in connection with the Transaction Documents;

 

(f)                                   arising from entering into and performing any rights or obligations in respect of (i) agreements with rating agencies and (ii) engagement letters and reliance letters in respect of legal, accounting and other advice or reports received or commissioned by it, in each case, in relation to transactions which are not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

(g)                                  incurred as a result of operation of law; or

 

(h)                                 permitted by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)).

 

Premier League ” means The Football Association Premier League (and any successors) or any replacement league.

 

Premier League Handbook ” means the Premier League Handbook (as updated and/or amended from time to time) published by The Football Association Premier League Limited or any successor or replacement organisation thereof.

 

30



 

Qualifying Lender ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 18 ( Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities ).

 

Quarter Date ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Quotation Day ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined:

 

(a)                                 (if the currency is sterling) the first day of that period;

 

(b)                                 (if the currency is euro) two TARGET Days before the first day of that period; or

 

(c)                                  (for any other currency) two Business Days before the first day of that period,

 

unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

Receiver ” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged Property.

 

Reconciliation Statement ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 25.3 ( Requirements as to financial statements ).

 

Reference Bank Quotation ” means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Base Reference Bank or an Alternative Reference Bank.

 

Regulations T, U and X ” means, respectively, Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

 

Related Fund ” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”) means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

Relevant Interbank Market ” means in relation to euro, the European interbank market and, in relation to any other currency, the London interbank market.

 

Relevant Jurisdiction ” means, in relation to an Obligor:

 

(a)                                 its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

(b)                                 any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to the Transaction Security to be created by it is situated;

 

(c)                                  any jurisdiction where it conducts a material part of its business; and

 

(d)                                 the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Transaction Security Documents entered into by it.

 

Relevant Period ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 26.1 ( Financial definitions ).

 

Renewal Request ” means in relation to a Letter of Credit, a written notice delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause 6.6(a) ( Renewal of a Letter of Credit )

 

31



 

Repeating Representations ” means each of the representations set out in Clauses 24.1 ( Status ) to Clause 24.6 ( Governing law and enforcement ) and paragraph (c) of Clause 24.9 ( Financial statements ).

 

Representative ” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

 

Resignation Letter ” means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 ( Form of Resignation Letter ).

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Rollover Loan ” means one or more Utilisations:

 

(a)                                 made or to be made on the same day that:

 

(i)                                     a maturing Loan is due to be repaid; or

 

(ii)                                  a demand by the Agent pursuant to a drawing in respect of a Letter of Credit is due to be met;

 

(b)                                 the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Loan or the relevant claim in respect of that Letter of Credit;

 

(c)                                  in the same currency as the maturing Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 8.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )) or the relevant claim in respect of that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility; and

 

(d)                                 made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of:

 

(i)                                     refinancing that maturing Loan; or

 

(ii)                                  satisfying the relevant claim in respect of that Letter of Credit.

 

Sanctioned Country ” means, at any time, a country or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions.

 

Sanctioned Person ” means, at any time:

 

(a)                                 any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state or any other relevant sanction authority of any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group conducts its business;

 

(b)                                 any Person located, operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country; or

 

(c)                                  any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons.

 

Sanctions ” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or any other relevant sanctions authority of any jurisdiction in which a member of the Group conducts its business.

 

32



 

Screen Rate ” means:

 

(a)                                 in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate); and

 

(b)                                 in relation to EURIBOR, the euro interbank offered rate administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on page EURIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate),

 

or in each case, displayed on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company.

 

Secured Parties ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Security ” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

Senior Note Documents ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Senior Notes ” has the meaning given to it in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Senior Secured Debt ” means the Senior Notes and any Pari Passu Debt but for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

Senior Unsecured Note Issuer ” means a special purpose entity incorporated for the purpose of issuing or borrowing Senior Unsecured Notes (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) which is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and which has, on or prior to issue date (howsoever described) of the relevant Senior Unsecured Notes, become party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Senior Unsecured Note Issuer.

 

Separate Loan ” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 10.1 ( Repayment of Loans ).

 

Solvent ” means with respect to a U.S. Obligor incorporated in the U.S. and its Subsidiaries as of any date, that as of such date:

 

(a)                                 the fair value of the assets of such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds the debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis;

 

(b)                                 the present fair saleable value of the assets of such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, on the debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured;

 

(c)                                  such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay the debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and

 

33



 

(d)                                 such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which such U.S. Obligor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have unreasonably small capital.

 

(e)                                  For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability as determined in good faith by the Company.

 

Specified Contracts ” means:

 

(a)                                 up to (and including) its expiry or termination, the sponsorship agreement dated 3 November 2000, with effect on 1 August 2002, and entered into between Manchester United Merchandising Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of Nike), MUL (named Manchester United PLC at time of signing of the contract) and MUFC (named Manchester United Football Club PLC at time of signing of the contract) (the “ Nike Agreement ”);

 

(b)                                 from (and including) its effective date, the sponsorship agreement dated 18 June 2014 between adidas (UK) Limited and MUFC (as may be amended and/or restated, novated, modified or supplemented from time to time) (the “ adidas Agreement ”) or any replacement or successor contract thereof; and

 

(c)                                  (i) the global sponsorship agreement dated 27 July 2011 between MUFC and General Motors Holdings LLC and (ii) the shirt sponsorship agreement dated 26 July 2012 between MUFC and General Motors Holdings LLC or, in each case, any replacement or successor contract thereof.

 

Specified Time ” means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 10 ( Timetables ).

 

Sponsorship Newco ” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is formed as a Subsidiary of New Holdco primarily for the purpose of undertaking any sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements entered into after the date of this Agreement or any other similar business of the Group (which, for the purpose of this definition, shall include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and/or the first team of MUFC.

 

Stadium ” means the football stadium at Old Trafford Stadium, Sir Matt Busby Way, Manchester M16 0RA, England owned by MUL.

 

Structural Adjustment ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 41.3 ( Exceptions ).

 

Subordinated Shareholder Funding ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

Super Majority Lenders ” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 85 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated 85 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

 

TARGET2 ” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.

 

34



 

TARGET Day ” means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro.

 

Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

Term ” means, in relation to any Letter of Credit, each period determined under this Agreement for which the Issuing Bank is under a liability under a Letter of Credit.

 

Terminating Hedge Agreements ” means the interest rate transactions entered into between the Company and each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch and National Westminster Bank plc dated 29 January 2010 (as may be amended and/or restated, supplemented or modified from time to time).

 

Termination Date ” means:

 

(a)                                 in respect of the Initial Facility, the Initial Termination Date; and

 

(b)                                 in respect of an Additional Facility, the date specified in the Additional Facility Notice for that Additional Facility (or as otherwise agreed by the relevant Borrower(s) and the Additional Facility Lender(s) under that Additional Facility from time to time).

 

Third Party Disposal ” means the disposal (directly or indirectly) of an Obligor to a person which is not a member of the Group where that disposal:

 

(a)                                 is permitted or not prohibited under Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ) or any applicable term of this Agreement; or

 

(b)                                 is made with the approval of the Majority Lenders.

 

Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Total Initial Facility Commitments and all Additional Facility Commitments.

 

Total Initial Facility Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Initial Facility Commitments, being £125,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

Transaction Documents ” means the Finance Documents, Senior Note Documents, each Hedging Agreement (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and each other Debt Document.

 

Transaction Security ” means the Security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Security Trustee pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

 

Transaction Security Documents ” means the Existing Security Documents, each of the documents listed as being a Transaction Security Document in paragraph 4 of Part 1 of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) and any document required to be delivered to the Agent under paragraph 15 of Part 2 of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) together with any other document entered into by any Obligor creating or expressed to create any Security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of any of the Obligors under any of the Finance Documents.

 

Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably).

 

35


 

Transfer Date ” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

(a)                                the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

(b)                                the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

UEFA ” means the Union of European Football Associations and any successor or replacement organisation thereof.

 

Unpaid Sum ” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiaries ” has the meaning given to such term in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

U.S. ” means the United States of America.

 

U.S. Bankruptcy Law ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978 (Title 11 of the United States Code) and any other United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

U.S. Borrower ” means a Borrower that is a U.S. Person.

 

U.S. Guarantor ” means a Guarantor that is a U.S. Person.

 

U.S. Obligor ” means a U.S. Borrower or U.S. Guarantor.

 

U.S. Person ” means “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and includes an entity whose sole owner is a U.S. Person if the entity is disregarded as being an entity separate from such owner for US federal tax purposes. As of the date of this Agreement, each of the Original Guarantors (other than MUF plc) is treated as a U.S. Person.

 

“USA PATRIOT Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

 

Utilisation ” means a Loan or a Letter of Credit.

 

Utilisation Date ” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made or the relevant Letter of Credit is to be issued as applicable.

 

Utilisation Request ” means a notice substantially in the relevant form set out in Schedule 3 ( Requests and Notices ).

 

VAT ” means:

 

(a)                                 any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(b)                                 any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

Yield ” means the applicable margin, original issue discount (“ OID ”) fees and upfront fees but excluding arrangement fees not generally shared with lenders (where such OID fees and

 

36



 

upfront fees are equated to interest on the basis of an assumed three-year life to maturity of the applicable Additional Facility).

 

1.2                               Construction

 

(a)                                 Unless a contrary indication appears a reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i)                                     the “ Agent ”, the “ Arranger ”, any “ Finance Party ”, any “ Issuing Bank ”, any “ Lender ”, any “ Obligor ”, any “ Party ”, any “ Secured Party ”, the “ Security Trustee ” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents and, in the case of the Security Trustee, any person for the time being appointed as Security Trustee or Security Trustees in accordance with the Finance Documents;

 

(ii)                                  a document in “ agreed form ” is a document which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Agent or, if not so agreed, is in the form specified by the Agent (acting reasonably);

 

(iii)                               assets ” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(iv)                              a “ Finance Document ” or a “ Transaction Document ” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

 

(v)                                 guarantee ” means (other than in Clause 23 ( Guarantee and Indemnity )) any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

 

(vi)                              including ” means including without limitation and “ includes ” and “ included ” shall be construed accordingly;

 

(vii)                           indebtedness ” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

(viii)                        the “ Interest Period ” of a Letter of Credit shall be construed as a reference to the Term of that Letter of Credit;

 

(ix)                              a Lender’s “ participation ” in relation to a Letter of Credit shall be construed as a reference to the relevant amount that is or may be payable by a Lender in relation to that Letter of Credit;

 

(x)                                 a “ person ” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(xi)                              a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law being one with which it is the practice of the relevant person to comply

 

37



 

with) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(xii)                           a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

(xiii)                        a time of day is a reference to London time;

 

(xiv)                       words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; and

 

(xv)                          the “ equivalent ” in any currency (the “ first currency ”) of any amount in another currency (the “ second currency ”) shall be construed as a reference to the amount in the first currency which could be purchased with that amount in the second currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange for the purchase of the first currency with the second currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day (or at or about such time and on such date as the Agent may from time to time reasonably determine to be appropriate in the circumstances).

 

(b)                                 Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

(c)                                  Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

(d)                                 A Borrower providing “ cash cover ” for a Letter of Credit or an Ancillary Facility means a Borrower paying an amount in the currency of the Letter of Credit (or, as the case may be, the Ancillary Facility) to an interest-bearing account in the name of the Borrower and the following conditions being met:

 

(i)                                     the account is with the Issuing Bank or Ancillary Lender (or, in each case, any Affiliate which is an Acceptable Bank) for which that cash cover is to be provided (or, if such person so agrees, with the Security Trustee);

 

(ii)                                  subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 7.5 ( Cash cover by Borrower ), until no amount is or may be outstanding under that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility, withdrawals from the account (other than accrued interest) may only be made to pay the Issuing Bank or Ancillary Lender for which the cash cover is to be provided amounts due and payable to it under this Agreement in respect of that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility; and

 

(iii)                               the Borrower has executed a security document over that account, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Ancillary Lender (and where it is to hold the relevant security, the Security Trustee) with which that account is held (each acting reasonably), creating a first ranking security interest, but in any event on terms no more onerous than the existing Transaction Security Documents, over that account,

 

unless an Acceleration Event has occurred, any interest accruing on any such account will be paid to the order of the relevant Borrower.

 

(e)                                  A Default and an Event of Default is “ continuing ” if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

38



 

(f)                                   For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that any Default or Event of Default arising from a failure to deliver a document or perform an act within a period of time or on or by a specified date shall be capable of remedy and shall cease to be continuing once that document has been delivered or act performed.

 

(g)                                  A Borrower “ repaying ” or “ prepaying ” a Letter of Credit, or Ancillary Outstandings means:

 

(i)                                     that Borrower providing cash cover for that Letter of Credit or in respect of the Ancillary Outstandings;

 

(ii)                                  the maximum amount payable under the Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility being reduced or cancelled in accordance with its terms;

 

(iii)                               the Issuing Bank or Ancillary Lender (each acting reasonably) being satisfied that it has no further liability under that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility; or

 

(iv)                              in the case of a Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit expires in accordance with its terms or is otherwise returned by the beneficiary with its written confirmation that it is released and cancelled,

 

and the amount by which a Letter of Credit is, or Ancillary Outstandings are, repaid or prepaid under paragraphs (f)(i) to (f)(iv) above is the amount of the relevant cash cover or reduction.

 

(h)                                 An amount borrowed includes any amount utilised by way of Letter of Credit or under an Ancillary Facility.

 

(i)                                     A Lender funding its participation in a Utilisation includes a Lender participating in a Letter of Credit.

 

(j)                                    An outstanding amount of a Letter of Credit at any time is the maximum amount that is or may be payable by the relevant Borrower in respect of that Letter of Credit at that time.

 

(k)                                 For the avoidance of doubt and without prejudice to the provisions of Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ) and Schedule 16 ( Additional Events of Default ), in the context of Clause 24 ( Representations ), Clause 27 ( General Undertakings ) or Clause 28 ( Events of Default )) a reference to an amount (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) shall be determined by reference to the rate of exchange (determined in accordance with the definition of equivalent pursuant to paragraph (a)(xv) above) on the date of commitment, incurrence or making of a particular disposal, acquisition, investment, lease, loan, debt or guarantee or taking any other relevant action and any subsequent exchange rate fluctuation shall not cause a Default or an Event of Default or the breach of any provision of Clause 27 ( General Undertakings ) or misrepresentation in respect of any provision of Clause 24 ( Representations ).

 

(l)                                     Unless specifically provided to the contrary a reference to “ Subsidiary ” or “ Material Company ” or “ member of the Group ” excludes each Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

(m)                             Without limiting the definition of “Accounting Principles”, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the Original Financial Statements of the Company for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in the Accounting Principles relating thereto, unless the

 

39



 

parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such changes.

 

1.3                               Currency Symbols and Definitions

 

$ ”, “ USD ” and “ dollars ” denote the lawful currency of the United States of America “ £ ”, “ GBP ” and “ sterling ” denote the lawful currency of the United Kingdom and “ ”, “ EUR ” and “ euro ” denote the single currency of the Participating Member States.

 

1.4                               Terms defined in the Restrictive Covenants Schedule

 

Unless a contrary intention appears, capitalised terms used in this Agreement which are not defined in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) have the meaning given to them in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

1.5                               Third party rights

 

(a)                                 Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “ Third Parties Act ”) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of any Finance Document.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary any Finance Document at any time.

 

1.6                               Lender Affiliates and Facility Office

 

(a)                                 In respect of a Loan or Loans to a particular Borrower (“ Designated Loans ”) a Lender (a “ Designating Lender ”) may at any time and from time to time (but, in the case of a designation made after receipt by the Agent of a Utilisation Request for a Loan, no later than the next Business Day following the Quotation Day for that Loan) designate (by written notice to the Facility Agent and the Company):

 

(i)                                     a substitute Facility Office from which it will make Designated Loans (a “ Substitute Facility Office ”); or

 

(ii)                                  nominate an Affiliate to act as the Lender of Designated Loans (a “ Substitute Affiliate Lender ”).

 

(b)                                 A notice to nominate a Substitute Affiliate Lender must be in the form set out in Schedule 19 ( Form of Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice ) and be countersigned by the relevant Substitute Affiliate Lender confirming it will be bound as a Lender under this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement in respect of the Designated Loans in respect of which it acts as Lender.

 

(c)                                  The Designating Lender will act as the representative of any Substitute Affiliate Lender it nominates for all administrative purposes under this Agreement. The Obligors, the Agent, the Security Trustee and the other Finance Parties will be entitled to deal only with the Designating Lender, except that payments will be made in respect of Designated Loans to the Facility Office of the Substitute Affiliate Lender. In particular the Commitments of the Designating Lender will not be treated as reduced by the introduction of the Substitute Affiliate Lender for voting purposes under this Agreement or the other Finance Documents.

 

(d)                                 Save as mentioned in paragraph (c) above, a Substitute Affiliate Lender will be treated as a Lender for all purposes under the Finance Documents and having a

 

40



 

Commitment equal to the principal amount of all Designated Loans in which it is participating if and for so long as it continues to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender under this Agreement.

 

(e)                                  A Designating Lender may revoke its designation of an Affiliate as a Substitute Affiliate Lender by notice in writing to the Agent and the Company provided that such notice may only take effect when there are no Designated Loans outstanding to the Substitute Affiliate Lender. Upon such Substitute Affiliate Lender ceasing to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender the Designating Lender will automatically assume (and be deemed to assume without further action by any Party) all rights and obligations previously vested in the Substitute Affiliate Lender.

 

(f)                                   If a Designating Lender designates a Substitute Facility Office or Substitute Affiliate Lender in accordance with this Clause 1.6:

 

(i)                                     any Substitute Affiliate Lender shall be treated for the purposes of Clause 18.2 ( Tax gross-up ) as having become a Lender on the date of the relevant Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice; and

 

(ii)                                  subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) of Clause 29.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ), the provisions of Clause 29.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) shall not apply to or in respect of any Substitute Facility Office or Substitute Affiliate Lender.

 

41



 

SECTION 2

 

THE FACILITIES

 

2.                                      THE FACILITIES

 

2.1                               The Facilities

 

(a)                                 Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a multicurrency revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount the Base Currency Amount of which is equal to the Total Initial Facility Commitments;

 

(b)                                 Subject to the terms of this Agreement, one or more Additional Facilities may be established and made available pursuant to Clause 2.3 ( Additional Facilities ).

 

(c)                                  Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, an Ancillary Lender may make available an Ancillary Facility to any of the Borrowers in place of all or part of its Commitments.

 

2.2                               Increase

 

(a)                                 The Company may by giving prior notice to the Agent after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

(i)                                     the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause 11.6 ( Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender ); or

 

(ii)                                  the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with Clause 11.1 ( Illegality ),

 

request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the applicable currency of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments so cancelled as follows:

 

(A)                               the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other persons (each an “ Increase Lender ”) selected by the Company including, without limitation, any Investor Affiliate (so long as any such assumption by any Investor Affiliate is in compliance with and treated as a debt purchase transaction the subject of Clause 30 ( Restriction on Debt Purchase Transactions )) and each of which confirms (in its absolute discretion) its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender. For the avoidance of doubt, a Lender is not under any obligation to assume any increase in its commitment;

 

(B)                               each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

(C)                               each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

42



 

(D)                               the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

(E)                                any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Company in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

 

(b)                                 An increase in the Total Commitments pursuant to this Clause 2.2 will only be effective on:

 

(i)                                     the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender, which the Agent shall execute promptly on request;

 

(ii)                                  in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase:

 

(A)                               the Increase Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(B)                               the performance by the Agent of all necessary “ know your customer ”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Company, the Increase Lender and each Issuing Bank; and

 

(iii)                               the relevant Issuing Bank consenting to the identity of the relevant Increase Lender (unless that Increase Lender is a person with a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than BBB or Baa2 (as applicable) according to at least two of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, in which case no consent of such Issuing Bank shall be required).

 

(c)                                  Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

(d)                                 Unless the Agent otherwise agrees, the Increase Lender shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee in an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under Clause 29.3 ( Assignment or transfer fee ) if the increase was a transfer pursuant to Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) and if the Increase Lender was a New Lender.

 

(e)                                  The Company may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Company and the Increase Lender in a Fee Letter.

 

(f)                                   Clause 29.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

(i)                                     an “ Existing Lender ” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

(ii)                                  the “ New Lender ” were references to that “ Increase Lender ”; and

 

43



 

(iii)                               a “ re-transfer ” and “ re-assignment ” were references to respectively a “ transfer ” and “ assignment ”.

 

(g)                                  The Finance Parties shall be required to enter into any amendment to the Finance Documents (including, without limitation, in relation to any changes to, the taking of, or the release coupled with the retaking of, Transaction Security) required by the Company in order to facilitate or reflect any of the matters contemplated by this Clause 2.2. The Agent and the Security Trustee are each authorised and instructed by each Finance Party to execute any such amended or replacement Finance Documents (and shall do so on the request of and at the cost of the Company).

 

2.3                               Additional Facilities

 

(a)                                 The Company may at any time or times notify the Agent by delivery of an Additional Facility Notice that it wishes to add one or more additional facilities under the Finance Documents, either as a new facility and/or as an additional tranche of any existing facility (each an “ Additional Facility ”).

 

(b)                                 The Company shall offer the Lenders (excluding any Defaulting Lender, any Lender who has at any time been a Defaulting Lender and any Lender that is not an Acceptable Bank under paragraph (a) of the definition thereof (such Lenders being the “ Excluded Lenders ”)) at the relevant time (pro rata to their share of the Total Commitments (excluding for this purpose the Commitments of the Excluded Lenders)) the first opportunity to provide any Additional Facility, provided that if none of those Lenders agrees to lend such Additional Facility on terms satisfactory to the Company within any time limit specified by the Company in such offer to those Lenders (being not less than 10 Business Days) and subject to compliance with the terms of this Clause 2.3, any other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets may arrange and underwrite such Additional Facility.

 

(c)                                  No consent of any Lender is required to establish an Additional Facility (other than any Lender which is to provide that Additional Facility) provided that:

 

(i)                                     the maximum aggregate principal amount of Additional Facility Commitments established pursuant to this Clause 2.3 may not over the life of the Facilities exceed £25,000,000 (or its equivalent);

 

(ii)                                  the Additional Facility is a revolving credit facility;

 

(iii)                               the Additional Facility is not being provided by a member of the Group or an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(iv)                              the Yield in respect of any Additional Facility established on or prior to the date falling 12 months from the Closing Date may not exceed the original Yield in respect of the Initial Facility by more than 1.00 per cent. per annum (unless, simultaneously with such Additional Facility becoming effective, the Yield in respect of the Initial Facility is increased (including at each level of the margin ratchet) such that the Yield in respect of that Additional Facility does not exceed the Yield in respect of the Initial Facility by more than 1.00 per cent. per annum) (and, for the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph (iv) shall not apply to any Additional Facility established after the date falling 12 months after the Closing Date);

 

44



 

(v)                                 the Termination Date for an Additional Facility (for the avoidance of doubt excluding any prepayment in accordance with the terms of such Additional Facility) may not fall prior to the Initial Termination Date;

 

(vi)                              the Additional Facility ranks equally with the Initial Facility in right and priority of payment unless and to the extent otherwise set out in this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(vii)                           no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise when such Additional Facility is established;

 

(d)                                 No Additional Facility Notice will be regarded as having been duly completed unless it specifies the following matters in respect of such Additional Facility:

 

(i)                                     the proposed Borrower(s) in respect of the Additional Facility and confirmation that the proposed Lender is not a member of the Group or an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(ii)                                  the persons to become Additional Facility Lenders in respect of the Additional Facility;

 

(iii)                               the amount of the Additional Facility (specified in the Base Currency) being made available;

 

(iv)                              the Yield applicable to the Additional Facility (including any applicable Margin and margin ratchet);

 

(v)                                 the Termination Date for the Additional Facility;

 

(vi)                              the currency or currencies in which the Additional Facility is available for utilisation; and

 

(vii)                           the Additional Facility Commencement Date for the Additional Facility,

 

without prejudice to the rights of the Agent to request any other information which the Agent may reasonably request in relation to such Additional Facility (but, for the avoidance of doubt, the provision of such information shall not be a condition to the establishment of such Additional Facility).

 

(e)                                  Subject to the conditions set out in paragraph (c) above being satisfied, following receipt by the Agent of a duly completed Additional Facility Notice and with effect from the relevant Additional Facility Commencement Date (or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (f) below are satisfied):

 

(i)                                     the Lender(s) in respect of the relevant Additional Facility (each an “ Additional Facility Lender ”) shall make available that Additional Facility in the aggregate amount set out in the Additional Facility Notice;

 

(ii)                                  each of the Obligors and each such Additional Facility Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and such Additional Facility Lenders would have assumed and/or acquired had the Additional Facility Lenders been Original Lenders;

 

(iii)                               in the case of each such Additional Facility Lender who is not already a Party as a Lender, each such Additional Facility Lender shall become a Party as a “ Lender ”;

 

45


 

(iv)                              each such Additional Facility Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as those Additional Facility Lenders and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Additional Facility Lenders been Original Lenders; and

 

(v)                                 the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect.

 

(f)                                   The establishment of an Additional Facility will only be effective on:

 

(i)                                     receipt by the Agent of an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice from each person referred to in the relevant Additional Facility Notice as an Additional Facility Lender that is not already a Lender;

 

(ii)                                  the Additional Facility Lender performing all necessary “ know your customer ”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar identification checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the provision of its Additional Facility Commitments to the relevant Additional Facility Borrower, the completion of which the Additional Facility Lender shall promptly notify to the Agent and the Company; and

 

(iii)                               in relation to an Additional Facility Lender which is not already a Lender, the performance by the Agent of all necessary “ know your customer ”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar identification checks that the Agent is required to perform under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that Additional Facility Lender making available an Additional Facility, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Company.

 

(g)                                  Each Obligor irrevocably authorises the Company to sign each Additional Facility Notice on its behalf and each Finance Party irrevocably authorises and instructs:

 

(i)                                     the Agent to acknowledge and confirm acceptance of each Additional Facility Notice; and

 

(ii)                                  the Agent and the Security Trustee to acknowledge, execute and confirm acceptance of each Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice.

 

The Agent shall as soon as reasonably practicable send to the Company a copy of each executed Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice.

 

(h)                                 The Finance Documents shall at the request of the Company be amended (including, without limitation, in relation to any changes to, taking of, or release coupled with the retaking of, Transaction Security) required to give effect to an Additional Facility by the Agent and/or the Security Trustee (on behalf of the then existing Finance Parties) and the Company entering into such documentation as is necessary, desirable, consequential on or incidental to implementing that Additional Facility (including any documentation to incorporate any additional terms and conditions of the Additional Facility in the Finance Documents). The Agent and the Security Trustee are each authorised and instructed by each Finance Party to execute any such amended or replacement Finance Document (and shall do so on the request of and at the cost of the Company).

 

(i)                                     Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the terms applicable to any Additional Facility will be those agreed by the Additional Facility Lenders in respect of that Additional Facility and the Company. If there is any inconsistency between any such term agreed in respect of an Additional Facility and any term of this Agreement, the

 

46



 

term agreed in respect of the Additional Facility shall prevail (without prejudice to paragraph (c) above).

 

(j)                                    Each Additional Facility Lender, by executing an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the relevant Additional Facility becomes effective.

 

(k)                                 Each Obligor confirms:

 

(i)                                     the authority of the Company to agree, implement and establish an Additional Facility in accordance with this Agreement; and

 

(ii)                                  in the case of any Additional Facility which the Company has elected will benefit from the guarantees granted under the Finance Documents and/or Transaction Security (as the case may be), that its guarantee and indemnity recorded in Clause 23 ( Guarantees and Indemnity ) (or any applicable Accession Deed or other Finance Document) and/or, as the case may be, the relevant Transaction Security granted by it will, subject only to any applicable limitations set out in the Finance Documents, extend to include the relevant obligations arising under or in respect of the relevant Additional Facility.

 

(l)                                     For the avoidance of doubt, no Lender will have any obligation to participate in an Additional Facility (unless it has executed and delivered an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice in respect of that Additional Facility).

 

(m)                             The Agent is authorised (but not obliged) to disclose the terms of any Additional Facility Notice to any of the other Finance Parties.

 

(n)                                 For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Clause 2.3 are without prejudice to any rights of the Group under Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

2.4                               Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

(a)                                 The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several.  Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents.  No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                 The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

(c)                                  A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

2.5                               Obligors’ Agent

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor (other than the Company) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Deed irrevocably appoints the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

 

47



 

(i)                                     the Company on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in the case of a Borrower, Utilisation Requests), to execute on its behalf any Accession Deed, to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and

 

(ii)                                  each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Company,

 

and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

 

(b)                                 Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors’ Agent or given to the Obligors’ Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors’ Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors’ Agent shall prevail.

 

3.                                      PURPOSE

 

3.1                               Purpose

 

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Initial Facility, any Letter of Credit and any utilisation of any Ancillary Facility towards the general corporate and working capital purposes of the Group (other than (a) the prepayment of any Senior Secured Debt or (b) in the case of any such utilisation of any Ancillary Facility, towards prepayment of any Utilisation). For the avoidance of doubt amounts borrowed under this Agreement may be used towards the making of acquisitions (including, but not limited to, the acquisition of players).

 

3.2                               Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4.                                      CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1                               Initial conditions precedent

 

(a)                                 No Borrower may deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received (or waived the requirement to receive on the instructions of the Majority Lenders under the relevant Facility or is otherwise satisfied (acting reasonably) that it will receive such documents and evidence on or prior to the first Utilisation Date) (i) all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) (other than the documents listed in paragraphs 2(a) and 6(a) in Part 1 of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent )), in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably and (ii) all of the documents and other evidence listed in paragraphs 2(a) and 6(a) in Part 1 of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) which, for the avoidance of

 

48



 

doubt, will not have to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.  The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

(b)                                 Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.2                               Further conditions precedent

 

Subject to Clause 4.1 ( Initial Conditions Precedent ), the Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) in relation to a Utilisation if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

(a)                                 in the case of any Utilisation other than a Rollover Loan:

 

(i)                                     no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation; and

 

(ii)                                  the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all respects by reference to the facts then subsisting or, in the case of such Repeating Representations which are not otherwise subject to a materiality threshold or qualification in accordance with their terms, are correct in all material respects; and

 

(b)                                 in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Acceleration Event has occurred.

 

4.3                               Conditions relating to Optional Currencies

 

(a)                                 A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Utilisation if:

 

(i)                                     it is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base Currency in the Relevant Interbank Market on the Quotation Day and the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation; and

 

(ii)                                  it is euro or dollars or has been approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders under the relevant Facility) on or prior to receipt by the Agent of the relevant Utilisation Request for that Utilisation.

 

(b)                                 If the Agent has received a written request from the Company for a currency to be approved under paragraph (a)(ii) above in relation to a Facility, the Agent will confirm to the Company by the Specified Time:

 

(i)                                     whether or not all the Lenders under the relevant Facility have granted their approval; and

 

(ii)                                  if approval has been granted, the minimum amount for any subsequent Utilisation in that currency.

 

4.4                               Maximum number of Utilisations

 

(a)                                 A Borrower (or the Company) may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation:

 

(i)                                     more than 20 Initial Facility Loans would be outstanding; and

 

49



 

(ii)                                  in relation to an Additional Facility, more than the maximum number of Additional Facility Loans set out in the Additional Facility Notice (if any) would be outstanding.

 

(b)                                 Any Loan made by a single Lender under Clause 8.2 ( Unavailability of a currency ) shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4.

 

(c)                                  Any Separate Loan shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4.

 

(d)                                 A Borrower (or the Company) may not request that a Letter of Credit be issued or made under:

 

(i)                                     the Initial Facility if, as a result of the proposed Utilisation, more than 15 Letters of Credit would be outstanding under the Initial Facility; and

 

(ii)                                  an Additional Facility, if, as a result of the proposed Utilisation, more than the maximum number of Letters of Credit (if any) set out in the Additional Facility Notice would be outstanding in respect of the relevant Additional Facility.

 

50



 

SECTION 3

 

UTILISATION

 

5.                                      UTILISATION - LOANS

 

5.1                               Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may utilise a Facility by way of a Loan by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2                               Completion of a Utilisation Request for Loans

 

(a)                                 Each Utilisation Request for a Loan is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i)                                     it identifies the Facility or Facilities to be utilised;

 

(ii)                                  it identifies the Borrower of the Loan;

 

(iii)                               the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to the relevant Facility;

 

(iv)                              the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); and

 

(v)                                 the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 15 ( Interest Periods ).

 

(b)                                 Multiple Utilisations may be requested in a Utilisation Request where the proposed Utilisation Date is the Closing Date. Only one Utilisation may be requested in each subsequent Utilisation Request.

 

5.3                               Currency and amount

 

(a)                                 The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency.

 

(b)                                 The amount of the proposed Utilisation must be:

 

(i)                                     if the currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum of £1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility in relation to the relevant Facility;

 

(ii)                                  if the currency selected is euro, a minimum of €1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility in relation to the relevant Facility;

 

(iii)                               if the currency selected is dollars, a minimum of $2,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility in relation to the relevant Facility; or

 

(iv)                              if the currency selected is an Optional Currency other than euro or dollars, the minimum amount specified by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) of Clause 4.3 ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies ) or, if less, the Available Facility in relation to the relevant Facility.

 

51



 

5.4                               Lenders’ participation

 

(a)                                 If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, and subject to Clause 10.1 ( Repayment of Loans ), each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by no later than 2.30pm on the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

(b)                                 The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment under the Facility under which such Loan is being made to the relevant Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

 

(c)                                  The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Loan which is to be made in an Optional Currency and notify each Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of each Loan, the amount of its participation in that Loan and, if different, the amount of that participation to be made available in cash by the Specified Time.

 

5.5                               Cancellation of Commitment

 

(a)                                 The Total Initial Facility Commitments shall be immediately cancelled if the Closing Date has not occurred 60 days after the date of this Agreement (or such later date as the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) and the Company may agree).

 

(b)                                 The Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

 

6.                                      UTILISATION - LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

6.1                               The Facilities

 

(a)                                 The Facilities may be utilised by way of Letters of Credit.

 

(b)                                 Other than Clause 5.5 ( Cancellation of Commitment ), Clause 5 ( Utilisation - Loans ) does not apply to utilisations by way of Letters of Credit.

 

(c)                                  In determining the amount of Available Facility and a Lender’s L/C Proportion of a proposed Letter of Credit for the purposes of this Agreement the Available Commitment of a Lender will be calculated ignoring any cash cover provided for outstanding Letters of Credit.

 

6.2                               Delivery of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit

 

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may request a Letter of Credit to be issued by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

6.3                               Completion of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit

 

Each Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(a)                                 it specifies that it is for a Letter of Credit;

 

(b)                                 it identifies the Borrower of the Letter of Credit;

 

(c)                                  it identifies the Issuing Bank which has agreed to issue the Letter of Credit;

 

52



 

(d)                                 the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to the relevant Facility;

 

(e)                                  the currency and amount of the Letter of Credit comply with Clause 6.4 ( Currency and amount );

 

(f)                                   the form of Letter of Credit is attached;

 

(g)                                  the Expiry Date of the Letter of Credit falls on or before the relevant Termination Date (unless the Issuing Bank and the Lenders otherwise agree and the relevant Borrower provides cash cover for the Letter of Credit on the relevant Termination Date);

 

(h)                                 the Term of the Letter of Credit is 12 Months or less (unless the Issuing Bank and the Lenders under the Facility pursuant to which the Letter of Credit is issued otherwise agree and the relevant Borrower provides cash cover for the Letter of Credit on the date falling 12 Months after the date of the issue of the Letter of Credit);

 

(i)                                     the delivery instructions for the Letter of Credit are specified; and

 

(j)                                    the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit is identified and approved by the Issuing Bank (acting reasonably and having regard only to legal and regulatory restrictions (if any) and its formal internal policies applicable to letters of credit).

 

6.4                               Currency and amount

 

(a)                                 The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency.

 

(b)                                 The amount of the proposed Letter of Credit must be an amount whose Base Currency Amount is not more than the Available Facility under the relevant Facility and which is:

 

(i)                                     if the currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum of £1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility in respect of the relevant Facility;

 

(ii)                                  if the currency selected is euro, a minimum of €1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility in respect of the relevant Facility;

 

(iii)                               if the currency selected is dollars, a minimum of $2,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility in respect of the relevant Facility; or

 

(iv)                              if the currency selected is an Optional Currency other than euro or dollars, the minimum amount specified by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) of Clause 4.3 ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies ) or, if less, the Available Facility in respect of the relevant Facility.

 

6.5                               Issue of Letter of Credit

 

(a)                                 If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the Issuing Bank shall issue the requested Letter of Credit on the Utilisation Date.

 

(b)                                 Subject to Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ), the Issuing Bank will only be obliged to comply with paragraph (a) above in relation to a Letter of Credit, if on the date of the Utilisation Request or Renewal Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

53



 

(i)                                     in the case of a Letter of Credit to be renewed in accordance with paragraph (c) of Clause 6.6 ( Renewal of a Letter of Credit ), no Acceleration Event has occurred; and

 

(ii)                                  in the case of any other Utilisation by way of Letter of Credit:

 

(A)                               no Default is continuing; and

 

(B)                               the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing are true in all respects, or in the case of such representations and warranties which are not otherwise subject to a materiality threshold or qualification in accordance with their terms, are true in all material respects.

 

(c)                                  The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Letter of Credit will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitments under the Facility under which the Letter of Credit is issued to the relevant Available Facility immediately prior to the issue of the Letter of Credit.

 

(d)                                 The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Letter of Credit which is to be issued in an Optional Currency and shall notify the Issuing Bank and each Lender of the details of the requested Letter of Credit and its participation in that Letter of Credit by the Specified Time.

 

(e)                                  The Issuing Bank has no duty to enquire of any person whether or not any of the conditions set out in paragraph (b) above have been met. The Issuing Bank may assume that those conditions have been met unless it is expressly notified to the contrary by the Agent. The Issuing Bank will have no liability to any person for issuing a Letter of Credit based on such assumption.

 

(f)                                   The Issuing Bank is solely responsible for the form of the Letter of Credit that it issues. The Agent has no duty to monitor the form of that document.

 

(g)                                  Subject to Clause 32.6(a)(i) ( Rights and discretions ), each of the Issuing Bank and the Agent shall provide the other with any information reasonably requested by the other that relates to a Letter of Credit and its issue.

 

(h)                                 The Issuing Bank may issue a Letter of Credit in the form of a SWIFT message or other form of communication customary in the relevant market but has not obligation to do so.

 

6.6                               Renewal of a Letter of Credit

 

(a)                                 A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may request that any Letter of Credit issued on behalf of that Borrower be renewed by delivery to the Agent of a Renewal Request in substantially similar form to a Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit by the Specified Time.

 

(b)                                 Subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 6.5 ( Issue of Letter of Credit ), the Finance Parties shall treat any Renewal Request in the same way as a Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit except that the condition set out in paragraph (f) of Clause 6.3 ( Completion of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit ) shall not apply.

 

(c)                                  The terms of each renewed Letter of Credit shall be the same as those of the relevant Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal, except that:

 

54



 

(i)                                     its amount may be less than the amount of the Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal; and

 

(ii)                                  its Term shall start on the date which was the Expiry Date of the Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal, and shall end on the proposed Expiry Date specified in the Renewal Request.

 

(d)                                 If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the Issuing Bank shall amend and re-issue any Letter of Credit pursuant to a Renewal Request.

 

6.7                               Reduction of a Letter of Credit

 

(a)                                 If, on the proposed Utilisation Date of a Letter of Credit, any of the Lenders is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and:

 

(i)                                     that Lender has failed to provide cash collateral to the Issuing Bank in accordance with Clause 7.4 ( Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender ); and

 

(ii)                                  either:

 

(A)                               the Issuing Bank has not required the relevant Borrower to provide cash cover pursuant to Clause 7.5 ( Cash cover by Borrower ); or

 

(B)                               the relevant Borrower has failed to provide cash cover to the Issuing Bank in accordance with Clause 7.5 ( Cash cover by Borrower ),

 

the Issuing Bank may reduce the amount of that Letter of Credit by an amount equal to the amount of the participation of that Non-Acceptable L/C Lender in respect of that Letter of Credit and that Non-Acceptable L/C Lender shall be deemed not to have any participation (or obligation to indemnify the Issuing Bank) in respect of that Letter of Credit for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                 The Issuing Bank shall notify the Agent and the Company of each reduction made pursuant to this Clause 6.7.

 

(c)                                  This Clause 6.7 shall not affect the participation of each other Lender in that Letter of Credit.

 

6.8                               Revaluation of Letters of Credit

 

(a)                                 If any Letters of Credit are denominated in an Optional Currency, the Agent shall at six monthly intervals after the date of this Agreement recalculate the Base Currency Amount of each Letter of Credit by notionally converting into the Base Currency the outstanding amount of that Letter of Credit on the basis of the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of calculation. The Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the amount, if any, by which any Letter of Credit exceeds the Base Currency Amount of such Letter of Credit.

 

(b)                                 The Company shall, if requested by the Agent within 7 Business Days of any calculation under paragraph (a) above, ensure that within ten Business Days of the revaluation date sufficient Utilisations are prepaid (which may be effected as provided in paragraphs (g) and (h) of Clause 1.2 ( Construction )) to prevent the Base Currency Amount of the Utilisations exceeding the Total Commitments (after deducting the total Ancillary Commitments) following any adjustment to a Base Currency Amount under paragraph (a) of this Clause 6.8.

 

55


 

6.9                               Appointment of additional Issuing Banks

 

Any Lender which has agreed to the Company’s request to be an Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall become an Issuing Bank for the purposes of this Agreement upon notifying the Agent and the Company that it has agreed to be an Issuing Bank and on making that notification that Lender shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement as an Issuing Bank. For the avoidance of doubt, there may be more than one Issuing Bank at any time under this Agreement.

 

7.                                      LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

7.1                               Immediately payable

 

(a)                                 If a Letter of Credit or any amount outstanding under a Letter of Credit is expressed to be immediately payable, the Borrower that requested (or on behalf of which the Company requested) the issue of that Letter of Credit shall repay or prepay that amount promptly on demand by the relevant Issuing Bank.

 

(b)                                 Each Issuing Bank shall immediately notify the Agent of any demand received by it under and in accordance with any Letter of Credit (including details of the Letter of Credit under which such demand has been received and the amount demanded). The Agent shall immediately on receipt of any such notice notify the Company, the Borrower for whose account that Letter of Credit was issued and each of the Lenders under the Facility.

 

7.2                               Claims under a Letter of Credit

 

(a)                                 Each Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally authorises the Issuing Bank to pay any claim made or purported to be made under a Letter of Credit requested by it (or requested by the Company on its behalf) and which appears on its face to be in order (in this Clause 7, a “ claim ”).

 

(b)                                 Each Borrower that requested the relevant Letter of Credit shall immediately on demand or, if such payment is being funded by a Loan, shall within five Business Days of demand, pay to the Agent for the Issuing Bank an amount equal to the amount of any claim provided that if such drawing is for the same amount and in the same currency as such Letter of Credit then it shall be treated as a Rollover Loan.

 

(c)                                  Each Borrower acknowledges that the Issuing Bank:

 

(i)                                     is not obliged to carry out any investigation or seek any confirmation from any other person before paying a claim; and

 

(ii)                                  deals in documents only and will not be concerned with the legality of a claim or any underlying transaction or any available set-off, counterclaim or other defence of any person.

 

(d)                                 The obligations of a Borrower under this Clause 7 will not be affected by:

 

(i)                                     the sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of any claim or any other document; or

 

(ii)                                  any incapacity of, or limitation on the powers of, any person signing a claim or other document.

 

56



 

7.3                               Indemnities

 

(a)                                 Each Borrower shall within three Business Days of demand indemnify the Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Issuing Bank (otherwise than by reason of the Issuing Bank’s fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct or wilful breach of any Finance Document) in acting as the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit requested by (or on behalf of) that Borrower.

 

(b)                                 Each Lender shall (according to its L/C Proportion) immediately on demand indemnify the Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Issuing Bank (otherwise than by reason of the Issuing Bank’s fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct or wilful breach of any Finance Document) in acting as the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit (unless the Issuing Bank has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

(c)                                  If any Lender is not permitted (by its constitutional documents or any applicable law) to comply with paragraph (b) above, then that Lender will not be obliged to comply with paragraph (b) and shall instead be deemed to have taken, on the date the Letter of Credit is issued (or if later, on the date the Lender’s participation in the Letter of Credit is transferred or assigned to the Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), an undivided interest and participation in the Letter of Credit in an amount equal to its L/C Proportion of that Letter of Credit.  On receipt of demand from the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b) above, that Lender shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Issuing Bank) an amount equal to its L/C Proportion of the amount demanded.

 

(d)                                 The Borrower which requested (or on behalf of which the Company requested) a Letter of Credit shall promptly on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment it makes to the Issuing Bank under this Clause 7.3 in respect of that Letter of Credit except to the extent arising out of the fraud, gross negligence, wilful misconduct of, or wilful breach of the terms of this Agreement in relation to such Letter of Credit by, such Lender.

 

(e)                                  The obligations of each Lender or Borrower under this Clause 7.3 are continuing obligations and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by that Lender or Borrower in respect of any Letter of Credit, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

(f)                                   If a Borrower has provided cash cover in respect of a Lender’s participation in a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall seek reimbursement from that cash cover before making a demand of that Lender under paragraph (b) above. Any recovery made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to that cash cover will reduce that Lender’s liability under paragraph (b) above.

 

(g)                                  The obligations of any Lender or Borrower under this Clause 7.3 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 7.3, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 7.3 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any other person) including:

 

(i)                                     any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor, any beneficiary under a Letter of Credit or any other person;

 

(ii)                                  the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor or any member of the Group;

 

57



 

(iii)                               the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor, any beneficiary under a Letter of Credit or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(iv)                              any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor, any beneficiary under a Letter of Credit or any other person;

 

(v)                                 any amendment (however fundamental) or replacement of a Finance Document, any Letter of Credit or any other document or security;

 

(vi)                              any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document, any Letter of Credit or any other document or security; or

 

(vii)                           any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

7.4                               Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender

 

(a)                                 If, at any time, a Lender is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender, the Issuing Bank may, by notice to that Lender, request that Lender to pay and that Lender shall pay, on or prior to the date falling three Business Days after the request by the Issuing Bank, an amount equal to that Lender’s L/C Proportion of the outstanding amount of any Letter of Credit and in the currency of each such Letter of Credit to an interest-bearing account held in the name of that Lender with the Issuing Bank.

 

(b)                                 The Non-Acceptable L/C Lender to whom a request has been made in accordance with paragraph (a) above shall enter into a security document or other form of collateral arrangement over the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuing Bank (acting reasonably), as collateral for any amounts due and payable under the Finance Documents by that Lender to the Issuing Bank in respect of that Letter of Credit.

 

(c)                                  Subject to paragraph (f) below, until no amount is or may be outstanding under that Letter of Credit, withdrawals from the account referred to in paragraph (a) above may only be made to pay to the Issuing Bank amounts due and payable to the Issuing Bank by the Non-Acceptable L/C Lender under the Finance Documents in respect of that Letter of Credit.

 

(d)                                 Each Lender shall notify the Agent and the Company:

 

(i)                                     on the date of this Agreement or on any later date on which it becomes such a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase ) or Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ) whether it is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender; and

 

(ii)                                  as soon as practicable upon becoming aware of the same, that it has become a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender,

 

and an indication in a Transfer Certificate or in an Assignment Agreement to that effect will constitute a notice under paragraph (d)(i) to the Agent and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 29.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate

 

58



 

Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice to the Company ), to the Company.

 

(e)                                  Any notice received by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall constitute notice to the Issuing Bank of that Lender’s status and the Agent shall, upon receiving each such notice, promptly notify the Issuing Bank of that Lender’s status as specified in that notice.

 

(f)                                   If a Lender who has provided cash collateral in accordance with this Clause 7.4:

 

(i)                                     ceases to be a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender; and

 

(ii)                                  no amount is due and payable by that Lender in respect of a Letter of Credit,

 

that Lender may, at any time it is not a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender, by notice to the Issuing Bank request that an amount equal to the amount of the cash provided by it as collateral in respect of that Letter of Credit (together with any accrued interest) standing to the credit of the relevant account held with the Issuing Bank be returned to it and the Issuing Bank shall pay that amount to the Lender within three Business Days after the request from the Lender (and shall cooperate with the Lender in order to procure that the relevant security or collateral arrangement is released and discharged).

 

7.5                               Cash cover by Borrower

 

(a)                                 If a Lender which is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender fails to provide cash collateral (or notifies the Issuing Bank that it will not provide cash collateral) in accordance with Clause 7.4 ( Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender ), the Issuing Bank shall notify the Company (with a copy to the Agent) that it requires the Borrower of the relevant Letter of Credit or proposed Letter of Credit to provide cash cover to an account with the Issuing Bank in an amount equal to that Lender’s L/C Proportion of the outstanding amount of that Letter of Credit and in the currency of that Letter of Credit then that Borrower shall do so within five Business Days (or such longer date as is agreed with the Issuing Bank, acting reasonably) after the notice is given.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding paragraph (d) of Clause 1.2 ( Construction ) the Issuing Bank shall agree to the withdrawal of amounts up to the level of that cash cover from the account if:

 

(i)                                     the relevant Lender is no longer a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and has given notice to this effect to the Issuing Bank;

 

(ii)                                  the relevant Lender’s obligations in respect of the relevant Letter of Credit are transferred to a New Lender that is not a Non-Acceptable Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; or

 

(iii)                               an Increase Lender has agreed to undertake the obligations in respect of the relevant Lenders’ L/C Proportion of the Letter of Credit.

 

(c)                                  To the extent that a Borrower has complied with its obligations to provide cash cover in respect of a Letter of Credit in accordance with this Clause 7.5, the relevant Lender’s L/C Proportion in respect of that Letter of Credit will remain (but that Lender’s obligations in relation to that Letter of Credit may be satisfied in accordance with paragraph (d)(ii) of Clause 1.2 ( Construction )).  However, the relevant Borrower’s obligation to pay any Letter of Credit fee in relation to the relevant Letter of Credit to the Agent (for the account of that Lender) in accordance with paragraph

 

59



 

(b) of Clause 17.6 ( Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit ) will be reduced proportionately as from the date on which it complies with that obligation to provide cash cover (and for so long as the relevant amount of cash cover continues to stand as collateral).

 

(d)                                 The relevant Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent of the extent to which a Borrower provides cash cover pursuant to this Clause 7.5 and of any change in the amount of cash cover so provided.

 

7.6                               Rights of contribution

 

No Obligor will be entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity from any Finance Party in respect of any payment it may make under this Clause 7.

 

8.                                      OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

 

8.1                               Selection of currency

 

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) shall select the currency of a Utilisation in a Utilisation Request.

 

8.2                               Unavailability of a currency

 

If before the Specified Time on any Quotation Day:

 

(a)                                 a Lender notifies the Agent that the Optional Currency requested is not readily available to it in the amount required; or

 

(b)                                 a Lender notifies the Agent that compliance with its obligation to participate in a Loan in the proposed Optional Currency would contravene a law or regulation applicable to it,

 

the Agent will give notice to the relevant Borrower or Company to that effect by the Specified Time on that day.  In this event, any Lender that gives notice pursuant to this Clause 8.2 will be required to participate in the Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount, or in respect of a Rollover Loan, an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount of the Rollover Loan that is due to be made) and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in the Base Currency during that Interest Period.

 

8.3                               Agent’s calculations

 

Each Lender’s participation in a Loan will be determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ).

 

9.                                      ANCILLARY FACILITIES

 

9.1                               Type of Facility

 

An Ancillary Facility may be by way of:

 

(a)                                 an overdraft facility;

 

(b)                                 a cheque clearing facility;

 

(c)                                  a guarantee, bonding, documentary or stand-by letter of credit facility;

 

60



 

(d)                                 a short term loan facility;

 

(e)                                  a derivatives facility;

 

(f)                                   a BACS facility;

 

(g)                                  a foreign exchange facility;

 

(h)                                 a credit card facility;

 

(i)                                     a derivatives or hedging facility;

 

(j)                                    an automated payments or other current account facility; or

 

(k)                                 any other facility or accommodation required in connection with the business of the Group and which is agreed by the Company and an Ancillary Lender.

 

9.2                               Availability

 

(a)                                 If the Company and a Lender agree and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Lender may provide an Ancillary Facility on a bilateral basis in place of all or part of that Lender’s unutilised Commitment under a Facility (which shall (except for the purposes of determining the Majority Lenders and of Clause 41.4 ( Replacement or repayment of Lender )) be reduced by the amount of the Ancillary Commitment under that Ancillary Facility).

 

(b)                                 An Ancillary Facility shall not be made available unless, not later than three Business Days prior to the Ancillary Commencement Date for an Ancillary Facility (or, in the case of any Ancillary Facility to be made available on the Closing Date, on or before the Closing Date) the Agent has received from the Company:

 

(i)                                     a notice in writing of the establishment of an Ancillary Facility and specifying:

 

(A)                               the proposed Borrower(s) (or Affiliates of a Borrower which is a member of the Group) which may use the Ancillary Facility;

 

(B)                               the proposed Ancillary Commencement Date and expiry date of the Ancillary Facility;

 

(C)                               the proposed type of Ancillary Facility to be provided;

 

(D)                               the proposed Ancillary Lender;

 

(E)                                the proposed Ancillary Commitment, the maximum amount of the Ancillary Facility and, if the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account its maximum gross amount (that amount being the “ Designated Gross Amount ”) and its maximum net amount (that amount being the “ Designated Net Amount ”); and

 

(F)                                 the proposed currency of the Ancillary Facility (if not denominated in the Base Currency);

 

(ii)                                  a copy of the proposed Ancillary Facility Document; and

 

(iii)                               any other information which the Agent may reasonably request in connection with the Ancillary Facility.

 

61



 

The Agent shall promptly notify the Ancillary Lender and the other Lenders of the establishment of an Ancillary Facility.

 

No amendment or waiver of a term of any Ancillary Facility shall require the consent of any Finance Party other than the relevant Ancillary Lender unless such amendment or waiver itself relates to or gives rise to a matter which would require an amendment of or under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under this Clause 9.2).  In such a case, the provisions of this Agreement with regard to amendments and waivers will apply.

 

(c)                                  Subject to compliance with paragraph (b) above:

 

(i)                                     the Lender concerned will become an Ancillary Lender; and

 

(ii)                                  the Ancillary Facility will be available,

 

with effect from the date agreed by the Company and the Ancillary Lender.

 

9.3                               Terms of Ancillary Facilities

 

(a)                                 Except as provided below, the terms of any Ancillary Facility will be those agreed by the Ancillary Lender and the Company.

 

(b)                                 However, those terms:

 

(i)                                     must be based upon normal commercial terms at that time (except as varied by this Agreement);

 

(ii)                                  may allow only Borrowers (or Affiliates of Borrowers nominated pursuant to Clause 9.9 ( Affiliates of Borrowers )) to use the Ancillary Facility;

 

(iii)                               may not allow the Ancillary Outstandings to exceed the Ancillary Commitment (and where the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, Ancillary Outstandings under that Ancillary Facility shall not exceed the Designated Net Amount in respect of that Ancillary Facility);

 

(iv)                              may not allow the Ancillary Commitment of a Lender to exceed the Available Commitment of that Lender in relation to the relevant Facility; and

 

(v)                                 must require that the Ancillary Commitment is reduced to nil, and that all Ancillary Outstandings are repaid (or cash cover provided in respect of all the Ancillary Outstandings) not later than the relevant Termination Date (or such earlier date as the Commitment of the relevant Ancillary Lender (or its Affiliate) under the relevant Facility is reduced to zero), unless such Ancillary Outstandings are cash covered or it is agreed between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Company that such Ancillary Facility will continue independently of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                  If there is any inconsistency between any term of an Ancillary Facility and any term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail except for (i) Clause 38.3 ( Day count convention ) which shall not prevail for the purposes of calculating fees, interest or commission relating to an Ancillary Facility; (ii) an Ancillary Facility comprising more than one account where the terms of the Ancillary Documents shall prevail to the extent required to permit the netting of balances on those accounts; and (iii) where the relevant term of this Agreement would be contrary to, or inconsistent with, the

 

62



 

law governing the relevant Ancillary Document, in which case that term of this Agreement shall not prevail.

 

(d)                                 Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities are dealt with in Clause 17.7 ( Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities ).

 

9.4                               Repayment of Ancillary Facility

 

(a)                                 An Ancillary Facility shall cease to be available on the relevant Termination Date or such earlier date on which its expiry date occurs or on which it is cancelled in accordance with the terms of this Agreement unless the Ancillary Outstandings in respect of such Ancillary Facility are cash covered or it is agreed between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Company that such Ancillary Facility will continue independently of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 If an Ancillary Facility expires in accordance with its terms the Ancillary Commitment of the Ancillary Lender shall be reduced to zero (and its Commitment shall be increased accordingly) unless the Ancillary Outstandings in respect of such Ancillary Facility are cash covered or it is agreed between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Company that such Ancillary Facility will continue independently of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                  No Ancillary Lender may demand repayment or prepayment of any amounts or demand cash cover for any liabilities made available or incurred by it under its Ancillary Facility (except where the Ancillary Facility is provided on a net limit basis to the extent required to bring any gross outstandings down to the net limit) unless:

 

(i)                                     the Total Commitments have been cancelled in full, or all outstanding Utilisations under the Initial Facility have become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or the Agent has declared all outstanding Utilisations immediately due and payable, or the expiry date of the Ancillary Facility occurs; or

 

(ii)                                  it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Ancillary Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in its Ancillary Facility; or

 

(iii)                               the Ancillary Outstandings (if any) under that Ancillary Facility can be refinanced by a Utilisation and the Ancillary Lender gives sufficient notice to the Company and the Agent to enable a Utilisation to be made to refinance those Ancillary Outstandings.

 

(d)                                 For the purposes of determining whether or not the Ancillary Outstandings under an Ancillary Facility mentioned in paragraph (c)(iii) above can be refinanced by a Utilisation:

 

(i)                                     the Commitment of the Ancillary Lender under the relevant Facility will be increased by the amount of its Ancillary Commitment; and

 

(ii)                                  the Utilisation may (so long as paragraph (c)(i) above does not apply) be made irrespective of whether an Event of Default or Default is outstanding or any other applicable condition precedent is not satisfied (but only to the extent that the proceeds are applied in refinancing those Ancillary Outstandings) and irrespective of whether Clause 4.4 ( Maximum number of Utilisations ) or paragraph (a)(iv) of Clause 5.2 ( Completion of a Utilisation Request for Loans ) applies.

 

63



 

(e)                                  On the making of a Utilisation to refinance Ancillary Outstandings:

 

(i)                                     each Lender will participate in that Utilisation in an amount (as determined by the Agent) which will result as nearly as possible in the aggregate amount of its participation in the Utilisations then outstanding under the relevant Facility bearing the same proportion to the aggregate amount of the Utilisations then outstanding under the relevant Facility as its Commitment bears to the total Commitments under the relevant Facility; and

 

(ii)                                  the relevant Ancillary Facility shall be cancelled.

 

(f)                                   In relation to an Ancillary Facility which comprises an overdraft facility where a Designated Net Amount has been established, the Ancillary Lender providing that Ancillary Facility shall only be obliged to take into account for the purposes of calculating compliance with the Designated Net Amount those credit balances which it is permitted to take into account by the then current law and regulations in relation to its reporting of exposures to the Financial Conduct Authority or other applicable regulatory authorities as netted for capital adequacy purposes.

 

9.5                               Ancillary Outstandings

 

Each Borrower and each Ancillary Lender agrees with and for the benefit of each Lender that:

 

(a)                                 the Ancillary Outstandings under any Ancillary Facility provided by that Ancillary Lender shall not exceed the Ancillary Commitment applicable to that Ancillary Facility and where the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, Ancillary Outstandings under that Ancillary Facility shall not exceed the Designated Net Amount in respect of that Ancillary Facility; and

 

(b)                                 where all or part of the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, the Ancillary Outstandings (calculated on the basis that the words in brackets in paragraph (a) of the definition of that term were deleted) shall not exceed the Designated Gross Amount applicable to that Ancillary Facility.

 

9.6                               Adjustment for Ancillary Facilities upon acceleration

 

In this Clause 9.6:

 

Outstandings ” means, in relation to a Lender and a Facility, the aggregate of the equivalent in the Base Currency of (i) its participation in each Utilisation then outstanding under the relevant Facility (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and commission owed to it as a Lender), and (ii) if the Lender is also an Ancillary Lender, the Ancillary Outstandings in respect of Ancillary Facilities provided by that Ancillary Lender (or its Affiliate) under the relevant Facility (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and commission owed to it as an Ancillary Lender in respect of the Ancillary Facility).

 

Total Outstandings ” means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate of all Outstandings under that Facility.

 

(a)                                 If a notice is served under Clause 28.9 ( Acceleration ) (other than a notice declaring Utilisations to be due on demand), each Lender and each Ancillary Lender shall promptly adjust by corresponding transfers (to the extent necessary) their claims in respect of amounts outstanding to them under the Facilities and each Ancillary Facility to ensure that after such transfers the Outstandings of each Lender under a Facility bear the same proportion to the Total Outstandings under the relevant Facility

 

64



 

as such Lender’s Commitment bears to the total Commitments under the relevant Facility, each as at the date the notice is served under Clause 28.9 ( Acceleration ).

 

(b)                                 If an amount outstanding under an Ancillary Facility is a contingent liability and that contingent liability becomes an actual liability or is reduced to zero after the original adjustment is made under paragraph (a) above, then each Lender and Ancillary Lender will make a further adjustment by corresponding transfers (to the extent necessary) to put themselves in the position they would have been in had the original adjustment been determined by reference to the actual liability or, as the case may be, zero liability and not the contingent liability.

 

(c)                                  Prior to the application of the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Clause 9.6, an Ancillary Lender that has provided an overdraft comprising more than one account under an Ancillary Facility shall set-off any liabilities owing to it under such overdraft facility against credit balances on any account comprised in such overdraft facility.

 

(d)                                 All calculations to be made pursuant to this Clause 9.6 shall be made by the Agent based upon information provided to it by the Lenders and Ancillary Lenders.

 

9.7                               Information

 

Each Borrower and each Ancillary Lender shall, promptly upon request by the Agent, supply the Agent with any information relating to the operation of an Ancillary Facility (including the Ancillary Outstandings) as the Agent may reasonably request from time to time. Each Borrower consents to all such information being released to the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

9.8                               Affiliates of Lenders as Ancillary Lenders

 

(a)                                 Subject to the terms of this Agreement, an Affiliate of a Lender may become an Ancillary Lender.  In such case, the Lender and its Affiliate shall be treated as a single Lender whose Commitment is the amount set out opposite the relevant Lender’s name in Part 2 of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) and/or the amount of any Commitment transferred to or assumed by that Lender under this Agreement, to the extent (in each case) not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.  For the purposes of calculating the Lender’s Available Commitment under each Facility, the Lender’s Commitment shall be reduced to the extent of the aggregate of the Ancillary Commitments of its Affiliates.

 

(b)                                 The Company shall specify any relevant Affiliate of a Lender in any notice delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 9.2 ( Availability ) (any such notice specifying an Affiliate of a Lender, an “ Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice ”).

 

(c)                                  An Affiliate of a Lender which becomes an Ancillary Lender shall accede to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Ancillary Lender and any person which so accedes to the Intercreditor Agreement shall, at the same time, become a party to this Agreement as an Ancillary Lender in accordance with clause 21.13 ( Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking ) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(d)                                 If a Lender assigns all of its rights and benefits or transfers all of its rights and obligations to a New Lender (as defined in Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders )), its Affiliate shall cease to have any obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document.

 

65



 

(e)                                  Where this Agreement or any other Finance Document imposes an obligation on an Ancillary Lender and the relevant Ancillary Lender is an Affiliate of a Lender which is not a party to that document, the relevant Lender shall ensure that the obligation is performed by its Affiliate.

 

9.9                               Affiliates of Borrowers

 

(a)                                 Subject to the terms of this Agreement, an Affiliate of a Borrower which is a member of the Group may with the approval of the relevant Lender become a borrower with respect to an Ancillary Facility.

 

(b)                                 The Company shall specify any relevant Affiliate of a Borrower in any notice delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 9.2 ( Availability ).

 

(c)                                  If a Borrower ceases to be a Borrower under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 31.3 ( Resignation of a Borrower ), any Affiliate designated as the Affiliate of such Borrower pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall cease to have any rights under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document.

 

(d)                                 Where this Agreement or any other Finance Document imposes an obligation on a Borrower under an Ancillary Facility and the relevant Borrower is an Affiliate of a Borrower which is not a party to that document, the relevant Borrower shall ensure that the obligation is performed by its Affiliate.

 

(e)                                  Any reference in this Agreement or any other Finance Document to a Borrower being under no obligations (whether actual or contingent) as a Borrower under such Finance Document shall be construed to include a reference to any Affiliate of a Borrower being under no obligations under any Finance Document or Ancillary Document.

 

9.10                        Commitment amounts

 

Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, each Lender shall ensure that at all times its Commitment under each Facility is not less than the aggregate of:

 

(a)                                 its Ancillary Commitment in respect of that Facility; and

 

(b)                                 the Ancillary Commitment of its Affiliate in respect of that Facility.

 

66


 

SECTION 4

 

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

10.                               REPAYMENT

 

10.1                        Repayment of Loans

 

(a)                                 Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Borrower which has drawn a Loan shall repay that Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.

 

(b)                                 Without prejudice to each Borrower’s obligation under paragraph (a) above, if one or more Loans are to be made available to a Borrower:

 

(i)                                     on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid by that Borrower;

 

(ii)                                  in the same currency as the maturing Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 8.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )); and

 

(iii)                               in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Loan,

 

the aggregate amount of the new Loans shall be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Loan so that:

 

(A)                               if the amount of the maturing Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Loans:

 

(I)                                   the relevant Borrower will only be required to pay an amount in cash in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and

 

(II)                              each Lender’s participation (if any) in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and that Lender will not be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash; and

 

(B)                               if the amount of the maturing Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Loans:

 

(I)                                   the relevant Borrower will not be required to make any payment in cash; and

 

(II)                              each Lender will be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash only to the extent that its participation (if any) in the new Loans exceeds that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Loan.

 

(c)                                  At any time when a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender in the Loans then outstanding will be automatically extended to the relevant Termination Date in relation to the Facilities and will be treated as separate Loans (the “ Separate Loans ”) denominated in the currency in which the relevant participations are outstanding.

 

67



 

(d)                                 A Borrower to whom a Separate Loan is outstanding may prepay that Loan by giving five Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent. The Agent will forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (d) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt.

 

(e)                                  Interest in respect of a Separate Loan will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Borrower by the time and date specified by the Agent (acting reasonably) and will be payable by that Borrower to the Defaulting Lender on the last day of each Interest Period of that Loan.

 

(f)                                   The terms of this Agreement relating to Loans generally shall continue to apply to Separate Loans other than to the extent inconsistent with paragraphs (c) to (e) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Loan.

 

11.                               ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

11.1                        Illegality

 

If, after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date the relevant Lender became a Party), it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in any Utilisation or it becomes after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date the relevant Lender became a Party) unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

(a)                                 that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event and the Agent shall promptly notify the Company after receiving such notice;

 

(b)                                 upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately reduced and cancelled to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws or avoid the relevant unlawfulness; and

 

(c)                                  to the extent that the Lender’s participation has not been transferred pursuant to Clause 41.4 ( Replacement or repayment of Lender ), each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s reduced or cancelled participation in the Utilisations made to that Borrower (or procure the transfer of that Lender’s participation at par to another Lender willing to accept such transfer) on the last day of the Interest Period for each Utilisation occurring after the Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s corresponding Commitment(s) shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

 

11.2                        Illegality in relation to Issuing Bank

 

If after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date the relevant Issuing Bank became a Party), it becomes unlawful for an Issuing Bank to issue or leave outstanding any Letter of Credit, then:

 

(a)                                 that Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event and the Agent shall promptly notify the Company after receiving such notice;

 

(b)                                 upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Issuing Bank, shall not be obliged to issue any Letter of Credit to the extent such issuance would be unlawful;

 

(c)                                  to the extent it would be unlawful for any such Letter of Credit to remain outstanding the Company shall procure that each Obligor shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure the release of each Letter of Credit affected by such change in law issued by

 

68



 

that Issuing Bank and outstanding at such time on or before the date specified by that Issuing Bank in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law); and

 

(d)                                 unless any other Lender under the relevant Facility has agreed to be an Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the relevant Facility shall cease to be available for the issue of Letters of Credit for so long as no other Lender under that Facility has agreed to be an Issuing Bank (in the case of Letters of Credit).

 

11.3                        Voluntary cancellation

 

The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than three Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (but if in part, being a minimum amount of £1,000,000) of the Available Facilities. Any cancellation under this Clause 11.3 shall reduce the Available Commitments of the Lenders rateably under that Facility.

 

11.4                        Voluntary prepayment of Utilisations

 

A Borrower to which a Utilisation has been made may, if it or the Company gives the Agent not less than three Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Utilisation (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Utilisation by a minimum amount of £1,000,000).

 

11.5                        Right of cancellation and repayment in relation to a single Lender or Issuing Bank

 

(a)                                 If:

 

(i)                                     any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 18.2 ( Tax gross-up );

 

(ii)                                  any Lender or Issuing Bank claims indemnification from the Company or an Obligor under Clause 18.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or Clause 19.1 ( Increased costs ); or

 

(iii)                               any Lender invokes Clause 16.3 ( Market disruption ),

 

then:

 

(A)                               if the circumstance relates to a Lender, the Company may:

 

(I)                                   require the transfer or assignment in accordance with this Agreement of all (but at par only) of that Lender’s Commitments and participations in the Utilisations to a person nominated by the Company willing to accept that transfer or assignment; or

 

(II)                              give the Agent notice of cancellation of all or any part of the Commitments of that Lender and the Company’s intention to procure the repayment of all of that Lender’s participations in the Utilisations, whereupon the relevant part of the Commitments of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero;

 

(B)                               if the circumstance relates to an Ancillary Lender, the Company may give the Agent notice of cancellation of all or any part of that person’s

 

69



 

Ancillary Commitment and the Company’s intention to procure the repayment of all of the utilisations of any Ancillary Facility granted by that person, whereupon the relevant part of that Ancillary Commitment of that person shall immediately be reduced to zero; and

 

(C)                               if the circumstance relates to an Issuing Bank:

 

(I)                                   the Company may give the Agent notice of cancellation of its appointment as Issuing Bank under this Agreement in relation to any Letters of Credit to be issued in the future and the Company’s intention to procure either the reduction to zero of that Issuing Bank’s contingent liability under any Letter of Credit or the provision of full cash cover in respect of that Issuing Bank’s maximum contingent liability under each outstanding Letter of Credit or to otherwise repay in full each Letter of Credit issued by that Issuing Bank; and

 

(II)                              if the Company gives notice under paragraph (C)(1) above, the Facility shall cease to be available for the issue of Letters of Credit by the relevant Issuing Bank.

 

(b)                                 On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice under paragraph (a)(A), (a)(B) or (a)(C)(1) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Utilisation or utilisation of an Ancillary Facility is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Utilisation or the utilisation of the Ancillary Facility granted by that Ancillary Lender (or, if applicable, the relevant part thereof) together with, in each case, all interest and other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents or, as the case may be, provide full cash cover in respect of any Letter of Credit issued by that Issuing Bank (or, if applicable, otherwise repay the relevant Letter of Credit).

 

11.6                        Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender

 

(a)                                 If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Company may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent three Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the Available Commitments in relation to each Facility of that Lender.

 

(b)                                 On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, the Available Commitments in relation to each Facility of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c)                                  The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

12.                               MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

 

12.1                        Change of Control

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control:

 

(a)                                 the Company shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of a Change of Control and the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders thereafter (the “ Agent’s Notice ”); and

 

70



 

(b)                                 provided that such request is made prior to the date falling 30 days after the date of the Agent’s Notice, if any Lender so requires:

 

(i)                                     the Agent shall promptly notify the Company (the “ Notice to the Company ”) that the Commitment of that Lender shall be cancelled on the date falling 30 days (or if such date is not a Business Day, the next Business Day) after the date of the Notice to the Company; and

 

(ii)                                  the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and that Lender’s participation in all outstanding Utilisations and that Lender’s Ancillary Outstandings, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued to that Lender under the Finance Documents, shall become due and payable, and shall be repaid in full, in each case, on the date falling 30 days (or if such date is not a Business Day, the next Business Day) after the date of the Notice to the Company.

 

13.                               RESTRICTIONS

 

13.1                        Notices of Cancellation or Prepayment

 

(a)                                 Subject to paragraph (b) below, any notice of cancellation, prepayment, authorisation or other election given by any Party under Clause 11 ( Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation ), shall (subject to the terms of those Clauses) be irrevocable (unless otherwise agreed by the Majority Lenders) and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

(b)                                 In the event that the Borrower or the Company delivers, in relation to a voluntary prepayment and/or cancellation only, a conditional notice and/or revocable notice of cancellation and/or prepayment under this Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, it shall be permitted to do), unless the Borrower or the Company (as applicable) gives notice to the Agent of at least one Business Day prior to the date on which the cancellation and/or prepayment was to be made, the Borrower or the Company (as applicable) shall be liable for any Break Costs if the relevant cancellation and/or prepayment is not made.

 

13.2                        Interest and other amounts

 

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to payment of any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

13.3                        Reborrowing of Facility

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Facilities which is prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

13.4                        Prepayment in accordance with Agreement

 

No Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Utilisations or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

71



 

13.5                        No reinstatement of Commitments

 

Subject to Clause 2.2 ( Increase ) and Clause 2.3 ( Additional Facilities ), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

13.6                        Agent’s receipt of Notices

 

If the Agent receives a notice under Clause 11 ( Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation ), it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice or election to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

13.7                        Effect of Repayment and Prepayment on Commitments

 

If all or part of a Utilisation under a Facility is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent )), an amount of the Commitments (equal to the Base Currency Amount of the amount of the Utilisation which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of that Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.  Any cancellation under this Clause 13.7 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under that Facility.

 

72



 

SECTION 5

 

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

14.                               INTEREST

 

14.1                        Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

(a)                                 Margin; and

 

(b)                                 LIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in euro, EURIBOR;

 

14.2                        Payment of interest

 

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

14.3                        Default interest

 

(a)                                 If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is one per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably).  Any interest accruing under this Clause 14.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

(b)                                 If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

(i)                                     the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

(ii)                                  the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

(c)                                  Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

14.4                        Notification of rates of interest

 

(a)                                 The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower (or the Company) of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Borrower (or the Company) of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.

 

73



 

15.                               INTEREST PERIODS

 

15.1                        Selection of Interest Periods and Terms

 

(a)                                 A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan.

 

(b)                                 Subject to this Clause 15, a Borrower (or the Company) may select an Interest Period of one, two, three or six Months or any other period agreed between the relevant Borrower (or the Company) and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan).

 

(c)                                  An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the relevant Termination Date.

 

(d)                                 A Loan has one Interest Period only.

 

15.2                        Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

16.                               CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

16.1                        Unavailability of Screen Rate

 

(a)                                 Interpolated Screen Rate :  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR for the Interest Period of a Loan, the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

(b)                                 Shortened Interest Period :  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR for:

 

(i)                                     the currency of a Loan; or

 

(ii)                                  the Interest Period of a Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

 

the Interest Period of that Loan shall (if it is longer than the applicable Fallback Interest Period) be shortened to the applicable Fallback Interest Period and the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR for that shortened Interest Period shall be determined pursuant to the relevant definition.

 

(c)                                  Shortened Interest Period and Historic Screen Rate : If the Interest Period of a Loan is, after giving effect to paragraph (b) above, either the applicable Fallback Interest Period or shorter than the applicable Fallback Interest Period and, in either case, no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR or, if applicable EURIBOR for:

 

(i)                                     the currency of that Loan; or

 

(ii)                                  the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

 

the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Historic Screen Rate for that Loan.

 

74



 

(d)                                 Shortened Interest Period and Interpolated Historic Screen Rate : If paragraph (c) above applies but no Historic Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Interpolated Historic Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

(e)                                  Base Reference Bank Rate : If paragraph (d) above applies but it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Historic Screen Rate, the Interest Period of that Loan shall, if it has been shortened pursuant to paragraph (b) above, revert to its previous length and the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Base Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

(f)                                   Alternative Reference Bank Rate: If paragraph (e) above applies but no Base Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Alternative Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

(g)                                  Cost of funds : If paragraph (f) above applies but no Alternative Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR or EURIBOR for that Loan and Clause 16.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.

 

16.2                        Calculation of Base Reference Bank Rate and Alternative Reference Bank Rate

 

(a)                                 Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Base Reference Bank Rate but a Base Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Base Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Base Reference Banks.

 

(b)                                 If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Base Reference Bank supplies a quotation, there shall be no Base Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

 

(c)                                  Subject to paragraph (d) below, if LIBOR or EURIBOR is to be determined on the basis of an Alternative Reference Bank Rate but an Alternative Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Alternative Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Alternative Reference Banks.

 

(d)                                 If before close of business in London on the date falling one Business Day after the Quotation Day none or only one of the Alternative Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Alternative Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

 

16.3                        Market disruption

 

(a)                                 If LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR is determined otherwise than on the basis of an Alternative Reference Bank Rate and before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR then the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be the Alternative Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to

 

75



 

the Interest Period of that Loan and if no Alternative Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR or, as the case may be, EURIBOR for that Loan and Clause 16.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

 

(b)                                 If LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR is determined on the basis of an Alternative Reference Bank Rate and before close of business in London on the date falling four Business Days after the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period of the Loan, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 40 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR then Clause 16.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

 

16.4                        Cost of funds

 

(a)                                 If this Clause 16.4 applies, the rate of interest on the relevant Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i)                                     the Margin; and

 

(ii)                                  the weighted average of the rates notified to the Agent by each Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by close of business on the date falling two Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling two Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b)                                 If this Clause 16.4 applies and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

(c)                                  Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lenders) and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

 

(d)                                 If this Clause 16.4 applies pursuant to Clause 16.3 ( Market disruption ) and:

 

(i)                                     a Lender’s Funding Rate is less than LIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in euro, EURIBOR; or

 

(ii)                                  a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above,

 

the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR or, in relation to a Loan in euro, EURIBOR.

 

(e)                                  If this Clause 16.4 applies pursuant to Clause 16.1 ( Unavailability of Screen Rate ) but any Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above the rate of interest shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Lenders.

 

76


 

16.5                        Break Costs

 

(a)                                 Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

(b)                                 Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

17.                               FEES

 

17.1                        Commitment fee

 

(a)                                 The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment of) to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in the Base Currency:

 

(i)                                     computed at the rate per annum of 40 per cent. of the applicable Margin on that Lender’s Available Commitment under the Initial Facility from (and including) the date of this Agreement to (and including) the last day of the Availability Period applicable to the Initial Facility; and

 

(ii)                                  in respect of any Additional Facility, the rate specified in the Additional Facility Notice delivered by the Company in accordance with Clause 2.3 ( Additional Facilities ) on that Lender’s Available Commitment under that Additional Facility for the Availability Period applicable to that Additional Facility.

 

(b)                                 The accrued commitment fee is payable:

 

(i)                                     on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the relevant Availability Period;

 

(ii)                                  on the last day of the relevant Availability Period; and

 

(iii)                               on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

(c)                                  No commitment fee is payable prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

 

(d)                                 No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

17.2                        Arranger fee

 

The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment of) to the Arranger an arranger fee in the amount and at times agreed in a Fee Letter. No arranger fee is payable prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

 

17.3                        Upfront fee

 

The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment of) to the Original Lenders an upfront fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. No upfront fee is payable prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

 

77



 

17.4                        Agency fee

 

The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment of) to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. No agency fee is payable prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

 

17.5                        Security Trustee fee

 

The Company shall pay (or shall procure the payment of) to the Security Trustee (for its own account) a security trustee fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. No security trustee fee is payable prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

 

17.6                        Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit

 

(a)                                 Each Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee at the rate of 0.125 per cent. per annum (or such other amount as is agreed between the Company and the relevant Issuing Bank) on the outstanding amount of any Letter of Credit which is counter-indemnified by the Lenders other than by the Issuing Bank or any of its Affiliates requested by it for the period from the issue of that Letter of Credit until its Expiry Date.

 

(b)                                 Subject to paragraph (d) below, each Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a Letter of Credit fee in the Base Currency (computed at the rate equal to the Margin applicable to a Loan) on the outstanding amount of each Letter of Credit requested by it for the period from the issue of that Letter of Credit until its Expiry Date. This fee shall be distributed according to each Lender’s L/C Proportion of that Letter of Credit.

 

(c)                                  The accrued fronting fees and Letter of Credit fee on a Letter of Credit shall be payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months (or such shorter period as shall end on the Expiry Date for that Letter of Credit) starting on the Closing Date.  The accrued fronting fees and Letter of Credit fee are also payable to the Agent on the cancelled amount of any Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective if that Commitment is cancelled in full and the Letter of Credit is prepaid or repaid in full.

 

(d)                                 If a Borrower cash covers any part of a Letter of Credit then:

 

(i)                                     in respect of that part of such Letter of Credit that cash cover has been provided for, 50 per cent of the Letter of Credit fee under paragraph (b) above shall be payable. No other Letter of Credit fee under paragraph (b) above shall be payable but, unless otherwise agreed with the relevant Issuing Bank, the fronting fee payable to the Issuing Bank shall continue to be payable until the expiry of the Letter of Credit; and

 

(ii)                                  each Borrower will be entitled to withdraw the interest accrued on the cash cover to pay the fees set out in sub paragraph (i) above.

 

(e)                                  The Company may pay (or may procure the payment of) on behalf of each Borrower to the Issuing Bank (for its own account) an issue/administration fee (if any) in the amount and at the times specified as may be agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

(f)                                   No fees are payable under this Clause 17.6 prior to the Closing Date or unless the Closing Date occurs.

 

78



 

17.7                        Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities

 

The rate and time of payment of interest, commission, fees and any other remuneration in respect of each Ancillary Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Borrower of that Ancillary Facility based upon normal market rates and terms.

 

79



 

SECTION 6

 

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

18.                               TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

18.1                        Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Borrower DTTP Filing ” means an HM Revenue & Customs’ Form DTTP2 duly completed and filed by the relevant Borrower, which:

 

(a)                                 where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is an Original Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated opposite that Lender’s name in Part 2 of Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ), and

 

(i)                                     where the Borrower is the Original Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date of this Agreement; or

 

(ii)                                  where the Borrower is an Additional Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower; or

 

(b)                                 where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is a New Lender, an Increase Lender, an Additional Facility Lender or Substitute Affiliate Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated in respect of that UK Treaty Lender in the relevant Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice, and

 

(i)                                     where the Borrower is a Borrower as at the relevant Transfer Date or Increase Date (or date on which an Additional Facility Commitment or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice takes effect) is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of that Transfer Date (or date on which the increase in Commitments described in the relevant Increase Confirmation, the Additional Facility Commitment in the Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice takes effect); or

 

(ii)                                  where the Borrower is not a Borrower as at the relevant Transfer Date or Increase Date (or date on which an Additional Facility Commitment or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice takes effect), is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower.

 

Protected Party ” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

Qualifying Lender ” means:

 

(a)                                 a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

 

(i)                                     a Lender:

 

80



 

(A)                               which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payment apart from section 18A of the CTA; or

 

(B)                               in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) at the time that that advance was made and which is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance;

 

(ii)                                  a Lender which is:

 

(A)                               a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(B)                               a partnership each member of which is:

 

(1)                                 a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(2)                                 a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA;

 

(C)                               a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or

 

(iii)                               a UK Treaty Lender; or

 

(b)                                 a building society (as defined for the purposes of section 880 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document.

 

Tax Confirmation ” means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

(a)                                 a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or

 

(b)                                 a partnership each member of which is:

 

(i)                                     a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(ii)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

81



 

(c)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.

 

Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of, any Tax.

 

Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

Tax Payment ” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 18.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 18.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

Treaty Lender ” means a UK Treaty Lender or a US Treaty Lender as appropriate.

 

UK Non-Bank Lender ” means where a Lender becomes a Party after the day on which this Agreement is entered into, a Lender which gives a Tax Confirmation in the Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate which it executes on becoming a Party.

 

UK Treaty Lender ” means a Lender which:

 

(a)                                 is treated as a resident of a UK Treaty State for the purposes of the UK Treaty;

 

(b)                                 does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

 

(c)                                  fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the UK Treaty by residents of that UK Treaty State for such residents to obtain full exemption from taxation on interest imposed by the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Borrower, subject to the completion of procedural formalities.

 

UK Treaty State ” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “ UK Treaty ”) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest.

 

US Qualifying Lender ” means a Lender which:

 

(a)                                 is a U.S. Person;

 

(b)                                 is not a U.S. Person but is entitled to complete exemption from withholding of US federal income tax on interest payable to it in respect of a Loan or Commitment;

 

(c)                                  is a US Treaty Lender; or

 

(d)                                 would have fallen within either paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above but for any change after the date of this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority.

 

US Treaty Lender ” means a Lender which:

 

(a)                                 is treated as a resident of a US Treaty State for the purposes of the US Treaty;

 

(b)                                 does not carry on a business in the United States through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

 

82



 

(c)                                  fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the US Treaty by residents of that US Treaty State for such residents to obtain full exemption from taxation on interest imposed by the United States subject to the completion of procedural formalities.

 

US Treaty State ” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “ US Treaty ”) with the United States which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United States on interest.

 

Withholding Form ” means the US Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-9 (or, in each case, any successor form and, in each case, attached to an IRS Form W-8IMY if required) or any other US Internal Revenue Service form by which a person may claim an exemption from withholding of US federal income tax on interest payments to that person and, in the case of a person claiming an exemption under the “portfolio interest exemption”, a statement certifying that such person is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B), a “10 per cent. shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” that is related to the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 18 a reference to “ determines ” or “ determined ” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

18.2                        Tax gross-up

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b)                                 The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly.  Similarly, a Lender or Issuing Bank shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender or Issuing Bank.  If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender or Issuing Bank it shall notify the Company and that Obligor.

 

(c)                                  If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d)                                 A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

(i)                                     the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

 

(ii)                                  the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

 

83



 

(A)                               an officer of H.M. Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a “ Direction ”) under section 931 of the ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the Obligor making the payment or from the Company a certified copy of that Direction; and

 

(B)                               the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made; or

 

(iii)                               the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

 

(A)                               the relevant Lender has not given a Tax Confirmation to the Company; and

 

(B)                               the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a Tax Confirmation to the Company, on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the Company to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section 930 of the ITA; or

 

(iv)                              the relevant Lender is a UK Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (i) or (j) below.

 

(e)                                  A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United States from a payment to a Lender in respect of a Loan, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

(i)                                     that Lender has not complied with its obligations under paragraph (f) below;

 

(ii)                                  that Lender was not a US Qualifying Lender on the date it first became a Lender; or

 

(iii)                               that Lender is not or has ceased to be a US Qualifying Lender.

 

(f)                                   Each US Qualifying Lender shall submit to the Borrower and the Agent two duly completed and signed copies of the relevant Withholding Form on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of such Borrower or the Agent, as applicable, or on or before the expiration, obsolescence or invalidity of any previously delivered Withholding Form). No Lender shall be required to submit any Withholding Form if that Lender is not allowed validly to do so. If the Agent is not a U.S. Person, such Agent shall provide US Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY to the Borrower indicating its applicable status, together with any required attachments, on or before it becomes the Agent and from time to time thereafter upon the expiration of the previously delivered form.

 

(g)                                  If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(h)                                 Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party

 

84



 

that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

(i)

 

(i)                                     Subject to paragraph (ii) below, a Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction and, in particular, a Treaty Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, make and file an appropriate application for relief under the relevant Treaty.

 

(ii)

 

(A)                               a UK Treaty Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence opposite its name in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties); and

 

(B)                               a New Lender, Increase Lender, Additional Facility lender or Substitute Affiliate Lender that is a UK Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice which it executes,

 

and, having done so, that Lender shall be under no obligation pursuant to paragraph (i) above.

 

(j)                                    If a UK Treaty Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (i)(ii) above and:

 

(i)                                     a Borrower making a payment to that Lender has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender; or

 

(ii)                                  a Borrower making a payment to that Lender has made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender but:

 

(A)                               that Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs; or

 

(B)                               HM Revenue & Customs has not given the Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the Borrower DTTP Filing,

 

and in each case, the Borrower has notified that Lender in writing, that Lender and the Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for that Borrower to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

 

(k)                                 If a UK Treaty Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (i)(ii) above, no Obligor

 

85



 

shall make a Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Commitment(s) or its participation in any Utilisation unless the Lender otherwise agrees.

 

(l)                                     A Borrower shall, promptly on making a Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of that Borrower DTTP Filing to the Agent for delivery to the relevant Lender.

 

(m)                             A UK Non-Bank lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into gives a Tax Confirmation to the Company by entering into this Agreement.

 

(n)                                 A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Company and the Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation.

 

18.3                        Tax indemnity

 

(a)                                 The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

(b)                                 Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i)                                     with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

(A)                               under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

(B)                               under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

(ii)                                  to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A)                               is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 18.2 ( Tax gross-up ); or

 

(B)                               would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 18.2 ( Tax gross-up ) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in paragraph (d) or (e) of Clause 18.2 ( Tax gross-up ) applied;

 

(C)                               relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

(D)                               is attributable to any Bank Levy (or any payment attributable to, or liability arising as a consequence of, a Bank Levy); or

 

(iii)                               with respect to any failure to make a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United States from a payment to a Lender in respect of a Loan, if on the date on which the payment falls due paragraph (e)(i), (ii) or (iii) of Clause 18.2 ( Tax gross-up ) applied to the Lender concerned.

 

86



 

(c)                                  A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Company.

 

(d)                                 A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 18.3, notify the Agent.

 

18.4                        Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

(a)                                 a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

 

(b)                                 that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

 

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

18.5                        Lender Status Confirmation

 

(a)                                 Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement in respect of an advance to an Obligor incorporated in the United Kingdom, after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, which of the following categories it falls in:

 

(i)                                     not a Qualifying Lender;

 

(ii)                                  a Qualifying Lender (other than a UK Treaty Lender); or

 

(iii)                               a UK Treaty Lender.

 

(b)                                 Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement in respect of an advance to an Obligor incorporated in the U.S., after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, whether or not it is a US Qualifying Lender.

 

(c)                                  If a New Lender, Increase Lender, Additional Facility Lender or Substitute Affiliate Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 18.5 then such New Lender, Increase Lender, Additional Facility Lender or Substitute Affiliate Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender or US Qualifying Lender (as appropriate) until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Company).  For the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 18.5.

 

87


 

18.6                        FATCA Deduction

 

(a)                                 Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b)                                 Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

18.7                        Stamp taxes

 

The Company shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document, other than in respect of any transfer, assignment or sub-participation by a Lender (unless such transfer, assignment or sub-participation is made at the written request of the Company).

 

18.8                        VAT

 

(a)                                 All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).

 

(b)                                 If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Finance Party (the “ Recipient ”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “ Relevant Party ”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

(i)                                     (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT.  The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

(ii)                                  (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably

 

88



 

determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

(c)                                  Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

(d)                                 Any reference in this Clause 18.8 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

18.9                        FATCA Information

 

(a)                                 Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i)                                     confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A)                               a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B)                               not a FATCA Exempt Party;

 

(ii)                                  supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

 

(iii)                               supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.

 

(b)                                 If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c)                                  Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i)                                     any law or regulation;

 

(ii)                                  any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iii)                               any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d)                                 If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as

 

89



 

the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

19.                               INCREASED COSTS

 

19.1                        Increased costs

 

(a)                                 Subject to Clause 19.3 ( Exceptions ) the Company shall, within five Business Days of a written demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

(i)                                     the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date it became a Party to this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                  compliance with any law or regulation made after the date it became Party to this Agreement;

 

(iii)                               the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV; or

 

(iv)                              application of, or compliance with, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith.

 

(b)                                 In this Agreement:

 

(i)                                     Increased Costs ” means (without double counting):

 

(A)                               a reduction in the rate of return from the Facilities or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

(B)                               an additional or increased cost; or

 

(C)                               a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is directly attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or an Ancillary Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document or Letter of Credit;

 

(ii)                                  Basel III ” means:

 

(A)                               the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(B)                               the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the

 

90



 

additional loss absorbency requirement — Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(C)                               any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”; and

 

(iii)                               CRD IV ” means:

 

(A)                               Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012; and

 

(B)                               Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC.

 

19.2                        Increased cost claims

 

(a)                                 A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 19.1 ( Increased costs ) shall as soon as reasonably practicable notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim and whether it intends to make a claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Company.

 

(b)                                 Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate (giving reasonable details of the circumstances giving rise to such claim and of the calculation of Increased Cost) confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

19.3                        Exceptions

 

(a)                                 Clause 19.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(i)                                     attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(ii)                                  attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

(iii)                               compensated for by Clause 18.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 18.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 18.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);

 

(iv)                              attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation or any terms of the Finance Documents;

 

(v)                                 attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (“ Basel II ”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates);

 

91



 

(vi)                              attributable to the implementation or application of, or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates) but only to the extent that such cost was known (or could reasonably be expected to have been known) by the relevant Finance Party as at the date it became Party to this Agreement; or

 

(vii)                           attributable to any Bank Levy (or any payment attributable to, or liability arising as a consequence of, a Bank Levy).

 

(b)                                 In this Clause 19.3 reference to a “ Tax Deduction ” has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 18.1 ( Definitions ).

 

20.                               OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

20.1                        Currency indemnity

 

(a)                                 If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of:

 

(i)                                     making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

(ii)                                  obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party (and/or any Receiver or Delegate) to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

(b)                                 Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

20.2                        Other indemnities

 

The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify the Arranger and each other Finance Party (and/or any Receiver or Delegate) against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

 

(a)                                 the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(b)                                 a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 34 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

(c)                                  funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Utilisation requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence or wilful breach of any Finance Document by that Finance Party alone);

 

92



 

(d)                                 issuing or making arrangements to issue a Letter of Credit requested by the Company or a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not issued by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or gross negligence or wilful breach of any Finance Document by that Finance Party alone); or

 

(e)                                  a Utilisation (or part of a Utilisation) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower or the Company.

 

20.3                        Indemnity to the Agent

 

The Company shall promptly on written demand (and in any event, within five Business Days of such written demand) indemnify the Agent against:

 

(a)                                 any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(i)                                     investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

(ii)                                  acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

(b)                                 any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

21.                               MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

 

21.1                        Mitigation

 

(a)                                 Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 11.1 ( Illegality ) (or, in respect of the Issuing Bank Clause 11.2 ( Illegality in relation to Issuing Bank )), Clause 18 ( Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities ) or Clause 19.1 ( Increased costs ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

(b)                                 Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

21.2                        Limitation of liability

 

(a)                                 The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 21.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

(b)                                 A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 21.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be materially prejudicial to it.

 

22.                               COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

22.1                        Transaction expenses

 

The Company shall within five Business Days after receipt of the corresponding invoice pay the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank and the Security Trustee the amount of all third

 

93



 

party costs and expenses (including legal fees up to any agreed caps) reasonably incurred by any of them (and, in the case of the Security Trustee, by any Receiver or Delegate) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and perfection of:

 

(a)                                 this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Transaction Security; and

 

(b)                                 any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

22.2                        Amendment costs

 

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 35.10 ( Change of currency ), the Company shall, within five Business Days after receipt of the corresponding invoice, reimburse each of the Agent and the Security Trustee for the amount of all costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent and the Security Trustee (and, in the case of the Security Trustee, by any Receiver or Delegate) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

22.3                        Enforcement and preservation costs

 

The Company shall, within five Business Days of written demand, pay to the Arranger and each other Finance Party and/or Receiver or Delegate Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees (subject to any agreed cap)) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of or the preservation of any rights under any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any proceedings instituted by or against the Security Trustee as a consequence of taking or holding the Transaction Security or enforcing these rights.

 

22.4                        Transfer costs and expenses

 

Notwithstanding any other term of the Finance Documents, if a Finance Party assigns, transfers or sub-participates any of its rights, benefits or obligations under the Finance Documents no member of the Group shall be required to pay any fees, costs, expenses or other amounts relating to, or arising in connection with, that assignment, transfer or sub-participation (including, without limitation, any Taxes, Increased Costs and any amounts relating to the perfection or amendment of any Transaction Security).

 

22.5                        No deal, no fees

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Finance Documents, no fees, costs or expenses will be payable to the Finance Parties (other than reasonably incurred legal fees up to an amount agreed between counsel to the Finance Parties and the Company) in connection with the Finance Documents unless and until the Closing Date occurs.

 

94



 

SECTION 7

 

GUARANTEE

 

23.                               GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

23.1                        Guarantee and indemnity

 

(a)                                 Subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 23 or in any Accession Deed by which it became a Guarantor, each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

 

(i)                                     guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each other Obligor of all that Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii)                                  undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

(iii)                               agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due.  The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 23 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Finance Document, with respect to any obligation of a U.S. Obligor, no CFC Obligor shall guarantee the U.S. Obligor’s obligations herein or under any Finance Document.

 

23.2                        Continuing Guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

23.3                        Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 23 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

23.4                        Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 23 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 23, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 23 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

 

95



 

(a)                                 any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

(b)                                 the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c)                                  the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d)                                 any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

(e)                                  any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f)                                   any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g)                                  any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

23.5                        Guarantor Intent

 

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 23.4 ( Waiver of defences ) but subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 23 or in any Accession Deed by which it became a Guarantor, each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental and of whatsoever nature and whether or not more onerous) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents (including pursuant to a Structural Adjustment or the establishment of an Additional Facility), including without limitation, for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

 

23.6                        Immediate recourse

 

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 23.  This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

23.7                        Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

96



 

(a)                                 refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b)                                 hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 23.

 

23.8                        Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

 

(a)                                 Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 23:

 

(i)                                     to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

(ii)                                  to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(iii)                               to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

(iv)                              to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 23.1 ( Guarantee and indemnity );

 

(v)                                 to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(vi)                              to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

 

(b)                                 If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust (to the extent it is able to do so in accordance with any law applicable to it) for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same, but subject to the limitations and exceptions provided in this Clause 23 or in any Accession Deed by which it became a Guarantor, to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 35 ( Payment mechanics ).

 

23.9                        Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution

 

If any Guarantor (a “ Retiring Guarantor ”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

 

(a)                                 that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a

 

97



 

contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

(b)                                 each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.

 

23.10                 Additional security

 

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

23.11                 Guarantee Limitations — U.S.

 

(a)                                 Each U.S. Guarantor, and by its acceptance of the guarantee under this Clause 23, the Agent and each other Finance Party hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such persons that the guarantee under this Clause 23 does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance or unlawful financial assistance for the purposes of the U.S. Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar law of any relevant jurisdiction in the United States to the extent applicable the guarantee under this Clause 23 and the obligations of each U.S. Guarantor hereunder.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Agent, each other Finance Party and the U.S. Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each U.S. Guarantor under this Clause 23 at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the obligations of such U.S. Guarantor under this Clause 23 not constituting a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance or unlawful financial assistance after giving full effect to the liability under such guarantee set forth this Clause 23 and its related contribution rights but before taking into account any liabilities under any other guarantee by such U.S. Guarantor. For purposes of the foregoing, all guarantees of such U.S. Guarantor other than the guarantee under this Clause 23 will be deemed to be enforceable and payable after the guarantee under this Clause 23.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this Clause 23.11 shall be for the benefit solely of creditors and representatives of creditors of each U.S. Guarantor and not for the benefit of such U.S. Guarantor or the holders of any equity interest in such U.S. Guarantor.

 

(b)                                 Each Guarantor agrees that the obligations of each U.S. Guarantor under this Clause 23 may at any time and from time to time be incurred or permitted in an amount exceeding the maximum liability of such U.S. Guarantor under paragraph (a) above without impairing the guarantee contained in Clause 23 or affecting the rights and remedies of any of the Agent or each other Finance Party hereunder.

 

23.12                 Additional Guarantee Limitations

 

This guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of sections 678 or 679 of the Companies Act 2006 or any equivalent and applicable provisions under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Guarantor and, with respect to any Additional Guarantor, is subject to any limitations set out in the Accession Deed applicable to such Additional Guarantor.

 

98


 

SECTION 8

 

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

24.                               REPRESENTATIONS

 

Save as expressly stated to the contrary, each Obligor and the Company make the following representations and warranties to each Finance Party at the times specified in Clause 24.28 ( Times at which representations are made ).

 

24.1                        Status

 

(a)                                 It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is a Material Company is a limited liability corporation, limited partnership or a company with limited liability duly incorporated, registered or established and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation or establishment.

 

(b)                                 It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is a Material Company has the power to own its property and other assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted save to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.2                        Binding obligations

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

24.3                        Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party and the granting of the Transaction Security pursuant to the Agreed Security Principles do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a)                                 any law or regulation applicable to it in any material respect;

 

(b)                                 its constitutional documents; or

 

(c)                                  any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any of its or any member of the Group’s assets (other than on or prior to the Closing Date, the Existing Facility Agreement, the Existing Notes, the Terminating Hedge Agreements and other agreements relating thereto) to the extent or in a manner that such conflict has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.4                        Power and authority

 

(a)                                 It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken or will, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any case by the time required, take all necessary corporate action to authorise its entry into and performance of, the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                 No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party.

 

99



 

24.5                        Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

(a)                                 Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, all Authorisations required:

 

(i)                                     to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its material obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party; and

 

(ii)                                  to make the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

 

have been obtained or effected (as applicable) and are in full force and effect, or subject to the Agreed Security Principles and Perfection Requirements, will be obtained or effected or will be in full force and effect when required.

 

(b)                                 All Authorisations required to carry on its business in the ordinary course and in all material respects have been obtained or effected (as applicable) and are (or will by the required date be) in full force and effect except to the extent failure to obtain or effect those Authorisations would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.6                        Governing law and enforcement

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements:

 

(a)                                 the choice of governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

(b)                                 any judgment obtained in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document will be recognised and be enforced in its Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

24.7                        Insolvency

 

No:

 

(a)                                 corporate action, legal proceeding or other legal procedure or step described in Clause 1.1 of Schedule 16 ( Additional Events of Default ); or

 

(b)                                 creditors’ process described in Clause 1.1 of Schedule 16 ( Additional Events of Default ),

 

has been taken or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened (and in each case is outstanding) in relation to any Material Company and none of the circumstances described in Clause 1.1 of Schedule 16 ( Additional Events of Default ) applies to any Material Company.

 

24.8                        No Default

 

As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be reasonably be expected to result from the entry into or performance of any Finance Document.

 

24.9                        Base Case Model

 

Save as disclosed to the Arranger prior to the date of this Agreement, to the best of the knowledge and belief of the Company, the Base Case Model has been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof and the

 

100



 

financial projections (taken as a whole) contained in the Base Case Model were prepared on the basis of recent historical information and based on assumptions believed to be reasonable by the Company at the time made.

 

24.10                 Financial statements

 

(a)                                 To the best of its knowledge and belief, its Original Financial Statements (if any) were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied unless otherwise referred to in such Original Financial Statements (or notes thereto or as expressly disclosed to the Agent in writing prior to the date of this Agreement).

 

(b)                                 To the best of its knowledge and belief, its Original Financial Statements (if any) give a true and fair view of (or fairly represent in all material respects, where unaudited) its consolidated financial condition and operations during the relevant period.

 

(c)                                  As at the date provided, each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 25.1 ( Financial statements ) gives a true and fair view of (in the case of audited financial statements) or fairly represents in all material respects (in the case of unaudited financial statements) its financial condition and operations as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

24.11                 No proceedings pending or threatened

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if so adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect have been (to the best of its knowledge and belief) started or threatened against it.

 

24.12                 No breach of laws

 

(a)                                 It has not (and none of its Restricted Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                 No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief, threatened against any member of the Group which have or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.13                 Environmental and other laws

 

(a)                                 It and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Environmental Laws to which it is or they are subject where non-compliance would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                 No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Group (other than frivolous or vexatious claims) which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if so adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (taking into account reserves made or the benefit of warranties, indemnities or insurance cover in respect thereof).

 

24.14                 Taxation

 

Other than those being contested in good faith and where such payment may be lawfully withheld (provided that adequate reserves have been set aside for such payment), no claim is being or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is reasonably likely to be asserted against it (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim

 

101



 

against it which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.15                 Security and Financial Indebtedness

 

(a)                                 No Security exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any member of the Group other than:

 

(i)                                     any Security permitted by this Agreement; and

 

(ii)                                  on or prior to the Closing Date, Security securing the Existing Facility, the Existing Notes and the Terminating Hedge Agreements.

 

(b)                                 No member of the Group has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than (i) as permitted by this Agreement and (ii) on or prior to the Closing Date, Financial Indebtedness under the Existing Facility, the Existing Notes and the Terminating Hedge Agreements.

 

24.16                 Ranking

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements and applicable Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and to any Security which is permitted under this Agreement, the Transaction Security ranks or will rank in priority as specified in the relevant Transaction Security Document and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security, other than that which is stated in the respective Transaction Security Document or any other Finance Document.

 

24.17                 Good title to assets

 

Subject to any Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, it and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Material Company has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business (taken as a whole) as presently conducted, where failure to do so has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.18                 Legal and beneficial ownership

 

(a)                                 Subject to any Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, as at the time an Obligor enters into a Transaction Security Document it is the sole legal and beneficial owner or lessee or licensee of or is otherwise entitled to use all of the material assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted (including, in the case of any shares of any member of the Group which are the subject of the Transaction Security, but subject to any registrations required to be made by the board of directors of such member of the Group absolute legal and (where relevant) beneficial ownership thereof).

 

(b)                                 Subject to any Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, as at the time an Obligor enters into a Transaction Security Document the entire share capital of MUL is legally and beneficially owned by the Company and Red Football Junior Limited free from any claims, third party rights or competing interests other than pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

 

24.19                 Shares

 

The shares of any Obligor which are subject to the Transaction Security are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights.

 

102



 

24.20                 Intellectual Property

 

In the case of the Company, as of the date of this Agreement, so far as it is aware there are no adverse circumstances relating to the validity, subsistence or use of any of the Group’s Intellectual Property which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24.21                 Group Structure

 

As of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, the Group Structure Chart is true, complete and accurate in all material respects.

 

24.22                 Holding Companies

 

Except as permitted under Clause 12 ( Limitation on Holding Company Activities ) of Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ), neither the Company nor Red Football Junior Limited have traded or incurred any liabilities or commitments (actual or contingent, present or future).

 

24.23                 Centre of main interests and establishments

 

It has its “centre of main interests” (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “ Regulation ”) in the jurisdiction of its incorporation and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation)) in any other jurisdiction.

 

24.24                 Anti-Corruptions Law and Sanctions

 

(a)                                 The Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents affiliates and representatives with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

 

(b)                                 The Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors and officers and, to the knowledge of the Company, their respective employees, agents, affiliates and representatives are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not knowingly engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Company or its Subsidiaries being designated as a Sanctioned Person.

 

(c)                                  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or officers, or to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.

 

(d)                                 No Utilisation, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

 

24.25                 Federal Reserve Regulations

 

The Company represents and warrants that:

 

(a)                                 no Obligor is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock; and

 

(b)                                 none of the proceeds of the Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any Margin

 

103



 

Stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Financial Indebtedness that was originally incurred to buy or carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose which might cause all or any Loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulation U or Regulation X.

 

In this Clause 24.25, “ Margin Stock ” means margin stock or “margin security” within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X.

 

24.26                 U.S. Obligors

 

(a)                                 On each date that a U.S. Borrower incorporated in the U.S. utilises a Utilisation, immediately following and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof, each U.S. Obligor incorporated in the U.S. and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

 

(b)                                 On the date an Additional Guarantor that is a U.S. Guarantor incorporated in the U.S. accedes to this Agreement in accordance with Clause 31.4 ( Additional Guarantors ), immediately following and after giving effect to such accession, such U.S. Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

 

24.27                 Investment Company Status

 

No Obligor is an “investment company” as defined in, or is required to be registered under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

24.28                 Times at which representations are made

 

(a)                                 Save where otherwise specified below, all the representations and warranties in this Clause 24 are made to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement and, if different, on the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                 The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor to each Finance Party on each Utilisation Date, on the first day of each Interest Period and in the case of a Letter of Credit only, each date (other than an Expiry Date) a payment is made in accordance with Clause 17.6(c) ( Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit ).

 

(c)                                  The representation under paragraph (a) of Clause 24.26 ( U.S. Obligors ) is deemed to be made by each U.S. Obligor incorporated in the U.S. to each Finance Party on each date a U.S. Borrower incorporated in the U.S. utilises a Utilisation.

 

(d)                                 The Repeating Representations and each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 24.14 ( Taxation ), Clause 24.15 ( Security and Financial Indebtedness ) and Clause 24.18 ( Legal and beneficial ownership ) are deemed to be made by each Additional Obligor on the day on which it becomes an Additional Obligor and the representation under paragraph (b) of Clause 24.26 ( U.S. Obligors ) is deemed to be made by an Additional Guarantor that is a U.S. Guarantor incorporated in the U.S. on the day on which it becomes an Additional Obligor.

 

(e)                                  Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be made by reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the date the representation or warranty is made.

 

25.                               INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 25 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in

 

104



 

force. The undertakings in this Clause 25 shall be subject to the provisions of Clause 25.11 ( Alternative Reporting ) and Clause 25.12 ( Disclosure Requirements ).

 

In this Clause 25:

 

Annual Financial Statements ” means the financial statements for a Financial Year delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 25.1 ( Financial statements ) and/or Clause 25.11 ( Alternative Reporting ).

 

Quarterly Financial Statements ” means the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 25.1 ( Financial statements ) and/or Clause 25.11 ( Alternative Reporting ).

 

25.1                        Financial statements

 

The Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

(a)                                 within 120 days after the end of each of the Company’s Financial Years its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year, and subject to Clause 25.11 ( Alternative Reporting ), such annual financial statements shall contain the following information: (i) audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company or its predecessors as of the end of the two most recent Financial Years and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of the Company for the three most recent Financial Years, including complete footnotes to such financial statements and the report of the Company’s independent auditors on the financial statements; (ii)  pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalisations (excluding acquisitions or dispositions of player registrations) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed Financial Year as to which such annual report relates; and (iii) an operating and financial review of the audited financial statements, including a discussion of the results of operations (including discussion by business segment), financial condition and liquidity and capital resources and a discussion of material commitments and contingencies and critical accounting policies; and

 

(b)                                 within 60 days after the end of each Financial Quarter in each Financial Year of the Company its unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements for that Quarter Period and subject to Clause 25.11 ( Alternative Reporting ), such quarterly financial statements shall contain the following information:  (i) an unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such Financial Quarter and unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Company for the quarterly and year to date periods ending on the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet date, and the comparable prior year periods for the Company, together with condensed footnote disclosure; (ii)  pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Company, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalisations (excluding acquisitions or dispositions of player registrations) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal quarter as to which such quarterly report relates; and (iii) an operating and financial review of the unaudited financial statements (including a discussion by business segment), including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company and any material change between the current Financial Quarter and the corresponding period in the prior Financial Year.

 

105



 

25.2                        Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate

 

(a)                                 The Company shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent with each set of its Annual Financial Statements and each set of its consolidated Quarterly Financial Statements.

 

(b)                                 Each Compliance Certificate shall set out the matters, calculations and figures required by the form of Compliance Certificate attached in Schedule 9 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ).

 

(c)                                  Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by a director of the Company and, if required to be delivered with the consolidated Annual Financial Statements of the Company, shall be reported on by the Company’s Auditors in the form agreed by the Company and the Majority Lenders (unless it is such Auditors’ policy not to issue such reports).

 

25.3                        Requirements as to financial statements

 

Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 25.1 ( Financial statements ):

 

(a)                                 shall be prepared in all material respects in accordance with the applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied (unless otherwise referred to in such financial statements, or the notes thereto, and to the extent appropriate in the context of Quarterly Financial Statements):

 

(i)                                     in the case of the Company, in the preparation of the Base Case Model; and

 

(ii)                                  in the case of any Obligor, in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements for that Obligor (if any),

 

unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, the Company notifies the Agent that there has been a change as regards the accounting principles or accounting practices applied by the Company or the relevant Obligor when compared to the Accounting Principles applied to the Original Financial Statements and that change is material and, if requested by the Agent, the Company shall deliver to the Agent a statement (the “ Reconciliation Statement ”) containing:

 

(A)                               a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect in all material respects the Accounting Principles or accounting practices upon which the Base Case Model or, as the case may be, that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements (if any) were prepared; and

 

(B)                               sufficient information (to the extent not addressed by the description referred to in sub-paragraph (A) above) to (1) enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 26 ( Financial Covenant ) has been complied with, to determine the Margin as set out in the definition of “Margin”, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt and unless otherwise agreed pursuant to this Clause, the financial covenant in Clause 26 ( Financial Covenant ) and the definition of Margin shall continue to be calculated in all material respects in accordance with the Accounting Principles referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof (subject to any adjustments made by or in accordance with this Agreement, including Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants )) and (2) make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Base

 

106



 

Case Model (in the case of the Company) or that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements (if any) (in the case of an Obligor).

 

(b)                                 If the Company notifies the Agent of a change in accordance with paragraph (a) above, then the Company and Agent shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing:

 

(i)                                     whether or not the change might result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of any of the terms of this Agreement; and

 

(ii)                                  if so, any amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to ensure that the change does not result in either the Finance Parties or the Obligors being in a worse position in relation to the determination of the Margin and compliance with the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 ( Financial condition ) if the change had not been made; and

 

(iii)                               any other amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to ensure that the adoption by the Group of such different accounting basis does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of the rights and/or obligations of any Obligor in the Finance Documents (including more onerous information reporting requirements),

 

and if any amendments satisfactory to the Agent and the Company are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms.

 

(c)                                  If no such agreement is reached within 30 Business Days of that notification of change (or it is not agreed that no such amendments are required), the Company shall:

 

(i)                                     (if a Reconciliation Statement is required by the Agent under paragraph (a) above) ensure that each set of relevant financial statements is accompanied by a Reconciliation Statement or, at the option of the Company, provide financial statements prepared on the basis most recently agreed in accordance with this Agreement; or

 

(ii)                                  instruct the Auditors of the Company to determine any amendment to Clause 26.1 ( Financial definitions ), the Margin computations set out in the definition of “Margin” and any other terms of this Agreement which the Auditors (acting as experts and not arbitrators) consider appropriate to ensure the change does not result in either the Finance Parties or the Obligors being in a worse position than if the change had not been made. Those amendments shall take effect when so determined by the Auditors. The cost and expense of the Auditors shall be for the account of the Company.

 

(d)                                 If and for so long as no agreement or determination is reached in respect of any of the required amendments to this Agreement pursuant to this Clause 25.3, the Company must comply with requests by the Agent for Reconciliation Statements to be delivered in accordance with paragraph (a) above.

 

25.4                        Budget

 

(a)                                 The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests), as soon as the same become available but in any event within 60 days after the start of each of its Financial Years to begin with 1 July 2015, an annual Budget for that Financial Year.

 

107



 

(b)                                 The Company shall ensure that each Budget referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition thereof:

 

(i)                                     is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent;

 

(ii)                                  is prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof and the accounting practices and financial reference periods applied to financial statements under Clause 25.1 ( Financial statements ); and

 

(iii)                               is accompanied by a reasonably detailed commentary from the senior management of the Group.

 

25.5                        Meetings

 

The Company will invite the Lenders to all public calls (to the extent held) for the holders of any of the Notes and give the Lenders reasonable notice of such calls provided that no Lender (or any other Finance Party) may speak during such calls other than to register their attendance.

 

25.6                        Year-end

 

The Company shall not change its Accounting Reference Date.

 

25.7                        Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

If any Subsidiaries of the Company have been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the information delivered under Clauses 25.1 ( Financial statements ), 25.2 ( Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate ) and 25.4 ( Budget ) will include reasonably detailed information as to the financial condition of the Group separate from that of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

25.8                        Information: miscellaneous

 

The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

 

(a)                                 at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all documents dispatched by the Company to its shareholders generally (or any class of them);

 

(b)                                 at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all documents which the Company or any Obligor delivers to its creditors generally (or any class of them); and

 

(c)                                  promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

25.9                        Notification of default

 

(a)                                 The Company and/or each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default that is continuing (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless the Company and/or that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by the Company and/or another Obligor).

 

(b)                                 If the Agent or any Lender has reasonable grounds for believing that a Default has occurred and is continuing, promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors on its behalf certifying

 

108



 

(without personal liability) that no Event of Default is continuing (or if an Event of Default is continuing, specifying the Event of Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

25.10                 Know your customer checks

 

(a)                                 If:

 

(i)                                     the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                  any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii)                               a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “ know your customer ”, USA PATRIOT Act or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “ know your customer ”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                 Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “ know your customer ”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                  The Company shall, by not less than 5 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 31 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

 

(d)                                 Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with “ know your customer ”, USA PATRIOT Act or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “ know your customer ”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Restricted Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor.

 

109


 

25.11                 Alternative Reporting

 

Notwithstanding any other term of the Finance Documents (including this Clause 25), delivery to the Agent of accounts and/or financial statements for any period which comply with the terms of any Senior Notes (the “ Notes Accounts ”) shall satisfy all requirements of Clauses 25.1 ( Financial statements ) and 25.3 ( Requirements as to financial statements ) (including as regards the form of and requirements in relation to financial statements and any accompanying information, statements and management commentary) in relation to the same period such that no further documents, statements or information shall be required to be delivered pursuant to Clause 25.1 ( Financial statements ) and Clause 25.3 ( Requirements as to financial statements ) in relation to that period other than the Quarterly Financial Statements for the final Financial Quarter of each Financial Year, provided that if the Company delivers any accounts and/or financial statements in reliance on this Clause 25.11:

 

(a)                                 where applicable, the Company shall still be required to comply with any obligation to deliver a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Clause 25.2 ( Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate );

 

(b)                                 if there has been any change as regards the accounting principles or accounting practices applied by the Company in the Notes Accounts when compared to the Accounting Principles applied to the Original Financial Statements of the Company and that change is material and impacts upon the manner provided in this Agreement for determining the “Margin” or compliance with the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 ( Financial condition ), the Company shall notify the Agent accordingly (unless the Agent has been notified of the relevant change in relation to a previous set of accounts and/or financial statements) and, if requested by the Agent, the Company shall deliver to the Agent a Reconciliation Statement as contemplated by paragraph (a) of Clause 25.3 ( Requirements as to financial statements ) (in which case the Company shall be entitled to require the operation of any of the provisions set out in paragraphs (b) and/or (c) of that Clause); and

 

(c)                                  where applicable, the Company shall deliver to the Agent a copy of any report delivered pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement in relation to:

 

(i)                                     any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring;

 

(ii)                                  any senior management (other than a club manager) changes at the Company (unless publicly announced);

 

(iii)                               any change in the Auditors; or

 

(iv)                              any other material event that the Company or any other Obligor announces publicly.

 

25.12                 Disclosure Requirements

 

(a)                                 No Obligor shall be required to disclose information pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 25.8 ( Information: miscellaneous ), paragraph (c) of Clause 25.11 ( Alternative Reporting ) (other than sub-paragraph (iii) thereof) or Clause 27.9 ( Access ) if:

 

(i)                                     the Company determines, after consultation with counsel qualified to advise on such matters that, notwithstanding Clause 42 ( Confidentiality ), it would be prohibited from disclosing by applicable law or regulations without making public disclosure thereof; or

 

110



 

(ii)                                  notwithstanding Clause 42 ( Confidentiality ), the Company is prohibited from disclosing by the terms of an obligation of confidentiality contained in any agreement with any non-Affiliate binding upon the Company and not entered into in contemplation of this Clause 25.12, provided that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consent from the party in whose favour the obligation of confidentiality was made to permit the disclosure of the relevant information.

 

(b)                                 Promptly after determining that an Obligor is not permitted to disclose any information as a result of the limitations described in this Clause 25.12, the Company will provide the Agent with an Officer’s Certificate (as defined in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants )) describing generally the requested information that the Obligor is prohibited from disclosing pursuant to this Clause 25.12 and the circumstances under which the Obligor is not permitted to disclose such information.

 

26.                               FINANCIAL COVENANT

 

26.1                        Financial definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Borrowings ” means, at any time, the outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount (including any capitalised interest accretions in respect of any instrument issued at a discount and any other similar amount) of any Financial Indebtedness (other than under paragraph (f) of the definition thereof).

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any Relevant Period, the consolidated profits of the Group from ordinary activities before taxation in respect of that Relevant Period and (without double counting):

 

(a)                                 before deducting any amount attributable to the amortisation or impairment of intangible assets (including goodwill) or the depreciation or impairment of tangible assets;

 

(b)                                 before deducting any Consolidated Net Finance Charges;

 

(c)                                  before deducting any one-off expenses or charges incurred in connection with the incurrence or issuance of (i) any Financial Indebtedness under or which is permitted by the Finance Documents or (ii) any other equity issuance which is permitted by the Finance Documents;

 

(d)                                 before taking into account any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items;

 

(e)                                  before taking into account any accrued interest received by or owing to any member of the Group;

 

(f)                                   before taking into account any realised and unrealised exchange gains and losses including those arising on translation of currency debt;

 

(g)                                  before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any asset or arising from the acquisition or disposal of player registrations;

 

(h)                                 after deducting the amount of any profit of any member of the Group which is attributable to minority interests;

 

111



 

(i)                                     after deducting the amount of any profit of any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the Group) in which any member of the Group has an ownership interest to the extent that the amount of such profit included in the financial statements of the Group exceeds the amount (net of applicable withholding tax) received in cash by members of the Group through distributions by such investment or entity;

 

(j)                                    after excluding the amount of any profit or loss which is attributable to any Material Disposal made in the Relevant Period; and

 

(k)                                 after deducting, to the extent not already taken into account, all rent and other property costs of a revenue nature,

 

in each case, to the extent added, deducted, taken into account or excluded, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining profits of the Group from ordinary activities before taxation.

 

Consolidated Net Finance Charges ” means, for any Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of interest, all regular or periodic commission, fees or discounts in the nature of interest accrued in respect of Borrowings of the Group in respect of that Relevant Period and (without double counting):

 

(a)                                 excluding any such obligations owed to any other member of the Group;

 

(b)                                 including the interest element whether paid or payable, in respect of leasing and hire purchase payments under lease or hire purchase arrangements which would, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as finance or capital leases;

 

(c)                                  including any accrued commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments paid or payable by any member of the Group under any interest rate hedging arrangement;

 

(d)                                 deducting any accrued commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments owing to or received by any member of the Group under any interest rate hedging instrument;

 

(e)                                  deducting any accrued interest owing to or received by any member of the Group on any deposit or bank account or in respect of Cash Equivalent Investments; and

 

(f)                                   excluding any up-front arrangement fees, up-front underwriting fees, up-front commitment fees, up-front participation fees or up-front agency fees paid in connection with the Facilities or the Notes issued on the Closing Date by any member of the Group (except where any such fee is in excess of a reasonable market rate).

 

Financial Quarter ” means the period commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date.

 

Financial Year ” means the annual accounting period of the Group ending on or about 30 June in each year.

 

Quarter Date ” means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

 

Relevant Period ” means each period of twelve months ending on the last day of each Financial Quarter.

 

Total Net Debt ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of all obligations of the Group for or in respect of the principal amount of Borrowings but:

 

112



 

(a)                                 excluding (to the extent constituting Borrowings) any such obligations to any other member of the Group;

 

(b)                                 excluding any Subordinated Shareholder Funding and Additional Shareholder Funding;

 

(c)                                  including, in the case of finance leases, only the capitalised value thereof; and

 

(d)                                 deducting the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the Group at that time,

 

and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once.

 

Total Net Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio of Total Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA.

 

26.2                        Financial condition

 

The Company shall ensure that, for each Relevant Period, Consolidated EBITDA for such Relevant Period is not less than £65,000,000, subject to Clause 26.4 ( Champions League Non Qualification Event ).

 

26.3                        Financial testing

 

Subject to Clause 26.4 ( Champions League Non Qualification Event ) below, the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 ( Financial condition ) shall be calculated in accordance with the Accounting Principles and tested by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 25.1 ( Financial statements ) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 25.2 ( Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate ).

 

26.4                        Champions League Non Qualification Event

 

(a)                                 For the purposes of calculating the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 ( Financial Covenant ), if a Champions League Non Qualification Event occurs, the Company may elect, at any time prior to the end of the Financial Year in which such Champions League Non Qualification Event occurs, to adjust the definition of Consolidated EBITDA for each Financial Quarter falling in the Financial Year in respect of which the first team of MUFC is not in the first round group stages (or its equivalent from time to time) of the Champions League by adding back an amount equal to “X” in each such Financial Quarter (the “ Adjusted Quarters ”) where:

 

X ” corresponds to the amount set out in Schedule 14 ( Table of Values for X ) for that Financial Quarter minus the following:

 

(i)                                     the net amount received by the Group in that Financial Quarter in respect of matches (both home and away) and media payments relating to UEFA cup performances; and

 

(ii)                                  the net amount of any reduction to player salaries in that Financial Quarter arising out of the existing contractual provisions as a result of the Champions League Non Qualification Event.

 

(b)                                 At the same time as the Company makes an election under paragraph (a), it shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by a director of the Company (i) confirming the value of X and the amount of each Adjustment and setting out (in reasonable detail) computation of those amounts and (ii) attaching a copy of the Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet (following the Adjustments).

 

113



 

(c)                                  If the Majority Lenders give notice to the Agent that they do not agree with the calculations of any of the Adjustments contained in the certificate described in paragraph (b) above (acting reasonably), the Company and the Agent will consult in good faith for a period of not more than 10 Business Days with a view to correcting the calculations of the Adjustments.

 

(d)                                 If agreement has not been reached within the 10 Business Day period referred to in paragraph (c) above then, at the request of the Majority Lenders (and at the expense of the Company), the Agent may appoint an auditor of international repute (in consultation with the Company) to determine the amount of the Adjustments (and, consequently, the value of “X”) and such determination shall (in the absence of manifest error) be binding on the Parties.

 

(e)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of calculating the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 ( Financial covenant ) only, Consolidated EBITDA in any Relevant Period which contains one or more Adjusted Quarters shall be calculated using the adjusted values of Consolidated EBITDA set out in paragraph (a) above for each such Adjusted Quarter.

 

(f)                                   The above election may only be made twice over the life of the Facilities and may not be made during two consecutive Financial Years.

 

26.5                        Equity Cure

 

(a)                                 No Event of Default under this Clause 26 insofar as it relates to a failure to comply with Clause 26.2 ( Financial covenant ) will occur if all or part of the cash proceeds (the “ Equity Investment ”) received by the Company pursuant to any Additional Shareholder Funding or any Subordinated Shareholder Funding, during or after the end of that Relevant Period but no later than 20 Business Days after the earlier of (i) the date on which the relevant Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 25.2 ( Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate ) and (ii) the date on which it is delivered to the Agent, may be designated in writing by the Company to the Agent as being provided for the purposes of this Clause 26.5 (the “ Equity Cure Amount ”), and if designated as such shall have the effect that the financial covenant set out in Clause 26.2 ( Financial covenant ) is calculated or, as the case may be, recalculated as if the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group had been increased by an amount equal to the Equity Investment and any Equity Investment so made in respect of any Relevant Period shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the last date of such Relevant Period.

 

(b)                                 The Company shall not be entitled to exercise its rights under this Clause 26.5 on more than four occasions prior to the Termination Date or in respect of consecutive Financial Quarters.

 

(c)                                  There shall be no restriction on the amount of any Equity Investment exceeding the minimum amount required to prevent or, as the case may be, cure any failure to satisfy the financial test set out in Clause 26.2 ( Financial covenant ), provided that, the amount of the Equity Cure Amount exceeding the minimum amount required to prevent or, as the case may be, cure any failure to satisfy the financial test set out in Clause 26.2 ( Financial covenant ) shall be as soon as reasonably practicable applied to permanently repay or prepay any Senior Secured Debt.

 

(d)                                 Subject to paragraph (d) above, there shall be no requirement to apply any Equity Cure Amount in prepayment of any Facility.

 

114



 

(e)                                  Any Equity Cure Amount and any adjustments made under this Clause 26.5 shall not apply when calculating the applicable Margin for any Relevant Period.

 

(f)                                   Any Equity Cure Amount shall not count towards any other permission or usage or purpose (including in respect of the baskets relating to Restricted Payments (as defined in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants )) as set out in Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments ) of Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants )) for so long as the Equity Cure Amount continues to be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA as set out in paragraph (k) below.

 

(g)                                  In relation to any Equity Cure Amount provided prior to the date of delivery of the relevant Compliance Certificate for the Relevant Period, the Compliance Certificate for that Relevant Period shall set out the revised financial covenant calculations for the Relevant Period and confirm that such Equity Cure Amount has been provided.

 

(h)                                 In relation to any Equity Cure Amount provided following the date of delivery of the relevant Compliance Certificate for the Relevant Period, promptly following receipt of the Equity Cure Amount by the Company, the Company shall deliver a revised Compliance Certificate to the Agent setting out the revised financial covenant calculations for the Relevant Period.

 

(i)                                     If, after giving effect to the adjustment referred to in paragraph (a) above, the financial covenant in Clause 26.2 ( Financial condition ) would have been met, then the requirements of Clause 26.2 ( Financial condition ) shall be deemed to have been satisfied as at the relevant original date of determination and any breach of any term of the Finance Documents, Default or Event of Default occasioned thereby shall be deemed to have been permanently remedied and cured for all purposes under the Finance Documents.

 

(j)                                    For the avoidance of doubt, the Equity Cure Amount shall be deemed to be included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for the purposes of the financial covenant in Clause 26.2 ( Financial condition ) until the date on which the Equity Cure Amount deemed to have been invested into the Group falls out of any subsequent Relevant Period.

 

27.                               GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 27 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

27.1                        Restrictive Covenants

 

Each Obligor shall comply with the covenants set out in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

27.2                        Authorisations

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations, each Obligor shall promptly obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

 

(a)                                 enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

115



 

(b)                                 subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document to which it is a party; and

 

(c)                                  enable it to carry on its business in the ordinary course except to the extent failure to do so has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27.3                        Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it is subject, where failure so to comply has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27.4                        Taxation

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group shall) duly and punctually (subject to any grace periods) pay and discharge all Taxes  (or, where payments of Taxes must be made by reference to estimated amounts, such estimated Tax (calculated in good faith) as due and payable for the relevant period) imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring material penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

(i)                                     such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(ii)                                  adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes;

 

(iii)                               such payment can be lawfully withheld; or

 

(iv)                              failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                 No Borrower may change its residence for Tax purposes where to do so would be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

 

27.5                        Change of business

 

The Company shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Company, the Obligors or the Group (taken as a whole) from that carried on by the Group at the date of this Agreement.

 

27.6                        Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party held against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies and the Group’s Football Creditors in relation to matters set out in the Premier League Handbook.

 

27.7                        Insurance

 

(a)                                 Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) maintain insurances (other than in respect of permanent disability for players occurring when players are playing, practising or training for a member of the Group) on and in relation to its business and material assets of an insurable nature against those risks and to the extent as is usual for other companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business in each case where failure to do so would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

116



 

(b)                                 All insurances referred to in paragraph (a) above, must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters.

 

27.8                        Pensions

 

The Company shall ensure that the pension schemes operated by the Group including any employee benefit plan as defined in section 3(3) of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 are at all times funded to the extent required by, and operated and maintained in accordance with, applicable law, save to the extent where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27.9                        Access

 

While an Event of Default is continuing under Clause 28.1 ( Non-payment ) or in respect of Clause 1.1 of Schedule 16 ( Additional Events of Default ) each Obligor shall and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group (subject to any confidentiality or secrecy obligations under this Agreement and all applicable laws) will permit the Agent and/or the Security Trustee and/or accountants or other professional advisers and contractors of the Agent or Security Trustee to have access at all reasonable times during normal business hours (excluding any match days) and on reasonable notice (for a reasonable period) at the reasonable cost of the Company to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its senior management, provided that in exercising such right, the Agent or Security Trustee and/or representatives, delegates, agents, professional advisers and contracts (as appropriate) of the Agent or the Security Trustee shall have regard for the need to keep disruption to the business to a minimum.

 

27.10                 Intellectual property

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Group shall):

 

(a)                                 take all reasonable action to preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of the Intellectual Property which are material to the business of the relevant Group member; and

 

(b)                                 not use or permit that Intellectual Property to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Intellectual Property which may materially and adversely affect the existence or value of that Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any member of the Group to use such property; and,

 

other than where the failure to comply with any of the above undertakings would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27.11                 Senior Secured Debt

 

No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group will):

 

(a)                                 amend, vary, novate, supplement, supersede, waive or terminate any term of any Senior Secured Debt so as to bring forward the maturity of such Senior Secured Debt to a date prior to the date falling three months after the Initial Termination Date; or

 

(b)                                 issue or incur any Senior Secured Debt which matures prior to the date falling three months after the Initial Termination Date.

 

27.12                 Senior Unsecured Notes

 

The Company shall ensure that:

 

117



 

(a)                                 no scheduled principal payments with respect to Senior Unsecured Notes (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) fall due prior to the date falling six months after the Initial Termination Date;

 

(b)                                 any Senior Unsecured Notes are not secured by any Security over any shares in any member of the Group or any asset of any member of the Group other than security over (i) the shares in the Senior Unsecured Note Issuer and any direct Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any Senior Unsecured Note Proceeds Loan (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and which is subject to, and is treated in all respects for the purposes of, the Intercreditor Agreement as Shared Security (as defined therein);

 

(c)                                  no member of the Group owes any Financial Indebtedness to a Senior Unsecured Issuer other than pursuant to a Senior Unsecured Note Proceeds Loan;

 

(d)                                 the Company shall ensure that any Senior Unsecured Notes are only issued or borrowed by the Senior Unsecured Note Issuer which is (and which remains at all times when any Senior Unsecured Notes issued or borrowed by it remain outstanding):

 

(i)                                     a Guarantor;

 

(ii)                                  not the Borrower or the issuer or borrower of any Senior Secured Debt; and

 

(iii)                               other than Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities, has no assets, liabilities or business other than as permitted by this Clause or in connection with the Senior Unsecured Notes (including any Senior Unsecured Notes Proceeds Loan) or reasonably incidental thereto and which does not directly or indirectly own any shares or equivalent ownership interests in any member of the Group; and

 

(e)                                  no member of the Group transfers any assets or makes any payment to a Senior Unsecured Note Issuer other than (without double counting):

 

(i)                                     as permitted by clause 6.3 ( Permitted Senior Unsecured Note Payments ) and clause 10.2(b) ( Permitted Payments: Senior Unsecured Notes Proceeds Liabilities ) of the Intercreditor Agreement; or

 

(ii)                                  (if no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the making of the relevant payment) payments reasonably required to allow the Senior Unsecured Issuer to pay when due amounts payable by it (A) with respect to Permitted Senior Unsecured Issuer Activities or (B) permitted by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)).

 

27.13                 Guarantors

 

(a)                                 The Company shall ensure that, subject to the Agreed Security Principles and subject to the below paragraphs of this Clause, all Material Companies (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) which are members of the Group are Guarantors and that the aggregate of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA) of the Guarantors and the U.S. Guarantors and the aggregate gross assets of the Guarantors and the U.S. Guarantors, (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items) represents not less than 85 per cent. of Consolidated EBITDA and consolidated gross assets of all members of the Group (in each case not including the Excluded Subsidiaries), in each case calculated by reference to (A) the Original

 

118



 

Financial Statements of the Company prior to the Closing Date; and (B) thereafter, with each set of Annual Financial Statements (the “ Guarantor Coverage Test ”).

 

(b)                                 The Company shall not have any obligation to procure that any member of the Group becomes an Additional Guarantor unless the Annual Financial Statements demonstrate that the same would be necessary in order to comply with the requirements of this Clause 27.13.

 

(c)                                  If the Guarantor Coverage Test is not complied with as at the time of delivery of any Compliance Certificate accompanying the Annual Financial Statements, no Default will occur provided that (subject to the Agreed Security Principles), the Company procures that additional members of the Group become Guarantors within 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of the delivery of such Compliance Certificate so that, when retested at the end of such 30 Business Day period (or if agreed, such longer period) by reference to the Annual Financial Statements accompanying such Compliance Certificate, the Guarantor Coverage Test is complied with.

 

(d)                                 The Company need only perform its obligations under paragraph (a) above, to the extent it is not unlawful for the relevant person to become a Guarantor and that person becoming a Guarantor would not result in personal liability for that person’s directors or other management.  Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability.  This includes agreeing to a limit on the amount guaranteed.  The Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) agree to such a limit if, in its opinion, to do so would avoid the relevant unlawfulness or personal liability.

 

(e)                                  Any member of the Group (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that becomes a Material Company and any Material Company (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) acquired in accordance with this Agreement after the Closing Date shall become, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, a Guarantor and grant Security as the Agent may reasonably require and shall accede to the Intercreditor Agreement within 30 Business Days (or such longer period agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company) of delivery of any Compliance Certificate accompanying the Annual Financial Statements.

 

(f)                                   Nothing in this Agreement shall require any Excluded Subsidiary to accede as a Guarantor for so long as it is an Excluded Subsidiary.

 

27.14                 Further assurance

 

(a)                                 Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Group shall) following the Closing Date promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Security Trustee may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Security Trustee may reasonably require in favour of the Security Trustee or its nominee(s)):

 

(i)                                     to perfect the Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights powers and remedies of the Security Trustee or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

119



 

(ii)                                  to confer on the Security Trustee or confer on the Finance Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents; and/or

 

(iii)                               following the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

(b)                                 Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Group shall) at all times take all such action as is reasonably requested by the Security Trustee (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Trustee or the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                  The Company need only perform its obligations under paragraphs (a) and (b) above, to the extent it is not unlawful and would not result in personal liability for that person’s directors or other management.  Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability.

 

27.15                 Centre of main interests and establishments

 

No Obligor whose jurisdiction of incorporation is a member state of the European Union will take any step which is intended to change its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) from that of its jurisdiction of incorporation where to do so would materially and adversely affect the interests of the Lenders as a whole under the relevant Facility.

 

27.16                 Sanctions

 

(a)                                 The Company will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

 

(b)                                 No Borrower will request any Utilisation, and no Borrower shall use, and the Company shall procure that no Obligor and its or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and representatives and, to the extent it has the power to so procure, joint venture partners shall not use, the proceeds of any Utilisation:

 

(i)                                     in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorisation of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws;

 

(ii)                                  for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country; or

 

(iii)                               in any manner that would result in the violation of  any Sanctions applicable to any Party hereto.

 

120


 

 

27.17                 Federal Reserve Regulations

 

No part of the proceeds of any Utilisation will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for “buying” or “carrying” any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of “buying” or “carrying” any Margin Stock (in each case within the meaning of Regulation T, U or X) or for any purpose which violates the provisions of the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

27.18                 Sponsorship Contracts and Arrangements

 

The Company shall ensure no Unrestricted Subsidiary will:

 

(a)                                 enter into any sponsorship contract and/or arrangement; or

 

(b)                                 have transferred, assigned or novated to it any sponsorship contract and/or arrangement by any member of the Group.

 

For avoidance of doubt, sponsorship contracts and/or arrangements shall not include contracts and/or arrangements relating to (i) paragraphs (a) and (c) of the definition of New Holdco Business or (ii) the provision or supply of content, services or other products.

 

28.                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 28 (save for Clause 28.9 ( Acceleration ), Clause 28.10 ( Clean-up Period ) and Clause 28.11 ( Excluded Matters )) and Schedule 16 ( Additional Events of Default ) is an Event of Default.

 

28.1                        Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay:

 

(a)                                 on the due date any amount of principal payable pursuant to a Finance Document; or

 

(b)                                 within 30 days of the due date, any other amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document,

 

at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless, in the case of a payment of principal:

 

(i)                                     its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or a Disruption Event; and

 

(ii)                                  payment is made within five Business Days of its due date.

 

28.2                        Breach of certain obligations

 

Subject to Clause 26.4 ( Champions League Non Qualification Event ) and Clause 26.5 ( Equity Cure ), any requirement of Clause 26.2 ( Financial condition ) is not satisfied.

 

28.3                        Other obligations

 

An Obligor does not comply with any provision  of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 28.1 ( Non-payment ) and Clause 28.2 ( Breach of certain obligations )) unless such non-compliance is capable of remedy and is remedied within 30 Business Days, of the earlier of the Agent giving notice thereof to the Company or any Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

121



 

28.4                        Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or in any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading (in the case of any representation or statement which is not subject to a materiality threshold in accordance with its terms, in any material respect) when made or deemed to be made and, if the circumstances causing such misrepresentation are capable of remedy within such period, such Obligor shall have failed to remedy such circumstances within 30 Business Days after the earlier of the Agent giving notice to the Company or the Company becoming aware of such misrepresentation.

 

28.5                        Cross default

 

(a)                                 Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group with respect to any Senior Secured Debt due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(b)                                 Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is:

 

(i)                                     declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described); or

 

(ii)                                  in respect of principal amounts or, in the case of any Senior Notes or Pari Passu Debt only, in respect of any amounts, not paid by the later of when due and payable and the expiry of any applicable grace period provided in respect of such Financial Indebtedness as at the date of such non-payment default.

 

(c)                                  No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 28.5 if: (i) the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) and (b) above is equal to £25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or less; or (ii) the Financial Indebtedness is (A) owed by one member of the Group to another member of the Group, (B) owed by any member of the Group to any direct or indirect shareholder of the Company provided that such Financial Indebtedness is subordinated as Subordinated Liabilities pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or on terms otherwise acceptable to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably), or (C) supported by a Letter of Credit (or a bank guarantee or letter of credit issued under an Ancillary Facility).

 

28.6                        Unlawfulness and invalidity

 

(a)                                 It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor or, in the case of the Intercreditor Agreement, a member of the Group, to perform any of its obligations under any of the Finance Documents or any of the Transaction Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents ceases to be valid or becomes unlawful and the cessation or unlawfulness individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                 Any obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents or any member of the Group that is party to the Intercreditor Agreement are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable (other than as provided in the Legal Reservations or Perfection Requirements) and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

 

122



 

(c)                                  Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or any Transaction Security or any subordination created under this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective (other than as provided in the Legal Reservations or Perfection Requirements) and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents.

 

28.7                        Intercreditor Agreement

 

(a)                                 Any member of the Group or Subordinated Creditor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) fails to comply in any material respect with the provisions of, or does not perform in any material respect its obligations under, the Intercreditor Agreement; or

 

(b)                                 a representation or warranty given by a member of the Group or Subordinated Creditor in the Intercreditor Agreement is incorrect in any material respect,

 

and, if the non-compliance or circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation are capable of remedy, it is not remedied within 30 Business Days of the earlier of the Agent giving notice to that party or that party becoming aware of the non-compliance or misrepresentation.

 

28.8                        Repudiation

 

An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.

 

28.9                        Acceleration

 

(a)                                 Subject to paragraph (c) below and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company:

 

(i)                                     cancel all or part of the Total Commitments and/or Ancillary Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(ii)                                  declare that all or part of the Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable;

 

(iii)                               declare that all or part of the Utilisations be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders;

 

(iv)                              declare that cash cover in respect of each Letter of Credit is immediately due and payable at which time it shall become immediately due and payable;

 

(v)                                 declare that the cash cover in respect of each Letter of Credit is payable on demand at which time it shall immediately become due and payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders;

 

(vi)                              declare all or any part of the amounts (or cash cover in relation to those amounts) outstanding under the Ancillary Facilities to be immediately due and payable at which time they shall become immediately due and payable;

 

(vii)                           declare that all or any part of the amounts (or cash cover in relation to those amounts) outstanding under the Ancillary Facilities be payable on demand, at

 

123



 

which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

 

(viii)                        exercise or direct the Security Trustee to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                 With respect to any U.S. Obligor upon an Event of Default that is continuing with respect to such U.S. Obligor of the type described in Schedule 16 ( Additional Events of Default ) under the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978 (Title 11 of the United States Code) (or other similar laws under a state of the U.S.), no such direction or written notice shall be required under paragraph (a) above and any Commitments to lend to such U.S. Obligor shall, subject to paragraph (b) of the definition of Acceleration Event, be automatically terminated and all of the Utilisations of such U.S. Obligor shall become immediately and automatically due and payable without requirement of notice or any other formality, provided that the occurrence of such event in relation to such U.S. Obligor shall not result in any Utilisations being accelerated without a notice having been given pursuant to paragraph (a) above to any other Borrower (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any other U.S. Borrower with respect to which no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of the type described in Schedule 16 ( Additional Events of Default ) under the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978 (Title 11 of the United States Code) (or other similar laws under a state of the U.S.)).

 

(c)                                  If:

 

(i)                                     an Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable under an Ancillary Facility; or

 

(ii)                                  an Ancillary Lender makes a demand for sums due under an Ancillary Facility; or

 

(iii)                               any such sum is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable (other than pursuant to this Clause 28.9) under any Ancillary Facility,

 

that non-payment, declaration, demand or due and payable sum shall not give rise to an Event of Default for the purposes of Clause 28.1 ( Non-payment ) or Clause 28.5 ( Cross default ), the Agent and the Lenders shall not exercise any rights under this Clause 28.9 and the Security Trustee shall not take any steps to enforce the Transaction Security Documents in respect of that non-payment, declaration, demand or due and payable sum if:

 

(A)                               that non payment is remedied or declaration, demand or due and payable sum is satisfied in full within 20 Business Days of the date of that non-payment or demand; and

 

(B)                               no other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing during that period.

 

For the avoidance of doubt but subject to Clause 28.10 ( Clean-Up Period ) and Clause 28.11 ( Excluded matters ), (x) if any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders may exercise all their rights under this Clause 28.9 and the Security Trustee may enforce the Transaction Security Documents in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, including in respect of the amount so demanded by the Ancillary Lender, and (y) for the purposes of Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ), a Borrower shall, during the applicable grace

 

124



 

periods allowed by paragraph (A) above, be entitled to draw under any Facility to repay an Ancillary Facility notwithstanding such non-payment, declaration or demand.

 

28.10                 Clean-up Period

 

(a)                                 Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, in respect of an acquisition permitted or not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement (the “ Approved Acquisition ”) and made on or after the Closing Date, from the date of closing of the Approved Acquisition to the date falling ninety days thereafter (the “ Clean-up Period ”), if any matter or circumstance that exists in respect of any person, undertaking or business which is the direct or indirect subject of the Approved Acquisition would constitute a breach of a representation, an undertaking or any other term or condition under the Finance Documents or a Default or an Event of Default (a “ Relevant Default ”) then subject to paragraph (b) below, during the Clean-up Period that Relevant Default shall not constitute a breach of a representation, undertaking or any other term or condition under the Finance Documents or a Default or an Event of Default and the Agent shall not be entitled to give any notice under Clause 28.9 ( Acceleration ) with respect to that Relevant Default until (if that Relevant Default is then continuing) the date immediately after the end of the Clean-up Period.

 

(b)                                 Paragraph (a) above shall not apply with respect to any Relevant Default to the extent that it:

 

(i)                                     is not capable of being cured or, if the Company is aware of the relevant circumstances at the time, reasonable steps are not being used to cure the same;

 

(ii)                                  has been procured by or approved by a member of the Group (provided that knowledge of the Relevant Default does not equate to procurement or approval by that member of the Group);

 

(iii)                               has, or could reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(iv)                              is continuing at the end of the Clean-up Period (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if the Relevant Default is continuing at the end of the Clean-up Period, the Lenders shall then be entitled to exercise any available rights in relation to that continuing Relevant Default).

 

(c)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, paragraph (a) above shall not restrict the Agent’s right to give any notice under Clause 28.9 ( Acceleration ) with respect to any Event of Default which is not a Relevant Default.

 

(d)                                 Promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence, the Company shall notify the Agent of any Event of Default that is continuing at the end of a Clean-up Period (together with the related event or circumstance and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

28.11                 Excluded Matters

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document:

 

(a)                                 prior to the end of the Closing Date, no inaccuracy in any representation or warranty or breach of any undertaking or other term of (or default or event of default (however described) under) any document relating to the existing financing arrangements of any member of the Group (including, without limitation, the Existing Facility, the Existing Notes and the Terminating Hedge Agreements) arising as a direct or indirect

 

125



 

result of any person entering into and/or performing its obligations under any Transaction Document (or carrying out the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents) shall; and

 

(b)                                 other than in the case of any payment default under an Ancillary Document constituting an Event of Default under Clause 28.1 ( Non-payment ) or Clause 28.5 ( Cross default ) and subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 28.9 ( Acceleration ), no inaccuracy in any representation or warranty or breach of any undertaking or other term of (or default or event of default (however described) under) an Ancillary Document shall,

 

in any case, constitute, or result in, (x) any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made under any Finance Document being deemed to be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made, (y) a breach of any undertaking or other term in any Finance Document or (z) a Default or an Event of Default (other than where an Obligor fails to pay on the due date, after the expiry of any applicable grace period, any amount payable by it to a Finance Party under a Finance Document (other than an Ancillary Document) in accordance with the provisions of Clause 28.1 ( Non-payment ) or in the case of any payment default under an Ancillary Document constituting an Event of Default under Clause 28.1 ( Non-payment ) or Clause 28.5 ( Cross default ) and subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 28.9 ( Acceleration )) and each such event shall be expressly permitted under the terms of the Finance Documents.

 

126



 

SECTION 9

 

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

29.                               CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

29.1                        Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 29 a Lender (the “ Existing Lender ”) may:

 

(a)                                 assign any of its rights;

 

(b)                                 transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations; or

 

(c)                                  enter into a sub-participation in relation to its rights and obligations,

 

under any Finance Document to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets or to any other person (the “ New Lender ”) which in each case, unless an Event of Default is continuing, is a US Qualifying Lender (as defined in Clause 18.1).

 

29.2                        Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a)                                 The written consent of the Company is required for an assignment, transfer or sub-participation (where any voting rights pass or may pass) by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment, transfer or such sub-participation is:

 

(i)                                     to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

 

(ii)                                  if the Existing Lender is a fund, to a fund which is a Related Fund of the Existing Lender; or

 

(iii)                               made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

 

(b)                                 The consent of the Company to an assignment, transfer or sub-participation may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided that, it shall not be unreasonable for the Company to withhold consent in relation to any transfer, assignment or sub-participation (where voting rights pass or may pass) to, with, involving or in favour of any person which is:

 

(i)                                     not a bank with a long term corporate credit rating equal to or better than BBB or Baa2 (as applicable) according to at least two of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch; or

 

(ii)                                  an entity established for the primary purpose or main purpose of being a distressed debt fund.

 

The Company will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless such consent is expressly refused by the Company within that time in accordance with this paragraph (b).

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, any transfer or assignment to or sub-participation or any other debt purchase transaction with an Industrial Competitor shall require the prior written consent of the Company (to be granted or withheld in its sole discretion).

 

127



 

(d)                                 If the consent of the Company is required for any assignment or transfer, for all purposes under the Finance Documents that assignment or transfer shall only become effective if the prior written consent of the Company has been granted.

 

(e)                                  If an assignment or transfer is carried out in breach of this Clause 29.2, such assignment or transfer shall be void and deemed not to have occurred.

 

(f)                                   The consent of the Issuing Bank (if one has been appointed) (with such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) is required for any assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under the Facilities.

 

(g)                                  Unless the Company and the relevant Existing Lender otherwise agree in respect of transfers between Existing Lenders and their Affiliates a transfer of part of a Commitment or Commitments by the Existing Lender must be of a minimum amount of £1,000,000, provided that if the Existing Lender retains any Commitment or Commitments it is (or they are) of a minimum amount of £1,000,000 in aggregate across the Facilities.

 

(h)                                 In determining whether the requirements of paragraph (g) above as to the minimum amount in respect of any Facility or Facilities to be retained by an Existing Lender are satisfied, the amount of any Commitment or Commitments of any Affiliate of the relevant Existing Lender to be retained shall be aggregated with the Commitment or Commitments of the Existing Lender to be transferred and/or retained (as the case may be).

 

(i)                                     An assignment will only be effective on:

 

(i)                                     receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties and the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender;

 

(ii)                                  the New Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(iii)                               the performance by the Agent of all necessary “ know your customer ”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

(j)                                    A transfer will only be effective on:

 

(i)                                     the New Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(ii)                                  procedure set out in Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) being complied with.

 

(k)                                 If:

 

(i)                                     a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

128



 

(ii)                                  as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 18 ( Tax Gross-up and Indemnities ) or Clause 19 ( Increased Costs ),

 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (k) shall not apply in relation to Clause 18.2 ( Tax gross-up ), to a UK Treaty Lender that has included a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (i)(ii)(B) of Clause 18.2 ( Tax gross-up ) if the Obligor making the payment has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that UK Treaty Lender.

 

(l)                                     Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

29.3                        Assignment or transfer fee

 

Unless the Agent otherwise agrees and excluding an assignment or transfer to an Affiliate of a Lender or a Related Fund, the New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of £2,500.

 

29.4                        Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a)                                 Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

(i)                                     the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

 

(ii)                                  the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

(iii)                               the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other member of the Group of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or

 

(iv)                              the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

(b)                                 Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

(i)                                     has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and

 

129


 

 

(ii)                                  will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

(c)                                  Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i)                                     accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 29; or

 

(ii)                                  support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

29.5                        Procedure for transfer

 

(a)                                 Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender and update the Register in accordance with Clause 32.21 ( Register ).  The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

(b)                                 The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “ know your customer ”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

(c)                                  Subject to Clause 29.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i)                                     to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security each of the Obligors and other members of the Group party to any Finance Document and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the “ Discharged Rights and Obligations ”);

 

(ii)                                  each of the Obligors and other members of the Group party to any Finance Document and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor or other member of the Group and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

(iii)                               the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Trustee, the New Lender, the other Lenders, the Issuing Bank and any relevant Ancillary Lender shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights, and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Trustee, the Issuing Bank and any

 

130



 

relevant Ancillary Lender and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

(iv)                              the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

 

29.6                        Procedure for assignment

 

(a)                                 Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender.  The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

(b)                                 The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “ know your customer ”, USA PATRIOT Act or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

(c)                                  Subject to Clause 29.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement) , on the Transfer Date:

 

(i)                                     the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

(ii)                                  the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the “ Relevant Obligations ”) expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

 

(iii)                               the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

(d)                                 Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 29.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the Company or unless in accordance with Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by each Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).

 

29.7                        Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice to the Company

 

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement, an Increase Confirmation, an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or received an Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice, send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice (as the case may be) provided that, in relation to a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate Ancillary

 

131



 

Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice which includes an indication that the New Lender, Increase Lender, Additional Facility Lender, Affiliate Ancillary Lender or Substitute Affiliate Lender wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to apply to this Agreement, the Agent shall send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice (as applicable) promptly (and in any event within one Business Day) after the Transfer Date, Increase Date or effective date (as the case may be).

 

29.8                        Security over Lenders’ rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 29, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a)                                 any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

(b)                                 in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

 

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

(i)                                     release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii)                                  require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

29.9                        Pro rata interest settlement

 

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 29.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

(a)                                 any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“ Accrued Amounts ”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six-Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

(b)                                 the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i)                                     when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable for the account of the Existing Lender; and

 

132



 

(ii)                                  the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 29.9, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

30.                               RESTRICTION ON DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS

 

30.1                        Prohibition on Debt Purchase Transactions by the Group

 

The Company shall not, and shall procure that each other member of the Group shall not, enter into any Debt Purchase Transaction or beneficially own all or any part of the share capital of a company that is a Lender or a party to a Debt Purchase Transaction of the type referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c) of the definition of Debt Purchase Transaction.

 

30.2                        Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates

 

(a)                                 For so long as an Investor Affiliate:

 

(i)                                     beneficially owns a Commitment; or

 

(ii)                                  has entered into a sub-participation agreement relating to a Commitment or other agreement or arrangement having a substantially similar economic effect and such agreement or arrangement has not been terminated,

 

(A)                               in ascertaining:

 

(I)                                   the Majority Lenders; or

 

(II)                              whether (x) any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments or (y) the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

 

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents such Commitment shall be deemed to be zero; and

 

(B)                               for the purpose of Clause 41.3 ( Exceptions ), such Investor Affiliate or the person with whom it has entered into such sub-participation, other agreement or arrangement shall be deemed not to be a Lender (unless in the case of a person not being an Investor Affiliate it is a Lender by virtue otherwise than by beneficially owning the relevant Commitment).

 

(b)                                 Each Lender shall, unless such Debt Purchase Transaction is an assignment or transfer, promptly notify the Agent in writing if it knowingly enters into a Debt Purchase Transaction with an Investor Affiliate (a “ Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction ”), such notification to be substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 13 ( Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice ).

 

(c)                                  A Lender shall promptly notify the Agent if a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction to which it is a party:

 

(i)                                     is terminated; or

 

(ii)                                  ceases to be with an Investor Affiliate,

 

such notification to be substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 13 ( Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice ).

 

133



 

(d)                                 Each Investor Affiliate that is a Lender agrees that:

 

(i)                                     in relation to any meeting or conference call to which all the Lenders are invited to attend or participate, it shall not attend or participate in the same if so requested by the Agent or, unless the Agent otherwise agrees, be entitled to receive the agenda or any minutes of the same; and

 

(ii)                                  in its capacity as Lender, unless the Agent otherwise agrees, it shall not be entitled to receive any report or other document prepared at the request of, or on the instructions of, the Agent or one or more of the Lenders.

 

(e)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Finance Documents, any Investor Affiliate which is the assignee or transferee of a participation in a Loan and/or any Commitment shall be deemed to be an entity which satisfies the requirements of Clause 29.1 ( Assignments and transfers by the Lenders ) and Clause 29.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).

 

31.                               CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

31.1                        Assignment and transfers by Obligors

 

No Obligor or any other member of the Group may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

31.2                        Additional Borrowers

 

(a)                                 Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 25.10 ( “Know your customer” checks ), the Company may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries which is a member of the Group becomes a Borrower in relation to a Facility.  That Subsidiary shall become a Borrower under that Facility if:

 

(i)                                     it is:

 

(A)                               incorporated in the same jurisdiction as an existing Borrower under that Facility, the United States or a jurisdiction agreed upon between the Company and all the Lenders under that Facility (for the avoidance of doubt, other than any Defaulting Lender under that Facility) (acting reasonably); or

 

(B)                               in the case of a member of the Group which will borrow under an Ancillary Facility only, approved by the relevant Ancillary Lender;

 

(ii)                                  the Company and that Restricted Subsidiary deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Deed;

 

(iii)                               the Restricted Subsidiary is (or, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, becomes) a Guarantor prior to becoming an Additional Borrower;

 

(iv)                              the Company confirms that no Event of Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Restricted Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower; and

 

(v)                                 if required, the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

134



 

(b)                                 The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied (acting reasonably) that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).

 

(c)                                  In the event that an Additional Borrower is resident outside the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes or the United States of America for U.S. tax purposes, the Company and the Lenders undertake to negotiate in good faith such changes to be made to the definition of Qualifying Lender and to any other relevant provision in this Agreement in relation to any exemptions from withholding or similar taxes in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Borrower is resident as will give an equivalent level of protection for the Additional Borrower and the Lenders as that afforded in respect of Borrowers resident in the United Kingdom under the existing definition of Qualifying Lender or Borrowers resident in the United States of America under the existing definition of US Qualifying Lender (as appropriate) (insofar as is commercially appropriate given the differences between the withholding tax regime in the UK and/or U.S. (as appropriate) and that in such other jurisdiction).

 

(d)                                 Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (b) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification.  The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

31.3                        Resignation of a Borrower

 

(a)                                 The Company may request that a Borrower (other than MUF plc) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter if:

 

(i)                                     that Borrower is the subject of a Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or has become an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; or

 

(ii)                                  all the Lenders under that Facility have consented to the resignation of that Borrower.

 

(b)                                 The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of its acceptance if:

 

(i)                                     the Company has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter;

 

(ii)                                  the Borrower is (or shall, following its disposal, a Permitted Reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as applicable) be) under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents; and

 

(iii)                               where the Borrower is also a Guarantor (unless its resignation has been or will be accepted in accordance with Clause 31.5 ( Resignation of a Guarantor )), its obligations in its capacity as Guarantor continue to be, subject to the Legal Reservations, legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect (subject to the Legal Reservations) and the amount guaranteed by it as a Guarantor is not decreased (and the Company has confirmed this is the case).

 

(c)                                  Upon notification by the Agent to the Company of its acceptance of a Resignation Letter, that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Borrower

 

135



 

(d)                                 The resignation of a Borrower which is subject of a Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not take effect (and the Borrower will continue to have rights and obligations under the Finance Documents) until the date on which the Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or, as the case may be, designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary takes effect.

 

(e)                                  The Agent (acting reasonably) may, at the cost and expense of the Company, require a legal opinion from counsel to the Agent confirming the matters set out in paragraph (b)(iii) above and the Agent shall be under no obligation to accept a Resignation Letter until it has obtained such opinion in form and substance satisfactory to it.

 

31.4                        Additional Guarantors

 

(a)                                 Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 25.10 ( “Know your customer” checks ), the Company may request that any of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Group become a Guarantor.

 

(b)                                 A member of the Group shall become an Additional Guarantor if:

 

(i)                                     the Company and the proposed Additional Guarantor deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Deed; and

 

(ii)                                  if required the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(c)                                  The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).

 

(d)                                 Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (c) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification.  The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

31.5                        Resignation of a Guarantor

 

(a)                                 The Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Company and (for so long as it directly owns any shares in MUL) Red Football Junior Limited) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter if:

 

(i)                                     that Guarantor is being disposed of by way of a Third Party Disposal or Permitted Reorganisation;

 

(ii)                                  that Guarantor has become an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

(iii)                               the Guarantor is subject to a merger and/or consolidation not prohibited under Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ); or

 

(iv)                              all the Lenders have consented to the resignation of that Guarantor.

 

136



 

(b)                                 The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

(i)                                     the Company has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter;

 

(ii)                                  no payment is due from the Guarantor under Clause 23.1 ( Guarantee and indemnity ); and

 

(iii)                               where the Guarantor is also a Borrower, it is (or shall, following its disposal, reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as applicable) be) under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower and has resigned and ceased to be a Borrower under Clause 31.3 ( Resignation of a Borrower ).

 

(c)                                  Subject to paragraph (d) below, upon notification by the Agent to the Company of its acceptance of the Resignation Letter, that company shall cease to be a Guarantor and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Guarantor.

 

(d)                                 The resignation of a Guarantor which is the subject of a Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not take effect (and the Guarantor will continue to have rights and obligations under the Finance Documents) until the date on which the Third Party Disposal, Permitted Reorganisation or, as the case may be, designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary takes effect.

 

31.6                        Repetition of Representations

 

Delivery of an Accession Deed constitutes confirmation by the relevant Restricted Subsidiary that the representations and warranties referred to in paragraph (c) of Clause 24.28 ( Times at which representations are made ) are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

31.7                        Resignation and release of Security on disposal

 

(a)                                 Without prejudice to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, if a Borrower or Guarantor is or is proposed to be the subject of a Third Party Disposal, a Permitted Reorganisation or there is a Disposal of Charged Property (including pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation) or that is otherwise permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement:

 

(i)                                     where that Borrower or Guarantor created Transaction Security over any of its assets or business in favour of the Security Trustee (including the assets or business of any of its Subsidiaries that is to cease to be a member of the Group as a result of the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation) or Transaction Security in favour of the Security Trustee was created over the shares (or equivalent) of that Borrower or Guarantor (or any of its Subsidiaries that is to cease to be a member of the Group as a result of the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation), the Security Trustee shall, at the cost and request of the Company, release those assets, business or shares (or equivalent) and issue certificates of non-crystallisation in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(ii)                                  the resignation of that Borrower or Guarantor and related release of Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (a) above shall not become

 

137



 

effective until the date of that disposal or Permitted Reorganisation (as applicable); and

 

(iii)                               if the disposal or Permitted Reorganisation of that Borrower or Guarantor is not made, the Resignation Letter of that Borrower or Guarantor and the related release of Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (a) above shall have no effect and the obligations of the Borrower or Guarantor and the Transaction Security created or intended to be created by or over that Borrower or Guarantor and its Subsidiaries shall continue in such force and effect as if that release had not been effected.

 

(b)                                 Without prejudice to the foregoing, if requested by the Company in connection with any Structural Change, increase in the Facility pursuant to Clause 2.2 ( Increase ) (or as otherwise permitted or contemplated by this Agreement), establishment of an Additional Facility, repayment in full of the Initial Facility or where otherwise provided for in this Agreement (including any Third Party Disposal or Permitted Reorganisation), the Security Trustee and the other Finance Parties shall (at the cost of the Obligors and in the manner contemplated by the Intercreditor Agreement) promptly execute any guarantee, security or other release and/or any amendment, supplement or other documentation relating to the Transaction Security Documents required in order to complete or otherwise facilitate that step or transaction (and the Security Trustee is authorised to execute, and will (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) execute if required by the Company, without need for any further authority from the Secured Parties, any such release or document on behalf of the Secured Parties) provided that, in the case of any release of Transaction Security requested by the Company pursuant to this Clause 31.7 as part of a Structural Adjustment, an increase in the Facility pursuant to Clause 2.2 ( Increase ) and/or the establishment of an Additional Facility (a “ Permitted Transaction ”), that release shall be without prejudice to any obligation under this Agreement to provide, subject to the Agreed Security Principals, replacement security (where applicable) and the Security Trustee shall not be required to execute that release unless the Company has provided a certificate to the Security Trustee that it has determined in good faith (taking into account any applicable legal limitations and other relevant considerations in relation to the Permitted Transaction) that it is either not possible or not desirable to implement that Permitted Transaction on terms satisfactory to the Company by instead granting additional Transaction Security and/or amending the terms of the existing Transaction Security.

 

138


 

 

SECTION 10

 

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

32.                               ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE ARRANGER, THE ISSUING BANK AND OTHERS

 

32.1                        Appointment of the Agent

 

(a)                                 Each of the Arranger, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                 Each of the Arranger, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank authorises the Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

32.2                        Duties of the Agent

 

(a)                                 Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(b)                                 Without prejudice to Clause 29.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice to the Company ) and paragraph (e) of Clause 7.4 ( Cash Collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender ), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate, any Assignment Agreement, any Increase Confirmation or any Additional Facility Notice.

 

(c)                                  Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(d)                                 If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(e)                                  If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent, the Arranger or the Security Trustee) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(f)                                   The Agent shall provide to the Company within five Business Days of a request by the Company (but no more frequently than once per calendar month), a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at the date of that request, their respective Commitments, the address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention any communication is to be made) of each Lender for any communication to be made or document to be delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents, the electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by electronic mail or other electronic means to and by each Lender to whom any communication under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by that means and the account details of each Lender for any payment to be distributed by the Agent to that Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

139



 

(g)                                  Upon the Agent becoming an Impaired Agent, the Agent shall promptly provide to each Lender and the Company a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at the date on which such list is provided.

 

(h)                                 The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

(i)                                     The Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

32.3                        Role of the Arranger

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

32.4                        No fiduciary duties

 

(a)                                 Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Agent and/or the Issuing Bank as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

(b)                                 None of the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

32.5                        Business with the Group

 

The Agent, the Security Trustee, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank and each Ancillary Lender may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

 

32.6                        Rights and discretions

 

(a)                                 The Agent and the Issuing Bank may rely on:

 

(i)                                     any representation, communication, notice or document (including, without limitation, any notice given by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of Clause 30.2 ( Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates )) believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

(ii)                                  any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify;

 

(iii)                               assume that:

 

(A)                               any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

(B)                               unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

 

(iv)                              rely on certificate from any person:

 

140



 

(A)                               as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

(B)                               to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

 

as sufficient evidence that this is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

(b)                                 The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

(i)                                     no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 28.1 ( Non-payment ));

 

(ii)                                  any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised;

 

(iii)                               any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors; and

 

(iv)                              no Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction:

 

(A)                               has been entered into;

 

(B)                               has been terminated; or

 

(C)                               has ceased to be with an Investor Affiliate.

 

(c)                                  The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

 

(d)                                 The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents and the Agent shall not:

 

(i)                                     be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

 

(ii)                                  be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for, any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part, of any such person,

 

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Agent’s gross negligence, fraud or wilful misconduct.

 

(e)                                  Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise, the Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

(f)                                   Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (e) above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Company and shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Company or the Majority Lenders.

 

(g)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, none of the Agent, the Arranger or the Issuing Bank is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

141



 

(h)                                 Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (i) below, the Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

 

(i)                                     The Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

(j)                                    Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent (acting in such role) is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

32.7                        Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

(a)                                 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

(b)                                 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties other than the Security Trustee.

 

(c)                                  The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

(d)                                 In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

(e)                                  The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.  This paragraph (e) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Transaction Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Transaction Security Documents.

 

32.8                        Responsibility for documentation

 

None of the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender:

 

(a)                                 is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank, an Ancillary Lender, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents;

 

142



 

(b)                                 is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or

 

(c)                                  is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

32.9                        No duty to monitor

 

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

(a)                                 whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

(b)                                 as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

(c)                                  whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.

 

32.10                 Exclusion of liability

 

(a)                                 Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender), none of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender will be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for:

 

(i)                                     any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence, fraud or wilful misconduct of any Finance Document;

 

(ii)                                  exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or

 

(iii)                               without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

(A)                               any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

(B)                               the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

 

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs,  losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party

 

143



 

transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

(b)                                 No Party (other than the Agent, the Issuing Bank or an Ancillary Lender (as applicable)) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender, in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent, the Issuing Bank or an Ancillary Lender or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document or any Transaction Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender may rely on this Clause 32.10 subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c)                                  The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

(d)                                 Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out:

 

(i)                                     any “ know your customer ”, USA PATRIOT Act or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

(ii)                                  any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender,

 

on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Arranger.

 

(e)                                  Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss.  In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages unless caused by the Agent’s gross negligence, fraud or wilful misconduct.

 

32.11                 Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 35.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim

 

144



 

based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

32.12                 Resignation of the Agent

 

(a)                                 The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company.

 

(b)                                 Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving at least 30 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

(c)                                  If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

(d)                                 If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this Clause 32 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agent’s normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

 

(e)                                  The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(f)                                   The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

(g)                                  Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 32 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).  Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(h)                                 The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(i)                                     the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 18.9 ( FATCA Information ) and the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

145



 

(ii)                                  the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 18.9 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(iii)                               the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

 

and (in each case) the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Company or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

32.13                 Replacement of the Agent

 

(a)                                 After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

(b)                                 The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                  The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 32 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

(d)                                 Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

32.14                 Confidentiality

 

(a)                                 In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b)                                 If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

32.15                 Relationship with the Lenders

 

(a)                                 Subject to Clause 29.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s

 

146



 

principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

(i)                                     entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(ii)                                  entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information that the Security Trustee may reasonably specify (through the Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Trustee to perform its functions as Security Trustee.  Each Lender shall deal with the Security Trustee exclusively through the Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Trustee.

 

(c)                                  Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents.  Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 37.6 ( Electronic communication )) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) and paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 37.6 ( Electronic communication ) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

32.16                 Credit appraisal by the Lenders, Issuing Bank and Ancillary Lenders

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender, Issuing Bank and Ancillary Lender confirms to the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank and each Ancillary Lender that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

(a)                                 the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b)                                 the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

 

(c)                                  whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

 

147



 

(d)                                 the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(e)                                  the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property.

 

32.17                 Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks

 

If a Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank (or, if a Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Company) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank.

 

32.18                 Agent’s management time

 

Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 20.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent ), Clause 22 ( Costs and expenses ) and Clause 32.11 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Company and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 17.4 ( Agency fee ).

 

32.19                 Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed.  For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

32.20                 Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Finance Party confirms that the Arranger and the Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Arranger or Agent) any reports or letters provided by accountants in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

32.21                 Register

 

(a)                                 The Agent, on behalf of the Borrower, shall maintain a register (the “ Register ”) for the registration and transfer of the Loans, and shall enter the names and addresses of the registered holders of the Loans, the transfers, of the Loan and the names and addresses of the transferees (including all assignees, successors and participants) of the Loans.

 

(b)                                 The Borrower shall be provided reasonable opportunities to inspect the Register from time to time.

 

148



 

(c)                                  The Borrower shall treat any registered holder as the absolute owner of any Loans held by such holder, as indicated in the Register (absent manifest error), for the purpose of receiving payment of all amounts payable with respect to such Loans and for all other purposes.

 

(d)                                 The Loans are registered obligations and the right, title and interest of any Lender and its assignees in and to such Loans, shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register.

 

(e)                                  Solely for the purposes of this Clause 32.21 the Agent shall be the Borrowers’ agent for purposes of maintaining the Register.

 

(f)                                   This Clause 32.21 shall be construed so that the Loans are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any related regulations (and any other relevant or successor provisions of the Code or such regulations).

 

32.22                 Role of Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks

 

(a)                                 No Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

 

(b)                                 No Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(c)                                  No Party (other than the relevant Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 32.22 subject to Clause 1.4 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

32.23                 Third party Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks

 

A Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 32.22 ( Role of Base Reference Banks and Alternative Reference Banks ) and Clause 43 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

33.                               CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a)                                 interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

(b)                                 oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

(c)                                  oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

149


 

34.                               SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

34.1                        Payments to Finance Parties

 

(a)                                 Subject to paragraph (b) below, if a Finance Party (a “ Recovering Finance Party ”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 35 ( Payment mechanics ) (a “ Recovered Amount ”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

(i)                                     the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

 

(ii)                                  the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 35 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

(iii)                               the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “ Sharing Payment ”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 35.6 ( Partial payments ).

 

(b)                                 Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any amount received or recovered by an Issuing Bank or an Ancillary Lender in respect of any cash cover provided for the benefit of that Issuing Bank or that Ancillary Lender.

 

34.2                        Redistribution of payments

 

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “ Sharing Finance Parties ”) in accordance with Clause 35.6 ( Partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

34.3                        Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 34.2 ( Redistribution of payments ), of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

34.4                        Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

(a)                                 each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “ Redistributed Amount ”); and

 

150



 

(b)                                 as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

34.5                        Exceptions

 

(a)                                 This Clause 34 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

(b)                                 A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

(i)                                     it notified the other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(ii)                                  the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

34.6                        Ancillary Lenders

 

(a)                                 This Clause 34 shall not apply to any receipt or recovery by a Lender in its capacity as an Ancillary Lender at any time prior to service of notice under Clause 28.9 ( Acceleration ).

 

(b)                                 Following service of notice under Clause 28.9 ( Acceleration ), this Clause 34 shall apply to all receipts or recoveries by Ancillary Lenders except to the extent that the receipt or recovery represents a reduction from the Designated Gross Amount for an Ancillary Facility to its Designated Net Amount.

 

151



 

SECTION 11

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

35.                               PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

35.1                        Payments to the Agent

 

(a)                                 On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, excluding a payment under the terms of an Ancillary Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b)                                 Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Agent) with such bank as the Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

35.2                        Distributions by the Agent

 

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 35.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and Clause 35.4 ( Clawback ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London, as specified by that Party).

 

35.3                        Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 36 ( Set-Off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

35.4                        Clawback

 

(a)                                 Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b)                                 If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

35.5                        Impaired Agent

 

(a)                                 If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 35.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) may instead either pay that

 

152



 

amount direct to the required recipient or pay that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of “Acceptable Bank” and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents.  In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                 All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the beneficiaries of that trust account pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

(c)                                  A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 35.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

(d)                                 Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 32.13 ( Replacement of the Agent ), each Party which has made a payment to a trust account in accordance with this Clause 35.5 shall give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution in accordance with Clause 35.2 ( Distributions by the Agent ).

 

35.6                        Partial payments

 

(a)                                 If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due in respect of any Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:

 

(i)                                     first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent and the Arranger, the Issuing Bank and the Security Trustee under those Finance Documents;

 

(ii)                                  secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under those Finance Documents;

 

(iii)                               thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under those Finance Documents and any amount due but unpaid under Clause 7.2(a) ( Claims under a Letter of Credit ), Clause 7.3 ( Indemnities ); and

 

(iv)                              fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                 The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

 

(c)                                  Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

35.7                        Set-off by Obligors

 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made, save to the extent contemplated in Clause 10.1 ( Repayment of Loans ) and Clause 18.4 ( Tax Credit ), without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

153



 

35.8                        Business Days

 

(a)                                 Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b)                                 During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

35.9                        Currency of account

 

(a)                                 Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b)                                 A repayment of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Utilisation or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

 

(c)                                  Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

 

(d)                                 Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(e)                                  Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency.

 

35.10                 Change of currency

 

(a)                                 Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i)                                     any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and

 

(ii)                                  any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(b)                                 If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

35.11                 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

(a)                                 the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or

 

154



 

administration of the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b)                                 the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

(c)                                  the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(d)                                 any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 41 ( Amendments and Waivers );

 

(e)                                  the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever  (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 35.11; and

 

(f)                                   the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

36.                               SET-OFF

 

(a)                                 Whilst an Event of Default is continuing, a Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation.  If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

(b)                                 Any credit balances taken into account by an Ancillary Lender when operating a net limit in respect of any overdraft under an Ancillary Facility shall on enforcement of the Finance Documents be applied first in reduction of the overdraft provided under that Ancillary Facility in accordance with its terms.

 

37.                               NOTICES

 

37.1                        Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by electronic mail, fax or letter.

 

37.2                        Addresses

 

The address, email address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

(a)                                 in the case of the Company or the Company, that identified with its name below;

 

155



 

(b)                                 in the case of each Lender, the Issuing Bank, each Ancillary Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

(c)                                  in the case of the Agent or the Security Trustee, that identified with its name below,

 

or any substitute address, email address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

37.3                        Delivery

 

(a)                                 Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i)                                     if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

(ii)                                  if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

(b)                                 Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Trustee will be effective only when actually received by the Agent or Security Trustee and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s or Security Trustee’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent or Security Trustee shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c)                                  The Company may make and/or deliver, as agent of each Obligor, notices and/or requests on behalf of each Obligor.

 

(d)                                 Unless the Agent is an Impaired Agent, all notices from or to an Obligor and/or the Company shall be sent through the Agent.

 

(e)                                  Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause 37.3 will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

(f)                                   Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 6.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day (unless sent by electronic mail).

 

37.4                        Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address, email address or fax number or change of address, email address or fax number pursuant to Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address, email address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

37.5                        Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

 

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be

 

156



 

made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly.  This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

 

37.6                        Electronic communication

 

(a)                                 Any communication to be made between the Agent or the Security Trustee and a Lender or Obligor under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent, the Security Trustee and the relevant Lender or Obligor:

 

(i)                                     agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

(ii)                                  notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(iii)                               notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

(b)                                 Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Security Trustee or an Obligor will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or an Obligor to the Agent or the Security Trustee and/or any member of the Group only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent or Security Trustee shall specify for this purpose.

 

37.7                        Use of websites

 

(a)                                 The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “ Website Lenders ”) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the “ Designated Website ”) if:

 

(i)                                     the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

(ii)                                  both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(iii)                               the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent.

 

If any Lender (a “ Paper Form Lender ”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall, at its own cost, supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form.  In any event the Company shall, if requested by the Agent, at its own cost, supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

(b)                                 The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Agent.

 

(c)                                  The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

157



 

(i)                                     the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

(ii)                                  the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(iii)                               any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(iv)                              any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

(v)                                 the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If the Company notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

(d)                                 Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website.  The Company shall at its own cost comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

37.8                        English language

 

(a)                                 Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b)                                 All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i)                                     in English; or

 

(ii)                                  if not in English, and if so required by the Agent (acting reasonably), accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

38.                               CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

38.1                        Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

38.2                        Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

158



 

38.3                        Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

38.4                        Personal Liability

 

If an individual signs a certificate on behalf of any member of the Group and the certificates proves to be incorrect, the individual will incur no personal liability as a result, unless the individual acted fraudulently or with gross negligence in giving the certificate.  In this case any liability of the individual will be determined in accordance with applicable law.

 

39.                               PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

40.                               REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

41.                               AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

41.1                        Intercreditor Agreement

 

This Clause 41 is subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

41.2                        Required consents

 

(a)                                 Subject to Clause 41.3 ( Exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Company and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b)                                 The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 41.

 

(c)                                  Each Obligor agrees to any such amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 41 which is agreed to by the Company.  This includes any amendment or waiver which would, but for this paragraph (c), require the consent of all of the Guarantors.

 

41.3                        Exceptions

 

(a)                                 An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(i)                                     the definitions of “Majority Lenders”, and “Super Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

(ii)                                  the definition of “Structural Adjustment”

 

159


 

(iii)                               a change to the Borrowers or Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 31 ( Changes to the Obligors );

 

(iv)                              any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(v)                                 Clause 2.4 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ), Clause 34 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ), Clause 45 ( Governing law ) or this Clause 41;

 

(vi)                              subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any amendment to the order of priority or subordination under the Intercreditor Agreement or the manner in which proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed, in each case, to the extent such amendment is expected to be adverse to the priority of a Commitment;

 

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders, except in any such case amendments or waivers consequential on, incidental to or required to implement or reflect a Structural Change or an Additional Facility (where in each case no Lender consent shall be required).

 

(b)                                 An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank, the Security Trustee, Base Reference Bank, Alternative Base Reference Bank or any Ancillary Lender (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Bank, the Security Trustee, Base Reference Bank (to the extent there is any), Alternative Base Reference Bank (to the extent there is any) or, as the case may be, that Ancillary Lender.

 

(c)                                  Any amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or that relates to:

 

(i)                                     subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the nature or scope of the Charged Property (except insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is permitted or not prohibited under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);

 

(ii)                                  the nature or scope of or release of any guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 23 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) or, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, of any Transaction Security unless permitted or not prohibited under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is permitted or not prohibited under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or pursuant to the resignation of an Obligor in accordance with Clause 31.3 ( Resignation of a Borrower ) or Clause 31.5 ( Resignation of a Guarantor ); or

 

(iii)                               any provision which expressly requires the consent of the Super Majority Lenders (save for this Clause 41),

 

may only be made with the consent of the Super Majority Lenders , except in any such case amendments or waivers consequential on, incidental to or required to implement or reflect a Structural Change or an Additional Facility (where in each case no Lender consent shall be required).

 

(d)                                 Any amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to the definition of “Change of Control” in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) may only be made with

 

160



 

the consent of a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate 80 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregate 80 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

 

(e)                                  If a Lender does not accept or reject a request for consent within 10 Business Days (unless the Company and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made, its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or participations under the Facilities when ascertaining whether the requisite level of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request.

 

(f)                                   A Structural Adjustment may be approved with the consent of:

 

(i)                                     each Lender that is to assume an additional or increased commitment in the relevant tranche or facility or that is to extend a commitment or its availability or maturity or redenominate a commitment or to whom any amount is owing which is to be reduced, deferred or redenominated or that is to receive a reduced Margin, fee or commission or that is to lend to a replacement Borrower (as the case may be) (the “ Participating Lender ”); and

 

(ii)                                  (A) the Super Majority Lenders (for which purpose the existing Commitments of each Participating Lender will be taken into account) in the case of a Structural Adjustment resulting in an increase of Financial Indebtedness in the form of Credit Facility Lender Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and (B) the Majority Lenders (for which purpose the existing Commitments of each Participating Lender will be taken into account) in all other cases.

 

(g)                                  For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Structural Adjustment ” means an amendment, waiver or variation that results in or is intended to result from or has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(i)                                     the introduction of an additional loan, commitment or facility or any tranche of the Facility, in each case, in any currency or currencies (including by way of subdivision of an existing tranche or the Initial Facility) under this Agreement which ranks pari passu with, or junior to, the Initial Facility other than in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase ) or Clause 2.3 ( Additional Facilities );

 

(ii)                                  any increase in, or addition to or extension of any Commitment or Total Commitment of any Lender other than in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Increase ) and Clause 2.3 ( Additional Facilities );

 

(iii)                               any redenomination into another currency of any Commitment of any Lender;

 

(iv)                              any extension to the date of payment of any amount owing or payable to a Lender;

 

(v)                                 any amendment or change in the currency of any payment of principal, interest, fees, commission or other amount owing or payable to a Lender; or

 

(vi)                              any change (including changes to, the taking of, or the release coupled with the retaking of, Security and/or guarantees and changes to and/or additional intercreditor arrangements), consequential on, incidental to or required to

 

161



 

implement or effect or reflect any of the adjustments referred to in paragraphs (i) to (v) above (inclusive).

 

(h)                                 If any Screen Rate is not available for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to providing for another benchmark rate to apply in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate (or which relates to aligning any provision of a Finance Document to the use of that other benchmark rate) may be made with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Company.

 

41.4                        Replacement or repayment of Lender

 

(a)                                 If at any time:

 

(i)                                     any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (c) below);

 

(ii)                                  an Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 11.1 ( Illegality ) or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 19.1 ( Increased costs ) or Clause 18.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or Clause 18.3 ( Tax Indemnity ) to any Lender in excess of amounts payable to the other Lenders generally; or

 

(iii)                               any Lender that invokes Clause 16.3 ( Market disruption ),

 

then the Company may, on 5 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, prepay or replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Company, and which is acceptable to (in the case of any transfer of a Commitment) the Issuing Bank if one has been appointed (provided such approval by the Issuing Bank shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest and/or Letter of Credit fees, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                 The replacement or prepayment of a Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)                                     the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Trustee;

 

(ii)                                  neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;

 

(iii)                               in the event of a replacement or prepayment of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 60 Business Days after the date the Non-Consenting Lender notifies the Company and the Agent of its failure or refusal to give a consent in relation to, or agree to any waiver or amendment to the Finance Documents requested by the Company;

 

(iv)                              a member of the Group may only prepay a Non-Consenting Lender using the proceeds of (A) Additional Shareholder Funding or Subordinated Shareholder

 

162



 

Funding or (B) any amounts available for a Restricted Payment (as defined in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ))  pursuant to Clause 2.2 ( Restricted Payments ) of Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ); and

 

(v)                                 in no event shall the Lender replaced under this paragraph (b) be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                  In the event that:

 

(i)                                     the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

 

(ii)                                  the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders or Super Majority Lenders; and

 

(iii)                               the Majority Lenders have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

 

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender ” on the earlier of (1) the date on which such Lender notifies the Agent or any member of the Group that it does not consent or agree to such amendment or waiver and (2) the date falling 10 Business Days after the date on which such consent, waiver or amendment was requested.

 

41.5                        Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

(a)                                 For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments in relation to each Facility.

 

(b)                                 For the purposes of this Clause 41.5, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

(i)                                     any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

(ii)                                  any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred,

 

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

41.6                        Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

(a)                                 The Company may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 5 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

(i)                                     replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

163



 

(ii)                                  require such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of the Lender; or

 

(iii)                               require such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations in respect of the Facilities,

 

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Company, and which is acceptable to (in the case of any transfer of a Commitment) the Issuing Bank (if one has been appointed) acting reasonably, which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest and/or Letter of Credit fees, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents (or such lesser amount as the transferor and transferee may agree).

 

(b)                                 Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)                                     the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Trustee;

 

(ii)                                  neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;

 

(iii)                               the transfer must take place no later than 20 Business Days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above; and

 

(iv)                              in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

42.                               CONFIDENTIALITY

 

42.1                        Confidential Information

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 42.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and Clause 42.3 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

42.2                        Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

(a)                                 to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such

 

164



 

requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

(b)                                 to any person:

 

(i)                                     to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(ii)                                  with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(iii)                               appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 32.15 ( Relationship with the Lenders ));

 

(iv)                              who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;

 

(v)                                 to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

(vi)                              to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 29.8 ( Security over Lenders’ rights );

 

(vii)                           to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

(viii)                        who is a Party; or

 

(ix)                              with the consent of the Company;

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party (acting in good faith) shall consider appropriate if:

 

(A)                               in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

165



 

(B)                               in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

(C)                               in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

(c)                                  to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii)above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party; and

 

(d)                                 to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.

 

42.3                        Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

(a)                                 Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

(i)                                     names of Obligors;

 

(ii)                                  country of domicile of Obligors;

 

(iii)                               place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

(iv)                              date of this Agreement;

 

(v)                                 Clause 45 ( Governing law );

 

(vi)                              the names of the Agent and the Arranger;

 

(vii)                           date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

(viii)                        amounts of, and names of, the Facility (and any tranches);

 

166



 

(ix)                              amount of Total Commitments;

 

(x)                                 currencies of the Facilities;

 

(xi)                              type of Facility;

 

(xii)                           ranking of Facility;

 

(xiii)                        Termination Date for Facility;

 

(xiv)                       changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xiii) above; and

 

(xv)                          such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company,

 

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

(b)                                 The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

(c)                                  Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (i) to (xiii) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price sensitive information.

 

(d)                                 The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of:

 

(i)                                     the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors; and

 

(ii)                                  the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

42.4                        Entire agreement

 

This Clause 42 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

42.5                        Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

42.6                        Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:

 

167



 

(a)                                 of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 42.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(b)                                 upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 42.

 

42.7                        Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this Clause 42 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

 

(a)                                 the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

(b)                                 the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

43.                               CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

 

43.1                        Confidentiality and disclosure

 

(a)                                 The Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

 

(b)                                 The Agent may disclose:

 

(i)                                     any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the relevant Borrower pursuant to Clause 14.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ); and

 

(ii)                                  any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                  The Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

 

(i)                                     any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this subparagraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

168



 

(ii)                                  any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(iii)                               any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

 

(iv)                              any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(d)                                 The Agent’s obligations in this Clause 43.1 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 14.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

 

43.2                        Related obligations

 

(a)                                 The Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

 

(b)                                 The Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Base Reference Bank or Alternative Reference Bank, as the case may be:

 

(i)                                     of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 43.1 ( Confidentiality and disclosure ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(ii)                                  upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 43.2.

 

43.3                        No Event of Default

 

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 28.3  ( Other obligations ) by reason only of a member of the Groups failure to comply with this Clause 43.

 

169



 

44.                               COUNTERPARTS

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

170


 

 

SECTION 12

 

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

45.                               GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law provided that Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants )  and Schedule 16 ( Additional Events of Default ) shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without prejudice to the fact that the Agreement is governed by English law and that Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ) and Schedule 16 ( Additional Events of Default ) shall also be enforced in accordance with English law.

 

46.                               ENFORCEMENT

 

46.1                        Jurisdiction of English courts

 

(a)                                 The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”).

 

(b)                                 The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

(c)                                  This Clause 46.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only.  As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction.  To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

46.2                        Service of process

 

(a)                                 Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

(i)                                     irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any  Finance Document (and the Company, by its execution of this Agreement accepts that appointment); and

 

(ii)                                  agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of that process will invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

(b)                                 If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Company (on behalf of all the Obligors) shall promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably). Failing this, the Agent (acting in good faith and in consultation with the Company) may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

47.                               USA PATRIOT ACT

 

Each Finance Party that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act hereby notifies each Obligor that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Obligors, which information includes the name and address of the Obligors and other information that will allow such Finance Party to identify the Obligors in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. 

 

171



 

Each Obligor agrees that it will provide each Finance Party with such information as it may request in order for such Finance Party to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

172



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

 

Part 1
The Original Obligors

 

Name of Original Borrower

 

Place of Incorporation

 

Registration Number
(or equivalent, if any)

 

 

 

 

 

MU Finance plc

 

England & Wales

 

07088267

 

Name of Original Guarantor

 

Place of Incorporation

 

Registration Number
(or equivalent, if any)

 

 

 

 

 

Red Football Limited

 

England & Wales

 

05370076

 

 

 

 

 

Manchester United Limited

 

England & Wales

 

02570509

 

 

 

 

 

Red Football Junior Limited

 

England & Wales

 

05370078

 

 

 

 

 

Manchester United Football Club Limited

 

England & Wales

 

00095489

 

 

 

 

 

MU Finance plc

 

England & Wales

 

07088267

 

173



 

Part 2
The Original Lenders

 

Name of Original Lender

 

Initial Facility
Commitment (£)

 

Treaty Passport Scheme
reference number and
jurisdiction of tax residence (if
applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited

 

45,000,000

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

National Westminster Bank plc

 

35,000,000

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Suisse AG, London Branch

 

15,000,000

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch

 

15,000,000

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nomura International plc

 

15,000,000

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

125,000,000

 

 

 

 

174



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

Part 1
Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation

 

1.                                      Original Obligors

 

(a)                                 A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor.

 

(b)                                 A copy of a resolution of the board of directors (or, if applicable, a committee of the board) of each Original Obligor:

 

(i)                                     approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii)                                  authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf;

 

(iii)                               authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(iv)                              in the case of an Obligor other than the Company, authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                  If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Original Obligor, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

(d)                                 A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above in relation to the Finance Documents and related documents.

 

(e)                                  A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Original Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Original Guarantor is a party.

 

(f)                                   A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Original Guarantor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph (e) above.

 

(g)                                  A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be exceeded.

 

(h)                                 A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company and each Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part 1 of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

2.                                      Note Documents

 

(a)                                 An executed copy of the Note Purchase Agreement (which will not have to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent or any of the Lenders).

 

175



 

3.                                      Finance Documents

 

(a)                                 This Agreement executed by the Original Obligors.

 

(b)                                 The Fee Letters, as set out in paragraph (a) of the definition thereof, executed by the Company.

 

(c)                                  The amendment and restatement deed relating to the Intercreditor Agreement executed by the parties thereto and including the accessions to the Intercreditor Agreement referred to therein (the “ ICA ARA ”).

 

4.                                      Transaction Security Documents

 

(a)                                 An English law governed supplemental debenture executed by the Original Obligors party thereto.

 

(b)                                 An English law governed supplemental mortgage executed by MUL.

 

(c)                                  An English law governed supplemental mortgage executed by MUFC.

 

(d)                                 An English law governed mortgage executed by MUL.

 

5.                                      Legal opinions

 

A legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP as to English law and addressed to the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Original Lenders.

 

6.                                      Other documents and evidence

 

(a)                                 The Funds Flow Statement.

 

(b)                                 The Group Structure Chart.

 

(c)                                  The Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet.

 

(d)                                 The Base Case Model.

 

(e)                                  A copy of the Original Financial Statements.

 

(f)                                   Know your customer ” information in respect of the Original Obligors provided such documentation or information is requested no later than five Business Days prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

(g)                                  Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses (other than legal fees) then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 17 ( Fees ) and Clause 22 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the Closing Date.

 

(h)                                 A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company dated the Closing Date confirming that the Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $425,000,000 (or its equivalent) have been issued on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(i)                                     Evidence that the outstanding Existing Notes have been satisfied and discharged in accordance with Article 12 ( Satisfaction and Discharge ) of the indenture relating to the Existing Notes (the “ Existing Notes Indenture ”), it being agreed that delivery of a copy of an officer’s certificate of the Issuer addressed to The Bank of New York Mellon (as trustee of the Existing Notes) pursuant to: (i) section 12.01 of the Existing Notes Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Existing

 

176



 

Notes and (ii) section 3.01 of the Existing Notes Indenture relating to the redemption of the Existing Notes, will be sufficient evidence for the purposes of this paragraph (i).

 

(j)                                    Notice of prepayment and/or cancellation providing for the prepayment and/or cancellation of all outstanding amounts under the Existing Facility on or before the Closing Date executed by the Company.

 

(k)                                 Evidence that the Terminating Hedging Agreements have been (or will be) terminated, or as the case may be, closed-out in whole on or before the Effective Date (as defined in the ICA ARA).

 

(l)                                     A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company dated the Closing Date confirming that the Total Commitments under, and as defined in, the BAML Facility Agreement have been prepaid and cancelled to an aggregate principal amount of $225,000,000 (or its equivalent) on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(m)                             Evidence that the Termination Date (as defined in the BAML Facility Agreement) has been (or will be) amended on or before the Closing Date to a date falling at least three months after the Initial Termination Date.

 

177



 

Part 2
Conditions Precedent required to be
delivered by an Additional Obligor

 

1.                                      An Accession Deed executed by the Additional Obligor and the Company.

 

2.                                      A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Obligor.

 

3.                                      A copy of a good standing certificate with respect to any Additional Obligor that is incorporated in the U.S., issued as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of Additional Obligor’s jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation.

 

4.                                      A copy of a resolution of the board or, if applicable, a committee of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor:

 

(a)                                 approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Deed and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Accession Deed and any other Finance Document to which it is a party;

 

(b)                                 authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Deed and other Finance Documents on its behalf;

 

(c)                                  authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional Borrower, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(d)                                 authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

5.                                      If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph 3 above.

 

6.                                      A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3 above.

 

7.                                      A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares of the Additional Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Additional Guarantor is a party.

 

8.                                      A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Additional Guarantor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph 6 above.

 

9.                                      A certificate of an Authorised Signatory of the Additional Obligor confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.

 

10.                               A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Obligor certifying that each copy document listed in this Part 2 of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Deed.

 

11.                               A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

178



 

12.                               If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Obligor.

 

13.                               The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders:

 

(a)                                 A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in England, as to English law in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

 

(b)                                 If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in or has its “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as referred to in Clause 24.23 ( Centre of main interests and establishments )) in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or is executing a Finance Document which is governed by a law other than English law, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as applicable) or, as the case may be, the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document (the “ Applicable Jurisdiction ”) as to the law of the Applicable Jurisdiction and in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

 

14.                               If the proposed Additional Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that the process agent specified in Clause 46.2 ( Service of process ), if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed Additional Obligor.

 

15.                               Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, any security documents which are required by the Agent to be executed by the proposed Additional Obligor.

 

16.                               Any notices or documents required to be given or executed under the terms of those security documents.

 

17.                               If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in England and Wales, Scotland or Northern Ireland evidence that the Additional Obligor has done all that is necessary (including, without limitation, by re-registering as a private company) to comply with sections 677 to 683 of the Companies Act 2006 in order to enable that Additional Obligor to enter into the Finance Documents and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

179


 

SCHEDULE 3

 

REQUESTS AND NOTICES

 

Part 1
Utilisation Request Loans

 

From:      [ Borrower ] [ Company ]*

 

To:           [ Agent ]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Red Football Limited — £125,000,000 Revolving Facilities Agreement
dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1.                                      We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is a Utilisation Request.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2.                                      We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

 

(a) Borrower:

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

(b) Proposed Utilisation Date:

 

[ · ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

 

 

 

(c) Facility to be utilised:

 

[Initial Facility] / [Additional Facility]

 

 

 

(d) Currency of Loan:

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

(e) Amount:

 

[ · ] or, if less, the Available Facility

 

 

 

(f) Interest Period:

 

[ · ]

 

3.                                      We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4.                                      [The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [ account ]].

 

5.                                      This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

[the Company on behalf of] [ insert name of Borrower ]*

 

 

180



 


NOTES:

*               Amend as appropriate.  The Utilisation Request can be given by the Borrower or by the Company.

 

181



 

Part 2

Utilisation Request - Letters of Credit

 

From:      [ Borrower ] [ Company ]*

 

To:           [ Agent ]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Red Football Limited — £125,000,000 Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1.                                      We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is a Utilisation Request.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2.                                      We wish to arrange for a Letter of Credit to be [issued]/[renewed] by the Issuing Bank specified below (which has agreed to do so) on the following terms:

 

(a) Borrower:

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

(b) Issuing Bank:

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

(c) Proposed Utilisation Date:

 

[ · ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

 

 

 

(c) Facility to be utilised:

 

[Initial Facility] / [Additional Facility]

 

 

 

(d) Currency of Letter of Credit:

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

(e) Amount:

 

[ · ] or, if less, the Available Facility:

 

 

 

(f) Term:

 

[ · ]

 

3.                                      We confirm that each condition specified in paragraph (b) (or, to the extent applicable, paragraph (c)) of Clause 6.5 ( Issue of Letters of Credit ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4.                                      We attach a copy of the proposed Letter of Credit.

 

5.                                      This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

6.                                      Delivery instructions:

 

[ Specify delivery instructions. ]

 

182



 

 

Yours faithfully,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

authorised signatory for

 

[the Company on behalf of] [ insert name of relevant Borrower ]*

 


NOTES:

*               Amend as appropriate.  The Utilisation Request can be given by the Borrower or by the Company.

 

183



 

SCHEDULE 4

 

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

1.                                      Security Principles

 

(a)                                 The guarantees and Security to be provided will be given in accordance with the principles set out in this Schedule. This Schedule addresses the manner in which the principles will impact on the guarantees and Security proposed to be taken in relation to this transaction.

 

(b)                                 The principles in this Schedule embody recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining guarantees and Security from members of the Group in their respective jurisdiction of incorporation. In particular:

 

(i)                                     general statutory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, fraudulent conveyance, “thin capitalisation” and “capital maintenance” rules, retention of title claims and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or Security or may require that the guarantee be limited by an amount or otherwise;

 

(ii)                                  notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, no obligation under this Agreement or under any Finance Document of a U.S. Obligor may be, directly or indirectly, (A) secured by any assets of a CFC (including any shares held directly or indirectly by a CFC); or (B) secured by a pledge in excess of 65% of the share capital (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares) of a CFC.  In no event shall any CFC Obligor grant or be permitted to grant Security over any assets of such CFC Obligor with respect to any obligation of a U.S. Obligor;

 

(iii)                               in the case of any joint venture or non-wholly owned subsidiary all guarantees and security will be limited to comply with restrictions in the joint venture, shareholders’ or other agreement or by law provided that the Company will use reasonable endeavours to avoid or overcome such restrictions;

 

(iv)                              the Security and extent of its perfection will be agreed taking into account whether, in the opinion of the Agent (acting reasonably), the cost to the Group of providing Security is disproportionate to the benefit accruing to the Lenders (including where a class of assets to be secured includes material and immaterial assets, if the cost of granting security over the immaterial assets is disproportionate to the benefit of such security, security will be granted over the material assets only);

 

(v)                                 any assets subject to third party arrangements which are permitted or not prohibited by the Finance Documents and which prevent those assets from being charged will be excluded from any relevant Transaction Security provided that reasonable endeavours to obtain consent to charging any such assets shall be used by the relevant member of the Group if the relevant asset is material to the Group as a whole;

 

(vi)                              members of the Group will not be required to give guarantees or enter into Transaction Security Documents if it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant member of the Group or that would conflict with the fiduciary duties of their directors or contravene any legal prohibition or result in a risk of personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer provided that the

 

184



 

relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavours to overcome any such obstacle;

 

(vii)                           perfection of Security, when required, and other required legal formalities will be completed as soon as practicable and, in any event, within the relevant time periods specified in the Finance Documents or, if earlier or to the extent no such time periods are specified in the Finance Documents, within the time periods specified by applicable law in order to ensure due perfection;

 

(viii)                        unless granted under a global Transaction Security Document governed by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the applicable Obligor or under English law all Security (other than any Security granted over certain of its subsidiaries as agreed) shall be governed by the law of and secure assets located in the jurisdiction of incorporation of that Obligor;

 

(ix)                              only floating security will be granted over the hedging agreements entered into by members of the Group;

 

(x)                                 the Security Trustee will hold one set of security for all Lenders unless local law requires separate ranking security for different classes of debt; and

 

(xi)                              no guarantee or security shall guarantee or secure any “Excluded Swap Obligations” defined in accordance with the LSTA Market Advisory Update dated February 15, 2013 entitled “Swap Regulations’ Implications for Loan Documentation”, and any update thereto by the LSTA.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in these Agreed Security Principles, “cost” includes, but is not limited to, income tax cost, registration taxes payable on the creation or enforcement or for the continuance of any Security, stamp duties, out-of-pocket expenses, and other fees and expenses directly incurred by the relevant grantor of Security or any of its direct or indirect owners, subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

2.                                      Guarantors and Security

 

(a)                                 To the extent possible, each guarantee will be an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee and each guarantee and Security will be for all liabilities of the relevant chargor under the Finance Documents in accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of the principles set out in this Schedule in each relevant jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                 To the extent possible, all security shall be given in favour of the Security Trustee and not the Finance Parties individually. “Parallel debt” provisions will be used where necessary. To the extent possible, there should be no action required to be taken in relation to the guarantees or security when any Lender transfers any of its participation in the Facilities to a new Lender.

 

(c)                                  No guarantees or security shall be granted by an Excluded Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

(d)                                 Security may only be granted over 65% of New Holdco’s share capital (measured by the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding voting shares) and no security will be granted over the assets of New Holdco  and/or any Subsidiary of New Holdco (including for the avoidance of doubt over any shares of a Subsidiary of New Holdco).

 

185



 

3.                                      Terms of Security Documents

 

The following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security taken as part of this transaction:

 

(a)                                 the Security will be first ranking to the extent possible;

 

(b)                                 Security will not be enforceable until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing;

 

(c)                                  rights of set off (other than for netting purposes) will not be exercisable until an Event of Default occurs and is continuing;

 

(d)                                 the provisions of each Transaction Security Document will not be unduly burdensome on the relevant Obligor or interfere unreasonably with the operation of its business, will be limited to those required by applicable local law to create or perfect security and will not impose commercial obligations;

 

(e)                                  in the Transaction Security Documents there will be no repetition or extension of clauses set out in any Finance Document including those relating to notices, costs and expenses, indemnities, tax gross-up, distribution of proceeds and release of security; representations and undertakings shall be included in the Transaction Security Documents only to the extent relating to title to assets or required by local law in order to create or perfect the security expressed to be created thereby;

 

(f)                                   security will, where possible and practical, automatically create security over future assets of the same type as those already secured;

 

(g)                                  the Transaction Security Documents should not operate so as to prevent transactions which are permitted or not prohibited under the Finance Documents.

 

4.                                      Bank Accounts

 

(a)                                 Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, each Obligor shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any bank account over which security has been granted (other than any Assigned Account).

 

(b)                                 No Obligor shall be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any Assigned Account except with the prior consent of the Security Trustee (acting reasonably) or as permitted or not prohibited pursuant to the terms of the Debt Documents.

 

(c)                                  After the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, no Obligor shall be entitled to receive, withdraw or otherwise transfer any credit balance from time to time on any bank account over which security has been granted except with the prior consent of the Security Trustee (acting reasonably).

 

(d)                                 If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the account bank within 5 Business Days of the Security being granted and the Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. If the Obligor has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of that 30 Business Days provided, however, if within those 30 Business Days, the relevant account bank has agreed to provide such acknowledgement, but has not yet done so, the relevant Obligor must continue to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain such acknowledgment until such acknowledgment is provided or if the relevant account bank indicates it no longer

 

186



 

agrees to provide the acknowledgement. This provision does not apply to Assigned Accounts in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

 

5.                                      Fixed Assets

 

(a)                                 Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its fixed assets it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business.

 

(b)                                 Subject to any requirements under the Existing Security Documents, no notice whether to third parties or by attaching a notice to the fixed assets shall be prepared or given until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing.

 

6.                                      Insurance

 

(a)                                 Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its insurance policies it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those policies in the course of its business.

 

(b)                                 If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the insurance provider within 5 Business Days of the security being granted and the Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. If the Obligor has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of the specified 30 Business Day period provided, however, if within those 30 Business Days, the relevant insurance provider has agreed to provide such acknowledgement, but has not yet done so, the relevant Obligor must continue to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain such acknowledgment until such acknowledgment is provided or if the relevant insurance provider indicates it no longer agrees to provide the acknowledgement. This provision does not apply to an Insurance Policy (as that term is in the Existing Debenture) in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

 

7.                                      Intellectual Property

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its intellectual property it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business (including allowing its intellectual property to lapse if no longer material to its business).

 

8.                                      Intercompany receivables

 

(a)                                 Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its intercompany receivables it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those receivables in the course of its business.

 

(b)                                 If required by local law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the relevant lender within 5 Business Days of the security being granted and the Obligor shall obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 30 Business Days of service. Irrespective of whether notice of the security is required for perfection if the service of notice would prevent the Obligor from dealing with an intercompany receivable in the course of its business no notice of security shall be served until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing. This provision does not apply to

 

187



 

intercompany receivables charged under the Existing Debenture in respect of which notice will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the Existing Debenture.

 

9.                                      Trade receivables

 

(a)                                 Except as otherwise provided in the Debt Documents, if an Obligor grants security over its trade receivables it shall, prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, be free to deal with those receivables in the course of its business.

 

(b)                                 No notice of security may be served until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing.

 

10.                               Shares

 

(a)                                 Fixed charges and/or pledges over shares in joint ventures, Unrestricted Subsidiaries or over minority interests shall not be required.

 

(b)                                 The Transaction Security Document will be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the entity whose shares are being secured and not by the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Obligor granting the security.

 

(c)                                  Until an Acceleration Event occurs and is continuing, the charging Obligor will be permitted to retain and to exercise the voting rights to any shares and the company whose shares have been charged will be permitted to pay dividends.

 

(d)                                 Unless the restriction is required by law or regulation or such restriction is only applicable if certain conditions have not been met, the constitutional documents of the company whose shares have been charged will be amended to remove any restriction on the transfer or the registration of the transfer of the shares on the taking or enforcement of the security granted over them.

 

11.                               Excluded assets

 

For the avoidance of doubt, any assets excluded from the Transaction Security existing as of the date of this Agreement, including but not limited to, the Trafford Training Centre and Academy at Carrington, Manchester (title number GM785864), shall not be subject to any Transaction Security.

 

12.                               Release of Security

 

Unless required by local law the circumstances in which the security shall be released should not be dealt with in individual Transaction Security Documents but, if so required, shall, except to the extent required by local law, be the same as those set out in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

188


 

SCHEDULE 5

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

To:                              [ · ] as Agent and [ · ] as Security Trustee

 

From:                [ The Existing Lender ] (the “ Existing Lender ”) and [ The New Lender ] (the “ New Lender ”)

 

Dated:

 

Red Football Limited — £125,000,000 Revolving Facilities Agreement
dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1.                                      We refer to the Facilities Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facilities Agreement).  This agreement (the “ Agreement ”) shall take effect as a Transfer Certificate for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

2.                                      We refer to Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Facilities Agreement:

 

(a)                                 The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Facilities Agreement.

 

(b)                                 The proposed Transfer Date is [ · ].

 

(c)                                  The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) of the Facilities Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

3.                                      The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 29.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Facilities Agreement.

 

4.                                      The New Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

 

(a)                                 [a Qualifying Lender other than a UK Treaty Lender;]

 

(b)                                 [a UK Treaty Lender;]

 

(c)                                  [not a Qualifying Lender].*

 

5.                                      The New Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not] an Investor Affiliate.

 

6.                                      [The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 


*                       Delete as applicable - each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

 

189



 

(a)                                 a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(b)                                 a partnership each member of which is:

 

(i)                                     a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(ii)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(c)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that Company.](1)

 

7.                                      [The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [  ]) and is tax resident in [   ](2), so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Company notify:

 

(a)                                 each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Transfer Date; and

 

(b)                                 each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Transfer Date,

 

that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.] (3)

 

[7./8.]                 The New Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not]** a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender.

 

[8./9.]                 [The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S. that it [is]/[is not] a US Qualifying Lender] (4).

 

[9./10.]          We refer to clause [21.5] ( Change of RCF Lender ) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

In consideration of the New Lender being accepted as an RCF Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined therein), the New Lender confirms that, as from the Transfer Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an RCF Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by an RCF Lender and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

[ 11./12.]   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 


(1)  Include only if New Lender falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 18.1 ( Definitions ).

 

(2)  Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

 

(3)                                 Include if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

 

**               Delete as applicable.

 

(4)                                 Delete as applicable — Each New Lender is required to confirm which of these categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S..

 

190



 

[12./13.]   This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[13./14.]   This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

Note:                   The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions.  It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

191



 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

 

[Existing Lender]

 

[New Lender]

 

 

 

By:

 

By:

 

This Agreement is accepted as a Transfer Certificate for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent, and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee, and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ · ].

 

[Agent]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

[Security Trustee]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

192



 

SCHEDULE 6

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

To:                              [ · ] as Agent, [ · ] as Security Trustee and [ · ] as Company for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

From:                [ the Existing Lender ] (the “ Existing Lender ”) and [ the New Lender ] (the “ New Lender ”)

 

Dated:

 

Red Football Limited — £125,000,000 Revolving Facilities Agreement
dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1.                                      We refer to the Facilities Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facilities Agreement). This is an Assignment Agreement. This agreement (the “ Agreement ”) shall take effect as an Assignment Agreement for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

2.                                      We refer to Clause 29.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) of the Facilities Agreement:

 

(a)                                 The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Facilities Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the Facilities Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

(b)                                 The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the Facilities Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

(c)                                  The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

 

3.                                      The proposed Transfer Date is [ · ].

 

4.                                      On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes:

 

(a)                                 party to the relevant Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as a Lender; and

 

(b)                                 party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an RCF Lender.

 

5.                                      The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) of the Facilities Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

6.                                      The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 29.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Facilities Agreement.

 

193



 

7.                                      The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

 

(a)                                 [a Qualifying Lender (other than a UK Treaty Lender);]

 

(b)                                 [a UK Treaty Lender;]

 

(c)                                  [not a Qualifying Lender]. *

 

8.                                      [The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

(a)                                 a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(b)                                 a partnership each member of which is:

 

(i)                                     a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(ii)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(c)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.] (5)

 

9.                                      [The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [  ]) and is tax resident in [   ](6), so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Company notify:

 

(a)                                 each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Transfer Date; and

 

(b)                                 each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Transfer Date,

 

that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.] (7)

 

[9./10.]          The New Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not]* an Investor Affiliate.

 


*                       Delete as applicable - each New Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

 

(5)                                 Include only if New Lender falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 18.1 ( Definitions ).

 

(6)  Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

 

(7)                                 Include if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

 

* Delete as applicable.

 

194



 

[10./11.]                           The New Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not]** a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender.

 

[ 11./12.]                           [The New Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S. that it [is]/[is not] a US Qualifying Lender] (8).

 

[ 12./13.]                           We refer to clause [19.5] ( Change of RCF Lender ) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

In consideration of the New Lender being accepted as an RCF Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the New Lender confirms that, as from the Transfer Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an RCF Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by an RCF Lender and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

[ 13./14.]                           This Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 29.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Affiliate Ancillary Lender Notice or Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice to the Company ), to the Company (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Agreement.

 

[ 14./15.]                           This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

[ 15./16.]                           This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[ 16./17.]                           This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

Note:                   The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions.  It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 


**               Delete as applicable.

 

(8)                                 Delete as applicable — Each New Lender is required to confirm which of these categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S..

 

195



 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment,
release and accession

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

 

[Existing Lender]

[New Lender]

 

 

By:

By:

 

This Agreement is accepted as an Assignment Agreement for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent, and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee, and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ · ].

 

Signature of this Agreement by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to in this Agreement, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

[ Agent ]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

[ Security Trustee ]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

196


 

SCHEDULE 7

 

FORM OF ACCESSION DEED

 

To:                              [                   ] as Agent and [                  ] as Security Trustee for itself and each of the other parties to the Intercreditor Agreement referred to below

 

From:                [ Restricted Subsidiary ] and [ Company ]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Red Football Limited — £125,000,000 Revolving Facilities Agreement
dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1.                                      We refer to the Facilities Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement.  This deed (the “ Accession Deed ”) shall take effect as an Accession Deed for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement and as a Debtor Accession Deed for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in paragraphs 1 to 3 of this Accession Deed unless given a different meaning in this Accession Deed.

 

2.                                      [ Restricted Subsidiary ] agrees to become an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] and to be bound by the terms of the Facilities Agreement and the other Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] pursuant to clause [31.2 ( Additional Borrowers )]/[clause 31.4 ( Additional Guarantors )] of the Facilities Agreement.  [ Restricted Subsidiary ] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [ name of relevant jurisdiction ] and is a limited liability company and registered number [                   ].

 

3.                                      [ Restricted Subsidiary’s ] administrative details for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement are as follows:

 

Address:

 

Fax No.:

 

Attention:

 

4.                                      [ Restricted Subsidiary ] (for the purposes of this paragraph 4, the “ Acceding Debtor ”) intends to [incur Liabilities under the following documents]/[give a guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of Liabilities under the following documents]:

 

[ Insert details (date, parties and description) of relevant documents ]

 

the “ Relevant Documents ”.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

(a)                                 Terms defined in the Intercreditor Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined in this Accession Deed, bear the same meaning when used in this paragraph 4.

 

(b)                                 The Acceding Debtor and the Security Trustee agree that the Security Trustee shall hold:

 

197



 

(i)                                     [any Security in respect of Liabilities created or expressed to be created pursuant to the Relevant Documents;

 

(ii)                                  all proceeds of that Security; and]

 

(iii)                               all obligations expressed to be undertaken by the Acceding Debtor to pay amounts in respect of the Liabilities to the Security Trustee as trustee for the Secured Parties (in the Relevant Documents or otherwise) and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by the Acceding Debtor (in the Relevant Documents or otherwise) in favour of the Security Trustee as trustee for the Secured Parties,

 

on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms and conditions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(c)                                  The Acceding Debtor confirms that it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Debtor, undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed to be assumed by a Debtor under the Intercreditor Agreement and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(d)                                 [In consideration of the Acceding Debtor being accepted as an Intra-Group Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Acceding Debtor also confirms that it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an Intra-Group Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by an Intra-Group Lender and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement].

 

[4]/[5] This Accession Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

THIS ACCESSION DEED has been signed on behalf of the Security Trustee (for the purposes of paragraph 4 above only), signed on behalf of the Company and executed as a deed by [ Restricted Subsidiary ] and is delivered on the date stated above.

 

[ Restricted Subsidiary ]

 

[EXECUTED AS A DEED

)

 

 

 

 

By: [ Subsidiary ]

)

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director/Secretary

 

 

 

OR

 

 

 

[EXECUTED AS A DEED

 

 

 

By: [ Subsidiary ]

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Director

 

 

 

in the presence of

 

 

198



 

 

 

Signature of witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address of witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation of witness]

 

 

 

The Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Company ]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

The Security Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Full Name of Current Security Trustee ]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

199



 

SCHEDULE 8

 

FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

 

To:                              [ · ] as Agent

 

From:                [ resigning Obligor ] and [ Company ]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Red Football Limited — £125,000,000 Revolving Facilities Agreement
dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1.                                      We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is a Resignation Letter.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter.

 

2.                                      Pursuant to [clause 31.3 ( Resignation of a Borrower )]/[clause 31.5 ( Resignation of a Guarantor )], we request that [ resigning Obligor ] be released from its obligations as a [Borrower]/[Guarantor] under the Facilities Agreement and the Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

3.                                      We confirm that:

 

(a)                                 no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; and

 

(b)                                 [this request is given in relation to a Third Party Disposal of [ resigning Obligor ];]*

 

(c)                                  [ · ]***

 

4.                                      This Resignation Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

5.                                      The Company agrees to indemnify the Finance Parties and any Receivers or Delegates for any costs, expenses, or liabilities which would have been payable by [ resigning Obligor ] in connection with the Finance Documents but for the release set out in paragraph 1 above.

 

[ Company ]

[ resigning Obligor ]

 

 

By:

By:

 

200



 


NOTES:

*                                          Insert where resignation as a result of a Third Party Disposal.

 

**                                   Insert where resignation as a result of a Third Party Disposal.  Amend as appropriate, e.g. to reflect agreed procedure for payment of proceeds into a specified account.

 

***                            Insert any other conditions required by the Facilities Agreement.

 

201



 

SCHEDULE 9

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:                              [ · ] as Agent

 

From:                [ Company ]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Red Football Limited — £125,000,000 Revolving Facilities Agreement

dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1.                                      We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is a Compliance Certificate.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2.                                      We confirm that Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Relevant Period was [ · ] and we set out in the Schedule ( Calculation of Consolidated EBITDA and Total Net Leverage Ratio ) hereto detail of the calculation of this amount.

 

3.                                      [We confirm that no Default is continuing. (1)]**

 

4.                                      [We confirm by reference to the latest Annual Financial Statements delivered under the terms of the Facilities Agreement that [the Guarantor Coverage Test [is satisfied]/[will be satisfied by the following members of the Group acceding as Additional Guarantors in accordance with Clause 27.13 ( Guarantors ):

 

5.                                      [ · ].]**

 

6.                                      We confirm that the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the most recently completed Relevant Period was [ · ] and therefore Margin in relation to the [Initial]/[Additional]*** Facility should be [ · ] per cent. per annum. We set out in the Schedule ( Calculation of Consolidated EBITDA and Total Net Leverage Ratio ) hereto detail of the calculation of this amount.

 

Signed

 

 

 

 

Director

 

Director

 

of

 

of

 

[ Company ]

 

[ Company ]

 

[ insert applicable certification language ]

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

 

[ name of auditors of the Company ]

 


(1) If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.

 

202



 

NOTES:

**                                   Only for Compliance Certificate delivered with the Annual Financial Statements.

 

***                            Revise as appropriate.

 

203


 

THE SCHEDULE

 

CALCULATION OF CONSOLIDATED EBITDA AND TOTAL NET LEVERAGE RATIO

 

1.                                      Calculation of Consolidated EBITDA

 

Relevant line item

 

Amount (£)

The consolidated profits of the Group from ordinary activities before taxation in respect of that Relevant Period

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Including any amount attributable to the amortisation or impairment of intangible assets or the depreciation or impairment of tangible assets

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Including any Consolidated Net Finance Charges

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Including any one-off expenses or charges incurred in connection with the incurrence or issuance of (i) any Financial Indebtedness under or which is permitted by the Finance Documents or (ii) any other equity issuance which is permitted by the Finance Documents

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Including any items treated as exceptional or extraordinary items

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Including any accrued interest received by or owing to any member of the Group

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Including any realised and unrealised exchange gains and losses including those arising on translation of currency debt

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Including any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any asset or arising from the acquisition or disposal of player registrations

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Deducting any profit of any member of the Group which is attributable to minority interests

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Deducting any profit of any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the Group) in which any member of the Group has an ownership interest to the extent that the amount of such profit included in the financial statements of the Group exceeds the amount (net of applicable withholding tax) received in cash by members of the Group through distributions by such investment or entity

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

After excluding the amount of any profit or loss which is attributable to any Material Disposal made in the Relevant Period

 

 

 

 

 

After deducting to the extent not already taken into account, all rent and other property costs of a revenue nature

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Consolidated EBITDA

 

[ · ]

 

204



 

2.                                      Calculation of  Total Net Leverage Ratio

 

Relevant line item

 

Amount (£)

The aggregate amount of all obligations of the Group for or in respect of the principal amount of Borrowings

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Excluding obligations to any other member of the Group

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Excluding Subordinated Shareholder Funding and Additional Shareholder Funding

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Including in the case of finance leases, only the capitalised value thereof

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Deducting aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the Group at that time

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Consolidated EBITDA

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Total Net Leverage Ratio

 

[ · ]: 1.00

 

205



 

SCHEDULE 10

 

TIMETABLES

 

Part 1
Loans

 

 

 

Utilisation on
the Closing
Date

 

Loans in
sterling

 

Loans in
euro

 

Loans in other
currencies

Agent notifies the Company if a currency is approved as an Optional Currency in accordance with Clause  4.3(a) ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies )

 

 

 

 

U-4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request ))

 

U-1
11.00am

 

U-1
11.00am

 

U-3
11.00am

 

U-3
11.00am

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agent determines (in relation to a Utilisation) the Base Currency Amount of the Loan, if required under Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) and notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation )

 

U-1
2.00pm

 

U-1
2.00pm

 

U-3
2.00pm

 

U-3
2.00pm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agent receives a notification from a Lender under Clause 8.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )

 

 

 

Quotation Day
9.30am

 

Quotation Day
9.30am

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agent gives notice in accordance with Clause 8.2 ( Unavailability of a currency )

 

 

 

Quotation Day
noon

 

Quotation Day
noon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIBOR or EURIBOR is fixed

 

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

 

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

 

Quotation Day as of 11.00am in respect of LIBOR and as of 11.00am (Brussels time) in respect of EURIBOR

 

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in

 

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

 

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

 

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

 

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

 

206



 

accordance with Clause 16.2 ( Calculation of Base Reference Bank Rate and Alternative Reference Bank Rate )

 

 

 

 

 

in respect of LIBOR and as of 11.00am (Brussels time) in respect of EURIBOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alternative Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in accordance with Clause 16.2 ( Calculation of Base Reference Bank Rate and Alternative Reference Bank Rate )

 

Quotation Day as of 11.00am

 

Close of business in London on the date falling one Business Day after the Quotation Day

 

Close of business in London on the date falling one Business Day after the Quotation Day

 

Close of business in London on the date falling one Business Day after the Quotation Day

 

“U”                            =                                          date of Utilisation

 

“U - X”         =                                          X Business Days prior to date of Utilisation

 

207



 

Part 2
Letters of Credit

 

 

 

Letters of Credit

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 6.2 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit ))

 

U-3 9.30am

 

 

 

Agent determines (in relation to a Utilisation) the Base Currency Amount of the Letter of Credit if required under paragraph (d) of Clause 6.5 ( Issue of Letter of Credit ) and notifies the Issuing Bank and Lenders of the Letter of Credit in accordance with paragraph (d) of Clause 6.5 ( Issue of Letter of Credit ).

 

U-1 noon

 

 

 

Delivery of duly completed Renewal Request (Clause 6.6 ( Renewal of a Letter of Credit ))

 

U-3 9.30am

 

“U”                            =                                          date of utilisation, or, if applicable, in the case of a Letter of Credit to be renewed in accordance with Clause 6.6(c) ( Renewal of a Letter of Credit ), the first day of the proposed term of the renewed Letter of Credit

 

“U-X”               =                                          Business Days prior to date of utilisation

 

208


 

SCHEDULE 11

 

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

To:                              [ Beneficiary ](the “ Beneficiary ”)

 

Date

 

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit no. [ · ]

 

At the request of [ · ], [ Issuing Bank ] (the “ Issuing Bank ”) issues this irrevocable standby Letter of Credit (“ Letter of Credit ”) in your favour on the following terms and conditions:

 

1.                                      Definitions

 

In this Letter of Credit:

 

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in [London].*

 

Demand ” means a demand for a payment under this Letter of Credit in the form of the schedule to this Letter of Credit.

 

Expiry Date ” means [ · ].

 

Total L/C Amount ” means [ · ].

 

2.                                      Issuing Bank’s agreement

 

(a)                                 The Beneficiary may request a drawing or drawings under this Letter of Credit by giving to the Issuing Bank a duly completed Demand.  A Demand must be received by the Issuing Bank by no later than [ · ] p.m. ([London] time) on the Expiry Date.

 

(b)                                 Subject to the terms of this Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to the Beneficiary that, within 5 Business Days of receipt by it of a Demand, it must pay to the Beneficiary the amount demanded in that Demand.

 

(c)                                  The Issuing Bank will not be obliged to make a payment under this Letter of Credit if as a result the aggregate of all payments made by it under this Letter of Credit would exceed the Total L/C Amount.

 

3.                                      Expiry

 

(a)                                 The Issuing Bank will be released from its obligations under this Letter of Credit on the date (if any) notified by the Beneficiary to the Issuing Bank as the date upon which the obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Letter of Credit are released.

 

(b)                                 Unless previously released under paragraph (a) above, on [ · ] p.m.([London] time) on the Expiry Date the obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Letter of Credit will cease with no further liability on the part of the Issuing Bank except for any Demand validly presented under the Letter of Credit that remains unpaid.

 

(c)                                  When the Issuing Bank is no longer under any further obligations under this Letter of Credit, the Beneficiary must return the original of this Letter of Credit to the Issuing Bank.

 

209



 

4.                                      Payments

 

All payments under this Letter of Credit shall be made in [ · ] and for value on the due date to the account of the Beneficiary specified in the Demand.

 

5.                                      Delivery of Demand

 

Each Demand shall be in writing, and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by letter, fax or telex and must be received in legible form by the Issuing Bank at its address and by the particular department or office (if any) as follows:

 

[ · ]

 

6.                                      Assignment

 

The Beneficiary’s rights under this Letter of Credit may not be assigned or transferred.

 

7.                                      ISP

 

Except to the extent it is inconsistent with the express terms of this Letter of Credit, this Letter of Credit is subject to the International Standby Practices (ISP 98), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590.

 

8.                                      Governing Law

 

This Letter of Credit [and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it][is/are] governed by English law.

 

9.                                      Jurisdiction

 

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Letter of Credit (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Letter of Credit).

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

[ Issuing Bank ]

 

By:

 


NOTES:

 

*                                          This may need to be amended depending on the currency of payment under the Letter of Credit.

 

210



 

THE SCHEDULE
FORM OF DEMAND

 

To:                              [ Issuing Bank ]

 

[Date]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Standby Letter of Credit no. [ · ] issued in favour of [ Beneficiary ] (the “Letter of Credit”)

 

We refer to the Letter of Credit.  Terms defined in the Letter of Credit have the same meaning when used in this Demand.

 

1.                                      We certify that the sum of [ · ] is due [and has remained unpaid for at least [ · ] Business Days] [under [set out underlying contract or agreement]].  We therefore demand payment of the sum of [ · ].

 

2.                                      Payment should be made to the following account:

 

Name:

 

Account Number:

 

Bank:

 

3.                                      The date of this Demand is not later than the Expiry Date.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

(Authorised Signatory)

(Authorised Signatory)

 

For

[ Beneficiary ]

 

211



 

SCHEDULE 12

 

MATERIAL COMPANIES

 

Red Football Limited

 

Red Football Junior Limited

 

Manchester United Limited

 

Manchester United Football Club Limited

 

MU Finance plc

 

212



 

SCHEDULE 13

 

FORMS OF NOTIFIABLE DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTION NOTICE

 

Part 1
Form of Notice on entering into Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction

 

To:                              [             ] as Agent

 

From:                [ The Lender ]

 

Dated:

 

Red Football Limited — £125,000,000 Revolving Facilities Agreement
dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1.                                      We refer to paragraph (b) of Clause 30.2 ( Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates ) of the Facilities Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning in this notice.

 

2.                                      We have entered into a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction.

 

3.                                      The Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction referred to in paragraph 2 above relates to the amount of our Commitment(s) as set out below.

 

Commitment

 

Amount of our Commitment to which Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction relates (Base Currency)

 

 

 

 

 

[ insert amount (of that Commitment) to which the relevant Debt Purchase Transaction applies ]

 

[Lender]

 

By:

 

213



 

Part 2
Form of Notice on Termination of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction / Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction ceasing to be with Investor Affiliate

 

To:                              [             ] as Agent

 

From:                [ The Lender ]

 

Dated:

 

Red Football Limited — £125,000,000 Revolving Facilities Agreement
dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1.                                      We refer to paragraph (c) of Clause 30.2 ( Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Investor Affiliates ) of the Facilities Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning in this notice.

 

2.                                      A Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction which we entered into and which we notified you of in a notice dated [ · ] has [terminated]/[ceased to be with an Investor Affiliate].*

 

3.                                      The Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction referred to in paragraph 2 above relates to the amount of our Commitment(s) as set out below.

 

Commitment

 

Amount of our Commitment to which Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction relates (Base Currency)

 

 

 

 

 

[ insert amount (of that Commitment) to which the relevant Debt Purchase Transaction applies ]

 

[Lender]

 

By:

 


*                                          Delete as applicable

 

214



 

SCHEDULE 14

 

TABLE OF VALUES FOR X

 

1.                                      The value of X in any Financial Year will be the amount determined using the Champions League Adjustment Spreadsheet and set out in the row labelled “EBITDA” in the column corresponding to that Financial Year after the following adjustments (the “ Adjustments ”) have been made in the electronic version of the spreadsheet (and, for the avoidance of doubt, with no other adjustments):

 

(a)                                 the figure in the Total Match Day income row of the spreadsheet for a Financial Year (the “ Relevant Year ”) will be determined by: (i) adjusting the revenue in the line item entitled “European Cups” in the Annual Financial Statements for the most recent Financial Year in which the first team of MUFC participated in the Champions League (the “ Previous Year ”) to reflect any increase or decrease in ticket prices announced prior to the start of the Relevant Year that would be applicable in the Relevant Year; (ii) aggregating the amount described in paragraph (i) above with the revenue (increased or decreased for the then prevailing rate (RPI) of inflation or deflation) in the line items entitled “Hospitality — Match Day” and “Catering (match day)” (minus any intra-Group items) in the Annual Financial Statements for the Previous Year; (iii) dividing the sum of the amount described in paragraph (ii) by the number of Champions League matches played at the Stadium in the Previous Year; and (iv) multiplying the product of paragraph (iii) by four;

 

(b)                                 any increase or decrease in the Sterling Equivalent (as defined in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants )) of media and sponsorship revenues that would have been received by the Group from UEFA in respect of the Champions League (or, in each case, any replacement body or competition) had the first team of MUFC finished third in the Premier League (or any replacement competition) and qualified for the first knock-out stage of the Champions League will be taken into account in calculating the figure in the row labelled “European TV & Radio” in the column corresponding to that Financial Year; and

 

(c)                                  any increase or decrease in the portion of revenue from the Specified Contracts described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of the definition thereof (as applicable) (or any replacement contract) that is dependent on the first team of MUFC qualifying for the Champions League in a Financial Year will be taken into account in calculating the figure in the row labelled “Nike” (in relation to the Nike Agreement) and the row labelled “Adidas” (in relation to the adidas Agreement) in the column corresponding to that Financial Year.

 

2.                                      The add back in respect of each Financial Year shall be applied according to the following quarterly schedule:

 

Financial Quarter Ending

 

Percentage Application

 

 

 

September

 

20.0%

 

 

 

December

 

45.0%

 

 

 

March

 

35.0%

 

 

 

June

 

0.0%

 

215


 

SCHEDULE 15

 

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

 

Defined terms used in this Schedule shall have the meanings given to them in this Schedule 15 unless the context requires otherwise.  The provisions of this Schedule 15 are to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without prejudice to the fact that this Agreement is governed by English law).

 

1.                                      Asset Sales

 

1.1                               The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

(a)                                 the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(b)                                 at least 75 per cent. of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.  For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

(i)                                     any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Facilities and any guarantee thereof) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation or indemnity agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from or indemnifies against further liability;

 

(ii)                                  any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 90 days following the closing of the Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion;

 

(iii)                               Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or preferred stock of an Obligor other than the Company, in each case that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries following such Asset Sale are released from any guarantee of such Indebtedness or preferred stock in connection with such Asset Sale;

 

(iv)                              consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or preferred stock of an Obligor other than the Company which is either repaid in full or cancelled in connection with such Asset Sale; and

 

(v)                                 any Capital Stock or assets of the kind referred to in paragraphs (b) or (d) of Clause 1.2 below,

 

provided that , in no event will the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of the Specified Asset other than to an Obligor.

 

216



 

1.2                               Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:

 

(a)                                 to repay, repurchase, prepay or redeem (i) Indebtedness under the Facilities and correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, (ii)  Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor to the extent that such Indebtedness is not subordinated in right of payment to the Facilities and any guarantee thereof, (iii) the Notes pursuant to an offer to all holders of Notes at a purchase price equal to 100 per cent. of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, to the date of purchase (a “ Notes Offer ”) or (iv) obligations under any pari passu Indebtedness (other than the Notes) that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks equal to the Lien on the Collateral securing the Facilities and any guarantee thereof and that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Facility hereunder or under any other Finance Document, and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, concurrently with an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer;

 

(b)                                 to acquire (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, provided that such commitment will be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition will be consummated within 180 days after the end of such 360 day period) all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(c)                                  to make a capital expenditure; or

 

(d)                                 to acquire (or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, provided that such commitment will be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition will be consummated within 180 days after the end of such 360 day period) other assets (other than Capital Stock) that are not classified as current assets under IFRS and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business,

 

provided, however, that pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Finance Documents.

 

1.3                               Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Clause 1.2 will constitute “ Excess Proceeds ”.

 

1.4                               When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds £15,000,000, within five Business Days thereof, the Company will make an offer (an “ Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer ”) to the Lenders and may make an offer to all holders of the Notes or other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facilities and any guarantee thereof containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Agreement with respect to offers to purchase, prepay, cancel or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with this Clause 1 ( Asset Sales ) to purchase, prepay, redeem or cancel the maximum principal amount of and correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto or cancel the Facilities, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (plus accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid, redeemed or cancelled out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer will be equal to 100 per cent. of the principal amount to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of prepayment or cancellation. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those

 

217



 

Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement. If the aggregate principal amount of the Facilities, the Notes and any other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facilities and any guarantee thereof tendered into (or required to be prepaid, redeemed or cancelled in connection with) such Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, or if the aggregate principal amount of the Facilities exceeds the amount of Net Proceeds to be so applied, such Net Proceeds shall be allocated to prepay the Facilities, such Notes and such other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Facilities and any guarantee thereof to be prepaid on a pro rata basis based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid, redeemed or cancelled. For the purposes of calculating the principal amount of any such Indebtedness not denominated in U.S. Dollars, such Indebtedness shall be calculated by converting any such principal amounts into their U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the Business Day immediately prior to the date on which the Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer is announced. Upon completion of each Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

 

2.                                      Restricted Payments

 

2.1                               The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                 declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries);

 

(b)                                 purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company;

 

(c)                                  make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facilities and any guarantee thereof (excluding (i) any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facilities or the guarantee thereof purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement);

 

(d)                                 make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; or

 

(e)                                  make any Restricted Investments,

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in the foregoing paragraphs (a) through (e) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

218



 

(i)                                     no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

 

(ii)                                  the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) below; and

 

(iii)                               such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by paragraphs (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (m) and (n) of Clause 2.2 ( Restricted Payments )) is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(A)                               50 per cent. of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after June 30, 2015 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100 per cent. of such deficit); plus

 

(B)                               100 per cent. of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the Closing Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and Excluded Contributions) or from Subordinated Shareholder Funding or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock of the Company or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company, in each case that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company (including such cash proceeds received in connection with any such conversion or exchange) (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), excluding, in each case, any such contribution that constitutes Relevant Equity; plus

 

(C)                               to the extent that Restricted Investments which were made after the Closing Date are sold for cash and/or Cash Equivalents or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash and/or Cash Equivalents, the lesser of (x) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investments (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (y) the initial amount of such Restricted Investments; plus

 

(D)                               to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after the Closing Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; plus

 

(E)                                upon the full and unconditional release of a Restricted Investment that is a guarantee made by the Company or one of its Restricted

 

219



 

Subsidiaries to any Person, an amount equal to the amount of such guarantee; plus

 

(F)                                 the initial amount of any Restricted Investment made after the Closing Date in a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; plus

 

(G)                               100 per cent. of any dividends received in cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period.

 

2.2                               If no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment, the provisions of Clause 2.1 ( Restricted Payments ) will not prohibit:

 

(a)                                 the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                 the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of or with the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital or Subordinated Shareholder Funding to the Company; (excluding any such contribution that constitutes Relevant Equity) provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from paragraph (iii)(B) of Clause 2.1 above;

 

(c)                                  the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is contractually subordinated to the Facilities and any guarantee thereof with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; or (ii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Obligor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Facilities or any guarantee thereof (other than any Indebtedness so subordinated and held by Affiliates of the Company) upon a Note Change of Control or an Asset Sale to the extent required by the agreements governing such Indebtedness, but only if, prior to offering to purchase, purchasing or repaying such Indebtedness, (x) the Company shall have complied with its obligations under Clause 1 ( Asset Sales ) and shall have prepaid the full principal amount of the Facilities required to be prepaid under Clause 1 ( Asset Sales ) and (y) the Obligors shall have otherwise complied with the terms of this Agreement;

 

(d)                                 the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement, employment agreements, or similar agreements or stock option plans; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed £3,000,000 in any twelve month period; but provided , further , that such amount in any twelve-month period may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity to current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent

 

220



 

Entity to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the making of Restricted Payments pursuant to paragraph (iii) of Clause 2.1 ( Restricted Payments ) and do not constitute Relevant Equity;

 

(e)                                  the repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Entity deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;

 

(f)                                   the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued on or after the Closing Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock );

 

(g)                                  payments of cash, dividends, distributions, advances or other Restricted Payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon (x) the exercise of options or warrants or (y) the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

 

(h)                                 the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

 

(i)                                     payments pursuant to any tax sharing agreement or arrangement relating to taxes among the Company and its Subsidiaries and other Persons with which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is required or permitted to file a consolidated tax return or with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a part of a group for tax purposes; provided, however, that such payments will not exceed the amount of tax that the Company and its Subsidiaries would owe on a standalone basis and the related tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries are relieved thereby;

 

(j)                                    the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions, or the making of loans, by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Parent Entity in amounts and at times required to pay:

 

(i)                                     franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any Parent Entity;

 

(ii)                                  general corporate overhead expenses of any Parent Entity to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or related to the proper administration of such Parent Entity, including (i) fees and expenses properly incurred in the ordinary course of business to auditors and legal advisors; and (ii) payments in respect of services provided by directors, officers or employees of any such Parent Entity, not to exceed £3,000,000 in any calendar year;

 

(iii)                               any income taxes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, United Kingdom corporation tax), to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income or ownership of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received in cash from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income or ownership of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

221



 

(iv)                              costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the Finance Documents or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

 

(v)                                 fees and expenses of any Parent Entity incurred in relation to any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness (A) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (B) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed; or (C) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent Entity will cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed;

 

(k)                                 so long as the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company is equal to or greater than £250,000,000 for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such Restricted Payment, any Restricted Payment;

 

(l)                                     following a Public Equity Offering that results in a Public Market of the Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity, the payment of dividends on the Capital Stock of the Company up to 6 per cent. per annum of the net cash proceeds received by the Company in any such Public Equity Offering or any subsequent public offering of such Capital Stock, or the net cash proceeds of any such Public Equity Offering or subsequent public offering of such Capital Stock of any Parent Entity that are contributed in cash to the Company’s equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock); provided that if such Public Equity Offering was of Capital Stock of a Parent Entity, the net proceeds of any such dividend are used to fund a corresponding dividend in equal or greater amount on the Capital Stock of such Parent Entity; or

 

(m)                             to the extent constituting a Restricted Payment, any transfer, assignment or novation by MUL and/or any other member of the Restricted Group of all or any portion of the assets described in paragraph (a) of the definition of “New Holdco Business” to any member of the New Holdco Group made in accordance with a Permitted Reorganisation, including without limitation the transfer of employees, assets (including goodwill) and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts;

 

(n)                                 other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed £160,000,000 since the Closing Date.

 

2.3                               The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

 

3.                                      Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

 

3.1                               The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become or remain

 

222



 

directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not, and will not permit any other Obligor to, issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that :

 

(a)                                 subject to Clause 3.3 below, the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, the Obligors (other than the Company) may issue Disqualified Stock, and the Obligors (other than the Company) and New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0,  in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period provided that , if the Indebtedness is to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) the creditor(s) or, as the case may be, representative of such creditor(s) of such Indebtedness shall have become party to the Intercreditor Agreement or entered into an intercreditor agreement providing for pro-rata sharing of enforcement proceeds or payments upon default among such creditors and the Lenders and otherwise satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably and in good faith), provided that the terms of such intercreditor agreement are no more onerous to New Holdco and its Subsidiaries than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

(b)                                 if the Indebtedness to be incurred is Senior Secured Indebtedness, subject to Clause 3.3 below, the Obligors, New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may incur such Senior Secured Indebtedness if the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred is less than 4.0 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if such Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period provided that , if the Senior Secured Indebtedness to be incurred is to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) the creditor(s) or, as the case may be, representative of such creditor(s) of such Indebtedness shall have become party to the Intercreditor Agreement or entered into an intercreditor agreement providing for pro-rata sharing of enforcement proceeds or payments upon default among such creditors and the Lenders and otherwise satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably and in good faith), provided that the terms of such intercreditor agreement are no more onerous to New Holdco and its Subsidiaries than the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

3.2                               Subject to Clause 3.3 below, Clause 3.1 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, the “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

(a)                                 the incurrence of Indebtedness under this Agreement;

 

223



 

(b)                                 the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness provided that , on or prior to the Closing Date the Indebtedness of the Obligors evidenced by the Existing Notes and guaranteed pursuant to the Existing Note Guarantees shall be repaid in full;

 

(c)                                  the incurrence by the Company and the Obligors of Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the Note Guarantee;

 

(d)                                 the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, lease, installation or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment used or useful in a Permitted Business, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which were used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this paragraph (d), not to exceed £50,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(e)                                  the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Finance Documents to be incurred under Clause 3.1 or any of paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e) or (l) of this Clause 3.2;

 

(f)                                   the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that :

 

(i)                                     if any Obligor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not an Obligor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Facilities and the Finance Documents; and

 

(ii)                                  (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this paragraph (f);

 

(g)                                  the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that :

 

(i)                                     any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(ii)                                  any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

224



 

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this paragraph (g);

 

(h)                                 the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(i)                                     the Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that the guaranteed Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Clause 3.2; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Facilities and any guarantee thereof, then the Guarantee must be subordinated or pari passu , as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

 

(j)                                    the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, customs, VAT and other tax guarantees, performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k)                                 the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

 

(l)                                     Indebtedness of any Person outstanding on the date on which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise combined with (including pursuant to any acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness incurred to provide all or any portion of the funds used to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or was otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided, however, with respect to this paragraph (1), that at the time of the acquisition or other transaction pursuant to which such Indebtedness was deemed to be incurred the Company would have been able to incur £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this paragraph (l);

 

(m)                             Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for customary indemnification, obligations in respect of earnouts or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary, provided that the maximum liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the Fair Market Value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

(n)                                 the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding not to exceed £50,000,000; and

 

(o)                                 the incurrence by New Holdco, Sponsorship Newco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco of Intra-Group Liabilities (as defined in the

 

225



 

Intercreditor Agreement) or Subordinated Liabilities (as defined by the Intercreditor Agreement),

 

provided, however, that New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of New Holdco (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) shall not be permitted to incur Indebtedness pursuant to paragraphs (a), (d) and (n) of this Clause 3.2.

 

3.3                               No Obligor will incur any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Obligors unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Facilities and any guarantee thereof on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Obligors solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis.

 

3.4                               For purposes of determining compliance with this Clause 3, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in paragraphs (a) through (o) of Clause 3.2 above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Clause 3.  Indebtedness under the Facilities will be deemed to have been incurred under paragraph (a) of Clause 3.2 only. The accrual of interest or preferred stock dividends, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on preferred stock or Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Clause 3; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company as accrued.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 3, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Clause 3 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

 

3.5                               The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

 

(a)                                 the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 

(b)                                 the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness;

 

(c)                                  in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 

(i)                                     the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

 

(ii)                                  the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person; and

 

(d)                                 for purposes of determining compliance with any sterling-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Sterling Equivalent of the principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of Indebtedness incurred under a revolving credit facility; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than

 

226



 

sterling, and such refinancing would cause the applicable sterling-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such sterling-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced; and (ii) if and for so long as any such Indebtedness is subject to an agreement intended to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness, if denominated in sterling, will be the amount of the principal payment required to be made under such currency agreement and, otherwise, the Sterling Equivalent of such amount plus the Sterling Equivalent of any premium which is at such time due and payable but is not covered by such currency agreement.

 

4.                                      Liens

 

The Company will not and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, except (a) in the case of any property or asset that does not constitute Collateral, Permitted Liens and (b) in the case of any property or asset that constitutes Collateral, Permitted Collateral Liens.

 

5.                                      Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

 

5.1                               The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction with a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that any Obligor may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

 

(a)                                 such Obligor could have (i) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) above and (ii) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Clause 4 ( Liens );

 

(b)                                 the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and

 

(c)                                  the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with Clause 1 ( Asset Sales ).

 

6.                                      Dividend and other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

 

6.1                               The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(a)                                 pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

227


 

(b)            make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(c)            sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

6.2           The restrictions in Clause 6.1 above will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(a)            agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and the Facilities or any other agreement as in effect at or entered into on the Closing Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Closing Date;

 

(b)            the Existing Note Indenture, the Existing Notes and the Existing Note Guarantees, the Existing Facility Agreement, the Notes, the Note Guarantee, the BAML Facility Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents;

 

(c)            agreements governing other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the restrictions therein are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Finance Documents;

 

(d)            applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

 

(e)            any agreement or instrument of or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such agreement or instrument was entered into or incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition) and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of any such agreement or instrument, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are (i) no more restrictive or (ii) not materially less favorable as determined in good faith by the Company, than the dividend and other payment restrictions contained in such instrument at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that , in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Agreement to be incurred;

 

(f)            customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)            purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in paragraph (c) of Clause 5 ( Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions );

 

(h)            any agreement for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or all or substantially all of the property and assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company

 

228



 

that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

(i)             Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(j)             Liens permitted to be incurred under Clause 4 ( Liens ) that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 

(k)            provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements (including agreements entered into in connection with a Restricted Investment) entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

 

(l)             restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)          Hedging Obligations entered into from time to time;

 

(n)            any mortgage financing or mortgage refinancing that imposes restrictions on the real property (including any heritage building rights) securing such Indebtedness; and

 

(o)            agreements governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (n) of Clause 3.2 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is an Excluded Subsidiary under paragraph (d) of the definition thereof, provided that any encumbrance or restriction in any such agreement is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any other Person, other than such Restricted Subsidiary or its property or assets.

 

7.             Merger, Consolidation, etc.

 

7.1           The Company and Red Football Junior Limited, will not, directly or indirectly: (x) consolidate or merge with or into another Person, whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation, or (y) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

 

(a)            either:

 

(i)             the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or, as the case may be, MUL is the surviving corporation; or

 

(ii)            the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of any Permitted Jurisdiction;

 

(b)            the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes

 

229



 

all the obligations of the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or, as the case may be, MUL under the Finance Documents to which the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL (as applicable) is a party pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);

 

(c)            immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

 

(d)            the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL (as applicable) or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or MUL (as applicable), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (i) would be permitted to incur at least £1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be less than it was prior to such transaction; and

 

(e)            the Company delivers to the Agent an Officers’ Certificate and opinion of counsel, in each case, stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and assumption of obligations under the Finance Documents comply with this Clause 7.1.

 

7.2           Except as otherwise provided in this Clause 7, an Obligor (other than the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or any Obligor whose Guarantee is to be released in accordance with this Agreement) may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Obligor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Issuer, the Company or another Obligor, unless:

 

(a)            either:

 

(i)             the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (A) is organized under the laws of a Permitted Jurisdiction, (B) assumes all the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents to which such Obligor is a party pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and (C) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; or

 

(b)            the Net Proceeds of such sale are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Finance Documents.

 

7.3           In addition, no Obligor will, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

 

7.4           Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Clause 7 will not restrict the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of (a) the Company or any Obligor with, into or to any Obligor, (b) any non-Obligor Restricted Subsidiary with, into or to the Company or any Obligor or with, into or to any non-Obligor Restricted Subsidiary, (c) any Permitted Reorganisation and (d) paragraph (d) of Clause 7.1 above will not apply to any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of the Company or any Obligor with, into or to an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company or such Obligor in a Permitted Jurisdiction for tax reasons; provided, that (i) any such transaction does not result in a breach of Clause 27.4 ( Taxation ) and (ii) the Issuer does not become a U.S. Person.

 

230



 

8.             Transactions with Affiliates

 

8.1           The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless:

 

(a)            the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(b)            the Company delivers to the Agent:

 

(i)             with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of £10,000,000, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Clause 8 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company or, if there are no disinterested directors in respect of such Affiliate Transaction, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing; and

 

(ii)            with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of £20,000,000, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing.

 

Provided, however, that , the following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 8:

 

(c)            any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement, consultant agreement, employee benefit arrangements with any employee, consultant, officer or director of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including under any stock option, stock appreciation rights, stock incentive or similar plans, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)            transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(e)            transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

 

(f)            payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursements of expenses (pursuant to indemnity arrangements or otherwise) of officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(g)            any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of the Company to Affiliates of the Company;

 

231



 

(h)            Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments );

 

(i)             Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments described in paragraphs (c), (m) and (o) of the definition thereof);

 

(j)             transactions pursuant to, or contemplated by, any agreement in effect on the Closing Date and transactions pursuant to any amendment, modification or extension to such agreement, so long as such amendment, modification or extension, taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Lenders than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

 

(k)            transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated Person;

 

(l)             any payments or other transactions pursuant to a tax sharing agreement or arrangement relating to taxes between the Company and any other Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and any other Person with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries files a consolidated tax return or with which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is part of a group for tax purposes or any tax advantageous group contribution made pursuant to applicable legislation; provided, however, that any such tax sharing or arrangement and payment does not permit or require payments in excess of the amounts of tax that would be payable by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis; and

 

(m)          Permitted Reorganisations.

 

9.             Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness

 

9.1           The Company will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are not Obligors, directly or indirectly, to guarantee, assume or in any manner become liable, whether as a borrower, an additional or co-borrower or otherwise, for or in respect of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Company’s other Restricted Subsidiaries unless such specified Restricted Subsidiary shall simultaneously accede to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor.

 

9.2           Notwithstanding the foregoing, without becoming a Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Clause 9, New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) may directly or indirectly, guarantee, assume or in any manner become liable, whether as borrower, an additional or co-borrower or otherwise, for or in respect any Indebtedness of New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) permitted to be incurred by New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a New Holdco Subsidiary (including without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) under Clause 3 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ).

 

9.3           Such Additional Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released under the same conditions and circumstances that the guarantee of other Indebtedness will be released, so long as no Default or Event of Default would arise as a result and no other Indebtedness is at that time guaranteed by the relevant Additional Guarantor that would have resulted in the

 

232



 

requirement that such Additional Guarantor become an Additional Guarantor pursuant to this Clause 9.

 

10.           Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

10.1         The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default.  If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments ) or under one or more paragraphs of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company.  That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

 

10.2         Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Agent by filing with the Agent a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted under Clause 2 ( Restricted payments ).  If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Finance Documents and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Clause 3 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) the Company will be in default of such covenant.  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under Clause 3 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

 

11.           Limitation on Issuer Activities

 

11.1         The Issuer will not engage in any business activity or undertake any other activity, except any activity (i) reasonably relating to the offering, sale, issuance and servicing, purchase, redemption, refinancing or retirement of the Existing Notes, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Notes, Indebtedness under the BAML Facility, Indebtedness under the Facility or the incurrence of other Indebtedness permitted by the terms of the Finance Documents and distributing, lending or otherwise advancing funds to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) undertaken with the purpose of fulfilling any other obligations under the Existing Notes, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Notes, Indebtedness under the BAML Facility, Indebtedness under the Facility, the Proceeds Loan Agreement or other Indebtedness permitted by the terms of the Finance Documents, any Transaction Security Document to which it is a party or the Intercreditor Agreement; and (iii) other activities not specifically enumerated above that are de minimis in nature. The Issuer will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien over any of its property or assets, or any proceeds therefrom, to secure Indebtedness, except for Liens to secure the Existing Notes, the Existing RCF Facilities Agreement, the Notes, the BAML Facility, the Facility or other

 

233



 

Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents to the extent Liens securing such Indebtedness are permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents.

 

11.2         The Issuer will at all times remain a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of MUL.  The Issuer will not merge, consolidate, amalgamate or otherwise combine with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation) or, other than in connection with the incurrence of a Permitted Collateral Lien, sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any material property or assets to any Person in one or more related transactions.

 

11.3         Until the date on which all Commitments have been cancelled and all amounts outstanding under the Facility have been fully repaid, none of the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will commence or take any action or facilitate a winding-up, liquidation or other analogous proceeding in respect of the Issuer.

 

12.           Limitation on Holding Company Activities

 

12.1         The Company will not, at any time, own any assets or property other than cash and Cash Equivalents, the Carrington Premises, Capital Stock in Red Football Junior Limited and MUL, assets that will be used to make a Restricted Payment (other than a Restricted Investment) permitted by Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments ) promptly following receipt thereof by the Company and other assets that are de minimis in nature.

 

12.2         Red Football Junior Limited will not, at any time, own any assets or property other than Capital Stock in MUL and other assets that are de minimis in nature.

 

12.3         In addition, neither the Company nor Red Football Junior Limited will trade, undertake any activity, carry on any business, own any assets, enter into any arrangement or incur any liability other than:

 

(a)            the ownership of shares of MUL and, in the case of the Company, Red Football Junior Limited or any other direct Subsidiary of the Company and/or Red Football Junior Limited (an “ Additional Subsidiary ”) that is a member of the Group, in each case to the extent such shares are subject to Transaction Security and provided that any Additional Subsidiary is the only member of the Group (other than Red Football Junior Limited) in which the Company directly owns shares;

 

(b)            the provision of administrative services (excluding treasury services) to its Subsidiaries of a type customarily provided by a holding company to its Subsidiaries and the receipt of any amounts related thereto to the extent expressly permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(c)            incurring Indebtedness permitted under Clause 3 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) (including activities reasonably incidental thereto, including performance of the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness, to the extent such activities are otherwise permissible under the Finance Documents);

 

(d)            rights and obligations arising under the Debt Documents;

 

(e)            directly related or reasonably incidental to the establishment and/or maintenance of its corporate existence; or

 

(f)            the holding of bank accounts and the making of loans (including activities reasonably incidental thereto) permitted by the Finance Documents, and the entry into any agreement in relation thereto.

 

234



 

Definitions in this Schedule:

 

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(a)            Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(b)            Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Additional Amounts ” has the meaning given to such term in the Note Purchase Agreement (in its form at the Closing Date).

 

Affiliate ” means, at any time, and with respect to any Person, any other Person that at such time directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person, and, with respect to the Company, shall include any Person beneficially owning or holding, directly or indirectly, 10 per cent. or more of any class of voting or equity interests of the Company or any Subsidiary or any Person of which the Company and its Subsidiaries beneficially own or hold, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, 10 per cent. or more of any class of voting or equity interests.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of the Company.

 

Affiliate Transaction ” is defined in Clause 8 ( Transactions with Affiliates ).

 

Asset Sale ” means:

 

(a)            the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Clause 7 ( Merger, Consolidation, etc. ) and not by the provisions of Clause 1 ( Asset Sales ); and

 

(b)            the issuance of Equity Interests by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the sale by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Subsidiaries in each case other than directors’ qualifying shares.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

 

(a)            any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than £1,000,000;

 

(b)            a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(c)            an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company made in accordance with Clause 1 ( Asset Sales );

 

(d)            the sale, lease, assignment or other transfer of products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment or other disposition of intellectual property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful

 

235



 

in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as whole);

 

(e)            licenses and sublicenses by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of software in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)            any surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)            the granting of Liens not prohibited under Clause 4 ( Liens );

 

(h)            the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(i)             a Restricted Payment that does not violate Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments ) or a Permitted Investment;

 

(j)             the disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

 

(k)            the sale, lease, assignment, disposal or other transfer of player registrations;

 

(l)             any license or other right of occupation that allows the beneficiary to attend one or more sporting events (including without limitation association football matches) or other events in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)          any license or other right of use of any intellectual property or other right if entered into in connection with the commercial exploitation of such intellectual property or other rights in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)            the monetization of any contract or arrangement related to (l) and (m) above;

 

(o)            the foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets or a surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

 

(p)            the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or merger or consolidation of the Issuer with or into an Affiliate solely for purposes of reincorporating the Issuer in a Permitted Jurisdiction for tax reasons; provided any such transaction is consummated in accordance with Clause 7.4 ( Merger, Consolidation, Etc. ); and

 

(q)            the transfer of employees and assets in accordance with the definition of Permitted Reorganisation.

 

Attributable Debt ” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.  Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with IFRS; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation” below.

 

Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the Closing Date, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the

 

236



 

Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time.  The terms “ Beneficially Owns ” and “ Beneficially Owned ” have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board of Directors ” means:

 

(a)            with respect to a corporation, the board of directors (or analogous governing body) of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

 

(b)            with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

 

(c)            with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

 

(d)            with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or London, England are required or authorized to be closed.

 

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the Closing Date, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

Capital Stock ” means:

 

(a)            in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(b)            in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(c)            in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

 

(d)            any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

 

Carrington Premises ” means the property known as the Trafford Training Centre and Academy at Carrington Manchester (title number GM785864), including any real property and fixtures related thereto but not any personal property.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

(a)            direct obligations (or certificates representing an interest in such obligations) issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the government of a member state of a Permitted Jurisdiction, the payment of which is backed by the full faith and credit of

 

237



 

such Permitted Jurisdiction and which are not callable or redeemable at the Company’s option;

 

(b)            overnight bank deposits, time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and money market deposits with maturities (and similar instruments) of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under, or authorized to operate as a bank or trust company under, the laws of a Permitted Jurisdiction; provided that such bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of £500,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof as of the date of such investment) and whose long-term debt is rated “A-3” or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or “A–“ or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or the equivalent rating category of another internationally recognized rating agency;

 

(c)            repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for underlying securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (b) above;

 

(d)            commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least P-1 by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and

 

(e)            money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in paragraph (a) to (d) of this definition.

 

Closing Date ” means 24 June 2015 or such other Business Day thereafter on or prior to 30 June 2015 as may be agreed upon by the Issuer and the purchasers under the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

Collateral ” means any and all assets from time to time in which a security interest has been or will be granted pursuant to any Transaction Security Document to secure the obligations of the Issuer and the Obligors under the Finance Documents.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

 

(a)            all gains (losses) realized in connection with any Asset Sale or the disposition of securities or the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, together with any related provision for taxes on any such gain; plus

 

(b)            provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(c)            the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Consolidated Interest Expense were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(d)            depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges or expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash charge or expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges or expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

238


 

(e)            all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness to the extent such costs and premiums were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(f)            any foreign currency translation gains or losses (including gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such gains or losses were taken into account in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(g)            the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary in such period or any prior period, except to the extent of dividends declared or paid on, or other cash payments in respect of, Equity Interests held by such parties; minus

 

(h)            non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue or the reversal of a reserve for cash charges in a future period in the ordinary course of business,

 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with IFRS.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(a)            the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates (excluding any non-cash interest expense on Subordinated Shareholder Funding); plus

 

(b)            the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

 

(c)            any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent paid or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Lien is called upon; plus

 

(d)            the product of (i) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with IFRS; provided that:

 

239



 

(a)            the net income (loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person and the net income (if negative) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary will be included only to the extent that such loss has been funded with cash by the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person;

 

(b)            solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under paragraph (iii)(A) of Clause 2.1 ( Restricted Payments ) any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders; except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);

 

(c)            the net income (loss) arising from the sale, assignment, disposal or other transfer of player registrations will be excluded;

 

(d)            any extraordinary or exceptional gain, loss or charge or any profit or loss on Asset Sales, asset impairments or early extinguishment of Indebtedness, or any charges or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy, integration or severance or any expenses, charges, reserves or other costs related to acquisitions will be excluded;

 

(e)            non-cash tax charges that are set off by group relief by a Parent Entity will be excluded;

 

(f)            the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and

 

(g)            any intangible asset impairment charge and amortization of player registrations and amortization of goodwill will be excluded.

 

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the total amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage of the Company on such date to (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is made (the “ CSSLR Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company) to such incurrence,

 

240



 

assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

 

For purposes of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA for such period:

 

(a)            acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the CSSLR Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the CSSLR Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and may include anticipated expense and cost reduction synergies) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

 

(b)            the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the CSSLR Calculation Date, will be excluded;

 

(c)            any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the CSSLR Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; and

 

(d)            any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the CSSLR Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period.

 

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

 

(a)            was a member of such Board of Directors on the Closing Date; or

 

(b)            was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

 

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ Controlled ” and “ Controlling ” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company or any Guarantor to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Note Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuer or any Obligor may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions

 

241



 

unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments ).  The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the Finance Documents will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

 

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

Excess Proceeds ” is defined in Clause 1.3 ( Asset Sales ).

 

Excess Proceeds Prepayment Offer ” has the meaning given to such term in Clause 1.4 ( Asset Sales ).

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds received by the Company after the Closing Date from (a) contributions to its common equity capital or (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate (which shall be designated no later than the date on which such Excluded Contribution has been received by the Company), the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in paragraph (iii)(B) of Clause 2.1 ( Restricted Payments ).

 

Existing Hedging Agreements ” means the interest rate transactions entered into between the Company and Bank of America, N.A., on October 25, 2013, documented under and subject to the terms of a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.) and Schedule thereto, dated as of May 20, 2013.

 

Existing Indebtedness ” means all Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date after giving effect to the use of proceeds hereunder, until such amounts are repaid.

 

Existing Note Documents ” means the Existing Note Indenture, the Existing Notes and the Existing Note Guarantees (whether contained in the Existing Note Indenture or otherwise).

 

Existing Note Guarantees ” means the “ Note Guarantees ” as defined in the Existing Note Indenture.

 

Existing Note Indenture ” means the indenture governing the Existing Notes dated on or about May 20, 2013, and made between, among others, the Existing Note Trustee, the Security Trustee, the Issuer and the senior note guarantors.

 

Existing Note Trustee ” means The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee under the Existing Note Indenture.

 

Existing Notes ” means the senior notes due 2017 issued or to be issued by the Issuer under the Existing Note Indenture.

 

Fair Market Value ” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in an arm’s length transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Agreement).

 

242



 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ FCCR Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company) to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

 

(a)            acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the FCCR Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company and may include anticipated expense and cost reduction synergies) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

 

(b)            the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, will be excluded;

 

(c)            the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the FCCR Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Consolidated Interest Expense will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the FCCR Calculation Date;

 

(d)            any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the FCCR Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

 

(e)            any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the FCCR Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

 

(f)            if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the FCCR Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the FCCR Calculation Date in excess of 12 months, or, if shorter, at least equal to the remaining term of such Indebtedness).

 

Governmental Authority ” means

 

243



 

(a)            the government of

 

(i)             the United States of America or the United Kingdom or any state or other political subdivision of either thereof, or

 

(ii)            any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Parent Subsidiary, or

 

(b)            any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

 

Group ” means the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.

 

Guarantee ” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

 

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

(a)            interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

 

(b)            other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

 

(c)            other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

 

holder ” or “ Holder ” means, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Issuer pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

Issuer ” means MU Finance PLC (registration number 07088267), a company incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability.

 

IFRS ” means International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the European Union or any variation thereof with which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries are, or may be, required to comply.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Schedule, all ratios and calculations based on IFRS contained in this Schedule shall be computed in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

 

(a)            in respect of borrowed money;

 

(b)            evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(c)            in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

 

244



 

(d)            representing Capital Lease Obligations;

 

(e)            representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed;

 

(f)            representing any Hedging Obligations;

 

(g)            representing Attributable Debt; and

 

(h)            representing liabilities under the Existing Hedging Agreements,

 

(i)             if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

(j)             In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

 

(k)            In addition, for the purpose of avoiding duplication in calculating the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness for purposes of Clause 3 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ), Indebtedness arising solely by reason of the existence of a Lien to secure other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) will not be considered incremental Indebtedness.

 

The term “ Indebtedness ” shall not include:

 

(a)            in connection with the purchase by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 30 days thereafter;

 

(b)            any contingent obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes; or

 

(c)            Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

 

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations, but excluding advances or extensions of credit to customers or suppliers made in the ordinary course of business), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to Officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as Investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with IFRS.  If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal

 

245



 

to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments ).  The acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments ).  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof.

 

Make-Whole Amount ” has the meaning given to such term in the Note Purchase Agreement (in its form at the Closing Date).

 

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and any reserve for adjustment or indemnification obligations in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with IFRS.

 

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

 

(a)            as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and

 

(b)            as to which the holders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary).

 

Note Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(a)            the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (including any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal;

 

(b)            the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

(c)            the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any Person (including any “person” as defined above), other than a Principal and/or any of its Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50 per cent. of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

 

246



 

(d)            the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; provided, however , that this paragraph (d) shall not apply to members of the Board of Directors nominated or re-elected by employees pursuant to co-determination and similar statutes providing for employee representatives on supervisory or similar boards;

 

(e)            the first day on which (i) the Company fails to own, directly or indirectly, 100 per cent. of the Capital Stock of MUL or (ii) MUL fails to own, directly or indirectly, 100 per cent. of the Capital Stock of the Issuer;

 

(f)            Manchester United plc (alone or together with one or more Affiliates controlled by it) ceases to own (directly or indirectly) a larger percentage than does any other Person of the share capital in, and shareholder loans to, the Company; or

 

(g)            the Original Investors cease to have the power to control more than one-half of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Company or appoint or remove a majority of directors of the Company or give directions with respect to operating and financial policies of the Company.

 

Note Guarantee ” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under the Note Purchase Agreement and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

Note Documents ” means the Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Representative Deed and the Transaction Security Documents.

 

Note Purchase Agreement ” means the note purchase agreement dated as of on or around the Closing Date entered into by, among others, the Issuer, and relating to the Notes.

 

Notes Offer ” is defined in Clause 1.2 ( Asset Sales ).

 

Notes ” means the 3.79% guaranteed senior secured notes in an aggregate principal amount of $425,000,000 due 24 June 2027 issued on the Closing Date.

 

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief of Staff, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Managing Director, Director or any Vice-President.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of the Issuer or other Obligor, as applicable, whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.

 

Parent Entity ” means any direct or indirect parent company or entity of the Company.

 

Parent Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company, including the Issuer.

 

Permitted Business ” means (i) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and (ii) any other business or activity which is ancillary, reasonably related or complementary thereto.

 

Permitted Collateral Liens means:

 

(a)            Liens on the Collateral to secure the Finance Documents;

 

(b)            Liens on the Collateral to secure the Existing Notes (or the Existing Note Guarantees) and the Existing Facility Agreement (or any guarantee thereof) until the Closing Date,

 

247



 

the Notes (or the Note Guarantees) and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement); provided further that all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness secures the Facilities and any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis;

 

(c)            Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness: (i) under the BAML Facility; (ii) permitted by paragraph (d) of Clause 3.2 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) or paragraph (n) of Clause 3.2 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ); and (iii) permitted by Clause 3.1 of ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that, in each case, all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Indebtedness also secures the Facilities and any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis and provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

(d)            Liens on the Collateral securing the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations under (i) Hedging Obligations (other than Hedging Obligations in respect of commodity prices and only to the extent such Hedging Obligations relate to Indebtedness referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above and such Indebtedness is also secured by the Collateral) permitted by paragraph (h) of Clause 3.2 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ), and (ii) the Existing Hedging Agreements and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), provided that the assets and properties securing such Indebtedness will also secure the Facilities or any guarantee thereof on a senior or pari passu basis; provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement (or any additional intercreditor agreement entered into pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

(e)            Liens on the Collateral arising by operation of law that are described in one or more of paragraphs (d), (g), (h), (i), (k), (m) and (n) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and that, in each case, would not materially interfere with the ability of the Security Trustee to enforce any Lien over the Collateral; and

 

(f)            Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that in total do not exceed £5,000,000 at any one time outstanding and that (i) are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (ii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation from the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s business.

 

Permitted Debt ” is defined in Clause 3.2 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ).

 

Permitted Investments means:

 

(a)            any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

248


 

(b)            any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(c)            any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

(i)             such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

(ii)            such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(d)            any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Clause 1 ( Asset Sales );

 

(e)            any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

 

(f)            any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (i) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including settlement of delinquent obligations pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of, or other foreclosure with respect to, any trade creditor or customer; or (ii) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

 

(g)            Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)            Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

 

(i)             loans or advances to officers, directors or employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed £5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(j)             repurchases of the Notes in accordance with section 8 ( Payment and Prepayment of the Notes ) of the Note Purchase Agreement;

 

(k)            any Guarantee of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Clause 3 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock );

 

(l)             any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Closing Date and any Investment consisting of an extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

 

(m)          Investments acquired after the Closing Date as a result of the acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by Clause 7 ( Merger, Consolidation, etc. ) after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

249



 

(n)            Investments made with the Excluded Contributions;

 

(o)            other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (o) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed £50,000,000, provided that if an Investment is made pursuant to this clause in a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and such Person subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is subsequently designated a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Clause 10 ( Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries ), such Investment, if applicable, shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraph (c) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” and not this paragraph.

 

Permitted Jurisdiction ” means:

 

(a)            the United Kingdom;

 

(b)            the U.S. or any state thereof;

 

(c)            Switzerland;

 

(d)            Canada;

 

(e)            the Cayman Islands; and

 

(f)            any country that was a member of the European Union on April 30, 2004 (other than Greece Spain, Italy or Portugal).

 

Permitted Liens means:

 

(a)            Liens in favor of the Obligors;

 

(b)            Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(c)            Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

 

(d)            Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, insurance, surety or appeal bonds, workers’ compensation obligations, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens to secure letters of credit issued to assure payment of such obligations);

 

(e)            Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by paragraph (d) of Clause 3.2 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

 

(f)            Liens existing on the Closing Date;

 

250



 

(g)            Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with IFRS has been made therefor;

 

(h)            Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)             survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(j)             Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Finance Documents; provided, however , that:

 

(i)             the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

 

(ii)            the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

 

(k)            bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff, Liens arising out of judgments or awards not constituting an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

 

(l)             Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness;

 

(m)          Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods (and the proceeds thereof) of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(n)            any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublicensee under any operating lease, license or sublicense, as applicable;

 

(o)            Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

 

(p)            Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(q)            Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted by paragraph (n) of Clause 3.2 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock );

 

251



 

(r)             Liens to secure Indebtedness of New Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiaries that are Subsidiaries of New Holdco (including, without limitation, Sponsorship Newco) permitted by paragraph (b) of Clause 3.1 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ); and

 

(s)            Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations (other than Indebtedness) that do not exceed £25,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

 

(a)            the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees, commissions and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

 

(b)            such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date not earlier than the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

 

(c)            if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations under the Finance Documents, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations under the Finance Documents on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

 

(d)            such Indebtedness is incurred either by an Obligor (if the Obligor was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged) or by the Restricted Subsidiary that was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged and is guaranteed only by Persons who were obligors on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

Preferred Stock ” means any class of capital stock of a Person that is preferred over any other class of capital stock (or similar equity interests) of such Person as to the payment of dividends or the payment of any amount upon liquidation or dissolution of such Person.

 

Principal ” means the six lineal descendants of Malcom Glazer who are Avram Glazer, Joel Glazer, Bryan Glazer, Edward Glazer, Darcie Glazer Kassewitz and Kevin Glazer.

 

Proceeds Loan Agreement ” means a loan agreement, dated the Closing Date between the Issuer and MUL, pursuant to which the Issuer loans a portion of the proceeds of the issue and sale of the Notes to MUL.

 

252



 

Public Debt ” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (b) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC for public resale.  The term Public Debt (x) shall not include the Notes and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than 10 Persons (provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten), or any Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility, commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Capital Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering” under the Securities Act.

 

Public Equity Offering ” means a bona fide underwritten public offering of the Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or a Parent Entity, either:

 

(a)            pursuant to a flotation on the London Stock Exchange or any other nationally recognized stock exchange or listing authority in a member state of the European Union; or

 

(b)            pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests issued or issuable under any employee benefit plan).

 

Public Market ” means any time after:

 

(a)            a Public Equity Offering has been consummated; and

 

(b)            at least 20% of the total issued and outstanding ordinary shares or common equity of the Company or a Parent Entity has been distributed to investors other than the Principals or any of their respective Affiliates or any other direct or indirect shareholders of the Company as of the Closing Date pursuant to one or more Public Equity Offerings.

 

Qualified Capital Stock ” means Capital Stock other than Disqualified Stock.

 

Related Party ” means:

 

(a)            Red Football Limited Partnership, a limited partnership formed in the State of Nevada, U.S.;

 

(b)            the parents or spouse of a Principal, the parents of a Principal’s spouse and any of a Principal’s, his or her spouse’s or their parents’ direct descendants; or

 

(c)            any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a 50.1 per cent. or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph (b).

 

Relevant Equity ” means new equity or Subordinated Shareholder Funding invested into the Restricted Group by any Principal or any Related Party or their respective Affiliates and applied within one Business Day of the date of such investment (provided that the Company

 

253



 

shall use its reasonable endeavors to procure that it is applied on the same day) in prepayment, purchase, defeasance or redemption of the Notes, any Replacement Debt or other Term Debt).

 

Replacement Debt ” means Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness where the proceeds are applied within one Business Day of incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (provided that the Company shall use its reasonable endeavors to procure that it is applied on the same day) in prepayment, purchase, defeasance or redemption of (a) the Notes, the Existing Notes or any Term Debt; or (b) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.

 

Representative Deed ” means the representative deed dated on or about the Closing Date between, among others, the Purchasers (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) and Structured Finance Management Limited as creditor representative thereunder.

 

Restricted Group ” means the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Payment ” is defined in Clause 2 ( Restricted Payments ).

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States.

 

Securities ” or “ Security ” shall have the meaning specified in section 2(1) of the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

“Senior Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Issuer or other applicable Obligor.

 

Senior Secured Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien and Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor.

 

Specified Asset ” means the Stadium and grounds and any real property related thereto.

 

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Closing Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Sterling ” or “ £ ” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

Sterling Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than sterling, at any time of determination thereof by the Company or the Agent, the amount of sterling obtained by converting such currency other than sterling involved in such computation into sterling at the spot rate for the purchase of sterling with the applicable currency other than sterling as published in The Financial Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times , such source as may be selected in good faith by the Company) on the date of such determination.

 

254



 

Subordinated Shareholder Funding ” means, collectively, any funds provided to the Company by any Parent Entity or any Principal or Related Party, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding:

 

(a)            does not (including upon the happening of any event) mature or require any amortization or other payment of principal prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes (other than through conversion or exchange of any such security or instrument for Qualified Capital Stock or for any other security or instrument meeting the requirements of the definition);

 

(b)            does not (including upon the happening of any event) require the payment of cash interest prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes;

 

(c)            does not (including upon the happening of any event) provide for the acceleration of its maturity nor confers on its shareholders any right (including upon the happening of any event) to declare a default or event of default or take any enforcement action, in each case, prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes;

 

(d)            is not secured by a lien on any assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and is not guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(e)            is subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of the Facilities in the event of any default, bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, winding up or other disposition of assets of the Company at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Liabilities (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) are subordinated to the Facilities under the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(f)            does not (including upon the happening of any event) restrict the payment of amounts due in respect of the Facilities, Notes or the BAML Facility or compliance by the Company with its obligations under the Note Documents, the Finance Documents and the Finance Documents (as defined in the BAML Facility Agreement);

 

(g)            does not (including upon the happening of an event) constitute Voting Stock; and

 

(h)            is not (including upon the happening of any event) mandatorily convertible or exchangeable, or convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder, in whole or in part, prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes other than into or for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

 

provided, however, that any event or circumstance that results in such Indebtedness ceasing to qualify as Subordinated Shareholder Funding, such Indebtedness shall constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company, and any and all Restricted Payments made through the use of the net proceeds from the incurrence of such Indebtedness since the date of the original issuance of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding shall constitute new Restricted Payments that are deemed to have been made after the date of the original issuance of such Subordinated Shareholder Funding.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(a)            any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50 per cent. of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election

 

255



 

of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

(b)            any partnership or limited liability company of which (i) more than 50 per cent. of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (ii) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

Tax ” means any tax (whether income, documentary, sales, stamp, registration, issue, capital, property, excise or otherwise), duty, assessment, levy, impost, fee, charge or withholding imposed by a Governmental Authority, together with any interest or any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax. “ Taxes ” and “ Taxation ” shall be construed to have corresponding meanings.

 

U.S. Dollar ”, “ Dollar ” or “ $ ” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, at any time of determination thereof by the Company or the Agent the amount of U.S. Dollars obtained by converting such currency other than U.S. Dollars involved in such computation into U.S. Dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. Dollars with the applicable currency other than U.S. Dollars as published in The Financial Times in the “ Currency Rates ” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times , such source as may be selected in good faith by the Company) on the date of such determination.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) as of the Closing Date, MUTV and MU Interactive and (ii) any other Subsidiary of the Company (other than an Obligor or any successor to any of them) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors in accordance with Clause 10 ( Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries ), but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

 

(a)            has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

 

(b)            except as permitted under Clause 8 ( Transactions with Affiliates ), is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

 

(c)            is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

 

(d)            has not guaranteed, pledged any of its Subsidiaries’ shares or other of its assets or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

256



 

Voting Stock ” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

(a)            the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

(b)            the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

257



 

SCHEDULE 16

 

ADDITIONAL EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Defined terms used in this Schedule 16 shall bear the meanings given to them in Schedule 15 ( Restrictive Covenants ) unless the context requires otherwise. The provisions of this Schedule 16 are to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without prejudice to the fact that this Agreement is governed by English law).

 

1.             Events of Default

 

1.1           Each of the following will be an “ Event of Default ” under this Agreement:

 

(a)            any member of the Restricted Group (i) admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction (other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Obligor or, for the avoidance of doubt, a Permitted Reorganisation on a solvent basis), (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing;

 

(b)            a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction, without consent by any member of the Restricted Group, enters an order appointing a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of any member of the Restricted Group, or any such petition shall be filed against any member of the Restricted Group and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or

 

(c)            any event occurs with respect to any member of the Restricted Group which under the laws of any jurisdiction is analogous to any of the events described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, provided that the applicable grace period, if any, which shall apply shall be the one applicable to the relevant proceeding which most closely corresponds to the proceeding described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

 

258


 

SCHEDULE 17

 

FORM OF ADDITIONAL FACILITY LENDER ACCESSION NOTICE

 

To:           [ · ] as Agent and [ · ] as Security Trustee

 

From:      [ Proposed Additional Facility Lender ] (the “ Additional Facility Lender ”)

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Red Football Limited — £125,000,000 Revolving Facilities Agreement
dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement and a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

1.             [ Name of Additional Facility Lender ] (the “ New Additional Facility Lender ”) of [ address/registered office ] agrees to become an Additional Facility Lender and to be bound by the terms of the Facility Agreement as a Lender under [ Details of relevant Additional Facility ].

 

2.             On the date the Additional Facility referred to above becomes effective (the “ Commencement Date ”):

 

(a)            the New Additional Facility Lender shall become party to the Facilities Agreement as a Lender;

 

(b)            the New Additional Facility Lender assumes all of the rights and obligations of a  Lender in relation to the Additional Facility Commitments under the Facilities Agreement specified in the schedule to this Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice (the “ Schedule ”) in accordance with the terms of the Facilities Agreement; and

 

(c)            the Additional Facility Lender shall become party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an RCF Lender (as defined therein).

 

3.             The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the New Additional Facility Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

4.             [The New Additional Facility Lender confirms that it is not a member of the Group or an Unrestricted Subsidiary.]

 

5.             We further refer to clause [21] ( Changes to the Parties ) to the Intercreditor Agreement. In consideration of the New Additional Facility Lender being accepted as an RCF Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined therein), the New Additional Facility Lender confirms that, as from the Commencement Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as an RCF Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by an RCF Lender and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

6.             [ Other relevant details (if any) ]

 

259



 

7.             The New Additional Facility Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such New Additional Facility Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

 

(a)            [a Qualifying Lender other than a UK Treaty Lender;]

 

(b)            [a UK Treaty Lender;]

 

(c)            [not a Qualifying Lender]. *

 

8.             [The New Additional Facility Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such New Additional Facility Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that New Additional Facility Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

(a)            a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(b)            a partnership each member of which is:

 

(i)             a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(ii)            a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(c)            a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.] (9)

 

9.             [The New Additional Facility Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such New Additional Facility Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [•]) and is tax resident in [•](10), so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Company notify:

 

(a)            each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Commencement Date; and

 

(b)            each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower the Commencement Date,

 

that it wishes that scheme apply to the Facilities Agreement.]

 

10.           [The New Additional Facility Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S. that it [is]/[is not] a US Qualifying Lender].(11)

 


*        Delete as applicable - each New Additional Facility Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

 

(9)            Include only if the New Additional Facility Lender falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 18.1 ( Definitions ).

 

(10)  Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

 

(11)         Delete as applicable — Each New Additional Facility Lender is required to confirm which of these categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S..

 

260



 

11.           It is intended that this Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice takes effect as a deed notwithstanding the fact that a party may only execute this document under hand.

 

12.           This Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice has been executed and delivered as a deed on the date stated at the beginning of this Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice and it and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

261



 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Relevant Additional Facility Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the New Additional Facility Lender

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

 

EXECUTED as a DEED

 

[New Additional Facility Lender]

 

By:

 

This Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice is accepted as an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent, and as a [Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking] for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee and the Commencement Date is confirmed as [ · ].

 

Agent

 

By:

 

 

Security Trustee

 

By:

 

13.

 

262



 

SCHEDULE 18

 

ADDITIONAL FACILITY NOTICE

 

To:           [ · ] as Agent

 

From:      [The Company] [ Borrower ] [ Additional Facility Lender ]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Red Football Limited — £125,000,000 Revolving Facilities Agreement
dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is an Additional Facility Notice. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Additional Facility Notice unless given a different meaning in this Additional Facility Notice.

 

1.             We wish to establish an Additional Facility on the following terms:

 

(a)            Borrower(s):

 

(b)            Additional Facility Lender(s):

 

(c)            Amount (£):

 

(d)            Margin (including any applicable margin ratchet):

 

(e)            Termination Date:

 

(f)            Currency/currencies of utilisation:

 

(g)            Additional Facility Commencement Date:

 

[together with any other information, requests or directions included at the option of the Company.]

 

2.             The proposed Additional Facility Lender(s) [is]/[are] not a member of the Group or an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

3.             On the [date the Additional Facility referred to above becomes effective]/[Additional Facility Commencement Date], the Additional Facility Lender assumes all of the rights and obligations of a Lender in relation to the Additional Facility Commitments under the Facilities Agreement specified in the Schedule to this Additional Facility Notice in accordance with the terms of the Facilities Agreement.

 

4.             It is intended that this document takes effect as a deed notwithstanding the fact that a party may only execute this document under hand.

 

5.             This Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice has been executed and delivered as a deed on the date stated at the beginning of this Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice and it and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law..

 

Yours faithfully

 

263



 

 

 

 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

 

[the Company] [Borrower]

 

 

264



 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Relevant Additional Facility Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Additional Facility Lender

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

 

EXECUTED as a DEED

 

[Additional Facility Lender]

 

By:

 

This Agreement is accepted as an Additional Facility Notice for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent and the Commencement Date is confirmed as [ · ].

 

Agent

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Security Trustee

 

By:

 

265


 

SCHEDULE 19

 

FORM OF SUBSTITUTE AFFILIATE LENDER DESIGNATION NOTICE

 

To:          [        ] (as Agent); and

 

[[                              ] (as Security Trustee)]

 

for itself and each of the other parties to the Facilities Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement referred to below.

 

Copy:     [The Company]

 

From:     [Designating Lender] (the “ Designating Lender ”)

 

Countersigned by [Substitute Affiliate Lender] (the “ Substitute Affiliate Lender ”)

 

Dated:    [ · ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Red Football Limited — £125,000,000 Revolving Facilities Agreement
dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1.                                      We refer to the Facilities Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice.

 

2.                                      We hereby designate our Affiliate details of which are given below as a Substitute Affiliate Lender in respect of any Loans required to be advanced to [ specify name of borrower or refer to all borrowers in a particular jurisdiction etc. ] (“ Designated Loans ”).

 

3.                                      The Substitute Affiliate Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such Substitute Affiliate Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

 

(a)                                 [a Qualifying Lender other than a UK Treaty Lender;]

 

(b)                                 [a UK Treaty Lender];

 

(c)                                  [not a Qualifying Lender]. (12)

 

4.                                      [The Substitute Affiliate Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such Substitute Affiliate Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

(a)                                 a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(b)                                 a partnership each member of which is:

 

(i)                                     a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 


(12)                          Delete as applicable — each Substitute Affiliate Lender is required to confirm which one or more of these categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

 

266



 

(ii)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(c)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.] (13)

 

5.                                      [The Substitute Affiliate Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Substitute Affiliate Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [ · ]) and is tax resident in [ · ](14), so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Company notify:

 

(a)                                 each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the date of this Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice; and

 

(b)                                 each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the date of this Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice,

 

that it wishes that scheme apply to the Facilities Agreement.](15)

 

6.                                      [The Substitute Affiliate Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S. that it [is]/[is not] a US Qualifying Lender].

 

7.                                      The details of the Substitute Affiliate Lender are as follows:

 

Name:

 

Facility Office:

 

Fax Number:

 

Attention:

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

 

8.                                      By countersigning this notice below the Substitute Affiliate Lender agrees to become a Substitute Affiliate Lender in respect of Designated Loans as indicated above and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Facilities Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement accordingly.

 

9.                                      This Designation Notice and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 


(13)                          Include only if Substitute Affiliate Lender falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 18.1 ( Definitions ).

 

(14)                           Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

 

(15)    Include if the Substitute Affiliate Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

 

267



 

For and on behalf of

 

[Designating Lender]

 

268



 

SCHEDULE 20

 

FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

 

To:          [ · ] as Agent and as Security Trustee, [ · ] as Issuing Bank and [ · ] as Company, for and on behalf of the Company and each Obligor

 

From: [the Increase Lender] (the “ Increase Lender ”)

 

Dated:

 

Red Football Limited — £125,000,000 Revolving Facilities Agreement
dated 22 May 2015 (as amended and/or restated from time to time) (the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1.                                      We refer to the Facilities Agreement and particularly Clause 2.2 ( Increase ) of the Facilities Agreement and to the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in the Facilities Agreement). This is an Increase Confirmation. This agreement (the “ Agreement ”) shall take effect as an Increase Confirmation for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement [and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)]. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

2.                                      The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the “ Relevant Commitment ”) as if it was an Original Lender under the Facilities Agreement.

 

3.                                      The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “ Increase Date ”) is [ · ].

 

4.                                      On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes:

 

(a)                                 party to the relevant Finance Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) as a Lender; and

 

(b)                                 party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a RCF Lender (as defined therein).

 

5.                                      The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

6.                                      The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in paragraph (f) of Clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

 

7.                                      The Increase Lender confirms, in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

 

(a)                                 [a Qualifying Lender (other than a UK Treaty Lender);]

 

(b)                                 [not a Qualifying Lender; or]

 

(c)                                  [a UK Treaty Lender.] *

 


*                       Delete as applicable - each Increase Lender is required to confirm which of these three categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom.

 

269



 

8.                                      [The Increase Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

(a)                                 a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(b)                                 a partnership each member of which is:

 

(i)                                     a company so resident in the United Kingdom;

 

(ii)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(iii)                               a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.] (16)

 

9.                                      [The Increase Lender confirms in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom, that it holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [ ]) and is tax resident in [ ]*, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and requests that the Company notify:

 

(a)                                 each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Increase Date; and

 

(b)                                 each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Increase Date,

 

that it wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.]**

 

10.                               [The Increase Lender confirms in respect of an advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S. that it [is]/[is not] a US Qualifying Lender]. (17)

 

11.                               The Increase Lender confirms that it is not an Investor Affiliate.

 

12.                               The Increase Lender confirms that it [is]/[is not]** a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender.

 


(16)                          Include only if Increase Lender falls within paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender in Clause 18.1 ( Definitions ).

 

* Insert jurisdiction of tax residence.

 

** Include if the Increase Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

 

(17)                          Delete as applicable — Each New Lender is required to confirm which of these categories it falls within in respect of any advance by such Lender to a Borrower incorporated in the U.S..

 

270



 

13.                               [We further refer to clause [21] ( Changes to the Parties ) of the Intercreditor Agreement. In consideration of the Increase Lender being accepted as a RCF Lender for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement (and as defined therein), the Increase Lender confirms that, as from the Increase Date, it intends to be party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a RCF Lender, and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Intercreditor Agreement to be assumed by a RCF Lender and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, as if it had been an original party to the Intercreditor Agreement.]

 

14.                               This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

15.                               This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

Note: The execution of this Increase Confirmation may not be sufficient for the Increase Lender to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the Increase Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

 

[Increase Lender]

 

By:

 

This Agreement is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent [and the Issuing Bank], and as a Creditor/Creditor Representative Accession Undertaking for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement by the Security Trustee and the Increase Date is confirmed as [ · ].

 

Agent

 

[Issuing Bank

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

]**

 

 

 

Security Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

]

 

 


NOTES:

**                                   Delete as applicable.

 

271


 

SIGNATURES

 

THE COMPANY

 

For and on behalf of
RED FOOTBALL LIMITED

 

By:

/s/ Edward Woodward

 

Name: Edward Woodward

 

Title: Authorised Signatory

 

 

Address:  Old Trafford, Sir Matt Busby Way, Manchester, M16 0RA, United Kingdom

Fax: 02074841218

Attention: The Directors

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE RCF]

 

272



 

THE ORIGINAL BORROWER

 

For and on behalf of
MU FINANCE PLC

 

By:

/s/ Edward Woodward

 

Name: Edward Woodward

 

Title: Authorised Signatory

 

 

Address:  Old Trafford, Sir Matt Busby Way, Manchester, M16 0RA, United Kingdom

Fax: 02074841218

Attention: The Directors

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE RCF]

 

273



 

THE ORIGINAL GUARANTORS

 

For and on behalf of
RED FOOTBALL LIMITED

 

By:

/s/ Edward Woodward

 

Name: Edward Woodward

 

Title: Authorised Signatory

 

 

Address:  Old Trafford, Sir Matt Busby Way, Manchester, M16 0RA, United Kingdom

Fax: 02074841218

Attention: The Directors

 

 

For and on behalf of
RED FOOTBALL JUNIOR LIMITED

 

By:

/s/ Edward Woodward

 

Name: Edward Woodward

 

Title: Authorised Signatory

 

 

Address:  Old Trafford, Sir Matt Busby Way, Manchester, M16 0RA, United Kingdom

Fax: 02074841218

Attention: The Directors

 

 

For and on behalf of
MANCHESTER UNITED LIMITED

 

By:

/s/ Edward Woodward

 

Name: Edward Woodward

 

Title: Authorised Signatory

 

 

Address:  Old Trafford, Sir Matt Busby Way, Manchester, M16 0RA, United Kingdom

Fax: 02074841218

Attention: The Directors

 

 

For and on behalf of
MANCHESTER UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB LIMITED

 

By:

/s/ Edward Woodward

 

Name: Edward Woodward

 

Title: Director

 

 

Address:  Old Trafford, Sir Matt Busby Way, Manchester, M16 0RA, United Kingdom

Fax: 02074841218

Attention: The Directors

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE RCF]

 

274



 

For and on behalf of
MU FINANCE PLC

 

By:

/s/ Edward Woodward

 

Name: Edward Woodward

 

Title: Authorised Signatory

 

 

Address:  Old Trafford, Sir Matt Busby Way, Manchester, M16 0RA, United Kingdom

Fax: 02074841218

Attention: The Directors

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE RCF]

 

275



 

ARRANGER

 

For and on behalf of
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

 

By:

/s/ Madison B. Wyche, IV

 

Name: Madison B. Wyche, IV

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

Address:  214 N. Tryon Street, 21 st  Floor Charlotte, NC 28255

Fax:

Attention: Matt Wyche

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE RCF]

 

276


 

ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

For and on behalf of
BANK OF AMERICA MERILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

 

By:

/s/ Fiona Malitsky

 

Name: Fiona Malitsky

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

Address:  2 King Edward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ

Fax:

Attention: Fiona Malitsky

 

 

For and on behalf of
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC AS AGENT FOR NATIONAL WESTMINSTER BANK PLC

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Killingback

 

Name: Andrew Killingback

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

Address:  2 nd  Floor, 1 Spinningfields Square, Manchester, M3 3AP

Fax: +44 161 862 4119

Attention: Nioami Reddington

 

 

For and on behalf of
CREDIT SUISSE AG, LONDON BRANCH

 

 

By:

/s/ Greg Rye

 

By:

/s/ Brian Fitzgerald

Name: Greg Rye

 

Name: Brian Fitzgerald

Title: Director

 

Title: Authorised Signatory

 

 

Address:

Fax:

Attention:

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE RCF]

 

277



 

For and on behalf of
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH

 

By:

/s/ Matthias Russwurm

 

By:

/s/ Camelia Robu

Name: Matthias Russwurm

 

Name: Camelia Robu

Title: Managing Director

 

Title: Director

 

 

Address:  Winchester House, 1 Great Winchester Street, London , EC2N 2DB

Fax: +44 207 547 4758

Attention: Matthias Russwurm

 

 

For and on behalf of
NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC

 

By:

/s/ Luca Tassan

 

 

Name: Luca Tassan

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

Address:  1 Angel Lane, London, EC4R 3AB

Fax:

Attention:

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE RCF]

 

278



 

AGENT

 

For and on behalf of
BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Day

 

 

Name: Kevin Day

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

Address:  26 Elmfield Road, Bromley BR1 1LR

Fax: +44 20 8313 2149

Attention: Agency Ops

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE RCF]

 

279



 

SECURITY TRUSTEE

 

For and on behalf of
BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Day

 

Name: Kevin Day

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

Address:  26 Elmfield Road, Bromley BR1 1LR

 

Fax: +44 20 8313 2149

 

Attention: Agency Ops

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE RCF]

 

280



 

ISSUING BANK

 

For and on behalf of
BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

 

By:

/s/ Fiona Malitsky

 

 

Name: Fiona Malitsky

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

Address:  2 King Edward Street, London, EC1A 1HQ

Fax:

Attention: Fiona Malitsky

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE RCF]

 

281




Exhibit 10.3

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

 

From:               Red Football Limited (the “ Company ”) as the Company and as Obligors’ Agent (under and as defined in the Facility Agreement (as defined below))

 

To:                             Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited (the “ Agent ”) as facility agent of the other Finance Parties (under and as defined in the Facility Agreement); and

 

Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited as Lender.

 

26 June 2015

 

Dear Sirs

 

Term facility agreement dated 20 May 2013 as amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 11 August 2014 and amended and restated pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 15 May 2015 entered into between, among others, the Company, the Agent and the Lender (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

Reference is made to the Facility Agreement.

 

Unless otherwise defined in this letter or the context otherwise requires, capitalised terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall bear the same meaning in this letter. Unless otherwise stated, references to a “Clause” or a “Schedule” are to the corresponding clause or schedule of the Facility Agreement.

 

Pursuant to clause 7 ( Subsequent Amendment ) of the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Company, the Agent and the Lender have agreed to enter into this letter in order to amend the terms of the Facility Agreement in the manner set out in paragraph 1 ( Amendments to the Facility Agreement ) of this letter, such amendments to become effective immediately on the Second Amendment Effective Date (the “ Effective Time ”).

 

The Company is entering into this letter for itself and on behalf of the other Obligors pursuant to Clause 2.3 ( Obligors’ Agent ).

 

1.                                      AMENDMENTS TO THE FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

With effect from (and including) the Effective Time:

 

1.1                               the words “if such” after the first occurrence of “provided that” in paragraph (a) of Clause 3.1 ( Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock ) of Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with “if the”;

 

1.2                               paragraph (m) of Clause 2.2 ( Restricted Payments ) of Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with:

 

“(m)                         to the extent constituting a Restricted Payment, any transfer, assignment or novation by MUL and/or any other member of the Restricted Group of all or any portion of the assets described in paragraph (a) of the definition of “New Holdco Business” to any member of the New Holdco Group made in accordance with a Permitted Reorganisation, including without limitation the transfer of employees, assets (including goodwill) and/or relevant partner or supplier contracts;  or”

 

1.3                               the word “is” after the first occurrence of the word “Subsidiary” and prior to word “excluded”  in paragraph (b) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income” of Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the words “will be”; and

 



 

1.4                               “(i) as of the Second Amendment Effective Date,” is inserted immediately prior to the word “MUTV”, the comma immediately after the word “MUTV” is deleted and replaced with the word “and” and “(ii)” is inserted immediately after “MU Interactive and”, each in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” of Schedule 17 ( Restrictive Covenants ).

 

2.                                      CONTINUITY AND CONSENT OF THE GUARANTORS

 

2.1                               Continuing obligations

 

The Facility Agreement is amended only to the extent set out in this letter. In all other respects the terms of the Finance Documents remain in full force and effect.

 

The parties to this letter agree that, with effect on and from the Effective Time, they shall have the rights and take on the obligations ascribed to them under the Facility Agreement as amended by this letter.

 

2.2                               Continuing Guarantees

 

The Company on behalf of the Guarantors hereby consents, acknowledges and agrees to the amendments and other matters set forth in this letter and hereby confirms and ratifies in all respects the guarantee in Clause 25 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) in the Facility Agreement (including without limitation the continuation of each Guarantor’s payment and performance obligations thereunder upon and after the effectiveness of this this letter) and the enforceability of such guarantee against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

 

3.                                      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Agent that the Repeating Representations are true and accurate in all respects (or, in the case of such Repeating Representations which are not otherwise subject to a materiality threshold or qualification in accordance with their terms, are correct in all material respects) as at the date of this letter.

 

4.                                      FEES AND EXPENSES

 

The Company shall reimburse the Agent promptly on demand for all reasonable charges and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of legal advisors (subject to an agreed cap in writing (if any)) which are incurred by the Agent in connection with this letter and the arrangements contemplated thereby, whether or not the Effective Time occurs.

 

5.                                      GENERAL

 

5.1                               Construction

 

The provisions of Clause 1.2 ( Construction ), Clause 39 ( Notices ), Clause 41 ( Partial Invalidity ), Clause 42 ( Remedies and Waivers ), Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers ) and Clause 47 ( Enforcement ) of the Facility Agreement shall apply to this letter as if set out in this letter, but as if references in those Clauses to the Facility Agreement were references to this this letter.

 

5.2                               Counterparts

 

This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument, and which counterparts may be delivered by telefacsimile or other electronic means (including .pdf).

 



 

5.3                               Finance Documents

 

This letter is designated a Finance Document by the Company and the Facility Agent.

 

5.4                               Third Party Rights

 

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in this letter, a person who is not a party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (or any analogous provision under any applicable law) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this letter.

 

Notwithstanding any term of this letter, the consent of any person who is not a party is not required to amend, rescind or otherwise vary this letter at any time

 

5.5                               Governing law

 

This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by English law .

 



 

We would be grateful if you could sign and return this letter as acknowledgment of your agreement to the above.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

RED FOOTBALL LIMITED

(for and on behalf of itself and each Obligor)

 

Signature:

/s/ Edward Woodward

 

Name: Edward Woodward

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

[ Term Facility Amendment Letter ]

 



 

Agreed and accepted:

 

THE AGENT

 

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
as Agent for itself and for and on behalf of the other Finance Parties

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Kevin Day

 

Name: Kevin Day

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

THE LENDER

 

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
as Lender

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Fiona Malisky

 

Name: Fiona Malisky

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

[ Term Facility Amendment Letter ]

 




Exhibit 12.1

 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(Pound sterling amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Nine Months
Ended March
31, 2015

 

Earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-tax income from continuing operations before adjustment for income or loss from equity investee

 

£

(44,273

)

£

12,004

 

£

(4,664

)

£

(8,793

)

£

40,503

 

£

4,496

 

Add: Fixed charges

 

106,075

 

44,444

 

47,437

 

41,333

 

28,452

 

19,080

 

Add: Amortization of capitalized interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add: Distributed income of equity investee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add: Non-controlling interest in pre-tax loss (income) of subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtract: Capitalized interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total adjusted earnings

 

£

61,802

 

£

56,448

 

£

42,773

 

£

32,540

 

£

68,955

 

£

23,576

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expensed and capitalized(1)

 

£

103,325

 

£

44,821

 

£

45,845

 

£

38,269

 

£

25,732

 

£

16,758

 

Amortization of premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses relating to indebtedness

 

2,268

 

(819

)

863

 

2,144

 

1,936

 

1,623

 

Estimated interest portion of rental expense

 

482

 

442

 

729

 

920

 

784

 

699

 

Total fixed charges

 

£

106,075

 

£

44,444

 

£

47,437

 

£

41,333

 

£

28,452

 

£

19,080

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges:

 

(2)

1.27

 

(2)

(2)

2.42

 

1.24

 

Amount of the coverage deficiency

 

£

44,273

 

 

£

4,664

 

£

8,793

 

 

 

 

 


(1)    Interest expensed and capitalized consists of our total finance costs, less (i) for each period presented, amortization of issue discount, debt finance and debt issue costs on our secured term loan facility and our senior secured notes due 2017 (the “2017 Notes”) , and (ii) for each of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013, premiums paid by us in connection with repurchases of the 2017 Notes.

 

(2)    The ratio coverage was less than 1:1.

 




Exhibit 23.3

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form F-3 of our report dated October 27, 2014 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Manchester United plc which appears in Manchester United plc’s Annual Report on Form 20-F/A for the year ended June 30, 2014.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Manchester, United Kingdom

17 September , 2015

 




Exhibit 23.4

 

September 17 , 2015

 

CONSENT OF KANTAR MEDIA

 

The undersigned hereby consents to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form F-3, including any amendment thereto, any related prospectus and any related prospectus supplement (the “Registration Statement”), of information contained in Manchester United plc’s Annual Report on Form 20-F/A for the year ended June 30, 2014 (the “Annual Report”) relating to the information derived from our survey titled “Manchester United Global Fan Survey 2011” and references to our firm in the form and context in which they appear in the Annual Report and the Registration Statement.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

KANTAR MEDIA

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Simon Lincoln

 

 

Name: Simon Lincoln

 

 

Title: Senior Associate Director